FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS an introduction RONALD LARSEN DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS W'ESLF.YAN UNIVERSI'LY
MIDDLETOWN, CONNECTICUT
MARCEL DEKKER, INC.
New York
COPYRIGHT © 1973 by MARCEL DEKKER, INC.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Neither this book nor any part may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, microfilming, and recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.
MARCEL DEKKER, INC.
270 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10016
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CATALOG CARD NUMBER: ISBN:
72-90375
0-8247-6042-S
Current printing (last digit): 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
PREFACE
The exposition in the following pages is based on lectures I gave to second year mathematics graduate students at Wesleyan University during the academic years 1970 - 71 and 1971 - 72.
The intent
of the lectures was to provide the student with an introduction to functional analysis that not only presented the basic notions, theorems, and techniques of the subject, but also gave a modest sampling of the applications of functional analysis. of the present book.
This remains the goal
The choice of the topics and applications is
clearly idiosyncratic, and'I make no claim to a balanced, let alone definitive, treatment.
I will consider the book a success if it
but convinces the reader of the beauty, power, and utility of functional analysis.
An intelligent reading of the book presupposes at most the usual mathematical equipment possessed by second year mathematics graduate students.. The main items required are some knowledge of point set topology, linear algebra, and elementary complex analysis, together with a good background in measure and integration theory, say, for example, as in Royden's book "Real Analysis" [Ry].
Results with
which it is assumed the reader is familiar are frequently cited without further elaboration.
However, in almost all such instances an
appropriate reference is given.
The last section in each chapter consists of problems that hopefully are do-able with the material developed up to that point.
An
asterisk before a problem generally indicates that the problem may be of a more substantial nature or, in some cases, that it contains a result of particular importance.
Most of the results in the body
of the text that are formally stated without proof appear again in
v
Preface
vi
the problem sections and such problems are cross referenced accordingly.
The conclusion of proofs is indicated by the symbol U at the right hand margin.
I would like to thank all of the graduate students at Wesleyan
who passed through my course while this book was evolving for their comments and suggestions.
In particular, I would like to thank
David DeGeorge, Hans Engenes, Polly Moore Hemstead, and Michael Paul for their often perspicacious observations and questions that more than once kept me from foolish error.
Those errors that remain,
foolish or otherwise, are of course my own responsibility. I am especially grateful to Polly Moore Hemstead, who not only passed through the course but also provided me with valuable editorial assistance and collected and organized the problem sets at the end of each chapter.
Her efforts have greatly enhanced the final form
of the book.
I would also like to thank Helen Diehl, who typed all of the original manuscript and a good deal of the final one.
,
Finally, thanks are due to the editors and staff of Marcel Dekker for their cheerful and expert cooperation during the production of the book.
Middletown, Connecticut
January, 1973
CONTENTS Preface
CHAPTER 1:
v
SEMINORMED AND NORMED LINEAR SPACES
1
1.0.
Introduction
1.1.
Basic Definitions
1
1.2.
Examples of Seminormed Linear Spaces
6
1.3.
Finite-Dimensional Normed Linear Spaces and a
1
Theorem of Riesz
12
1.4.
Gauges and Seminorms
19
I.S.
Topology in Seminormed Linear Spaces
23
1.6.
Problems
26
CHAPTER 2:
TOPOLOGICAL LINEAR SPACES
31
2.0.
Introduction
31
2.1.
Topological Linear Spaces
31
2.2.
Finite-Dimensional Topological Linear Spaces
35
2.3.
Locally Convex Topological Linear Spaces
37
2.4.
Seminorms and Convex Balanced Absorbing Sets
41
2.5.
Frechet Spaces
46
2.6.
Problems
49
CHAPTER 3:
LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS AND LINEAR FUNCTIONALS
55
3.0.
Introduction
55
3.1.
Linear Transformations
55
3.2.
Some Basic Results Concerning Linear Transformations
60
3.3.
Some Basic Results Concerning Linear Functionals
66 ;
3.4.
Problems
74
vii
Contents
viii
CHAPTER 4:
THE HAHN-BANACH THEOREM:
ANALYTIC FORM
80
80
4.0.
Introduction
4.1.
The Hahn-Banach Theorem:
4.2.
Some Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem
4.3.
The Hahn-Banach Theorem and Abelian Semigroups
Analytic Form
80 85
of Transformations
90
4.4.
Adjoint Transformations
96
4.5.
Separability of V
98
4.6.
Annihilators
99
4.7.
Ideals in
4.8.
Continuous Linear Functionals on
4.9.
A Moment Problem
L1(IR,dt)
102 C([0,1])
105 109
4.10. Helly's Theorem
ill
4.11. Problems
116
CHA TER 5:
THE HAHN-BANACH THEOREM:
GEOMETRIC EORM
126
5.0.
Introduction
126
5.1.
Linear Varieties and Hyperplanes
127
5.2.
The Hahn-Banach Theorem:
5.3.
Some Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem
Geometric Form
Revisited 5.4.
S.S.
CHAPTER 6:
132
138
Some Further Geometric Consequences of the
Hahtl,-Banach Theorem
140
Problems
142
THE.UNIFORM BOUNDEDNESS THEOREM
146
6.0.
Introduction
146
6.1.
The Baire Category Theorem and Osgood's Theorem
146
6.2.
The Uniform Boundedness Theorem and the Banach-Steinhaus Theorem
148'
6.3.
The Strong Operator Topology
154
6.4.
Local Membership in
6.5.
A Result in the Theory of Summability
LgORdt)
158 161
Contents
ix
6.6.
Divergent Fourier Series
165
6.7.
Problems
169
CHAPTER 7:
THE OPEN MAPPING AND CLOSED GRAPH THEOREMS
177
7.0.
Introduction
177
7.1.
Closed Mappings
177
7.2.
The Open Mapping Theorem
180
7.3.
The Closed Graph Theorem
187
7.4.
A Uniform Boundedness Theorem for Continuous Linear Functionals
191
7.5.
Some Results on Norms in
7.6.
A Criterion for the Continuity of Linear Transformations on
C([0,1]).
192
194
F- 2
7.7.
Separable Banach Spaces
7.8.
The Category of
7.9.
Problems
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
196 in
Co(l)
198
199
REFLEXIVITY
206
8.0.
Introduction
206
8.1.
Reflexive Spaces
206
8.2.
Uniform Convexity and Mil'man's Theorem
214
8.3.
Reflexivity of
223
CHAPTER 8:
(X,S,N), 1 < p <
L
P
8.4.
CHAPTER 9:
Problems
WEAK TOPOLOGIES
229
234
9.0.
Introduction
234
9.1.
F-topologies
23S
9.2.
The Weak and Weak* Topologies
239
9.3.
Completeness in the Weak and Weak* Topologies
24S
9.4.
The Banach-Alaoglu Theorem
-I54
9.5.
Banach Spaces as Spaces of Continuous Functions
9.6.
Banach Limits Revisited
1,3
x
Contents
9.7.
Fourier Series of Functions in
L([-n,n],dt/2n),l < p <
267
9.8.
Multipliers
272
9.9.
Weak Compactness and Reflexivity
275
9.10. A Theorem Concerning the Adjoint Transformation
277
9.11. Problems
282
CHAPTER 10:
THE KREIN-§MULIAN AND EBERLEIN-§MULIAN THEOREMS
290
Introduction
290
10.1.
The Bounded Weak* Topology
290
10.2.
The Krein-gmulian Theorem
298
10.3.
The Eberlein-S9mulian Theorem
303
10.4.
Problems
312
10.0.
CHAPTER 11:
THE KREIN-MIL'MAN THEOREM
316
11.0.
Introduction
316
11.1.
Extreme Points and Extremal Sets
317
11.2.
The Krein-Mil'man Theorem
322
11.3.
L1(
Is Not a Dual Space
326
11.4.
The Stone-Weierstrass Theorem
327
11.5.
Helson Sets
333
11.6.
The Banach-Stone Theorem
337
11.7.
Problems
345
CHAPTER 12:
dt)
FIXED POINT THEOREMS
349
12.0.
Introduction
349
12.1.
The Fixed Point Property
349
12.2.
Contraction Mappings
3S2
12.3.
The Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem
354
12.4.
The Picard Existence Theorem for Ordinary Differential Equations
357
12.5.
Haar Measure on Compact Abelian Topological Groups
361
12.6.
Problems
36S
xi
Contents
CHAPTER 13:
371
HILBERT SPACES
13.0.
Introduction
371
13.1.
Basic Definitions and Results
372
13.2.
The Parallelogram and Polarization Identities
376
13.3.
Some Other General Properties of Hilbert Spaces
382
13.4.
The Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem and the Riesz Representation Theorem
384
13.5.
Orthogonal Projections
392
13.6.
Complete Orthonormal Sets
396
13.7.
Fourier Analysis in L2([-T1,TT],dt/2n)
409
13.8.
Rademacher Functions
417
13.9.
The Hilbert Space Adjoint
424
13.10. Self-adjoint and Unitary Transformations
429
13.11. The Mean Ergodic Theorem
434
13.12. A Theorem About
441
H2
13.13. Some Basic Results in Spectral Theory
446
13.14. Some Spectral Theory Results for Self-adjoint Transformations
452
13.15. A Spectral Decomposition Theorem,for Compact Self-adjoint Transformations 13.16. Problems REFERENCES
INDEX
'
458
470
484
489
CHAPTER 1
SEMINORMED AND NORMED LINEAR SPACES
1.0. Introduction.
In this chapter we develop some of the
basic concepts and results concerning seminormed and normed linear We begir with the fundamental definitions and some elementary
spaces.
theorems about the construction of new normed linear spaces from given normed linear spaces.
This is followed by a collection of examples,
by no means exhaustive, of seminormed and normed linear spaces.
The
verifications are left to the'reader and are, in some cases, nontrivial.
References are cited at the end of the section.
Section 1.3 contains a discussion of finite-dimensional normed linear spaces in which it is shown that all such spaces are topologically ismorphic and that a normed linear space is finite-dimensional if and only if closed bounded sets are compact.
In the next
two sections we discuss the concept of the gauge of a convex balanced absorbing set, the relationship between gauges and seminorms, and the introduction of a topology into a seminormed linear space.
1.1. Basic Definitions. nitions.
Throughout, §
We begin with several fundamental defi-
will denote either the real-number field or
the complex-number field, 1R
and
C
plex fields, respectively, and Z Definition 1.1.1.
will stand for the real and comwill always denote the integers.
A linear space
V
over a field
§
is a com-
mutative group under a binary operation +, together with an operation of scalar multiplication from
* x V
position, such that
I
to
V,
denoted by juxta-
1. Seminormed and Yormed Linear Spaces
2
(i)
a(x + y) = ax + ay,
(ii)
(a + b)x - ax + bx,
(iii)
(iv)
a(bx) _ (ab)x,
lx = x
Of course,
(a,b E ; x,y E V). denotes the multiplicative identity in
1
the operations of addition and multiplication in cated in the usual manner; identity in both
V
and
4
§,
and
have been indi-
will be used to denote the additive
0
The context will make clear which is
6.
meant.
be a linear spacvover
Definition 1.1.2.
Let
V
E c I; a E *; A,B a V;
and
xo E V,
f.
Given
we set
A+B= {x+y I x E A, yEB),
o
(xo + y y E B), EA= (ax I aEE, xEA),
+B aA
I
Let
Definition 1.1.3. W c V.
Then
W
Furthermore,
x,y E W
and
W
V
be a linear space over V
is a linear subspace of
1W C W.
and
xEA).
{ax
W
is convex if
a E f, 0 < a < 1;
is balanced if
W
if
#
W + W c W
ax + (1 - a)y E W
is symmetric if
and let and
whenever
-1W - -W = W;
aW a W, a E f, IaI < 1.
Clearly every balanced set is symmetric, but the converse need not be true.
Moreover, a nonempty balanced set contains the origin.
It should be remarked that the terminology with regard to balanced sets is not universally the same.
Many authors call a
balanced set "circled" (for example, see [K, p. 176; KeNa, p. 14]), whereas others use the term "balanced" [Bb, p. 8; El, p. 50; T, p. 123; W1, p. 22; Y, p. 24]. Definition 1.1.4.
pose that
p : V -SIR
Let
V
be a linear space over
Then
p
is a seminorm on
V
if
f
and sup-
1.1. Basic Definitions
3
(i) P(x + Y) < P(x) + P(Y) (ii) p(ax) a IaJP(x) Property (i) of obvious reasons.
p
(x,y E V; a ( f).
is known as the triangle inequality, for
It is also referred to as the subadditivity of
We shall shortly see some examples of seminorms.
p.
First, however,
we wish to prove the following proposition: Proposition 1.1.1. p
be a seminorm on
V.
V
Let
be a linear space over
and let
i
Then
(i) p(0) = 0, (ii) p(x) > 0, (iii)
(x,y E V).
P(x - y) > 1P(x) - P(y)1
Proof.
p(0) = p(Ox) = 101p(x) - 0, x E V,
and part (i) follows.
Clearly part (ii) is a consequence of part (iii). x,y E V,
the subadditivity of
p
But, for any
reveals that
P(x) = P(x - Y + Y) < P(x -Y) + P(Y), and hence
p(x) - p(y) < p(x - y).
property of p
However, from the homogeneity
we deduce that
P(x - Y) - PI-(Y-x)] =P(Y-x)>P(Y) -p(x), and so p (x - y) > I P (x) - p (y) I
G
We could, of course, have included the results of Proposition 1.1.1 as part of the definition of a seminorm, and this is done by some writers.
Definition 1.1.5. p
be a seminorm on
said to be a norm on
Let
V. V.
If
V
be a linear space over
p(x) - 0
implies
x = 0,
4
and let
then
p
is
1. Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
4
Definition 1.1.6. V
be a linear space over
V
Let
§.
Then
is said to be a seminormed linear space if there exists a family
P = (p
of seminorms on
E A) x = 0.
implies that is,
is a singleton set, then
P
p0(x) = 0,
such that
V
E A,
P = (p),
is a seminormed linear space and
V
If
V
is said to be a normed
.linear space.
Evidently the condition on the family of seminorms P - (p
I
0 E A)
required for
V
to be a seminormed linear space
is a replacement for the positive definiteness displayed by a norm. It will become clear in the
sequel how this property of
(p
is
utilized.
In the case that call
to
on
V
is a normed linear space, we shall generally
the norm of
p(x).
seen that the equation p
V x
p(x) - llxll.
p(x,y) = IIx - yll, x,y E V,
(x ) c V
and that a net
a
if and only if
x E V
and write
defines a metric
converges in this metric topology
limallxa - xll = 0.
assertions are left to the reader.
It is then easily
The details of these
We shall generally refer to this
metric topology as the norm topology.
The next definition now clearly
makes sense.
Definition 1.1.7.
A normed linear space
V
over
0
is said
to be a Banach space if it is a complete metric space with the metric
p(x,y) =
lix
- y[I, x,y E V.
Since there may be many families of seminorms under which a given linear space is a seminormed.linear space, we shall write these spaces as pairs
(V,P),
P = (p),
that is,
write
where V
P
is the relevant family of seminorms.
When
is a normed linear space, we shall generally
(V,II II). Before we turn to some examples, we wish to state two theorems
concerning normed linear spaces. are left to the reader.
The proofs are straightforward and
Theorem 1.1.1.
V
W c V
If
(i)
in
5
Basic Definitions
'.1.
be a normed linear space over
Let
is a linear subspace, then the closure of
is a linear subspace of W c V
If
(ii)
normed linear space.
(V,ll'li)
W c V
If
(iii)
is a
(W,11-11)
W
is a Banach space and
is a
is a Banach space.
closed linear subspace, then
space
W
V.
is a linear subspace, then If
4.
is a closed linear subspace, then the quotient
is a normed linear space with the norm
V/W
Iii X + Will
=
inf llx + ill
(x E V
yEW
If the
is a Banach space and W is a closed linear subspace, III ) is a Banach space.
(V, Ij ll)
(V/W, jll
over
There exists a Banach space
(iv)
mapping p
:
V - V1 p
(b)
p (V)
(c)
lip(x)ll1 =
perties (a),
is an isomorphism.
is dense in
(VI , II 111) .
(x E V) .
llxll
is another Banach space that satisfies pro-
(i2,11'li2)
(b), and (c), then there exists a mapping
that is a surjective isomorphism such that The space
and a
such that
(a)
Moreover, if
4
(V1,II'II1)
V1
V2
ll$(x)y2 - 11x111, x E V1.
described in Theorem 1.1.1(iv) is, of
course, called the completion of
V.
Clearly Theorem 1.1.I(i) also
remains valid for any seminormed linear space .(V,P). Theorem 1.1.2.
be
Let
normed linear spaces over
4
product
of the topological spaces
V1 X V2
Vn
and let
V
denote the topological V1,V2,...,Vn,
with the respective norm topologies and with linear space addition and scalar multiplication defined componentwise. a normed linear space over
I
(V,11-11)
is
such that the norm topology is equiv-
alent to the product topology if following:
Then
is defined as any of the
1. Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
6
sup
UxII -
(1)
Ilxkllk,
k-l,2,...,n
(ii) where
IIXII -[
E
k - I (IIxkllk)p]
(x1,x2,...,xn). If
x
1/P
(1 < p <
(V I,
are Banach spaces, then so is (V,II-))). It should be Aoted that the topological product of infinitely
many normed linear spaces cannot be provided with a norm for which the norm topology is equivalent with the product topology (see, for example, [K, p. 150]).
1.2. Examples of Seminormed Linear Spaces.
In this section we
give a number of examples of seminormed and normed linear spaces. No proofs are provided for the various assertions.
Some proofs will
appear in later chapters, whereas others are left for the reader to establish.
Example 1.2.1. C(X), C0(X),
over C
and
Let
X
be a Hausdorff topological space.
By
we denote, respectively, the linear spaces
Cc(X)
of all continuous complex-valued functions on
bounded, vanish at infinity, or have compact support.
X
that are
The linear
space operations are the usual ones of pointwise addition and scalar multiplication.
If
f
is an element of any of these spaces, then
we set
Ilfll = IifIL : sup I f(t) I
.
tEX
Then
and
(C0(X),I1.IIm)
are Banach spaces, whereas
is a normed linear space. then C(X) = C0(X) = Cc(X),
Clearly-if
and
X
is compact,
is a Banach space
only in this case. If
X
is noncompact, then we denote by
complex-valued functions on
X.
Then clearly
C'(X)
all continuous no longer
7
1.2 Examples of Seminormed Linear Spaces
defines a norm on
However, if for each compact set
C'(X).
K C X
we set
pK(f) a sup
(f E C'(X)),
If(t)I
tEK is a family of seminorms on
P - (pK I K C X, K compact)
then
for which
C'(X)
(C'(X),P)
it can be shown that
C'(X)
is a seminormed linear space.
Moreover,
is never a nonmed linear space when
X
is noncompact. CR(X), Ca(X),
We shall denote by of the functions in
and
and
C(X), C0(X),
Obviously these are linear spaces over
the real parts
CR(X)
respectively.
Cc(X),
Bt. with the same properties
They are equivalently
as the analogous spaces of complex functions.
the spaces of continuous real-valued functions on
that are
X
bounded, vanish at infinity, or have compact support. Example 1.2.2.
Let
X
be any set.
We denote by
B(X)
the
linear space under pointwise operations of all bounded complex-valued functions defined on
The linear space
X.
is a Banach space
B(X)
with the norm
If(t)
tu
IIfII
(f E B(X)).
X
If
X
is a locally compact Hausdorff topological space, then it is
evident that Ex
C(X)
le 1.2.3.
We denote by
is a linear subspace of a < b
Let
Cn([a,b])
and let
IIfIIn f(k)
If we define
[a,b].
E
(f E cn([a,b])),
01Jf(k)Ilm
k
denotes the kth derivative of
is a Banach space over
be a nonnegative integer.
the linear space of n-times continuously
differentiable real-valued functions on
where
n
B(X).
f,
then n)
p2.
Furthermore, set C ([a,b]) =
fin,
n([a,b]). -0C
Then C([a,b])
8
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
1.
is the linear space of real-valued functions on tives of all orders. P = (pn
p(f) = IIfIj, n = 0,1,2,...,
Set
Then
n = 0,1,2,...).
I
(C ([a,b]),,P)
with derivaand
is a seminormed
It cannot be made into a nonmed linear space.
linear space.
We
It is, however, the case that the
shall prove this in Section 2.4.
can be used to define a complete metric on
(pn]
seminorms
[a,b]
m namely, the metric
C ([a,b }),
m
defined as
p
Pn (f - g)
(f,g E C([a,b])).
E
P(f,g) =
n=02 (1+pn(f -g)) 11
An alternative family of seminorms for p = (pn
I
n = 0,1,2,...], 'where
Example 1.2.4. Let
(X,S,p)
C ([a,b])
is given by
pn(f) = !If(n)II_.
be a positive-measure space.
L (X,S,µ) = L (X,µ) = L (µ)
stand for the linear y0 space of equivalence classes of p.-measurable complex-valued functions For
on
0 < p < co,
X
let
p
p
p
whose pth powers are integrable.
The equivalence classes are,
of course, determined by equality almost everywhere with respect to the measure
µ.
If
1 < p < m
and
IIfLIp = [fX If(t)Ip dp(t)]1/p then
is
Lp(p,)
a Banach space.
For
0 < p < 1,
are neither normed nor seminormed linear spaces.
(f E Lp()). the spaces We shall
prove this in Section 4.2.
By ,LCQ(X,S,µ) = LM(X,µ)) = L.(p)
we shall denote the linear space
of all equivalence classes of essentially bounded, N-measurable, complex-valued functions on
X.
If
IIfII. = ess sup i f(t) I tEX = inf (M Iµ[tl If(t)I > M) = 0) then
(Lm(M),I
III)
is a Banach space.
9
Examples of Seminormed Linear Spaces
1.2.
X = (n
Suppose
Example 1.2.5.
n = l,2,3,.--),S is the
I
and
µ
is the counting measure;
that is,
µ(E) - number of points in
E
if
µ(E) = aD
if
a-algebra of all subsets of
X,
Then the spaces
is infinite.
E
are linear spaces of complex sequences Ian1
En=1
< m or
p L(p), 0 < p <
such that either
Clearly P, 1 < p < .,
are Banach
Furthermore, it is -vident that
spaces with the appropriate norms.
is a closed linear subspace of t. and
and that C0(X)
hence a Banach space.
{an)
is finite, and
In this case we generally denote
sups IanI < m.
these spaces by p, 0 < p < m.
t.w = C(X),
E
It is obviously the space of all complex
sequences that converge to zero, and we denote it by
The col-
co.
lection of all convergent complex sequences is also easily seen to'
be a closed linear subspace of he denoted by
It will
c.
Example 1.2.6. gical space.
and hence a Banach space.
t
Let
Then M(X)
X
be a locally compact Hausdorff topolo-
denotes the linear space of all bounded,
complex-valued, regular Sorel measures on
X.
If for
µ E M(X)
we
set
n
11µJ1 = IAI (X) = k E lIA(Ek)I where the sup is taken over all finite partitions of
is a Banach space.
then
Ek,
the total variation of
X,
IINII - IµI(X)
by Sorel sets
is also called
A.
Furthermore, we note that if Borel measure on
X
v
is a given nonnegative regular
not necessarily bounded, and
f E Ll(X,v);
then the formula
wf(E)
where
E C X
over,
j1' f11 ° IIf II1
fE f(t)dv(t),
is a Borel set, defines an element
pf E M(X).
More-
.It is necessary to note at this juncture that a complex-valued regular Borel measure need not be bounded; that is,
IpI(X)
need not
Indeed, for us such a measure
be finite.
µ = µl + iµ2,
and
X - IR
is always of the form
p
are signed regular Borel measures.
µk, k a 1,2,
where
Thus, for example, if iv
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
1.
10
denotes Lebesgue measure, then
v
is a complex-valued regular Borel measure that is not bounded. [Ru2; pp. 117-120].
The reader should compare this with Example 1.2.7.
Let
denote the linear space of all entire
E(C)
K C C,
For each compact set
functions.
PK(f) =
sup
let
(f E E(C)).
If(t)I
tEK If
P = (pK 11 C C, K compact),
linear space.
Example 1.2.8.
plane and let functions on
terior of
D.
(E(C), P)
then
is a seminormed
It cannot be made into a normed linear space.
A(D) D
Let
D
be the closed unit disk in the complex
denote the linear space of all complex-valued
that are continuous on
D
and analytic on the in-
is a Banach space, where as usual
Then
IIf11m = SUPtED 'f(t)" Example 1.2.9.
Let
V
be either a or Cn, For
real or complex n-dimensional space.
II4p =
and for
(V,;j',in)
V = W,
rkE llxklp]l/p
sup
k= 1,2,...,n
is a Banach space,
Ixk{
fft2
E V
(x = (xl,x2,...,xn
1 < p < W.
When p= 2
and
cnen, of course, we have the usual real Euclidean n-space.
It is instructive to draw some sketches of the sets in
set
1 < p < m,
p =
114m =
Then
that is, either
for various values of
p.
(x
1
114
< 1)
P
11
Examples of Seminormed Linear Spaces
1.2.
We shall discuss finite-dimensional normed linear spaces more fully in the next section. Let
Example 1.2.10.
that there is a mapping (i)
(ii)
be a linear space over
V *
:
V x V
f
and suppose
for which
§
`(ax + by,z) = a$(x,z) + b$(y,z). i(x,Y) = i(Y,x),
where the bar denotes complex cAjugation.
(iii) $ (x,x) > 0. (iv)
$(x,x) = 0
Then, on setting
implies
x = 0
[$ (x, x)] 112,
jjxjj =
The mapping
spaces.
V
t
it can be shown that
'
(V,11
A
is a normed linear space.
spaces
(x,y,z E V; a,b E ).
is called an inner, or scalar, product, and the
together with an inner product
$
are called inner-product
If these spaces, when normed as above, are Banach spaces,
then they are said to be Hilbert spaces.
We shall investigate such
spaces in some detail in Chapter 13, and shall also refer to them in the intervening pages.
It is apparent that the spaces
1
and C are inner-product
spaces with the usual inner product,
n
(x,Y) =
l;
xkyk,
k=1 x - (zl,x2,.... xn), Y =
The norm obtained from this
inner product is clearly
and so the spaces are Hilbert spaces.
An example of an inner-product space that is not a Banach space is obtained by letting
V = C([0,l])
and defining
$(f,g) = fl f(t)g(tTdt
(f,g E C([0,1])).
For discussions and proofs of the foregoing material, as well as much more, the reader is referred to [BaNr, pp. 7-11; Da, pp. 28-31;
1.
12
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
DS1, Chapter IV; HSt, Chapter 4; K, pp. 130-144; Ry, pp. 111-119; T, pp. 87-94, 102-104, 106-109; Y, pp. 26-42].
1.3. Finite-Dimensional Normed Linbar'Spaces and a Theorem of Riesz.
In this section we wish to prove some basic results about
finite-dimensional normed linear spaces -- in particular, that they
are all essentially either
1
1,11.111)
or
(C ,11.111).
We shall also
see that in infinite-dimensional normed linear spaces there must
always exist closed norm-bounded sets that are not compact in the metric topology induced by the norm of the space.. To prove this we shall have need of a theorem of F..Riesz.
We begin with a few basic
definitions.
Definition 1.3.1. linear spaces.
Let
(V1,11.111)
and
Then
and
be normed
(V2,11.112)
are said to be
topologically isomorphic if there exists a surjective isomorphism (P
:
V1 -, V2
for which there exist
M > 0
and a > 0
such that
mI xI l <_ IIa'(x)112 <_ M"X111 If
V1 = V2
and
(V1,11.111
and
(V2111.112)
(x E V1).
are topologically iso-
morphic under the identity mapping
cp(x) = x,
are said to be equivalent norms on
V1 = V2.
then
11.111
and
11.112
We note that a topological isomorphism between two normed linear spaces is a mapping that is simultaneously an isomorphism of the linear spaces and a homeomorphism of the corresponding metric spaces.
That this description of a topological isomorphism is equivalent to that given in Definition 1.3.1 will be apparent when we prove that a linear mapping between two normed linear spaces is continuous if and only if it is bounded (Theorem 3.2.1). It is evident that the relation of topological isomorphism between nonmed linear spaces is reflexive, symmetric and transitive.
1.3. Finite-Dimensional Normed Linear Spaces
Let
Theorem 1.3.1.
be an n-dimensional normed linear
(V,11.11)
Then
41ace over IR(C).
13
is topologically isomorphic to
0',11'111) (0,11.111)) We shall give the proof only for the case of real scalars.
Proof.
x1,x2,.... xn E V
Let
there exist unique
be a basis for
al,a2,...,an E IIl
Then for every
V.
such that
x = l
x E V and
= lakxk, determineskan
clearly every n-tuple V.
element of
(al,a2,.... an) E II
Hence, with some elementary calculations, it is apparent that
`fI(a1,a2 " ..,an)) _ "k =lakxk
e to
defines a surjective isomorphism from
Moreover, by the triangle inequality, it is clear that
V.
n 11(a1a2,...,an)l11
Mr E
((a 1, a2,.... an) E fftn
k=l lake)
,
Thus to complete the proof it remains = 1,2,...,n11x111' only to show the existence of an m > 0 such that where M = supk
n
((al,a2,...,an) E
all(al,a2,...'an)111 <_ 11 E akxkll kX1
If
ak = 0, k - 1,2,...,n,
then this is clearly the case for any
and we may assume without loss of generality that not all the terms are zero.
Furthermore, suppose we have obtained some
that the desired inequality is valid for all for which that
Enk : 1
b = Ek
; 1
Then for any
lak) = 1.
lbkl > 0
. 11
(bl,b2....,bn) E On
we would have
Ebx k=lkk
bk l] <
b since
Ek = llb k/bI = 1
b
and
11.11
is a seminorm.
Hence
all(b1,b2,...,bn)111 <_ 11'P((b1,b2,...,bn) 111 for all
(blob 2,.:.,bn) E IT.
ak
such
(al,a2,...,an) E Icn
n
mfk E
m
in,
such
1. Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
14
Now to see that the desired estimate is indeed valid for some
m > 0
and all
such that
(al,a2,...,an) E UP
consider the nonnegative function
defined
f
f[(al,a2,...,an)] = 14
we
E = IakI = 1, on
l1
by
From Proposition 1.1.1(iii) we '= lakxkll.
see that, if
(al,a2,.... an) E1F'
If[(al,a2,...,an))
-
and
f[(bi,b2,...,bn)]I
(bl,b2,...,bn) E k, n =
n
EakxkII
II
I
then
II
k=1
E bkxkI1 k=1
I
n
IIk E
l (ak - bk)xkll
n E lak - bkl,
< M
k= l from which we conclude that elementary arguments closed interval
is continuous on
f
However,
(based, for example, on the compactness of the
[-1,1]
in
reveal that
ff)
n
[(al,a2,...,an)
I
E IakI = 1}
k=1 is a compact subset of
Therefore
function, must attain a minimum value m # 0
because, if
m = 0,
f, being a continuous
m > 0
on this compact set.
then there would exist
(a1,a2,...$an) E Up,
n
E IakI
1
k=1
such that EE = lakxk = 0, as the choice of
xl,x2,...,xn
11- 11
is a norm, thereby contradicting
as a basis for
V.
Consequently, m > 0,
and
mil (a, a2,...,an)Il1 <_ IIp [(al,a2,...'an)]II
((al,a2,...,an) EJ 1),
which completes the proof.
Corollary 1.3.1.
Let
normed linear spaces over f. topologically isomorphic.
and
Then
(V2,Il.112)
(V1111.(11)
and
be V2, II
n-dimensional
Ill)
are
1.3
15
Finite-Dimensional Normed Linear Spaces
(l_nor Proof.
Both spaces are topologically isomorphic with either
Corollary 1.3.2.
and suppose the norms and
be any n-dimensional linear space over
V
Let II
and
II1
are such that
11-112
are normed linear spaces.
Then the norms
(V, II II1) and
11-11,
11-112 are equivalent. Thus the metric topologies on finite-dimensional normed linear spaces that are determined by the norms are all equivalent.
ticular, the norms
11-11
p
,
1
on M n
co,
or
In par-
are all
Cn
equivalent.
Easy arguments, based on the preceding results and the analogous assertions for the spaces
IlZ
C
and
,
yield the next corollary.
The details are left to the reader. Definition 1.3.2. f.
A subset
of V
E
there exists some
t.
be a seminormed linear space over
(V,P)
is said to be bounded if for each
Mp > 0
Corollary 1.3.3.
linear space over
such that
p E P
p(x) < Mp, x E E.
he a finite-dimensional normed
Let
Then
is a Banach space.
(i)
(ii)
Let
If
W
is a linear subspace of
V,
then
(W,11-11)
is a
closed linear subspace of (iii)
If
E c V
is a closed bounded set, then
E
is compact.
The compactness referred to in Corollary 1.3.3(iii) is, of course, in the norm topology.
It is of some interest to note that the compact-
ness property of every closed bounded set characterizes the finitedimensional normed linear spaces.
We shall prove this shortly, but
first we must establish a preliminary result of independent interest.
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
1.
16
Theorem 1.3.2 (F. Riesz space over
and suppose
0
such that lixall = 1 Since
Proof.
Let
y E V -r W.
d
then there exists ;;
W
choice of
y.
Now
is a closed proper linear sub-
(W,ii.ii)
Then there exists some
d/a > d,
there exists some
V,
is a proper subspace of
W
= infx
-
E WIIx
sequence
as
Then
Ylj
y E W,
limnjlxn - yll = 0.
contrary to the
thus by the definition of
such that
Clearly
there is some
d > 0, as if d = 0,
for which
(xn} c W
0 < a < 1;
x0 E W
xa = (y - xo)/llxo - yll.
xa E V
infx E WIIx - xall > a.
and
is closed, this implies that
But since
be a normed linear
(V,11-11)
0 < a < 1.
and
space of
Let
.
0 < ljxo - yjj < d/a.
Ilxall = 1.
d
Define
Moreover, for each
x E W
lix
(y
- xall = IIx
-
11Xo
Ilxo
II
_ x°y )
11
- YlIx + xo - YII
- yl >
d
xo - Y > a,
since
-
lix
llxo - yll < d/a. Hence
E W,
yll x + x
0
as
W
is a linear space, and
0
infx E WIIx - xall > a.
0
Geometrically the preceding result says that, given a proper closed linear subspace'of a normed linear space, one can always find some point on the surface of the closed ball of unit radius about the origin whose distance from the subspace is less than unity but as close to unity as we please.
It is not generally possible, even
for Banach spaces, to find a point that is a unit distance from the
1.3 Finite-Dimensional Normed Linear Spaces
17
given subspace; that is, one cannot generally take
a =
in the
1
statement of the theorem.
As an example let (V,11.11m)
is a Banach space over
It is easily seen that of
(V,I1-Il).
and
W = (fIf E V,
Let
JR.
fI E V
Then for each
f11Im > 1.
f'f(t)dt = 01
is a proper closed linear subspace
(W,11.11.)
But suppose there is some
inff E W11f -
Then
V = (fIf r CR([0,1]), f(O) = 01.
such that
g E V -
W
11f111m =
define
fIfl(t)dt b
=
1 f(t)dt
g
Clearly
fI
- bgg E W,
and hence
1 < 11fl
(f1 - bgg)IIm
-
= 11bgg1l. bg,
Thus, referring to the definition of
if1g(t)dtI
<
ifIf1(t)dtl
we conclude that
(g E V - W)
11811.
t1/n, n
However, it is apparent that
belongs to V - W, and so n+
1
Ifogn(t)dtI
I,flfl(t)dtI < 1jlf1(t)dtl
IIgn11a
(n
from which it follows at once that
1 < If1f1(t)dtl.
other hand, it is easily seen that
IIf1I1m = 1, f1(0) = 0,
that
But, on the implies
If1f1(t)dtl < 1.
This contradiction shows that an tie* cannot exist.
f1
with the desired proper-
1
18
1.
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
Now we can establish the result indicated before Theorem 1.3.2. Let
Theorem 1.3.3.
be a normed linear space over
(V,jj.jj)
§.
Then the following are equivalent: is finite dimensional.
(i)
E c V
If
(ii)
Proof.
1.3.3(iii).
is a closed bounded set, then
The implication from part (i) to part (ii)
V
yl,y2,...,yk, k = 1,2,3,...
spanned by the vectors
Wk, k = 2,3,4,...,
closed linear subspace of 1.3.2 there exists some
xk E Wk
Wk-l
However, it is evident that
{x
j
xkjj > 1/2, n f k,
is a proper
and hence by Theorem j1xkjj = 1
and
(k = 2,3,4,...).
x E V, jjxjj= 1)
bounded, and hence compact by (ii). a convergent subsequence.
Wk-l
such that
inf jjx - xkjj > 1/2, x E WK-1
-
is
be the linear
Wk
Let
Then from Corollary 1.3.3(ii) we see that each
jlxn
V
Then there exists an infinite sequence
of linearly independent vectors.
subspace of
is Corollary
Conversely, suppose that past (ii) holds and that
not finite dimensional. lykJ c V
is compact.
E
is closed and
Consequently
(xk)
must have
This, however, contradicts the fact that and thus
V
must be finite dimensional.
.
We see then that in an infinite-dimensional normed linear space there must always exist some closed bounded set that is not compact in the norm topology.
Thus the familiar Euclidean characterization
of compact sets as closed bounded sets is not generally valid for normed linear spaces, nor is it valid for general metric spaces.
In
the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1) we shall, however, obtain a substitute for the Euclidean characterization. It is also worthwhile remarking that one need not assume that all closed bounded sets in a normed linear space conclude that the space is finite dimensional.
V
are compact to
A simple modification
Gauges and Seminorms
1.4
19
of the proof of Theorem 1.3.3 shows that it suffices to assume only (x
that
I
x E V,
is compact.
jjxil < 1)
In this section we ilitroduce the
Gauges and Seminorms.
1.4.
concept of the gauge of certain types of convex subsets of linear spaces and establish some basic relations between gauges, convex sets, and seminorms.
Gauges will play an important role in the study of the
connection between seminormed linear spaces and locally convex topological linear spaces, to be discussed in the next chapter.
Once
again we begin with some definitions. Definition 1.4.1.
Let
V
be a linear space over
E C V
is said to be absorbing if for each
a > 0
such that
is absorbing, then
Definition 1.4.2. p
be a seminorm on
V.
V
Let
a' > 0
0 E E.
be a linear space over .§
and let
we define
k > 0
For each
Then
there exists some
equivalently there exists some
x E aE;
such that a'x E E. Clearly, if E
x E V
4.
E V, p(x) < a),
Bx
and
Bo = (x
I
x E V, p(x) < X)
It is easily verified that and
B.
Bk
BX = XB1
and
are examples of absorbing sets.
The sets
BX = )LB1.
More specifically we
have the following proposition: Proposition 1.4.1. p
be a seminorm on
V.
Let
V
be a linear space over
Then for each
X > 0
f
and let
the sets B and
Bo
are convex balanced absorbing sets. Proof.
The fact that
8X
and
B0
are convex balanced sets
follows immediately from the definition Of a seminorm. BX
each
and
B0
x E V
To show that
are absorbing it is thus sufficient to show that for there exists some
a > 0
such that
ax E BX
or ax E BX,
20
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
1.
respectively; that is,
In particular, the sets
and
B1
which one can think of
Bo,
as the closed and open unit balls about the origin of by
are convex balanced absorbing sets.
p,
any
Clearly,
p(ax) < A.
will suffice.
1/a > p(x)/A
for which
a > 0
or
p(ax) < A
V
determined
It would obviously be
of interest to know whether, given a convex balanded absorbing set in a linear space
B
either
B1 = B
or
much to ask for.
there is some seminorm
V,
p
V
on
for which
We shall see that this is a bit too
Bo = B. i
Nevertheless, one can get reasonably close to such
a result, as evidenced by Theorem 1.4.1.
First, however, we define
the gauge of a convex balanced absorbing set and discuss some of its properties.
.
Definition 1.4.3.
'
B C V
be a linear space over
V
Let
be a convex balanced absorbing set. q(x) = inf{a
Then
q
B
Let
V
be a linear space over
be a convex balanced absorbing set.
a seminorm on Proof. x E V,
and
If the gauge of q(0) = 0.
for which
and let
f
Then the gauge of
bx E baB = IbIaB,
x E aB,
is
q,
then clearly
as
baB
B
is absorbing.
x E V
B
is
0 < q(x) < m, there is some
Since
B
is also balanced for each baB = IbIaB, b E 0.
is balanced,
b E 0.. In
Hence, since
we conclude from the definition of
q(bx) < Ibla, b E f. x E a8,
B
Furthermore, for each
particular, we deduce. that
deduce that
B.
V.
it follows readily that
for which
define
is also called the Minkowski functional of
Proposition 1.4.2. B c :V
x E V
a > 0, x E aB).
is skid to be the gauge of
q
The gauge
a > 0
I
For each
and let
$
q
that
However, this estimate is valid for any and so once again from the definition of
q(bx) < IbIq(x), b E I.
a > 0 q
we
Utilizing this result, we see
1.4
21
Gauges-and Seminorms
x E V
that for each
(b E t; b # 0),
q(x) = q(b) < q(bx q(bx) = JbIq(x), b E §, b
whence
we can drop
q(0) = 0,
Since
and conclude that
b # 0
the restriction that
0.
q
satisfies the
homogeneity property of a seminorm. Finally, to show that Since
x,y E V.
such that where
and
x E aB
y E bB.
B
is convex, we have
Thus
x + y E (a + b)B.
that is,
Since this estimate also remains valid for any and
we again conclude that
y E bB,
Therefore
is a seminorm on
q
a
q(x + y) < a and
b
the gauge of
q,
the connection between
4
such that
V.
B.
b.
q(x + y) < q(x) + q(Y).
C
Thus we see that every convex balanced absorbing set mines a seminorm
y = by,
b a+ b u+ a+ b v
a
x k aB
b > 0
and and
x = au
Let us write
Consequently, because
B,
a > 0
is absorbing, there are some
B
u,v E B.
belongs to
is subadditive, we consider any
q
B
deter-
The best we can say about
and the closed and open unit balls deter-
B
mined by its gauge is contained in the next theorem.
We include
Proposition 1.4.1 as a portion of the statement of this theorem for the purposes of comparison. Theorem 1.4.1. (i)
If
p
V
Let
is a seminorm on
balanced absorbing sets in (ii)
If
B C V
p
V,
then
B1
§.
and
Bo
are convex
V.
is a convex balanced absorbing set, then there
exists a unique seminorm Proof.
be a linear space over
p
on
V
such that
BO C B c B1. i
We need only prove implication (ii).
we take the gauge of
B.
Let
x E BI.
Then
As the seminorm p(x) < 1,
and so,
22
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
1.
by the definition of the gauge of
B1 c B.
such that
a, 0 < a < 1,
anced, there exists some Hence
and the fact that
B
On the other hand, if
p (x) = inf(a
x E B1,
B
is bal-
x E aB C :B.
then
a > 0, x E aB) < 1,
I
B c B1.
and so
Finally, suppose (x
p1
is another seminorm on
p1(x) < 1) C B c (x
I
I
for which
V
p1(x) < 1).
Then, in particular, we would have (x
I
p(x) < 1) C (x'I pi(x) < 1).
Suppose that there is some
x E V
for which
p(x) < p1(x).
Then
b > 0
such that
p(x) < b < p1(x).
Consequently
n(x/b) = p(x)/b < 1,
and hence
p1(x/b) < 1.
pl(x/b) - p1(x)/b
there is some
> 1,
Therefore,
a contradiction.
But
p1(x) < p(x), x E V.
A similar argument, using the fact that (x
I
p1(x) < 1) C (x
that we also must have Thus
It
proper.
p = p1,
For example, let
B
1)1(x,>.))
`
p(x) < 1),
p(x) < p1(x), x E V.
and the theorem is proved.
is possible that the inclusions
B = ((x,y) Then
I
V = Il22
Bi C B c B1
O are both
and take
x2 + y2 < 1) U ((1,0)} U ((-1,0)).
is convex, balanced, and absorbing, the gauge of B is (x2 * y2)112 = !+(x,y)1l2, and the inclusions Do CB c B1
=
i
are proper.
On the other hand, if
B
is a convex balanced absorbing set, the
23
Topology in Seminormed Linear Spaces
1.5
gauge of
is a norm, and
B
is closed in the topology eatermined
B
For
The details are left to the reader.
by this norm, then.-B = B1.
this and other reasons the following result is of interest: Theorem 1.4.2.
be a linear space over
V
Let
be a convex balanced absorbing set, and let
t,
let
B c V
be the gauge of
q
B.
Then the following are equivalent: (i)
q
is a norm on
(ii)
B
contains no positive-dimensional linear subspace of Suppose
Proof.
V.
is not a norm and let
q
W = (x Since
q
x E V, q(x) = 01.
I
is a seminorm, it follows at once that
subspace of
distinct from
V
V.
(0).
W
is a linear
W c [x
Clearly,
'
q(x) < 1j C B,
by Theorem 1.4.1(ii), and so part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i). Conversely, suppose W
linear subspace
W C B C (x
I
of. V.
q(x) < 1).
positive integer
n
if
because
x E W,
then
If
does contain a positive-dimensional Then
W # (0)
x E W
we have
then, on the one hand, q(nx) < I
B
nx E W
and
and
limnq(nx) = +.,
W C B,
q(x) = 0,
and, by Theorem 1.4.1(ii),
then for any
q(x) # 0,
q(nx) = nq(x) # 0.
and, on the other hand,
which is a contradiction. and
q
But
Consequently,
is not a norm.
Therefore Theorem 1.4.2(i) implies Theorem 1.4.2(ii).
I.S. Topology in Seminormed Linear Spaces. linear space
(V,P)
Given a seminormed
we wish, in a standard manner, to provide
with a Hausdorff topology determined by the family of seminorms If
P = (p}
is a singleton set, that is,
V
V P.
is a normed linear
space, Uen clearly the most natural candidate for the desired topology is the norm topology. net if
[x a) C V
It is apparent in this case that a
converges in the norm topology to
linp(xa - x) - 0.
x E V
if and only
We also want the analog of this observation
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
1.
24
to be valid in an arbitrary seminormed linear space. With these observations in mind we make the following definitions: Definition 1.5.1. For each
t.
Let
c > 0,
each
x E V,
be a seminormed linear space.over
(V,P)
and each positive integer
we
n
set
U(x;e;p1,PZ,...,pn) _ (y where each
y E V; Pk(y - x) < c; k = 1,2,...,n),
are any
pl,p2,...,pn x E V
I
n
seminorms in
P.
Furthermore, for
we set
Up(x) = (U(x;e;P1,P2,...)pn)
(
e > 0; n E Z; n > 0; pl,p2,...,pn E Pj,
and
up = P
U U W. xEV P
The next proposition is then easily verified. Proposition I.S.I.
over C Then Proof.
UP
Let
be a seminormed linear space
(V,P)
is a base for a Hausdorff topology on
The routine arguments needed to show that
for a topology are left to the reader. Hausdorff suppose such that
x,y E V, x # y.
p(x - y) > 0,
as
UP
is a base
To see that this topology is
Then there exists some
p E P
is a seminormed linear space.
(V,P)
A straightforward computation reveals that
U(x,c,p)
are disjoint open neighborhoods of
y,
take
V.
x
and
and
U(y,e,p)
respectively, if we
e = p(x - y)/3.
O The reader should note the use made here of the fact that not all the seminorms in
P
vanish at any one nonzero vector in
Given a seminormed linear space topology generated by
UP
as
Ti,,
(V,P)
V.
we shall denote the
and we shall denote
V with
1.5
25
Topology in Seminormed Linear Spaces
It is evident that
this topology by the base for
at
TP
When
UP(x)
is a
x.
is a normed linear space, the neighborhoods in
(V,P)
UP(x)
are, of course, just open balls with center
ology
TP
coincides with the norm topology.
x,
and the top-
In the general case of
a seminormed linear space it is not sufficient, however, to use only neighborhoods of of
of the form
x
U(x,c,p), p E P,
as the elements
since the intersection of two such sets need not contain
Up(x)
Hence there are not enough such sets to form a
a third such set. base at
x
base at
x.
for a topology on
They do, of course, form a sub-
V.
Concrete examples of this are easily constructed, for
instance, in
(C*((0,lj),[pn)),
where
pn(f) = 11f(n)11m, n = 0,1,2...
The theorem alluded to at the beginning of this section can now be established. Theorem 1.5.1. !
(x ) e V
and let
a
Let
(V,P)
be a net,
be a seminormed linear space over Then the following are equi-
x E V.
valent:
The net
(i)
jii)
converges to
the neighborhood
U(x,c,p)
that is,
(V,TT).
p E P.
then for each
e > 0,
is an open neighborhood of
and so there exists some
xa E U(x,c,p),
in
x
for each
If part (i) holds and
-Proof.
(V,TP),
(x )
limap(xOt -,- x) = 0
ao
such that, if
p(xa - x) < c.
Thus
x
p E P in
a > ao,
them
limap(xa - x) = 0,
and part (i) implies part (ii).
Conversely, if Theorem 1.5.1(ii) holds, pl'p2 .... Pn
such that
quently
are in
P,
pk(xa - x) < e
whenever
xa E U(x;e;pl,p2,...,pn)
chosen so that
c > 0,
then there exist some
and
ak, k = 1,2,...,n,
a > ak, k = 1,2,...,n. whenever
ao > ak, k = 1,2,...,n.
a > a0,
where
Conseao
is
26
1.
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
From this it follows at once that part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).
U
Theorem 1.5.1 shows us that in any seminormed linear space
(V,P)
it is possible to introduce a Hausdorff topology in which convergence of a net
is precisely the same as the convergence of each of
(xa)
the nets of numbers
(p(x )], p E P.
An obvious question to raise
(r
given a linear space
is whether this process can be reversed:
with a Hausdorff topology P
on
such that
V
T,
T = T
?
V
can we define a family of seminorms The answer is, in general, negative,
P
even when the linear space operations and the topology "fit together" However, for a large class of important spaces the pro-
properly.
cess can ba reversed, as will be seen in the next chapter.
The
notion of the gauge of a convex balanced absorbing set, introduced in Section 1.4, will play a crucial role in resolving this question. 1.6. Problems. (Theorem 1.1.1)
1.
over
in
be a normed linear space
(V,iI.jl)
§.
(a)
W
Let
V (b)
W c V
If
is a linear subspace, prove that the closure of
is a linear subspace of
W c V
If
V.
is a linear subspace, prove that
is a normed linear space.
If
(c)
W c V
If
quotient space
V/W
If
=
inf IIx
+
yEW W
yll
q
V
(x E V) .
is a Banach space.
(V/W, III . III )
:
is
is a closed linear subspace,
Prove that there exists a Banach space
and a mapping
W
is a Banach space.
is a normed linear space with the norm
is a Banach space and
(d)
(W,II.II)
is a closed linear subspace, prove that the
Ill x + Will
prove that
is a Banach space and
(V,II.II)
a closed linear subspace, prove that
VI
such that
over
i
27
1.6. Problems
y
(i)
is an isomorphism. is dense in
y(V)
(ii)
(iii)
IIp(x)lii =
(x E V).
I1xji.
is another Banach space that satisfies
Moreover, if
conditions (i) through (iii), prove the existence of a mapping that is a surjective isomorphism such that
V2
V1
(x E 1'1) .
i*(x)II2 = ilxlil, Let
2. W e V
Prove that, if
be a linear subspace that is complete.
3. (Theorem 1.1.2)
be
Let
normed linear spaces over product
is also a Banach space.
is a Banach space, then
(V/W,III j1t)
aid let
be a normed linear space over
(V, jl II)
and let
I
denote the topological
V
V1,V2,...,Vn,
of the topological spaces
V1 X V2 x ... X Vn
with the respective norm topologies and with linear space addition and Prove that
scalar multiplication defined componentwise.
a normed linear space over
is defined as either of the following:
IIxII=
sup
k= 1,2,...n
IIxkIIk,
n
1/P
IIxII ' ( E (IIxkIIk)pj k=1 x = (x1,x2,...,xn).
4.
Prove that, if
Sketch the sets (x
and p = m.
I
(Ix II
over I and 11- 11,
Note that the norms
on
(V,11-0. ff22
ff22
for p = 1,2,3 are all equivalent,
P
(Corollary 1.3.2)
Let
and suppose
and
(V, 11-112)
and
in
= 1)
1
(1 < p
are Banach spaces, then so is
(Vn-11-11n )
is
with the norm topology equivalent to
I
the product topology if
where
(V,I,.jj)
11 -112
II
II1
V
be any n-dimensional linear space
11-112
are norms such that
are normed linear spaces.
are equivalent.
(V, II . II1)
Prove that the norms
Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
1.
28
6.
Let
(Corollary 1.3.3)
normed linear space over (a)
Prove that
(b)
If
W
(V,11.11)
t.
is a Banach space.
is a linear subspace of
is a closed linear subspace of If
(c)
be a finite-dimensional
E c :V
V,
prove that
(W,11.11)
('V,j(.jj).
is a closed bounded set, prove that
E
is
compact. 7.
Prove that a finite-dimensional subspace of a normed
(a)
linear space is closed. If
(b)
is a normed linear space and
V
linean subspace, prove that the quotient map by
cp(x) = x + W If
(c)
8.
W + Y
:
W C V
is a closed
V -- V/W
defined
is continuous. V
linear.subspace, and prove that
cp
is a normed linear space, w c V is a closed Y c V
is a finite-dimensional linear subspace,
is closed in
V.
Prove that a Banach space is finite dimensional if and only
if every linear subspace.is closed. *9.
Give
an example of a Banach space and a decreasing sequence
of nonempty bounded closed sets whose intersection is empty.
(Hint:
Theorem 1.3.3 tells you where not to look for an example.) 10.
Does
11.
(a)
p(x + iy) _ jxj
IR2,
but not in the complex linear space
C.
Prove that every set that is balanced in the complex
linear space C (c)
C ?
Give an example of a set in the plane that is balanced
in the real linear space (b)
define a seminorm on
is convex.
Give an example in a complex linear space of a nonconvex
balanced set. 12.
(a)
Give an example of a set in the plane that is absorbing,
but not convex.
29
Problems
1.6
Some authors define a set
(b)
Give an example of a set
V = Un=1nA.
sorbing, then
A
is ab-
in a linear
A
that is absorbing by Definition 1.4.1 but for which
V
space
Show that with this definition, if
(tl re.
and
t E i
whenever
tx E A
such that
e > 0
there exists some
x E V
every
to be absorbing if for
A
Un1nA.
V f
Given a convex balanced absorbing set
13.
exists a convex balanced absorbing set
gauges
U
Let
*14.
p
and (a)
and
B,
prove that there A + A C B.
such that
A
be convex balanced absorbing lets with
V
respectively.
q,
Prove that
is a convex balanced absorbing set
U fl V
r(x) = max{p(x),q(x)).
with gauge
(b)
with gauge
Prove that
(c)
is a convex balanced absorbing set
U + V
s(x) = inf{p(v)
q(v - x)
v E V).
I
U U V
Give an example to show that
is not necessarily
a convex balanced absorbing set. Conclude that
and
r
s
define seminorms, but
t(x) = min{p(x),q(x)) is not necessarily a seminorm. Let
15.
A
numbers for which co.
If
xn
0
Ix n
I
Prove that
< 1/n.
for only finitely many values of
absorbing in *16.
An absorbing set x E V
A C V
the set
(closed) relative to the interval
balanced absorbing set and
rays, then and
A
such that
{x n)
prove that
n,
A (I E
is
E.
rays if for each
that, if
is not absorbing in
denotes the space of all sequences
E
of complex
{xn)
be the set of all sequences
p
A = B1,
B1 = {x
Ix = {a
I
A = B1,
where, as usual,
x E V, p(x) < 1).
a > 0, x E aAj
= (O,m).
I
its gauge.
is open in rays, then
A
is said to be open (closed) in
Let
A
Use Theorem 1.4.1 to prove and if
Bo = {x i
is open
be a.convex
I
A
is closed in
x E V, p(x) < 1)
1. Seminormed and Normed Linear Spaces
30
*1'.
A series
Ek=lxk said to be sununable to a sum
in a normed linear space x
if
x E V
and limnlix -
that is, the sequence of partial sums converges to is said to be absolutely summable if normed linear space
(V,11-0
-k=lllxkll < m.
x.
is
=lxk11 = 0,
The series
Prove that a
is complete if and only if every abso-
lutely summable series is summable.
CHAPTER 2
TOPOLOGICAL LINEAR SPACES
2.0. Introduction. space
(V,P)
We have seen that, given a seminormed linear
we can introduce a Hausdorff topology
Tp
into
that is intimately connected with the family of seminorms
V
Now we
P.
wish to study such spaces -- that is, linear spaces equipped with a Hausdorff topology -- in their own right.
In order to make these
topological linear spaces interesting objects of investigation we shall demand that the linear space operations and the topology "fit together" properly, namely, that the operations be continuous.
All
seminormed linear spaces are examples of these topological linear spaces, but the converse is not true.
After introducing the basic notions and establishing some elementary results in Section 2.1, we shall look at finite-dimensional topological linear spaces in Section 2.2.
There it will be seen that a
topological linear space is finite dimensional if and only if its topology is locally compact.
Those topological linear spaces that
are seminormed linear spaces will be described in Section 2.3.
They
will be seen to be precisely those topological linear spaces whose topology has, at the origin, a neighborhood base consisting of convex open sets.
The notion of the gauge of a convex balanced absorbing
set will be instrumental in establishing this description,
In
Section 2.4 some properties of gauges in topological linear spaces will be given, and these results will then be used to characterize those topological linear spaces that are normable.
Metrizable top-
ological linear spaces will be discussed in the last section.
2.1. Topological Linear paces.
We begin this section with the
definition of topological linear spaces.
31
2. Topological Linear Spaces
32
Definition 2.1.1.
A linear space
topological linear space over
T on
V
over
f
is said to be a
if there'exists a Hausdorff topology
I
such that the following mappings are continuous:
V
The mapping from
(i)
V,
defined by
V,
defined by
V x V,
(x,y) -. x + y, x,y E V.
The mappings from
(ii)
I x V,
with the product topology, to
(a,x) -. ax, a E I, x E V.
The mapping from
(iii)
with the product topology, to
V
V, defined by
to
x -. -x, x E V.
Thus, somewhat loosely speaking, a linear space Hausdorff topology
T
V
with a
is a topological linear space if the linear
space operations of addition, inversion, and scalar multiplication are continuous.
by the pair
We shall generally denote a topological linear space
(V,T).
It should be noted that not all definitions of topological linear spaces include the assumption that the topology is Hausdorff. assumption is not made, for example, in [El, KeNa, T, and WI].
This More-
over, most of the results we shall establish are also valid in this more general context.
Nevertheless, we choose to include the hypo-
thesis of Hausdorffness in our definition since all of the topological linear spaces we shall discuss in the sequel have natural Hausdorff topologies.
For expositions without the Hausdorff assumption
we refer the reader to 177.].
[EI, pp. 56-66; T, pp. 123-133; Wit pp. 167-
In addition, it should be remarked that rather weak additional
restrictions on the topology of a"topological linear space
(V,T)
place of the Hausdorff assumption are sufficient to imply that Hausdorff.
T
For example, if
distinct points in
V,
T
in is
is a To-topology (i.e., given any two
at least one of them has an open neighborhood
not containing the other), then
T
is a Hausdorff topology.
case one can even prove that, besides being Hausdorff,
T
In this
also has
the property that any closed set and point not in the set have disjoint open neighborhoods.
For some discussion of these results see
[T,,p. ?26; Wit pp. 175-176].
33
2.1. Topological Linear Spaces
Examples of topological linear spaces are easy to come by, as' shown by the next result. Let
Theorem 2.1.1.
Then
be a seminormed linear space over
(V,P)
is a topological linear space over
(V,Tp)
f.
Since from Proposition 1.5,1 we see that
Proof.
Hausdorff topology on
neighborhood
is a
TP
it remains only to show that the linear
V,
For example, to see that addition is
space operations are continuous. .continuous, let
6.
xo,yo E V,
and
c > 0,
U(xo +
and consider the open of
x0 + yo
in
yo'E'pl'p2'.. "pn)
If
TP.
0
denotes the open neighborhood U(x0;c/2;p1,P2,...$Pn) X U(ye;c/2;P1,p2,...,pn) in the product topology on
then clearly
V x V,
(x,y) E U
implies
that
pk[x + Y - (xo + Yo)] < Pk(x- xo) + Pk(Y - Yo) (k = 1,2,...,n),
< E
from which we conclude that addition is continuous.
Similar arguments,
whose details are omitted, establish the continuity of inversion and
Q
scalar multiplication.
All the spaces described in Section 1.2 are topological linear spaces.
Now let us state some further results concerning topological linear spaces.
The proofs are reasonably straightforward and are
left to the reader.
Theorem 2.1.2.
Then for each defined by
y E V
Let
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
and each
a E I, a # 0,
py(x) = x + y, x E V,
Ta(x) = ax, x E V,
and
:
the mappings V -' V,
ya are surjective homeomorphisms.
f.
pY: V - V,
defined by
Moreover, the
2. Topological Linear Spaces
34
r or Va
image under p the image under
Va
of a convex set is again a convex set, and
of a linear subspace is again a linear subspace.
The fact that translation in a topological linear space
(V,T)
is a homeomorphism is very useful, as it often allows us to reduce a "global" question to a "local" one.
For example, suppose that
is some collection of open sets in translation; show that
U E U
that is,
(V,T). that is invariant under
implies that
is a base for the topology
U
U
T
To
U + x E U, x E V.
it is then sufficient
to demonstrate that
U
base at the origin.
Similarly we shall see in Chapter 3 that a
contains some subset that is a neighborhood
linear transformation from
(V,T)
to
(V,T)
is continuous on
V
if and only if it is continuous at the origin. It is also worth remarking that the continuity of scalar multiplication in a topological linear space implies that every open neighborhood of the origin in Theorem 2.1.3. (i)
Let
W C V
If
V
is an absorbing set.
be a topological linear space over #.
(V,T)
is a linear subspace, then the closure of
W
is
a linear subspace.
W C V
If
(ii)
topology on
W
is a linear subspace and
induced by
then
T,
(W,T')
T'
is the relative
is a topological linear
space. (iii)
If
W C V
is a closed linear subspace, then
a topological linear space if
T'
open sets are sets of the form
is the topology on
{x + W I x E U), U E T,
(V/W,T')
V/W
is
whose.
that is,
T',
is the usual quotient topology. Theorem 2.1.4. over
#
a E A,
and let
V
Let
I.
be topological linear spaces
denote the product of the topological spaces
with the product topology
defined componentwise. over
(Va,Ta), a E A,
Then
(V,T)
T
V V.
and with linear space operations is a topological linear space
35
2.2. Finite-Dimensional Topological Linear Spaces
From
2.2. Finite-Dimensional Topological Linear Spaces.
Theorem 2.1.1 we see that the spaces &, II 1 < p <
respectively.
C,
Ilp)
and
(Cn, II Ilp)
are n-dimensional topological linear spaces over
and
U.
As is perhaps not surprising, in view of the
results on finite-dimensional normed linear spaces obtained in Section 1.3., all n-dimensional topological linear spaces are essentially
either
(1F2n, II
Ilp)
or
This is an
for any p, 1 < p < m.
(Cn, II Ilp)
immediate consequence of Theorem 2.2.1, whose proof is left to the reader. Let
Definition 2.2.1.
linear spaces over
(V1,T1)
Then
I.
and
(V1,T1)
and
(V2,T2) (V2,T2)
be topological are said to be
topologically isomorphic if there exists a surjective isomorphism tp
:
V1 .. V2
that is a homeomorphism.
As in the case of normed linear spaces, it is apparent that the relation of topological isomorphism between topological linear spaces is reflexive, symmetric and transitive. Theorem 2.2.1. linear space over
to o a
Let IR(C).
be an n-dimensional topological
(V,T)
Then
is topologically isomorphic
(V,T)
ill))
Corollary 2.2.1.
Let
(V1,T1)
topological linear spaces over
t.
and
(V2,T2)
be n-dimensional
Then
(V1,T1)
and
(V2,T2)
are
topologically isomorphic. Corollary 2.2.2.
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
W be a finite-dimensional linear subspace of
f
and let
W
is a closed linear subspace of
V.
Then
(V,T).
A characterization of finite-dimensional topological linear spaces analogous to that given for finite-dimensional normed linear spaces in Theorem 1.3.3 is also valid.
On the surface, the form of
the characterization is somewhat different from that for finite-dimensional normed linear spaces since Theorem 1.3.3 is no longer meaningful in the context of topological linear spaces.
The characteriza-
tion should be compared with the remarks following Theorem 1.3.3.
2. Topological Linear Spaces
36
Theorem 2.2.2. f.
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
Then the following are equivalent:
(ii)
is finite dimensional.
(V,T)
(i)
There exists a compact set
with a nonempty interior
B C :V
such that the origin belongs to the interior of Suppose
.Proof.
(V,T)
n
2.2.1, there exists some
V
cal isomorphism from
where Cn,
B1
Then, by Theorem
is finite dimensional. such that
(II ,
morphic to either
B.
or
is topologically iso-
(V,T)
If
(C
to either
or a
lid
is this topologi-
(p
then
T-
B =
is the closed unit ball about the origin in either e or
satisfies condition (ii), which is thus implied by (i). Conversely, suppose part (ii) holds.
the interior of
Since
is compact and
B
is a nonempty set that contains the origin, we
B
deduce at once that there exist a finite number of points ..,xn
in
such that
B
subspace of
V
with the quotient topology.
homomorphism determined by tient topology on
V/W
is a compact subset of the origin in
V/W.
B C W+ (1/2)B,
and so
V/W
Let W.
*
denote the canonical
V -» V/W
:
Then from the definition of the quois continuous and that
$
Moreover,, by the definition of #(B) C: (112)i(B).
we have
W,
By induction we then conclude
However, the continuity of
.
with the fact that the nonempty interior of
$(B)
entails that each point in
2k$(B)
Now, if Vj W,
$(B)
with a nonempty interior that contains
2kf(B) C $(B), k = 1,2,3,...
V/W = $(B),
be the linear
being finite
W,
scalar multiplication in the topological linear space
Hence
xl,x2,..
is a topological linear space
we see that V/W
Then
x1,x2,...,xn.
W
Let
B C Uk=l(xk +(1/2)B).
spanned by
dimensional, is closed, and so
that
(B1),
V/W,
combined
contains the origin,
V/W
belongs to
and so
V/W
is compact. -e
then
V/W
would not be'the zero space and so lt
for some
k.
0
as is easily verified, it would contain a linear sub§pace isomorphic to the scalar field
V/W. Consequently
thereby contradicting the compactness of V = W,
and so
V
is finite dimensional.
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).
0
37
2.3 Locally Convex Topological Linear Spaces
is a
(V,T)
An equivalent phrasing of this result is that
T
finite-dimensional topological linear space if and only if
is
a locally compact topology.
2.3. Locally Convex Topological Linear Spaces.
linear space over over
then
f,
is a seminormed
(V,P)
section of this chapter we saw that, if
In the first
is a topological linear space
(V,Tp)
We now wish to address our attention to the converse
f.
if
question:
(V,T)
is a topological linear space, does there
exist a family of seminorms
on
P
TP = T?
normed linear space and
V
such that
(V,P)
The answer is, in general, negative.
For example, as noted in Example 1.2.4, the spaces
where dt
0 < p < 1,
is a semi-
is Lebesgue measure on
[0,1],
Lp([0,1],dt),
are neither
normed nor seminormed linear spaces.
However, they are topological
linear spaces if we use the topology
T
U(f,a) = {g where
f E Lp([O,l],dt)
I
generated by the neighborhoods
g e Lp([0,l],dt), I[g and
e > 0
- f1l p
is arbifrary.
< e) (See, for example,
[K,. pp. 157-158]).
What additional restrictions are then necessary to ensure that a topological linear space is a seminormed linear space?
The clue
to the answer lies in examining the nature of open neighborhoods in seminormed linear spaces.
To be more precise, we have the follow-
ing proposition: Proposition 2.3.1. f.
Then
TP
Let
(V,P)
be a seminormed linear space over
contai-is a neighborhood base at each point in
V
that
consists of convex open sets. Proof.
An elementary argument shows that for each
open neighborhoods U(x;s;pl,p2,...,pn)
x E V
the
are convex.
We shall see that the existence, at each point of a topological .linear space, of a neighborhood base consisting of convex open sets
2. Topological Linear Spaces
38
is sufficient to ensure that the topology comes from a family of Since the existence of such a neighborhood base is of
seminorms.
considerable importance, Definition 2.3.1. Then
4.
we make the following definition: Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over x E V
is said to be locally convex if each point
(V,T)
has a neighborhood base consisting of convex open sets. Lp([0,1),dt), 0 < p < 1,
The spaces
are not locally convex
topological linear spaces, as will-be shown in Section 4.2.
On the
other hand, the content of Proposition 2.3.1 is precisely that, if (V,P)
is a seminormed linear space, then
(V,TP)
is locally convex.
Before we establish the converse assertion we need to prove some preliminary reselts, which are also of independent interest. Proposition 2.3.2.
Let
(1V,T)
be a topological linear space
I.
over
Let
(i)
be a (open) neighborhood of the origin in
U
Then there exists a (open) neighborhood
N
V.
of the origin such that
aNCU, a E , lal <1. (ii) Let
U
be a (open) neighborhood of the origin in
there exists a balanced (open) neighborhood that
0 (iii)
Let
(iv)
U C V
Let
U
of the origin such
be a convex set.
U
Then the closure of
U
and
are convex sets.
U C V
be a balanced set.
balanced, and the interior of
U
Then the closure of
U
is
is balanced provided the interior
contains the origin.
Proof.
Let
U
be a (open) neighborhood of the origin.
scalar multiplication is continuous, there exists some (open) neighborhood
whenever and
Then
V.
N c U.
the interior of
of
No
lal < c
Ul
and
a E 4, Ial < 1,
of the origin in x E U1.
we have
Set
ax E U
V
N = 0U1.
because
such that
and a
ax E U
Then for u E U1
Since
e > 0
and
x = cu E N
2.3. Locally Convex Topological Linear Spaces
Hence
lacl = la's < c.
aN c U
whenever
39
and
lal < 1
N
is a (open)
Thus part (i) is established.
neighborhood of the origin.
To prove part (ii) we set
No
UlaL
where
N
is the
=
neighborhood we have just constructed. neighborhood of the origin in
Clearly N
and
c :U.
No
is a (open)
Furthermore, if
0
bNo c No.
then
b E t, lbl < 1,
V
Parts (iii) and (iv) are left to the reader.
If
is a locally convex topological linear space, then Propo-
V
sition 2.3.2 (ii) can be used to construct a neighborhood base at the origin consisting of convex balanced open sets. Proposition 2.3.3. linear space over origin in
(V,T)
be a locally convex topological
Then there exists a neighborhood-base at the
t.
consisting-of convex balanced open sets.
V
Proof.
Let
Let
U
be a neighborhood base at the origin consisting
of convex open sets.
If
U E U,
then by Proposition 2.3.2(ii) there
exists a balanced open neighborhood
N
of the origin such that
NcU. Let
be the collection of all finite convex linear combina-
N1
tions of elements of of the form
N;
F =lakxk
k = 1,2,...,n,
that is, let
for some
and q=lak = 1.
n,
N1,
consist of all elements. xk E N, 0 < ak < 1,
Then clearly
balanced neighborhood of the origin and By Proposition 2.3.2(iii)
N1
where
N1 c U,
U
is convex.
N1 D N, is a convex balanced open
neighborhood of the origin that is contained in U E U
as
and (iv) we conclude that the interior of
which is nonempty because
Thus every
is a convex
N1
U.
contains a convex balanced open neighborhood
of the origin and hence there exists a neighborhood base at the origin consisting of such sets.
2. Topological Linear Spaces
40
Now let us state and prove the theorem indicated earlier. Theorem 2.3.1. 0.
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
Then the following are equivalent: is a locally convex topological linear space over §.
(V,T)
(i)
is a seminormed linear space over
(V,P)
0
on
P
There exists a family of seminorms
(ii)
and
V
such that
TP = T.
Proposition 2.3.1 shows that part (ii) implies part (i).
Proof.
Conversely, suppose that part (i) holds and let V
base at the origin in
U
be a neighborhood
consisting of convex balanced open sets.
U E U
The continuity of scalar multiplication implies that each For each
is absorbing.
U E U
define
pU(x) = inf(a that is, Set
we see that
(
P
U E U).
Moreover, since
I
U
PU(x) < 1) c`U c (x
I
such that
is a neighborhood base at the origin in
x = 0
because
It is then evident that TP = T.
V
PU(x) < 1).
follows at once that, if. pU(x) = 0, U E U, and hence
U.
Then from Proposition 1.4.2 and Theorem 1.4.1
is a family of seminorms on (x
U E U,
(x E V),
is the gauge of the convex balanced absorbing set
PU
P = (pU
a > 0, x E aU)
(V,P)
T
then
x E U
V,
it
for all
is a Hausdorff topology.
is a seminormed linear space and
Consequently part (i) of the theorem implies part (ii).
O
Thus we see that seminormed linear spaces and locally convex topological linear spaces are the same, and we have a means of moving from one type of space to the other, either through the construction of the topology
TP
associated with a family of seminorms or through
the use of the gauges of certain convex balanced absorbing sets.
At
times there are significant advantages in being able to choose which type of space one wishes to work with while investigating various questions.
This will be apparent in the sequel.
41
2.4. Seminorms and Convex Balanced Absorbing Sets
We have
2.4. Seminorms and Convex Balanced Absorbing Sets.
already seen (Theorem 1.4.1) that, if ing subset of a linear space p
on
is a convex balanced absorb-
B
then there exists a unique seminorm
V,
such that
V
= {x
Bo
i
The seminorm
p(x) < 1} C B C (x
I
I
p(x) < 1) = B1.
is, of course, the gauge of the set
p
B.
In the next
theorem we shall investigate further the relationship between gauges and convex balanced absorbing sets in the context of topological Some preliminary definitions are desirable.
linear spaces.
Definition 2.4.1. 0
and let
Let
Then the interior of
E C V.
and the closure of
int(E)
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
E
by
cl(E).
bounded if for each open neighborhood exists some
a > 0
such that
U
will bq denoted by
E
The set
F
is said to be
of the origin in
there
V
E C aU.
It is easily seen that the definition of boundedness in a topolo-
gical linear space reduces in the case of seminormed linear spaces to that given in Definition 1.3.2. Theorem 2.4.1.
,
the gauge of
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
be a convex balanced absorbing set, and let
B C V
let
B.
q
be
Then
int(B) C Bo C B C B1 C cl(B).
(i)
i
B = B1
(ii)
(iii) (iv)
if
B
is open.
B = B
if
B
is closed.
If
V -SIR
q
is continuous, then
Bo = int(B)
and
B1 = cl(B). q
(v)
If
(vi)
Proof.
x E int(B). U
of
x
:
V - IR B
is continuous if and only if
is bounded, then
q
is a norm.
From Theorem 1.4.1 we know that Since
such that
int(B)
0 E int(B).
Bi C B C B1.
Let
is open there exists an open neighborhood
U C int(B).
Moreover, by the continuity of
2. Topological Linear Spaces
.42
la - 11 <
then
that is,
int(B) C Bo1.
Hence
x E B.
q(x) =,I.
ality, we can assume that n = 2,3,...
If
Therefore, without loss of gener-
x E Bi C cl(B).
then
q(x) < 1.
so that
x E BI
On the other hand, let q(x) < 1,
q(x) < 1/a < 1,
Thus
x E (1/a)B.
and so
ax E int(B) C B,
1 < e,
0 < a -
In particular, if
ax E U.
then
e,
such that, if
e > 0
scalar multiplication, there exists an
an =
But let
1
- 1/n,
Then
.
1)q(x)
q(anx)
=
(anx) C :B1 C B, n = 2,3,...
and we conclude that
(n = 2,3,...),
- n < I
1
However, since
.
scalar multiplication is continuous, we deduce that Therefore
limnanx = x E cl(B).
and part (i) is proved.
B1 C cl(B),
Parts (ii) and (iii) follow immediately from part (i). q
If
:
V -+IR
is continuous, then
is open, as it is the
Bo i
that
int(B) C Bi C B
We conclude at once from
inverse image of Bo = int(B).
BI = cl(B).
A similar argument shows that
i
If as
Conversely, suppose
q(0) = 0 < 1.
an open neighborhood of we have
0
q(x) < 1, x E U.
neighborhood of that is,
Bo = int(B) i
is continuous, then
q
q
0
such that
such that, if
is continuous at
0.
and let
0 E int(B),
U c int(B).
But then, for any
0 E int(B),
entails that
e > 0, eU
x = eu E eU,
be
U
int(B) C BI,
Since
is an open q(x) = eq(u) < c;
then
The inequality
lq(x) - q(y)l < q(x - y)
(x,y E V),
which is valid for any seminorm by Proposition 1.1.1, then shows that q
is continuous, indeed even uniformly continuous, on
V.
This proves
part (v) of the theorem. Finally, suppose
B
is bounded.
If
then
x # 0,
Hausdorff, there exists an open neighborhood
U
of
0
since
T
such that
is
43
2.4. Seminorms and Convex Balanced Absorbing Sets
By Proposition 2.3.2 we may assume that
x f U.
Because
is bounded, there exists some
B
and since
if
ab < 1,
then
ab(x/ab) = x
such that
b
E abU d U,
Hence
U.
as
and this holds for
b > I/a,
By the definition of
x E bB.
ab > 1,
is balanced,
U
as
B C all,
such that
b > 0
But this implies that
x/ab E U.
contradicting the choice of any
for which
a > 0
is absorbing, there also exists some
B
Clearly then
x E bB.
is also balanced.
U
it then follows
q
q(x) > 1/a > 0.
that
Therefore it
then
x f 0,
q(x) 7 0,
and so
is a norm.
q
This completes the proof of part (vi) and the theorem.
The last portion of Theorem 2.4.1 allows us to characterize those topological linear spaces that are normed linear spaces. Theorem 2.4.2. @.
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
Then the following are equivalent: (i)
T
Let
There exists a norm on
V
such that the norm topology and
coincide. (ii)
T
Proof.
contains a bounded convex open neighborhood of the origin.
Clearly, if there exists a norm
the norm topology coincides with
r,
then
(x
bounded convex open neighborhood of the origin.
(jx+j
such that
V
on
< 11
is a
Hence part (i)
implies part (ii).
Conversely, suppose of the origin.
B E T is a bounded convex open neighborhood
By repeating the argument used in proving Proposition
2.3.3, we may assume without loss of generality that balanced. B
B
From Theorem 2.4.1 (vi) we conclude that the gauge
is a norm on
V.
T.
First, from Theorems 2.4.1 (iv) and (v) we note that I
q(x) < 1),
q
of
It remains to prove that the topology generated
by this norm coincides with
B = (x
is also
and hence for each aB = (x
I
a > 0
q(x) < a).
we have
2. Topological Linear Spaces
44
To show that the norm topology coincides with T {aB
in view of Theorem 2.1.2, that the family
of open
a > 0)
forms a neighborhood
To accomplish this it suffices to prove that, if
base at the origin.
is any open neighborhood of the origin, then there is some
U E T a > 0
for which
since
B
aB CU.
But if
is such a neighborhood, then,
U
is bounded, there exists some where
aB c U,
Thus
I
T
neighborhoods of the origin in the topology
it suffices to show,
b > 0
such that
B C bU.
a = 1/b > 0.
Therefore part (ii)
of the theorem implies part (i).
O
Theorem 2.4.2 clearly provides us with a means of proving that certain topological linear spaces are not normed linear spaces. example, consider the seminormed linear space
(Cm([0,2n]),P),
For
where
n
P = {pn
Pn(f) =
I
E IIf(k)IL
n
k=0 To show that this is not. a normed linear space it is sufficient to
prove that there exists no norm on TP
topology and the topology
Cm([0,2n])
coincide.
for which the norm
In view of Theorem 2.4.2,
this assertion can evidently be established by showing that rP contains no bounded open sets.
Thus suppose that is, for each
E C Cm([0,2n])
n = 0,1,2,...,
is bounded and open -- that
and
E E
h E E
be fixed.
Then by the definition of
c > 0
and
i,
Pk 'pk
.
.
.
in
, p
Mn > 0
there exists an
pn(f) < Mn, f E Ef n = 0,1,2,...,
P
TP.
TP
such that
Furthermore, let there exists some
such that
n
1
U(h;c;Pk .Pk ,...,py ) C
Set
r = supj=1,2,,nkj, r > 0.
that
and so
Clearly
n
2
1
and assume, without loss of generality,
Pk (f) < pr(f), f E C '([0,2n]), j = 1,2,...,n,
U(h,e,pr) C E.
Now for each 0 < t < 2n.
b > 1
Obviously
define
hb(t) = h(t) + (c sin bt)/2rbr,
hb E Cm([0,2n]), b > 1.
Indeed, elementary
45
2.4. Seminorms and Convex Balanced Absorbing Sets
computations reveal that the kth derivative of value of
k,
depending on the
hb,
is one of the following four functions: c sin bt
h
(k)
(t) + 2rbr -k ,
h(k)(t) + c cos bt 2rbr-k
Consequently,
r pr(h - hb) =
E 11h(k)
k=0 e
2r
r k=0
-
1
br -
k
c(r + 1) 2r
< c, as
b > 1.
In particular, we can then conclude that 1hbn)11m < pn(hb.1 < Mn, n = 0,1,2,...,
for all
clearly leads to a contradiction since, when and
lI(e sin bt)/2rbr-n11.
E
b > 1.
and so
But this
n > r,
11(e cos bt)/2rbr-n1j.
as one chooses by a suitable choice of Therefore
hb E E, b > 1,
can be made as large
b > 1.
cannot be both bounded and open, and so
Tp
is
not a norm topology.
It is, however, the case that the metric topology on C ([0,2n)) determined by the metric P(f,g) =
does coincide with
E
n
pn (f - g)
n=0 2 [1 + pn(f - g)]
Tp.
(f,g E C '([0,2n]))
The details are left to the reader.
2. Topological Linear Spaces
46
We begin this section with two definitions.
2.5. Frechet SSpaces.
Definition 2.5.1. §.
Then
V
a
lim x
aor
Definition 2.5.2. linear space over then
be a topological linear space over
is a Cauchy net (sequence) in
such that
x E V
(V,T)
is said to be complete (sequentially complete) if, when-
(x ) c V
ever
Let
Let
If T
6.
there exists some
T,
= x.
(V,T)
be a locally convex topological
is metrizable and
(V,T)
is complete,
is'called a Frechet space.
V
It is obvious that every Banach space isa Frechet space. also be apparent from the following discussion that where
It will
(C"0([a,b}),[pn)),
is a Frechet space, but,
pn(f) = EZOljf(k),jm, n
as we have seen in the preceding section, it is not a Banach space.
As we know from Theorem 2.3.1, if
(V,T)
is a locally convex
topological linear space, then there exists a family of seminorms on
V
such that
(V,P)
is a seminormed linear space and
P
T = TP.
We shall see that the Frechet spaces are precisely those complete locally convex topological linear spaces such that
is countable.
P
Before we establish this we wish to prove a lemma, which is of some independent interest. Lemma 2.5.1.
such that
Let
P = (p
(V,P)
be a seminormed linear space over
is countable.
family of seminorms
Q = (qm)
such that
(i)
(V,Q)
is a seminormed linear space over
(ii)
(V,P)
and
(iii)
Proof.
(V,Q)
m = 1,2,3,...,
qm+1(x) <..., x E V.
define
qm(x) = sup(p1(x),...,pm(x)) We claim that each
qm
I.
are topologically isomorphic.
qI(x) < q2(x) <...< qm(x) < For each
t
Then there exists a countable
is a seminorm on
V.
Clearly
(x E V).
qm(x) > 0
and
47
2.5. Frechet Spaces
where
gm(ax) = jajgm(x)
and
x E V
a E . Moreover, if
x,y E V,
then qm(x + Y)
= sup(pl(x +
y))
< sup(pi(x) + P1(y),...,pm(x) + Pm(Y)} < sup(plt
,...,pm(x)) + suP(P1(y),...,pm(y))
= qT.,(x) + qm(y) . It is evident that (i) and (iii) hold. for each
(x
f
Moreover, we see that
e > 0
p1(x) < e/2,.. ,p m(x; < e%') c- (x
c (x and so the identity mapping
V
-n
qm (x) < s)
pI(x) < c,...,pm(x) < e),
is obviously a topological isomor-
phism.
O
We can now characterize the metrizable locally convex topological linear spaces.
Theorem 2.5.1. linear space over (i)
(ii)
V
T
is metrizable.
(V,P)
If
T
at the origin.
Let
pn
T =
TP.
(Un)
that forms a neighborhood base at
Clearly we may assume, without loss of generality,
balanced absorbing set. 2.3.3.
of seminorms on
is metrizable, then there exists a countable
Un+l, n = 1,2,3,...,
Un
P = (pn)
is a seminormed linear space and
family of convex open sets
that
be a locally convex topological
Then the following are equivalent:
There exists a countable family
such that Proof.
(V,T)
Let f.
and that each
Un
is a convex
The latter is possible because of Proposition
be the gauge of
Un, n = 1,2,3,...
.
Then from the
argument used in the proof of Theorem 2.3.1 we see that seminormed linear space and
T =
TP,
Thus part (i) implies part (ii).
where
P = (pn).
(V,P)
is a
2. Topological Linear Spaces
48
Because of Lemma 2.5.1,
Conversely, suppose that part (ii) holds.
we may assume that
Evidently the sets
n = 1,2,3,..., x E V. n,k = 1,2,3,...,
pn(x) < pn+l(x),
is such that
P = (pn)
Un k
(x
+
pn(x) < 1/k),
form at the origin, a neighborhood base for
T
consisting of convex balanced absorbing sets.
Define Pn(x - Y) P(x,Y) =
E
(x,y E V).
2n [1+pn(x-Y))
n= 1
defines a metric on
that is trans-
It is easily verified that
p
lation invariant, that is,
p(x - y,0) = p(x,y), x,y E V.
V
the metric topology and T agree it suffices, since
p
To see that is translation
invariant, to examine what happens at the origin. But let
and suppose
n > 1
pn+l(x) < 1/2n+1
pl(x) < p2(x) <...< pn+1(x) < 1/2n+1
and
Then since
pk(x)/[1 + Pk(x)) < Pk(x),
17
k = 1,2,3,...,
we see that
P(x,0) =
Pk (x) E
--k
k=1 2 [1 + pk(x)] P, (x)
k=n+ 2 2[1 + pk(x)]
k= 1 2 [1 + pk(x)]
1
2
n+l 1
n+T kE1
E
+
k=n+2 2
2
(
<2n+1 lk=1 2 2n
1
+
k=l
49
2.6. Problems
Hence
U
n+1,1/2
p(x,O) < 112nj, n = 1,2,3,...
n+l a (x
.
1/2n+1
where
p(x,O) <
On the other hand, suppose
n > 1.
1/2m+k+l
n = m + k, m > 1.
Write
Then
implies that
p(x,O) <
PM(x)
1
2m[l +
2m+k+1
pm(x)]
and so Pm(x) 1
Solving for
x)
1
<
+T
(2 (x
I
2k+l
we obtain
pm(x)
pm (
Thus
1
<
+ pm(x)
1
l
1)
p(x,O) < 1/2m+k+1) C :U
m,1/2
k m+ k = 1,2,3j... T = TP
From these observations it is apparent that metric topology determined by
p
.
and the
coincide.
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).
0
This is not the most general theorem about the metrization of topological linear spaces. linear space
Indeed, one can show that a topological
is metrizable if and only if there exists a
(V,T)
countable neighborhood base at the origin for
T.
The metric can
also be constructed in this case so as to be translation invariant. For details the reader is referred to [K, pp. 162-164; KeNa, pp. 48-49].
2_6. Problems. 1.
over
L.
mappings
(Theorem 2.1.2)
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space
Prove that for each
y E V
and each
yy
:
V
V,
defined by
a E f, a # 0,
yy(x) = x + y, x E V,
and
the
2. Topological Linear Spaces
50
cpa
:
defined by
V - V,
qa(x) = ax, x E V, are surjective homeo-
Prove that the image under
morphisms.
cpy
or
pa
of a convex set
cpa
of a linear sub-
be a topological linear space.
Prove that every
is again a convex set, and that the image under space is again a linear subspace. Let
2.
(V,T)
neighborhood of the origin in Let
3.
4.
over
Let
a < b,
be a base for a
is not a topological linear space.
(]R,T)
(Theorem 2.1.3)
where
(V,T)
be a topological linear space
f.
(a)
W
[a,b),
Prove that
T.
is absorbing.
have the half-open interval topology; that is, let
II2
all intervals of the form topology
V
W c V
If
is a linear subspace, prove that the closure.of
is a linear subspace. (b)
W CV is a linear subspace and
If
topology on
W
induced by
T,
prove that
T'
(W,T')
is the relative is a topological
linear space. (c)
W c V
If
is a closed linear subspace, prove that
is a topological linear space, where whose open sets are of the form
T' is,the topology on
(x + W I x ( U), U E T,
(V/W,T')
V/W
that is
T'
is the usual quotient topology. 5.
(Theorem 2.1.4)
spaces over spaces
f
and let
VC1 , a E A,
Let V
(Va,
ar),
topological linear space over 6.
(Theorem 2.2.1)
phic to
Let
T and with linear
Prove that
(V,T)
is a
f.
(V,T)
Prove that
,'l)((,'l)) IR(C).
be topological linear
denote the product of the topological
with the product topology
space operations defined componentwise.
linear space over
a E A,
be an n-dimensional topological (V,T)
is topologically isomor-
51
2.6. Problems
(Corollary 2.2.1)
7.
sional topological linear spaces over
be n-dimen-
(V2,T2)
Prove that
#.
and
(V1,11)
are topologically isomorphic.
(V2,T2)
Let
(Corollary. 2.2.2)
8.
over
and
(V1,TI)
Let
and let
#
Prove that
W
A
letting
be a finite-dimensional linear subspace of
is a closed linear subspace of
W
Letting
9.
be a topological linear space
(V,T)
and
B
be any subsets of
(a)
cl(x + A) - x + cl(A),
(b)
cl(aA) = a cl(A),.for each
(c)
cl(A) + cl(B) c cl(A + B).
(d)
If
(c)
A + int(B) c int(A + B).
(f)
If
U
U
(V,T).
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
is open, then
V.
and
#
prove each of the following:
V,
for each
x E V.
a E #, a # 0.
A + U
is open.
is a neighborhood base at the origin in
then
V,
cl(A) ; fl{A + U I U E U). Let
*10,
A
and
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
be any closed subsets of
B
Give
(b)
Prove that, if
Conclude that, when
A
exists a neighborhood
U
(a)
need not be closed.
A + B
Let
is closed.
cl(A) + cl(B) = cl(A + B).
is compact and
A fl B = 0,
of the origin for which
(Proposition 2.3.2)
space over
A + B
is compact, then
is compact,
Prove that, if A
(c)
11.
A
and let
V.
an example to show that
(a)
#
(V,T)
then there
(A + U) fl (B + U)
be a topological linear
#.
If
U C V
is convex, prove that
If
U c V
is balanced, prove that
cl(U)
and
int(U)
are
convex.. (b)
If
int(U)
contains the origin, prove that
cl(U)
is balanced.
int(U)
is balanced.
2. Topological Linear Spaces
52
V
Letting
12.
be a linear space over
prove each of the
if,
following: If
(a)
I11,...,Un
arbitrary scalars in
t(
U
If
(b)
then
U,
4,
are convex subsets of then
a x
a1 x1
n n
Letting
'cttinc,
is a convex set.
when
and
V
are elements
x1,...,x
a1,...,an
are nonnegative
=1ak = 1.
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
convex subset of
I-e
If
are
a1,...,ah
and
n n
is a convex subset of
reel numbers such that 13.
a U
aIU1
E I1
V
V
and
4
with a nonempty interior, prove
of the following:
c1(O) = cl[int(U)). int(Ilj = int[ci(U)].
(a) (h) 14.
{a)
ipt(F
that
(h
if
B
,, examp1F to show that, if
(,4t-e
real linear -pa_c 1S.
let
xr: E V,
let
the sc(UErCC 16.
let
i; balanced in the complex linear space
n =
;>:ists some
B
is balanced in the
need not be balanced.
be a locally convex topological linear space and
1,2,3,...
If
.
(xn)
converges to
converges to
(1j
((i,'n)
rv,i)
int(B)
then
i
(1',Ti
dcfine-l a subset
be a seminormed linear space over
17.
letting
Letting
We have
of
0
such that p(x) < Mp, x E E (Definition 1.3.2).
E C aU (V,T)
B,B1,...,Bn
following:
I.
p E P
E
to be bounded if for each
V
fcr every open neighborhood such that
prove that
0,
0.
crave that this is equivalent to the definition that
a > 0
prove
C,
s also haIanL.ed.
U
of the origin in
V
E
there
is bounded if
there exists some
(Definition 2.4.1).
be a topological linear space over
be bounded subsets of
V,
4
and
prove each of the
2.6. Problems
53
is bounded.
(a)
Uk_1Bk
(b)
BI
(c)
aB
(d)
x + B
is bounded for each
(e)
cl(B)
is bounded.
Let
18.
is bounded.
Bn
is bounded for each
a E 4.
x E V.
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
is a compact subset of
V,
prove that
V
Let
19.
of
E
V
i
any sequence of elements of
E, the sequence
Let
20.
21.
that converges to
V
V
is normable -- that is, there exists a norm on topology and the product topology number of spaces
V
Letting
*22.
(xn)
is
converges to
0.
Prove that every
be a family of normable topological linear
Let
letting
and
(an)
is bounded.
Prove that the topological product
spaces.
0
(anxn)
be a topological linear space.
(V,T)
Prove
4.
is bounded if and only if, whenever
is a sequence of scalars in
Cauchy sequence in
is bounded.
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
that a subset
B
In particular,
is bounded.
B
conclude that every convergent sequence in
4.. If
a
of the spaces
V
a
V
such that the norm
T coincide --
if and only if the
that are non-zero is finite.
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
and
W CV be a closed linear subspace, prove each of the
following:
(a)
If
V
is locally convex, then
If the topology on
V
V/W
is locally convex.
is given by the family of seminorms
(p J,
a
then the quotient topology on (Pa),
is given by the family- of scrin-mr',
where 'pa(x + W) =-infyEWpa(x + y), x E V. (b)
If
Note that, if then
V/W
V/W
is a Frechet space, then
V V
V/i'
is a Freshet sr,_
is an arbitrary, complete, locally convex spa c,
need not be complete.
2. Topological Linear Spaces
54
23.
Let
(Va,T a)
be a family of locally convex metrizable
topological linear spaces over duct
V
of the spaces
V
a
countably many of the spaces
Prove that the topological pro-
f.
is metrizable if and only if at most V
are nonzero. of
24.
A topological linear space
(V,T)
is said to be locally
bounded if there exists a bounded open neighborhood of the origin in V.
Prove that every locally bounded topological linear space is
metrizable. *25.
A locally convex topological linear space
to be bornological if, whenever V
that absorbs every bounded set in
B C V
there exists some
a 0
E f
is said
(V,T)
is a balanced convex subset of
A
V
(that is, for every bounded
such that
B C aA
whenever
jal > ja01), the origin is contained in the interior of
A.
Prove
that every metrizable locally convex topological linear space is bornological.
CHAPTER 3
LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS AND LINEAR FUNCTIONALS
3.0.
Linear transformations and linear functionals
Introduction.
play a central role in functional analysis, and after defining these concepts, we shall examine a number of concrete examples.
Then we
shall discuss some basic results concerning linear transformations, the most important being the equivalence between th^ notions of continuity and boundedness, and the fact that the space of all contin-
uous linear transformations from a normed linear space to a Banach space can be made into a Banach space in a natural manner.
The last
section of the chapter contains a few fundamental results pertaining to linear functionals.
A characterization of continuity of linear
functionals is established, and the question of the existence of sufficiently many nonzero continuous linear functionals on separate the points of
V
V
to
This will set the scene
is considered.
for the Hahn-Banach Theorem to be discussed in the next chapter. 3.1.
Linear Transformations.
Let us begin by defining linear
transformations and linear functionals. Definition 3.1.1. A mapping
T
:
VI
V2
Let
VI
and
V2
be linear spaces over
is said to be a linear transformation
T(ax + by) = aT(x) + bT(y)
L'(V1,V2). If
logical linear spaces, those be denoted by
(V1,TI)
T E L'(V1,V2)
L(V1,V2).
55
if
(x,y E V; a,b E $).
The collection of all linear transformations from will be denoted by
b.
and
(V2,T2)
V1
to
V2
are topo-
that are continuous will
3. Linear Transformations and Functionals
56
Some authcrs use the term "linear operator' instead of "linear transformation". L'(V1,V2)
It is readily seen that space over
$
can be made into a linear
by defining
(T + S)(x) = T(x) + S(x)
(aT) (x) = aT(x)
(T,S E L'(V1)V2); x E V1; a E $).
Clearly, when
We shall always assume that this has been done. and
are topological linear spaces,
V2
V1
is a linear sub-
L(V1,V2)
L'(V1,V2).
space of
defined on all of
V1.
is always
T E L'(V1,V2)
Also it should be expressly noted that
It is, however, possible to discuss linear but this
V1,
transformations that are only defined on subsets of
introduces additional difficulties that we prefer to avoid -- for example, the definition of linear space operations in
L'(V1,V2).
It
is evident though that the domain of a linear transformation must be a linear space, in any case. V1 = V2 = V,
When for
and
L'(V,V)
V2 = $,
we shall generally write
we give the elements of
Definition 3.1.2.
Let
linear transformations in V.
If
(V,T)
L'(V,$)
be a linear space over
V
absolute-value topology, then the elements of
element in
V'
by
x';
conjugate,
Then the
$
L(V,$)
has the usual are called
V.
similarly
or dual space of
$.
will be denoted by V and 3 generic
L'(V,$)
and its generic elements by
and
are called linear functionals on
L'(V,$)
continuous linear functionals on
L(V)
a special name.
is a topological linear space and
The linear space
V1 = V
respectively; and when
L(V,V),
and
L'(V)
x*; V.
L(V,$) V*
will be denoted by
V*
will also be referred to as the
57
3.1. Linear Transformations
Obviously, since linear functionals are special instances of linear transformations, afy results that we establish for the latter objects will automatically hold for the former. Let us look at a few examples of linear transformations and As with the examples in Chapter 1, the verifications
functionals.
t
of the following assertions are left to the reader. Let
Example 3.1.1.
m x n
V1 = UP
A = (aij).
real matrix
and
V2 = U
,
and consider the
Then
(x « (xl,x2,...,xn) E IK )
T(x) = A )Cn
defines a linear transformation in
If we consider On
L'(42n,JF ).
and fl with any topologies under which they are topological linear spaces (e.g., any of the norms If
m
then
1,
T
p
,
1 < p < W)
then T E L(1
(C(f0,1]),Ij IIm).
Let
defined for each f E C([0,1])
Let
(V,P) = (C (f0,l]),(pn)),
pn(f) = IIflIn = =ollf(k)IIW (V,P)
(0 < t < 1).
where = 0,1,2,...).
is a seminormed linear space, and the transformation
defined for each
f E C "Q0,11)
1(V).
T
by
(Tf)(t) = fl(t)
belongs to
Then the trans-
L(V).
Example 3.1.3.
Then
).
by
(Tf)(t) = fp f(s) ds
belongs to
,11
T E
Example 3.1.2. formation
11-11
(0 < t < 1)
58
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
The elements of
Cm([0,1])*
are called distributions.
Discus-
sion of this important class of continuous linear functionals can be found, for example, in [E1, pp. 297-418; E3, pp. 46-132; Sh,
Y,
We, however, shall content ourselves with this
pp. 28-30, 46-52].
passing mention. Example 3.1.4.
Let
gical space and let For each
t
0
be a locally compact Hausdorff topolo-
X
(V,11.11.)-
E X
define
(f E C0 (X)) .
x*(f) = f(t0) Then
x* E C(X)*. More generally, if
µ E M(X),
then
x*(f) = SX f(t) dµ(t) defines an element
x* E C(X)*.
(f E C0(X))
The converse cf this last assertion
is also true, but we shall not prove it in its full generality.
We
shall, however, establish it for a spacial case in the next chapter.
let
Example 3.1.5.
Let
(V'11-11) = (M(X) ,
11 11) ,
total variation norm.
X
be a locally compact Hausdorff space and
where as usual the norm in
For each
f E C(X)
x* E M(X)*.
elements of
M(X)*
is the
define
fX f(t) dµ (t) Then
M(X)
E M(X)).
However, it is not generally the case that all are obtained in this manner.
For example, if
X
is not compact, then the-preceding formula defines an element of M(X)*
for any
f E C(X).
Example 3.1.6.
Let
(V,1I.Il) _
) CO
and let (an) E Q1.
Then
x*((bn}) =
E b
n=1
a n n
((bn3 E c0)
S9
3.1. Linear Transformations
defines an element of
Moreover all of
co.
is obtained in this
co
This is actually just a special case of Example 3.1.4 when
way.
X = (n
since in this case
n = 1,2,3,...)
I
Example 3.1.7.
(L1([-n,n],dt/2n),II.111),
Let
dt
denotes Lebesgue measure on
(C
where
o
and let
For each integer
fnnf(t)e-int
f(n) = zn
_
belongs to
we define
n
(f E L1([-n,n],dt/2Tr)).
dt
and the transformation
f E L1([-n,n],dt/2n),
(V2,II.1I2)
where
denotes the locally compact space of the
Z
integers with the discrete topology.
Then f E C0(Z),
M(X) = QI.
T,
T(f) = f,
defined by
That is, the Fourier
L(V1,V2).
transformation is a continuous linear transformation from L1((-n,n],dt/2n) into
Co(l)
to
The fact that
Co(Z).
T
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
maps
is nontrivial and is known as the Riemann-Lebesgue
Lemma [E2, p. 36]. Example 3.1.8.
Let
and let if
p =
q, 1
1 < q < cD,
and
q =
be such that if
1
p =
(I < P < m),
(Lptµ),II Ilp
(v,11-11) = (Lp(X,S,µ),il Jlp)
where
1/p + 1/q = 1,
Then, if
g E Lq(p),
x*(f) = fX f(t)g(t) defines an element
x* E Lp(&)*.
If
If
p = 1,
if
(X,S,µ)
(Xa) C S
Lq(µ).
the formula
(f E Lp(µ))
1 < p < cc,
assertion is also valid; that is, every element of mined by an element of
q = m
then the converse Lp(N)*
is deter-
We shall prove this in Section 8.3.
then the converse assertion need not be valid.
However,
is a measure space such that there exists a family of disjoint subsets of
a-finite when restricted to
Xa,
X
with the properties that
and if
E E S
and
µ(E) < m,
µ
is
then
60
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
for at most a countable number of
E fl xa # 0
uous linear functional on for some
then every contin-
a,
is given by the preceding formula
L1(µ)
In particular this is true if
g E L.(µ).
(see, for example, [DS1, pp. 289-290]).
topological space and
If
X
is a-finite
µ
is a locally compact
is a regular Borel measure, then it is
µ
always the case that every continuous linear functional on obtained from some When
L1(µ)
is
[E1, pp. 215-220,239-240].
g E L.(&)
then, except in trivial cases, there always exist
p = m,
continuous linear functionals on preceding formula for, some
that are not given by the
Lm(µ)
g E L1(µ) (see [DS1, p.,296]).
3.2. Some Basic Results Concerning Linear Transformations.
The
linearity property of linear trapsformations is of fundamental importance, and its consequences will be used repeatedly in the remainder of this volume.
The reader should pay special note to the role lin-
earity plays in the proofs of the results in this section, as they are typical of the importance of linearity.
Subsequently the role of
linearity may not always be as clearly displayed as it is here. Proposition 3.2.1. and let
Let
T E L'(V1,V2).
V1
and
V2
be linear spaces over
t
Then
(i) T(0) = 0. The range of
(ii)
R(T) = {y
+
is a linear subspace of T
(iii)
Proof.
T
sinee
and hence
whenever
x E V1),
V2.
is injective, then
Clearly, if
T
Conversely, suppose that T
for some
T(x) = 0
T-1
implies
exists and
T-l
x = 0.
E L'(R(T),V1).
Since the proofs are quite elementary, we give only that
for part (iii). x = 0.
y E V2, y = T(x)
is injective if and only if
If
(iv)
T,
is injective, then x,y E V1
is a linear mapping, we have x - q
T(x) = 0
0,
that is,
implies
x = y.
x = 0.
and
T(x) = 0
T(x) = T(y).
implies Then,
0 = T(x) - T(y) = T(x - y), Consequently
T
is injective
0
61
3.2. Basic Results on Linear Transformations
Proposition 3.2.2.
linear spaces over
4
(V1,TI)
Let
(V2,T2) be topological
and
Then the following
T E L'(V1,V2).
and let
are equivalent: (i)
at
x
0 (ii)
(iii) (iv)
There exists some
T
x
E VI
such that
is continuous at the origin in
T
is uniformly continuous on It is obvious that
Proof.
(iv) implies (iii) implies (ii)
then
But then
T(x) E W2.
neighborhood of the origin in y - z E'U1,
Consequently
U2 E T2
If
V1,
W1 E TI
of
and hence, if
T(x0).
such that,
x0
is an open
U1 = W1 - x0
T(y) - T(z) = T(y -
then
is
then from Theorem 2.1.2
V2,
Thus there exists some open neighborhood x E W11
x0.
is an open enighborhood of
W2 = U2 + T(x0)
we see that
V1.
is continuous at
T
Suppose that
an open neighborhood of the origin in
such that
V1.
T E L(V1)V2).
implies (i).
if
is continuous
T
y,z E V1
are
z) E W2 - T(x0) = U2.
T, is uniformly continuous.
Therefore (i) implies (iv), and the proof is complete.
0
One of the must useful results concerning the continuity of linear transformations between normed linear spaces is the relationship between 'boundedness' and continuity given in the next theorem. Definition 3.2.1. linear spaces over
i
and
Let
and let
be bounded if there exists some
T E L'(V1,V2).
M > 0
be normed Then
T E L'(V1,V2)
is bounded, then we define
IIT1I = inf(M
I
is said to
such that
IIT(x)112 < MIIx111 If
T
IIT (x)112 < MllxjI1, x E V1)
(x E V1).
62
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
Let
Theorem 3.2.1.
linear spaces over
(V2,I1-i12)
T E L'(Vl,V2).
and let
i
and
(V1,11.111)
be normed
Then the following
are equivalent: T E L(Vl,V2).
(i)
T
(ii)
Moreover, if
is bounded. T
is bounded, then
IIT(x)112 IITI1
xEV
1
1
x#0 IiT(x)112
sup xEV
1
Ilx111 <1
sup
xEVI
IIT(x)112
Ilxiil = Proof.
If
is bounded, then the estimate
T
11T(x)
immediately shows that continuous. V1,
Clearly
11zI11 = s12 < e,
also valid when T
T
s > 0
and so
such that
'
0,
liT(z)112 < 1.
IIT(y)112 < 2llylil/e.
y = 0,
T
is
is continuous at the origin in
But then for any y E V1, y
then reveal that
Conversely, suppose
is continuous.
Then, in particular,
and so there exists some
11T(x)112 < 1.
that
T
(x,y E V1)
- T(y) 112 < Mlix - ylil
1lxlll < s,
implies
set z = cy/21lylil. Simple computations
Obviously this estimate is
and therefore, taking
M = 2/c, we conclude
is bounded.
The remainder of the proof is left to the reader.
0
63
3.2. Basic Results on Linear Transformations
The notation
L(V1,V2).
a norm on
Theorem 3.2.2.
spaces over
t.
is not haphazard, as
IITII
actually defines
11.11
Indeed, we have the following result: Let
and
(V1,11.111)
be normed linear
(V2,II.112)
Then
is a normed linear'space over
(i)
(T E L(V1,V2)).
xEpV IIT(x)IIZ
IITII
where
t
1
IIXIII =1 is a Banach space over
(ii)
is a Banach space over
(V2,11.112)
(V2,11.112)
is a Banach space, let
Cauchy sequence; that is, given integer
I.
The proof of part (i) is routine and is omitted.
Proof.
ing that
such that
N
n,m > N
s > 0,
we see at once that
x E V1
Thus, since
to
V2
- T(x)112 = 0.
V2
implies that
a,b E §
IITn
- Tall < e.
Since
(x E V1),
IIx1l1
is a Cauchy sequence in
T(x),
in
V2
V2
for each
such that
We claim that the mapping
defines a linear transformation
To prove the linearity of and
Assumbe a
is a Banach space, there exists for each
some element, call it
limnlITn(x) V1
(Tn(x))
(T.) C L(V1,V2)
there exists some positive
IITn(x) - T(x)112 <_ IITn - Tall
x E V1.
provided
$
T
x -. T(x)
from
T E L(V1,V2).
we note that for each
x,y E V1
we have
IIT(ax + by) - aT(x) - bT(Y)112
+ IaIIITn(x) - T(x) 112 + IblIITn(Y) - T(y)112.
64
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
Since the right-hand side tends to zero as conclude that
T
is linear.
will be established, by Theorem 3.2.1,
T
The continuity of once we have shown that Cauchy sequence in
T
is bounded.
then
L(V1,V2),
nonnegative numbers, as for which
M > 0
tends to infinity, we
n
(Tn)
But clearly, if
is a
is a Cauchy sequence of
(IITnII)
Hence there-exists some
is a norm.
IITnII < M, n = 1,2,3,...
Thus for each
.
x E V1
we have
IITn(x)112 < M11x111
from which it follows that
if
(Td
But, as already noted, given
e > 0
n,m > N,
Therefore
IIT(x)1I2 < MIIxIIl.
It remains only to show that
(n = 1,2,3,...),
converges to
there exists
for
n
T
in
N
such that,
then
1f n(x) - Tm(x)112 <_ IITn - TmIIIIXIIl < IIxIII Holding
T E L(v1,V2).
fixed and letting
m
(x E V1).
tend to infinity, we deduce that
n > N,
IITn (x) from. which it follows by the definition of for
n > N.
That is,
and so
(T n)
converges to
that T
IITn -
TII < c,
in
is a Banach space.
Since the scalar field
f
0
can always be considered to be a
Banach space, we have the following corollary: Corollary 3.2.1. i.
Then
Let
be a normed linear space over
is a Banach space over
f.
b5
3.2. Basic Results on Linear Transformations
Note that the norm in
here is, of course, that in
V*
and not the norm in
V* = L(V,4),
despite the notation.
V,
On the
surface this may appear confusing, but it will not be so in practice, Moreover, the
since the context will make clear which norm is meant. method adopted helps to simplify notation.
It is perhaps worthwhile to write out explicitly the various ex-
pressions for x* E V*
indicated in Theorem 3.2.1.
IIx*II, x* E V*,
Thus for
we have
We close this section with two further general results about linear transformations and,normed linear spaces. Proposition 3.2.3.
linear spaces over
6
Let
(V1,I1.111)
and let
and
be normed
(V2,11.112)
T E L(V1,V2).
Then the following
E L(R(T),V1),
where
are equivalent: T-1
(i)
T-1
exists and
sidered to be a linear subspace of There exists some
(ii)
mIIxI Proof.
m > 0
l
such that
< IIT(x)I12
If part (ii) holds, then clearly
L'(R(T),V1).
(x E V1).
T(x) = 0
T-1
implies
T-1
x = 0,
exists and
Inequality (ii), however, says precisely that
IlT-1(y) II1 < (1/m) IIY112
that is,
is con-
(V2,11.112).
and from Proposition 3.2.1(iii) and (iv) we see that belongs to
R(T)
(y E R(T)),
E L(R(T),V1).
The converse implication
s apparent:
0
Linear Trar.sfor,!-atiorr
3.
66
it < I /In.
Clearly, we see from the preceding, that Proposition 3.2.4.
linear spaces over
Let
(Vilii
he nnrmed
(V,
is finite dimensiona,t, then
If
t.
and
{1)
any;
L'(V1,V2) = L(V1,V2).
Some Basic Results Concerning Linear Functionals.
3.3.
is a linear space over
then it is easily seen that
C,
be considered as a linear space over
R.
V
If
V
can also
Our first concern in this
section is to investigate the connection between linear functionals on
V
and linear functionals on
C
as a linear space over
linear space over
as a
V
This connection will be useful in discussing
R.
Second, we show that a linear functional on
the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
a topological linear space is continuous if and only if its kernel, that is,
(x
(
x E V, x'(x) = 0),
is a closed linear subspace of
V.
This is also a particularly useful result, as will be seen in Chapter 5.
Finally, we shall give an example of a topological linear space
that has no nonzero continuous linear functionals. Definition 3.3.1.
then
x'
V
If
xi = Re(x')
Let
and
V
x' = Im(x'),
are real linear functionals on
x', V.
that is,
C xi
Let
a,b E R and
x'
x,y E V.
R,
and let and
respectively, then
xi
x2
and
Moreover,
x'(x) = xi(x) - ix'(ix) = xZ(ix) + ix(x) Proof.
If
V.
be a linear space over
are the real and imaginary parts of x;
C.
considered as a linear space over
is said to be a real linear functional on
Proposition 3.3.1. x' E V'.
be a linear space over
V
Let
is a linear functional on
(x E V)
Then on the one hand,
x'(ax + by) = axi(x) + aix2(x) + bxi(Y) + bix2(y) = axi(x) + bx;(Y) + i[ax2(x) + bx2(Y)], while on the other hand, x'(ax + by) = xi(ax + by) + ix;(ax + by).
67
8.3.Basic Results on Linear Functionals
Equating real and imaginary parts, we conclude at once that are linear functionals over
x2
xi
and
IF_
For the second part of the proposition we note first that for each
x E V
we have x'(ix) = xi(ix) + ix2(ix).
But also, since
x' E V',
x'(ix) = ix'(x) = i[xi(x) + ixZ(x)] ix
- x'(x).
'(x)
Again equating real and imaginary parts, we deduce that and so
xi(ix) = -x2(x), x2(ix) = xi(x), x E V, x'(x) = xj(x)
ix '(X)
= XI (x) - ixi (ix) = x2(ix) + ix2(x).
U
The last portion of this proposition shows us how to express a linear functional in terms of either its real or imaginary part alone.
Conversely, the next proposition shows us how to define linear func-
tionals over C
by using real linear functionals.
The details are
straightforward and are left to the reader. Proposition 3.3.2. x'
Let
be a linear space over C
V
be a real linear functional on
for each
x
in
V,
then
x'
V.
is in
If
and let
x'(x) = xi(x) - ixi(ix)
V'.
The next theorem can be easily derived from the preceding two propositions, we omit the proof. Theorem 3.3.1.
C
and let
x' E V'.
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
Then the following are equivalent:
68
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
x' E V*.
(i)
(ii)
Re(x')
is a continuous real linear functional on
V.
(iii)
Im(x')
is a continuous real linear functional on
V.
First we
Now we turn to the second concern of this section. need a few definitions. Definition 3.3.2. W
V
Let
be a linear space over
be a proper linear subspace of
Then
V.
W
W e Wl,
maximal linear subspace if, whenever
and let
i
is said to be a either W = WI
or
W1 = V.
W c V
It is easily seen that a proper linear subspace
is
maximal if and only if it is of codimension one, that is, for any xD E V - W
the linear subspace spanned by
Equivalently, W
is maximal if and only if
Definition 3.3.3. x' E V'. of
N(x') _ (x
Then
Another common name for
N(x')
Proposition 3.3.3.
V
Proof.
N(;,')
E V - N(x'),
But if
Let
is of dimension one. and let
§
is called the kernel
N(x')
x E V,
is the null space of
be a linear space over
N(x')
then, since
x'(xo) # 0,
N(x') U (x0) we see that
[x'(x)/x'(xo)}xo) = 0.
Hence
x - [x'(x)/x'(xo)]xo E N(x'), and so
and let V.
is maximal it clearly suffices to show that, if
then the linear span of
x''(x -
I
is a proper linear subspace.
x - [x'(x)/x'(xo)]x0 E V is such that
x'.
is a maximal linear subspace of
It is evident that
To prove that 0
x E V, x'(x) = 0)
V.
x'.
x' E V', x' 4 0.- Then
x
I
V/W
is all of
be a linear space over
V
Let
[xo) U W
x E N(x') + [x'(x)/x'(x0)]xo.
Therefore the linear span of
N(x') U (xo)
is
V.
is all of
V.
69
3.3. Basic Results on Linear Functionals
be a linear space over
and let
Corollary 3.3.1.
Let
V
x',xi,x,,,...,xn be in
V'.
Then the following are equivalent:
(i)
is linearly dependent on
x'
4
xi,x...,x'.
(ii) N(x')' flk_1N(xk). The proof is left to the reader.
Next we establish the indicated characterization of continuous linear functionals. Theorem 3.3.2.
Let
x' E V'.
and let
Then the following are equivalent:
x' E V*.
(i)
is closed.
N(x')
(ii)
Proof.
Clearly (1) implies (ii), and if
is closed, and that
tion 3.2.2; c > 0
some
x'
x'
is not continuous.
W = (x
then obviously
x' + 0,
that
Then, by Proposi-
is not continuous at the origin, and so there exists
such that every open neighborhood
contains some point Let
x'.= 0,
On the other hand, suppose that
(ii)'implies (i). N(x')
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
(
for which
x
U
of the origin
Ix'(x)I > c.
x E V, x'(x) = e/2j.
We claim that
W = N(x') + y 0
for some
yo E V.
Indeed, if
y E V - N(x'),
x'(x + [c/2x'(y)jy) = s/2, x E N(x'),
that
then we see immediately and so
N(x') + [s/2x'(y)jy C W.
Conversely, since there exist some and so that
N(x')
a E I,
is of codimension one, if
z E W,
and
z = x + ay,
x'(z) = ax'(y) = s/2. W = N(x') + yo,
where
x E N(x') Thus
such that
a = s/2x'(y),
then
and we conclude
yo = [s/2x'(y)jy.
Consequently, by Theorem 2.1.2,
W
is a closed subset of
as it is the translate of the closed subspace Thus there exists an open neighborhood
U0
of
N(x'), 0
and
such that
V,
0 f W.
70
3.
U0 n W = 0.
x0 E Uo
Now there exists some Then clearly
a = s/2x'(x0).
x'(axo) = x'([s/2x'(xo))xo) = s/2
Therefore
+al < 1,
such that
Ix'(x0)I > s.
contradict-
axo E W,
implies that
But
axo E Uo.
and so
U0 tl W = .
ing the fact that
If
U0
Moreover, by Proposition 2.3.2, we may assume that
is balanced. Let
Linear Transformations and Functionals
is continuous.
x'
x' E V'
and
x' # 0,
then Theorem 3.3.2 gives a simple and
useful characterization of the continuity of
However, there is
x'.
a more fundamental question concerning linear functionals that we have Do there exist any nonzero (continuous) linear func-
not yet faced:
.shortly that it is always the case, when
while it may very well be the case that is whether V'
and
x,y E V. x # y,
or x*(x) # x*(y)?
x'(x) # x1(y) V # (0),
does there exist an
then
V'
(0),
V
(0),
that
V*
(0).
A related question
separate the points of
V*
We shall see
V?
tionals on a given (topological) linear space
V;
T
that is, given x* E V*
or
x' E V'
V'
such that
Again we shall see that, when
separates the points of
V,
but this need not
be the case for V*.
In the next chapter we shall establish general conditions on
V
that ensure the existence of sufficiently many nonzero continuous linear functionals on
to separate the points of
V
shall see that this is always the case whenever
V
V.
Indeed, we
is a locally
convex topological linear space -- equivalently, a seminormed linear space.
Somewhat different proofs of these facts will also be given In both cases the Hahn-Banach Theorem, in either its
in Chapter 5.
analytic or geometric form, will be instrumental in establishing the desired result.
that V'
The remainder of this section is devoted to showing
always contains sufficiently many nonzero elements to
separate the points of linear space
V
V
for which
and to giving an example of a particular V*
fails to have this property.
71
3.3 Basic Results on Linear Functionals
For the sake of completeness we make the following Cefinition: Definition 3.3.4.
be a linear space over
V
Let
F C V is said to separate points if,
family of linear functionals whenever
x' E F
there exists some
x,y E V, x # y,
Then a
E..
such that
x'(x) } x'(y). V # (0)
Note, in particular, that, if points, then
only if
V'
and that
(0)
'
x'(x) = 0, x' E F,
Theorem 3.3.3.
x = 0.
be a linear space over
V
Let
Proof.
xo E V,
Let
W0 C V
linear subspace
xo
Then
x0
W.
ordering into W1,W2 E W.
We claim that there exists a
0,
'
of codimension one such that
Indeed, consider the family that
Clearly
V,
that is,
Ua
E AWa
E W
and
Moreover,
W0
V/W0
Thus for each such that
dent that
W
Consequently,
has a maximal element,
will be greater than one and so
x1 E V - W0
and for which
that properly contains
y E W0
is an upper bound for
Wa < a E AWa, a E A.
such that
Wo,
x E V
x = axo + y.
x' E V', N(x') = W01
xI
will be linearly
x0 - ax, f Wo, a E f.
easily verified that the linear span of
W0.
E AWa
is of codimension one, since if this is not the
there will exist some x0
and
Wo.
case, then the dimension of
independent of
such
is a linearly ordered subset
Ua
by Zorn's Lemma [DS1, p. 6], the family which we denote by
WI C W2,
whenever
V = (Wa)a E A
W C V
We introduce a partial
(0) E W.
as
WI < W2
Then, as is easily verified,
W.
x0 f W0.
W of linear subspaces
01
W by setting
Suppose that
of
of
{,V # (0).
separates points.
V'
W
separates
F c V'
separates points if and
F C V'
implies
and
W0 U (x1)
It is then
is an element of
thereby contradicting the maximality there exists a unique Define and
x'(x) = a.
x'(xo) = 1.
a E 4
and
It is then evi-
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
72
Consequently, if construction, if x' E V'
x'(y
0
0
xo = yo
such that
Therefore
E V, y
y0,z
)
0
we see that there exists some
z0 # 0,
x'(x0) =
x'(yo) - x'(z0) = 1.
that is,
1;
# x'(z
then, by the previous
# z0,
and
),
separates points.
V'
0
As we have indicated, if then it may be the case that
LJ
V
to)
V*
(0),
is a topological linear space, and so a fortiori
does
V*
A concrete example of this is provided by the
not separate points.
topological linear spaces
([0,1],dt), 0 < p < 1,
L
where
dt denotes
P
Lebesgue measure on Theorem 3.3.4.
(0,1].
L([0,1],(jt)* _ [0j, 0 < p < 1.
Suppose that
Proof.
x* E L([0,1],dt)*
f E L([0,1],dt) p
exists some s, 0 < s < 1,
set
such that
fs = k[0"] f,
and
Ix*(f)I
where
teristic function of the interval
X[0 s] and set [O,s],
x* # 0. 1.
denotes the characf` = f - fl. S
S
Clearly
fs,fs
E Lp([0,1],dt), 0 < s < 1,
and
p)p = f'l f (t) `p dt reveals that of
s
(j1fIIIp)p
(0 < s < 1)
is a continuous monotone increasing function
and that
((IfIIIp)p = 0 and
p )p
Consequently there exists some 1
('Ifs( 1i1,)p =
(1
Then there
For each
= (1Ifllp)P.
so, 0 < so < 1,
For this
so
such that
we also have
73
3.3. Basic Results on Linear Functionals
(TIES 1IP)P =
j'o .f(t) - fs (t)Ip
dt
0
0 =
If(t)Ip dt
fsl 0
If(t)Ip dt
= f1
JSo If(t)Ip dt
-
(IIfIIp)P - (Ilfs
II
p)P
0
- (Ilfllp)P
Ix*(f)I > 1,
Now since
x*
and the linearity of
we deduce via the triangle inequality
that either
Ix*(fI )I > 1/2 0
or Ix*(fs
0
Define
fl = 2f5
where
,
i =
1
or
is such that
2
0
Ix*(fs )I > 1/2. 0
It is then evident that
fl E Lp([O,1],dt), Ix*(f1)I > 1,
IIfIIIp =
2(1 - 1/P)
Repeating the argument with f2 E Lp([0,1],dt)
such that
IIf2I1 p
=
f1
Ix*(f2)I
and"
IIfIIp
in place of > 1
f,
we obtain some
and
2(1-1/p)I(flop = 22(1-1/0IIfIIP.
Continuing in this manner, we construct a sequence
(fn} CL ([O,I],dt) p
such that
Ix*(fn)I > 1 and Ilfn(Ip = 2n(1-1/P)IIf1Ip, n = 1,2,3,...
.
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
74
we have
0 < p < 1,
But since
1
thereby contradicting the contin-
Ix*(fn)I > 1, n = 1,2,3,...,
while
limnllfnll p = 0,
and so
- 1/p < 0
uity of- x*.
L([0,1],dt)* _ (0).
Therefore
3_4. Problems.
1.
i
(Proposition 3.2.1)
(a)
T(0) = 0.
(b)
The range of
(c)' If
T
T
be linear spaces over
V2
and
V1
Prove each of the following:
T E L'(V1,V2).
and let
Let
is a linear subspace of
is injective, then
T-1
V2.
exists and
T-I E L'(R(T),VI). 2.
(Theorem 3.2.1)
linear spaces over
IITII
3.
and let
space over
1,
Prove that
= sup{jjT(x)112
1
= sup(IIT(x)I12
1
I.
'
0)
x E V1, j1x1l1 < 1) x E V1, 11x111 = 13. and
Let
Prove that
(V2,II.112)
(L(V1,V2),II.II)
be normed
is a normed linear
where
IITII
= sup(IIT(x)112
(Proposition 3.2.4)
linear spaces over sional, then
T E L(V1,V2).
= sup(IIT(x)jj2/1{x111 I'x E V1, x
(Theorem 3.2.2)
linear spaces over
4.
4
be normed
and
Let
6.
1
Let
)'
E V1, 11x111 = 1).
(V1,11-111)
Prove that, if
L'(V1,V2) - L(V1,V2).
and
(V1,11.111)
be normed is finite dimen-
75
3.4 Problems
S.
Let
VI
and
be linear spaces over
V2
E CV
be a linear transformation, and let
let
#,
T
:
be any subset of
V2
V1 VI.
I
is symmetric.
(a)
If
E
is symmetric, prove that
(b)
If
E
is balanced, prove that
(c)
Tf
E
is convex, prove that
(d)
Give an example to show that a nonconvex set may have a
T(E)
is balanced.
T(E) T(E)
is convex.
convex image.
6.
Let
and let
T
maps bounded sets in 7.
V1
Let
T E 1'(V1,V2). that
T
y E V2.
8.
and
(V1,11-111)
T E L'(VI,V2).
E
and Let
be linear spaces over
T
A,
that is,
and
#
V1
T(x) = y, x E A,
let
and suppose for some
is identically zero.
Let
and
(V2,11.112)
spaces over
I.
composition
TS E L(VI,V3)
If
V2.
be an absorbing subset of
A
is constant on Prove that
into bounded sets in
V1
V2
be nonmed linear spaces over (V2111'112 ) Prove that T E L(VI,V2) if and only if
S E L(VI,V2)
and
(V3,11.113)
be normed linear
T E L(V2,V3),
prove'that the
and that
IITSII < IITIIIISII
I.
9. Let
Let (V1,II'111) and (V2,11.II2) lje normed linear spaces over T E L(VI,V2) be an isomorphism onto V2 and suppose
T-1 E L(V2,V1).
(a)
Prove that
(b)
If
V2
IIT-'II > IITII-I
is a Banach space, prove that
V1
is also a Banach
space.
10. with
Let
(V1,II.111)
V1 } (0).
is complete.
and
(V2,11'II2)
Prove that, if
be normed linear spaces over
L(V1,V2)
is complete, then
V2
3. Linear Transformations and Functionals
76
over
11.
Let
§,
let
be normed linear spaces
and
T,Tn E L(V1,V2), n = 1,2,3,...,
n = 1,2,3,...
If
and let
converges to (L(V1,V2),I1-II) and [xn) converges to x in iTn (xn)J converges to T (x) in (V II II2)
x,xn E 4'1,
Let
12. i
and let
(V1,P)
and
positive number
Let
c
T
:
in
T
prove that
be seminormed linear spaces over T E L(V1,V2)
Prove that
if and only
for all
q[T(x)] < c p(x)
such that
and a
p E P
there exists a seminorm
q E Q
x E V1.
he a mapping that is additive (that is,
U,.- 1k
T(x - y) = T(x) + T(y),
where
Prove
and continuous.
x,y E IR)
is linear; that is, there exists some, c EIR such that
T
that
[T n)
(V2,Q)
T E L'(V1,V2).
if for every seminorm
13.
.
T(x) = cx.
(Corollary 3.3.1)
*14.
x',xi,...,x'
let
on
xi..... x'
x E V,
16.
over
Q:
prove that
(Theorem 3.3.1) and let
x' E V'.
is linearly dependent
x'
Let
V
be a linear space over C V.
If
x'(x) = xl'(x)
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space
Prove that the following are equivalent:
x' E V.
(b)
Re(x')
is a continuous real linear functional on
V.
(c)
Im(x')
is a continuous real linear functional on
V.
17.
Let
V
.
be a linear space over C
If
x' E V'
and
Ix'(x)I < 1
for all
x E E.
V.
and
- ix(ix)
x' 6 V'.
(a)
subset of that
if and only if
Prove that
and
i
N(x') D 11 =1N(xk).
be a real linear functional on
xi
where
V.
(Proposition 3.3.2)
15.
let
be in
be a linear space over
V
Let
and let
Re[x'(x)] < I
E
for all
be a balanced x E E,
prove
77
3.4 Problems
Letting
18.
C
be a linear space over
V
x',y' E V',
and
prove each of the following: (a)
If
Re[x'(x)] < Re[y'(x)]
(b)
If
IRe(x'(x)]I < IRe[y'(x)]I
x' = ry' for some
20.
x' E V',
for all
= y'.
then
x E V,
be a normed linear space over (lx*II
Let
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
If
C.
prove that
x'
x'
r E IR.
Let
19.
x* E V*,
then
x E V,
for all
= IIRe(x*)II. and let
§
Prove that the following are equivalent:
T 0.
(a)
x' E V*.
(b)
N(x')
(c)
x'
is not dense in
V.
is bounded on some subset
U c V
such that
int(U)
contains the origin.
subset
is a proper subset of
x'(U)
(d)
for some nonempty open
f
U C V.
be a Banach space over
Let
21.
be closed linear subspaces of
V.
unique representation in the form
and let
Suppose that each x = y + z,
Prove that there exists a constant
z E N.
f
K
M
x E V
with
and
N
has a and
y E M,
such that
Ilyll < Kllxll, 'x E V. Let
22.
W C V is,
V
be a linear space over
is a linear subspace of x'(W)
is a bounded subset of Let
23.
V
x' £ V'
24. (V1.I1.II1)
Let
and
V.
If
such that
x E V.-. W,
W = N(x')
f
and let
that
W
be a maximal
prove that there exists a and
x'(x) = 1.
be a normed linear space over
be its completion (see Theorem 1.1.1).
isometrically isomorphic to V.
W,
If
W C N(x').
prove that
f,
x' E V'.
and let
is bounded on
x'
be a linear space over
linear subspace of unique
V
f
f
and'let
Prove that
V*
is
78
Linear Transformations and Functionals
3.
25.
over
I.
Let
(V,7)
be an n-dimensional topological linear space is also an n-dimensional topological
Prove that
linear space.
26.
Give an example to show that
Let
V* # Vt 27.
Let
(V,II'11) = (C([0,1]),l1'II )
(a)
Let
T E L(V)
be defined by (t E [0,1); f E C([0,l])).
T(f)(t) = tf(t)/(l + t2)
Find
I`TII. (b)
Let
be defined by
S E L(V)
(t E (0,1]),
S(f)(t) = fI K(t,s)f(s) ds where
Find
K(t,s)
[0,1) x [0,1)
is continuous on
f E C([0,1]).
and
llS,I. (c)
Let
x* E V*
be defined by x*(f) = f(to)
for fixed (d)
to E [0,1) Let
y* E V*
and all
y*(f)
for fixed
*28. of
V
y E C([0,l])
and all
f E C([0,1]).
consisting of those functions
derivative of
Find
and let
T E L'(W,V) f.
(lx*It.
fp f(t)y(t) dt
Let
and second derivatives on Let
Find
f E C([0,1)).
be defined by
be defined by Prove that
f
T(f) = f", T-1
be the subspace
W
that have continuous first
and are such that
[a,b)
IJy*11.
where
exists and that
f(a) - f(b) = 0. f"
is the second
R(T) = V.
79
3.4 Problems
29.
and let
Let
family of linear functionals F = (p 9t (f) = f(t), f E C([0,1]). *30.
c* ..f1
I
Prove that
In Example 3.1.6 we saw that
tE F
F C V* [0,1]], where
separates points.
c* = 11.
and exhibit the general form of an
be the
Prove that
x* E c*.
CHAPTER 4
THE HAHN-BANACH THEOREM: ANALYTIC FORM
4.0. Introduction.
The Hahn-Banach Theorem is, together with
the Uniform Boundedness and Open-Mapping Theorems, one of the most important theorems of functional analysis.
In its analytic form,
discussed in this chapter, the theorem assures us that a linear functional on a linear subspace of a linear space that is bounded
by a seminorm can always be extended to the entire space in such a way that the seminorm boundedness is retained.
The proof of the
theorem and a number of its consequences will be given in Sections 4.1 and 4.2.
Among these consequences is the fact that there exist
sufficiently many continuous linear functionals on a nontrivial The
locally convex topological linear space to separate points.
remaining sections of this chapter are devoted to a sampling of various applications of the Hahn-Banach Theorem and its consequences, and to a proof, in the last section, of Helly's Theorem.
Although
the proof of the latter theorem makes no direct use of the HahnBanach Theorem as developed in this chapter, it does depend on a simple case of the geometric form of the theorem, and hence the proof provides a motivation for the exposition of the succeeding chapter.
4.1. The Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form. linear space over
*
and
W c V
also that
p
is a seminorm on
tional on
W
such that
Suppose
is a linear subspace.
V
and that
y'
V
is a
Suppose
is a linear func-
It
Iy'(x)I < p(x) Then can
y'
be extended to a linear functional on all of
80
(x E W). V
that
81
4.1. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
is also bounded by
That is, does there exist some
p?
such
x' E V'
that
(i)
(ii)
x'(x) = Y, (x)
(x E W).
Ix'(x)I < p(x)
(x E V).
The Hahn-Banach Theorem tells us that such an extension is always possible, although it is, in general, not unique. First, we
To prove this result we proceed in several stages. show how to make such an extension for linear spaces over the codimension of
IR
when
is one and then apply Zorn's Lemma (DS1, p.'61
W
to obtain the general result for arbitrary linear spaces over
II:.
t = C will then be established with the help of
The theorem when
some of the results in Section 3.3.
one.
exists some (i)
(ii)
be a linear space over W C V
and let
V,
is such that
y' E W'
If
V
Let
Lemma 4.1.1'.
seminorm on
x' E V'
p
y'(x) < p(x), x E W,
(x E V).
x0 E V - W.
Let
V
is spanned by
as
Then, since W U {xoj,
x = ax0 + y
x'(x) = ay + y1(y)
Clearly such an
x'
agrees with
W
is of codimension one,
and thus every
for some
xl,x2 E W.
and
a E IR
is a linear functional on y'.
x E V
can
y E W.
for some suitable choice of
To show that
x'
we need to look more closely at how one chooses Let
then there
x'(x) < p(x)
x'
W
be a linear subspace of codimension
such that
be uniquely expressed as
tion to
be a
p
(x E W).
we see that
y.
let
x'(x) = y'(x)
Proof.
We define
IR,
V
whose restric-
is also bounded by y.
Then
Y'(xl) - Y'(x2) = Y'(xl - x2) < p(xi - x2)
=P(xl+x0-x2-xo) P(xl + x0) + P(-x2 - xo),
4. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
82
and so we have -P(-x2 - x0) - y'(x2) < p(x1 + xo) x1 E W
Thus for fixed
we deduce that
(-p(-x2 - x0) - y'(x2)
is bounded above
Clearly
bl < b2.
x2 E W) C !R
and so has a least upper bound, call it
(p(xl + xo) - y'(xl)
larly
+
Let
y
Note that by the choice of
I
xl E W)
be any real number such that y
we have
To complete the proof we need to show that the (
chosen here is such that
x = axo + Y.
b2.
bl < y < b2.
(x E W).
-P(-x - x0) - Y'(x) < y < P(x + xo) - Y, (x)
the
Simi-
b1.
has a greatest lower bound
x'
x'(x) < p(x), x E V.
defined for Suppose
We consider three cases.
Case 1.
a = 0.
Then
x'(x) = y1(y) < p(y) - p(x).
Case 2.
a > 0.
Then from
y < p(y/a + xo) - y'(y/a)
we deduce
that
ay + y1(y) < ap(y/a + xo) = P(ax0 + Y),
and so
x'(x) < p(x).
Case 3.
a < 0.
Then from
-p(-y/a - x0) - y'(y/a) < y
we deduce
that
ay + y'(y) < -ap(-y/a - xo)
= P (axo + Y), and again we have
x'(x) < p(x).
This completes the proof.
0
4.1. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
83
A few remarks are in order before proceeding.
First we note that
the result is not more general than the one alluded to in our introIndeed, since
ductory remarks. that
is a seminorm, it is easily seen
p
if and only if
x'(x) < p(x)
The lemma was
Ix'(x)I < p(x).
stated in this seemingly stronger form since it remains true, as given, and with the same proof, if we replace the assumption that
p
is a seminorm with a slightly weaker assumption; namely, we need only
assume that
p
:
is such that
V -- IR
(1)
p(x) > 0,
(2) (3)
p(x + y) < p(x) + p(y). p(ax) = ap(x)
(a E I42;
a > 0; x,y E V) .
These remarks apply also to the next theorem and will be used in proving a geometric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 5.2.1) However, when
in the next chapter. that
4 = C, we need the hypothesis
is a seminorm.
p
The ' functional given by Lemma 4.1.1 is clearly not generally unique.
Indeed, it is apparent that it is unique for a fixed
xo E V - W
if and only if
inf (p(x + x
- y'(x)) =
°)
xEW
sup { -p(- x - x) - y'(x)?.
xEW
°
Theorem 4.1.1 (Real Hahn-Banach Theorem). Let space over
let
142,
linear subspace.
be a seminorm on
p
If
y' E W'
then there exists some
V,
is such that
x' E V'
V
and let
be a linear W C V
y'(x) < p(x), x E W,
such that
x'(x) = y'(x)
(i)
(x E W).
(ii) x' (x) < p (x) Proof.
[DS1, p. 6].
be a
(x E V).
The proof is a standard application of Zorn's Lemma Let us call a pair
(u',U)
an extension of
y' provided
(1)
U C V
(2) (3)
u' (x) = y' (x)
(x E W).
u'(x) < p(x)
(x E U).
is a linear subspace such that
U D W.
4. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
84
Let
be the family of all extensions of
U
(y',W) E U.
(ui,U1) < Z,"2)
if
U1 C U2
is a partial ordering on
ordered subset of
U.
a
imal element, call it We claim that
by
Let
U = Ua Ua
and
V0 = V.
Clearly
V0
and let
Since
V0 # V1,
(x',V0),
V0 = V,
V1
of codimen-
z' E Vi
such
that is,(z',V1) > (x',Vo).
this contradicts the maximality of
Therefore
has a max-
be the linear space spanned
V1
is a linear subspace of
is an extension of
(z',VI)
U
If this were not true, we would get the
sion one, and so, by Lemma 4.1.1, there exists some that
is an
(u',U)
(x',Vo).
x0 E V -. V0
V0 U (x0).
where
Then <
is a linearly
Consequently, by Zorn's Lemma,
u'(x) = u'(x), x E U U.
a
((u',U))
Suppose
Then it is easily verified that
((u,,U,))
upper bound for
following:
U.
ui(x) = u2(x), x E U1.
and
as
U # 4),
then we write
(uI,U1), (uZ,U2) E U,
If
Clearly
y'.
(x',Vo).
and the theorem is proved.
0
We can now combine these results with our knowledge of real linear functionals obtained in Section 3.3 to establish the Hahn-Banach
Theorem for linear spaces over arbitrary Theorem 4.1.2 over
f,
p
let
subspace.
there exists some
(i)
(ii)
(Hahn-Banach Theorem). Let
be a seminorm on
y' E W'
If
f.
x' E V
and let
V,
is such that
V
be a linear space
W CV be a linear
ly'(x)l < p(x), x E W,
then
such that
x'(x) = Y, (x)
(x E W).
fx'(x)j < p(x)
(x E V).
Proof.
If
f = 1.,
then the result is an immediate consequence
of the Real Hahn-Banach Theorem and the remark immediately following Lemma 4.1.1.
So assume that
f = C and let
From Proposition 3.3.1 we see that
yi
on' W, that is, a linear functional on
yi(x) = Refy'(x)), x E W.
is a real linear functional W
considered as a linear
85
4.2. Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem
space over
1R.
Moreover, we see that (x E W).
yi(x) = Re[y'(x)] < IY'(x)i < p(x)
Hence we may apply the Real Hahn-Banach Theorem and deduce the existence of a real linear functional and
such that
V
on
xi
x'(x) = yi(x), x E W,
xi(x)
Then from Proposition 3.3.2 we see that 3.3.1 that
x'(x) = y'(x), x E W.
(x E V) .
- ixi(ix)
and from Proposition
x' E V'
Finally, given
we see that
x E V,
Ix'(x)l = exp[-i arg x'(x)]x'(x) = x'(exp[-i arg x'(x)]x) = xi(exp[-i arg x'(x)]x)
< p(exp[-t arg x'(x)]x)
= p (x) as
x'(exp[-i arg x'(x)]x) = lx'(x)( EIR,
where exp
denotes
the usual exponential function.
0
Some Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
4.2.
We now
consider many of the most useful and iomediate consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
the points of
In particular, we shall see that
and so
V,
V* # (01,
whenever
V
V*
separates
is a nontrivial
seminormed linear space. Theorem 4.2.1.
and let some
W C V
x* E V* Proof.
Let
(V,P)
be a seminormed linear space over
be a linear subspace. such that
Since
y*
P1'P2 " " 'pn
P
y* E W*,
is continuous on
such that
(W,TP),
g > 0
jy*(x)l < 1
E
then there exists
x*(x) = y*(x), x E W.
at the origin, and so there exists an in,
If
it is continuous
and seminorms whenever
4. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
86
Define
pk(x) < c, k = 1,2,...,n, x E W.
sup{pl(x),...,pn(x))
P(x) =
(x E V) .
c
Then, by essentially the same argument as that used in the proof of Lemma 2.5.1, we see that
Moreover, given we deduce that that.is,
x E W,
and so
p(x/a) < 41
ly*(x/a)l < 1;
However, since this holds for each
ly*(x)l < p(x), x E W.
x' E V'
x'(x) = y*(X), x E W,
and
lx'(x)l < p(x), x E V.
6 > 0
and
x E V
Furthermore, if k = 1,2,...,n,
a > p(x),
Consequently by the
there exists some
Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 4.1.2) that
V.
Then from
a > p(x).
let
pk(x/a) < c, k = 1,2,...,n,
ly*(x)l < a.
we conclude that
is a seminorm on
p
is such that
sucl.
pk(x) < 6c,
then
sup(p1(x),...,Pn(x))
p(x) = and so
lx'(x)l < 6.
by Proposition 3.2.2,
< 6,
c
Thus
x'
is continuous at the origin, and so,
x' = x* E V*. Cl
Corollary 4.2.1. and let -Proof.
W
(V,P)
Let
V # [0).i Then Suppose
V*
be a seminormed linear space over
separates points.
x,y E V, x # y.
Then
xo = x - y # 0.
be the one-dimensional linear subspace of
define
y*(axo) = a, ax0 E W.
to verify that x* E V*
y* E W*.
points.
spanned by
x0
and
Using Theorem 2.2.1 it is not difficult
Hence, by Theorem 4.2.1, there exists some
such that x*(x) = y*(x),
In particular,
V
Let
x E W.
x*(x0) = x*(x - y) -
I
# 0,
and
V* separates
0
4.2. Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem
over
V
and let
f
'
[0).
f.
T
(0).
be a seminormed linear space over
(V,P)
x* E V*
then there exists some
x E V, x # 0,
If
V*
Then
Let
Corollary 4.2;3.
be a seminormed linear space
(V,P)
Let
Corollary 4.2.2.
such that
x*(x) = 1.
Since, by Theorem 2.3.1, the concepts of seminormed linear spaces and locally convex topological linear spaces are equivalent, we conclude at once that Theorem 4.2.1 as well as Corollaries 4.2.1, 4.2.2, and 4.2.3 are all valid when
such a space and
V # (0).
separates points whenever
V*
In particular,
linear space.
is a locally convex topological
(V,T)
V
is
Thus we see that the topological linear where
is Lebesgue measure on
spaces
Lp([O,1],dt), 0 < p < 1,
[0,1],
are not locally convex since, by Theorem 3.3.4,
dt
Lp([0,1],dt)* = (0), 0 < p < 1.
These results are, of course, also valid in the special case in which
V
Moreover, in this case several
is a nonmed linear space.
of these results can be sharpened. Theorem 4.2.2. and let some
W C V
x* E V*
be a normed linear space over
Let
be a linear subspace.
If
y* E W*,
such that
(i) x*(x) = Y*(x)
(ii)
t
then there exists
(x E W) .
Ux*II = IIY*II
Proof.
Let
p(x) = IIY*II IIxII, x E V, IIY*II
II
p
where as usual
IY*(x)I.
X11 =1 xEW
Then
p
is evidently a seminorm on
V
and
Iy*(x)I < p(x), x E W.
Hence by the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 4.1.2) there exists some x' E V'
such that
x'(x) = y*(x), x E W,
and
I x' (x) 1 < p (x) = IIY*III1xII
(x E V) .
4. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
88
This, by Theorem 3.2.1, x' = x* E V* and
I1x*11 < Ily*II
Moreover, from
sup
IIY*II
114 -1
IY*(x)I °
II X11p= 1
Ix*(x)I
sup
Ix*(x)I
xEW
xEW
<
IIxII = 1
xEV
= IIx*li,
we conclude that
IIx*II = 11Y*11-
0
A substantial improvement of Corollary 4.2.3 is also available in normed linear spaces. Theorem 4.2.3.
W C V
let
Let
(V,II.11)
be a normed linear space over
be a linear subspace, and let
d = infy E WIIxo - ytl > 0,
x0 E V - W.
then there exists some
If
such that
x* E V*
x*(x) = 0
(i)
f,
(x E W).
x*(xo) = d.
(ii)
(iii)
llx*11 = 1.
Proof. Let
W0 CV be the linear subspace spanned by
W U (x 0)
and define
y* (axo + y) = ad Clearly
y*
is a linear functional on
y*(y) - 0, y E W.
W0, y*(xo) = d,
Moreover, we claim that
Indeed, note-'first that if
IIxII -
I1ax0
(a E f ; y E W).
IlY*ll
and
I.
x = axo + y, a f 0,.y E W,
then
+ YII - Ila (xo - (-Y/a) l II > laid.
Hence
Iy*(x)I = laid < Ilxil;
by the definition of
d,
that is,
given
s > 0
iiy*II < 1.' On the other hand,
there exists some
y E W
such
4.2.
Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem
that
llx0 -
Set
It < d + a.
z E WO,llzll = 1.
89
z = (x0 - y)/11x0 - yll.
Then
and
Y11
d > -(-d--+--CT Since
c > 0
is arbitrary, it follows from the definition of
that lly*ll > 1,
ilr*lI
and thus llr*ll = I.
An application of Theorem 4.2.2 completes the proof.
0
Note, in particular, that Theorem 4.2.3 applies whenever a closed linear subspace and
W
is
x0 E V.- W.
A number of corollaries can be obtainel from the preceding results. We reave the proofs to the reader. Corollary 4.2.4. let
W C V
Let
d - infy E Wllxo - yll > 0, (i)
x0 E V - W.
x*(x0) * 1.
(iii)
llx*ll = 1/d.
x0 E V, x0 + 0,
(i) x*(x0)
If
then there exists some x* E V* such that (x E W) .
(ii)
(ii)
be a normed linear space over
x*(x) = 0
Corollary 4.2.S. If
(V,It.l1)
be a linear subspace, and let
be a norued linear space over
Let
then there exists some
x* E V*
1lx0II.
Ilx*II - 1.
Moreover,
sup l[x Oil - llx*ll
_l x* E V*
l x* (X ) I 0
.
such that
I.
4.
90
Corollary 4.2.6. and let
x0 E V.
Let
be a normed linear space over
(V,1j.I1)
x*(xo) = 0, x* E V*,
If
Corollary 4.2.7.
Let
let
W C V
and
x*(x) = 0, x E W,
then
W C V
imply that Let
x*(x0) = 0,
(V,1+.!)
be a linear subspace.
4,
x0 = 0.
be a normed linear space over
(V,11-11)
be a closed linear subspace, and let
Corollary 4.2.8. and let
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
x0 E V. then
If
4,
x* E V*
x0 E W.
be a normed linear space over Then the following are equiva-
lent:
(i)
(ii)
cl(W) - V. If
x* E V*
is such that
then
x*(x) = 0, x E W,
x* = 0.
As the reader may suspect, a number of these results for normed linear spaces have valid analogs in the context of seminormed linear spaces, (i.e., locally convex topological linear spaces).
We shall
return to this in Section 5.3 after we obtain a geometric version of the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
In the remaining sections of this chapter we shall examine various applications of the Hahn-Banach Theorem and its consequences. Other uses of this important theorem will occur in subsequent chapters. 4.3. The Hahn-Banach Theorem and Abelian Semigroups of Transformations.
We wish to establish an extension of the Hahn-Banach
Theorem asserting that linear functionals on subspaces bounded by a' seminorm can be extended to the entire space in such a way as to
preserve not only this boundedness but also the action of the linear functionals with regard to certain families of linear transformations. The statement of the next theorem will make this rather vague assertion precise.
First, however, we need a definition.
Definition 4.3.1. that
G C LT(V)
Let
V
be a linear space over
i.
Suppose
is a family of linear transformations such that
(i)
T,S E G
(ii)
TS = ST
implies
TS E G. (S,T E 'v).
4.3. Abelian Semigroups of Transformations
Then on
G
91
is said to be an Abelian semigroup of linear transformations
V.
Theorem 4.3.1. Let seminorm on
formations on Suppose
let
f,
p
be a
G be an Abelian semigroup of linear transp[T(x)] < p(x), x E V
such that
V
W C V
be a linear space over
V
and let
V,
y' E W'
is a linear subspace and
and
T E G.
is such that (x E W).
(a)
ly'(x)l < p(x)
(b)
T(x) E W
(x E W; T E G).
(c)
y'[T(x)J = y'(x)
(x E W; T E G).
Then there exists some (i)
(ii)
(iii)
x' E V'
such that
x'(x) = y1(x)
(x E W).
IX'(x)) < p(x)
(x E V).
x'[T(x)] = x'(x)
Proof.
(x E V; T E G).
As might be expected, the idea of the proof is to arrange
things so that the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 4.1.2) can be applied.
To this end we begin by defining a new seminorm on x E V
for each
V:
we define
P[TI(x)+...+Tn(x)j po(x) - inf(
)
n
where the infimua is taken over all possible finite subsets (T1,T2,...,Tn) c G.
Since
we see at once that
0 < po(x) < p(x), x E V.
verify that
p
is a seminorm and
p0(ax) - ja`p0(x), x E f,
Furthermore, let
definition of
po
x,y E V
there exist
as
and suppose
p
has this property. s > 0.
T1,...,Tn; S1,...,S®
p[T1(x)+...+Tn(x)J < po(x) + n P[S1(Y)+...+s (y)] m
p[T(x)] <_ p(x), T E G,
It is elementary to
2 s
< p (Y) +
°
2
Then by the in
G
for which
4.
92
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
Hence m
n
II
E T S.(x + y) pD(x+Y)< 1k-1 j=1kJ p
E
nm
n
< pLk E
m
1
j
E nm
n
m
p
E S.( ET
+
p k
m 11
1
j
+
E 1TkSj (Y)J nm
1 k(x)/n)l PEn
=1 ]k=]
_
n E
(x)1
m
T ki E S.(y)/m)
k=1
m
E
<j=1
pISj(
E
k=1
j=1 n
m
E p (Tkj E S. (y)/mJI J +k=l LL j=1
Tk(x)/njl
n
m
E pI E T (x)/n k
< j=1 k=1
E P
E S.(Y)/ml
J+ k=1 11j=1
JJ
n
m
p[n
E 1Tk
(x)I J
+
pI
E S (Y)J
`j=1
n
m
< Po (x) + Po (Y) + c
.
Note that the commutativity and linearity of the elements of as well as the assumption that
p[T(x)] < p(x), x E V, T E G,
all used in establishing the preceding estimates. arbitrary, we conclude that Thus
po
Since
G,
are
a > 0
is
Po(x + Y) < Po(x),+ P0(Y), x,y E V.
is a seminorm on
V
such that
p(x), x E V.
93
4.3. Abelian Semigroups of Transformations
Moreover, if
x E W,
T1,T2,...,Tn
then for any
G
in
we have
jy[T1(x)]+. ..+y'[Tn(x)]I
ty`()I =
n
n =
Iy'[ E T (x) k=1k n
<
.p[ E Tk(x k=1 n
T1,T2,...,Tn
Because the
y'[T(x)] = y'(x), T E G.
since
in
G
!y'(x)j < po(x), x E W.
are arbitrary, we can conclude that
Consequently, appealing to the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 4.1.2) with regard to the seminorm x' E V'
for which
the following grounds:
p[x - T(x)] < o
we see that there exists some
x'(x) = y'(x), x E W,
Furthermore we claim that
positive integer
p0.
and
1x'(e)I < po(x), x E V.
x'[T(x)] = x'(x), x E V
Suppose
x E V
and
and
T E G,
T E G,
on
then for each
n
pjT[x - T(x)] + T2(x
T(x)] +...+ Tn[x - T(x)]) -
pL(x) - Tn+l (x) ] n
P[(T(x)] +P[Tn+l(x)] n
from which we deduce at once that Ix' [x - T(x)]l < po[x - T(x)]
p0[x - T(x)]
we have
0.
However, since
x'[T(x)] = x'(x).'
94
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
An examination of the proof shows that Theorem 4.3.1 also holds for linear spaces
x,y E V.
over
1R
if one assumes only the following: and
p(ax) = ap(x), a > 0
and
The reader should compare the remarks following Lemma 4.1.1. G
Clearly, if V,
V
p(x + y) < p(x) + p(y),
p(x) > 0,
consists only of the identity transformation on
then Theorem 4.3.1 reduces to the Hahn-Banach Theorem. Let us look at an application of Theorem 4.3.1 to the existence
of so called Banach limits.
Consider the faiAily
sequences of complex numbers.
c
of all convergent
Then from well-known properties of
convergent sequenceg we know that to every such sequence corresponds a unique complex number
limkak
there
(akj
that has the following
properties: If
(I)
ck - aak + bbk, k = 1,2,3,..., then
[ak),(bk) E c, If
(ii)
ek = 1, k
For each
(iii)
where
(ck) E c
(ak) E c,
and
1,2,3,...,
n = 1,2,3,...,
then
(ck) E c
where
a,b E C
and
limkck = a limkak + b limkbk. then if
and
limkek = 1.
ck = ak+n, k = 1,2,3,..., limkck = limkak.
Is it possible to define a notion of "limit" for all bounded sequences of complex numbers that will satisfy all of these properties and will reduce to the ordinary limit if the sequence under consideration is convergent?
A rephrasing of this question in func-
tional analytic terms will indicate how we might proceed to answer it.
Note first that the collection of all bounded sequences of complex numbers is a Banach space
le with the norm
((akj E
11(a011- - sup (ak+ k
and that
c
is a closed linear subspace of
in Example 1.2.4. that seen,
limkak
f .
This was mentioned
The preceding discussion says, among other things,
defines a linear functional on
lli,mka.j < II(akIll., (ak) E c.
c,
and, as is easily
Thus the question we have posed is
4.3. Abelian Semigroups of Transformations
95
equivalent to asking whether there exists a (continuous) linear functional on
f
tional on
c
that satisfies the three properties of the limit funcindicated above and agrees with the ordinary limit
functional on
c.
Obviously a straightforward application of the'}lahn-Banach
Theorem (Theorem 4.1.2) with the seminorm
p(ta k)) = U(ak)l1.
(or of Theorem 4.2.2) yields an extension to e m of the limit functional on c that satisfies properties (i) and (ii). In order to
ensure that property (iii) will also hold for the extension obtained we appeal to Theorem 4.3.1.
To this end we define ck = ak+l, k Clearly Moreover,
G
T E L(Q
by
m)
T((ak)) = {ckwhere
(ak) E em,. and set G - (Tn In = 1,2,3,...). is an Abelian semigroup of linear transformations on
if
p((ak)) = jh(ax)JIm, (ak) E em,
pCT((ak))
I
t
m.
then
= JJT((uk))11m
sup Iak
k>2
sup iak
k>1 - 11(a OIL = p((ak)),
and, from property (iii) of the limit functional on then
limkTn((ak)) = limkak, n = 1,2,3,...
.
c,
if
(ak) E c,
Thus all the hypotheses
of Theorem 4.3.1 are fulfilled, and an application of the theorem immediately gives the next result. Theorem 4.3.2. (i)
(ii)
If
(ak) E c,
Given
k = 1,2,3,...,
There exists some thin
n = 1,2,3,..., then
x* E * such that
x*((ak1) = limkak. if
(ak) E Im and
x*((ck)) = x*((ak)).
ck = ak+n,
96
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
The continuous linear functional
obtained in Theorem
t
on
x*
m
We shall take a look at a
4.3.2 is generally called a Banach limit.
different method of obtaining such functionals in Section 9.6. 4.4. Adjoint Transformations.
Suppose
are nontrivial seminormed linear spaces over 4.2.2 we know that
(V2,P2)
Then from Corollary
4.
There exists a simple, and
Vk # (0), k = 1,2.
quite useful, relationship between transformations certain elements in ' L'(V2,Vi).
and
(V1,P1)
T E L(V1,V2)
and
To be precise we make the following
definition:
Definition 4.4.1.
linear spaces over
4,
Let
(V1,P1)
and
let
then we define a mapping
and
Vk f (0), k = 1,2.
T* E L'(V*,V*)
T E L(V1,1'2),
(x1 E V1; X2 E V*),
2
2
being called the adjoint of
T.
It is easy to verify that the definition of
an element of
If
by setting
T*(x* )(xl) = x2[T(xl)]
T*
be seminormed
(V2,P2)
T*
indeed defines
L'(V*,V-).
With the aid of the Hahn-Banach Theorem we can easily establish several results about the adjoint when the spaces
V1
and
V2
are
normed linear spaces. Theorem 4.4.1. spaces over
Let
and suppose
4
(i) T* E L(V*,V*) (ii)
T*
and
T E L(V1,V2).
and
(V2,11.112)
Then
IIT*I1 = IIT11
is injective if and only if
R(T)
(V2.II.112). Proof.
Let
x1 E V1
and
be normed linear
x*2 E V.
Then
IT*(x2)(x1)I = Ix*2[T(xl)II
IIx*llliTUIIxllll,
is dense in
97
4.4. Adjoint Transformations
Thus from Theorem 3.2.1 we see that T* E I,(VZ,V,*) and IIT*II < IITII. Moreover, suppose c > 0 and let xl E VI be such that IIx1II = 1 and IIT(x1)II2 > IITII - a, which is possible by the definition of IITII. Then by Corollary 4.2.5 there exists some x2 E V2* such that 11x211 = 1 and x2[T(x1)] = IIT(xl)II2' But then we have and 30
IIT* (x2) II < IITII IIx2I1.
IT*(x2)(x1)I = Ix2[T(x1)]I
(IT(x1)II
-a
> IITII from which we conclude at once that since
IIx2II = 1,
IIT*(x2)II > IITII
this entails also that
s > 0 is arbitrary, we obtain
IIT*II > IITII
IIT*II > IITII.
However,
- a.
- a,
and since
Thus Theorem 4.4.1(i)
is proved.
In order to establish the equivalence in Theorem 4.4.1(ii) us first suppose that T* it suffices, by Corollary that
we see that
6ince
T*(x2) = 0.
be such that
xl E V1,
shows that
Therefore
T*
is dense in
T*(x2) = 0.
Then
vanishes on
x2
via the continuity of
However, given such an
then x2 = 0.
R(T)
and so
(V 2'11-112 )
x2 = 0..
and let
x*[T(xl)] = T*(x2)(xl) = 0,
R(T),
from which we deduce,
and the denseness of
x
is such
x2 E V*
is injective, it follows that
T*
x2 E VZ
is dense
R(T)
T*(x2)(x1 ) = x2[T(xl)] = 0, xl E V1,
Conversely, suppose
x2 = 0.
4.2.8, to prove that, if
0, x2 E R(T),
x2(x2)
x2 E V*,
To show that
is injective.
let
R(T),
that
is injective, and this completes the proof.
Theorem 4.4.1 easily yields the following corollary.
The
details are left to the reader. Corollary 4.4.1.
Let
a normed linear space over that
(V1,II'II1)
I,
IIT(x)112 > =11x111, x E V1,
are equivalent: (i) 'T (ii)
T*.
is surjective. is injective.
be a Banach space and
and suppose for some
T E L(V1,V2)
m > 0.
is such
Then the following
4.
98
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
We shall return to the notion of the adjoint in subsequent secA
tions, particularly when we discuss Hilbert spaces in Chapter 13.
similar idea will also appear in the investigation of reflexivity of normed linear spaces in Section 8.1. 4.5. Separability of bility of
V*
V
at least in the case that
is a
We recall the following definition:
Definition 4.5.1.
Then
V,
implies that of
normed linear space.
i.
Here we wish to show that the repara-
V*.
(V,T)
Let
be a topological linear space over
is said to be separable if it contains a countable dense
V
subset.
Theorem 4.5.1. If
is separable, then
V*
Proof.
(xn) C V and
be a normed linear space over
Let
Let
is separable.
V
be a countable dense subset of
(x*J
4.
be so chosen, using the definition of
Ixn(xn)I ? IIxnII/2, n = 1,2,3,...
D C V
Let
.
IIxnII,
V*
and let
that
1
IIxnII
denote the family
of all finite linear combinations with (complex) rational coefficients of (xn).
of
V
Clearly
is countable.
D
spanned by
(xn).
Thus it is apparent that dense in
Obviously
is dense in
D
W denote the linear subspace
D C W
particular,
x* E V*
D
is dense in
if and only if
is such that
x*(xn) = 0, n = 1,2,3,...
.
W
W.
is
- x*II.= 0.
limkllxn
x*(x) a 0, x E W.
Since
there exists some sequence from the set
such that
and
V
V.
Suppose then that
V*,
Let
(xn)
(xn),
However,
In
is dense in call it
(x* k
k
Ilxnk - x*II
=
(xnk - x*) (x) { IIxII p
1 I
I (x*nk - x*) (xnk ) I
= Ixn (xnJI k
> Ilxn II/2 k
k
(k - 1,2,3,...),
99
4.6 Annihilators
from which it follows that
= 0.
linkllxn k
implies that
limkllxn
11
=
But
k
and so llx*ll = 0,
lIx*II,
Consequently from Corollary 4.2.8 we conclude that is dense in
Therefore
V.
- X*" = 0
limkllxn
11
that is, x* = 0. W,
and hence
D,
is separable.
V
It should be noted that the converse of this result need not he For example,
valid.
li = .f
is not.
CD
is a separable Banach space, whereas
fI
In this section we wish to introduce the
4.6. Annihilators.
notion of annihilator and to use it for describing the dual spaces of subspaces and quotient spaces of normed linear spaces.
It will be
apparent when we discuss Hilbert spaces in Chapter 13 that the concept of the annihilator is a natural generalization to normed linear spaces of the notion of an orthogonal complement in Euclidean spaces and in inner-product spaces in general. Let
Eppfinition 4.6.1.
over
f.
If
E C V,
E1
then
(x*
x* E V*, x*(x) = 0, x E E)
I
is called the annihilator of (E*)j W (x
I
on
V
EL C V*
E.
If
E* C V*,
then
x E V, x*(x) - 0, x* E E*)
is called the annihilator of Thus
be a topological linear space
(V,T)
E*.
is the set of all continuous linear functionals
that vanish identically on
E,
and
(E*)1 C V
common zeros of the continuous linear functionals on. V to
E*.
It is evident that
E'
and
(E*)1
is the set of that belong
may be rather trivia],
for example, if "V* _ (0).
The proof of the next proposition is straightforward and is left to the reader.
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
100
Proposition 4.6.1. over
f,
and
E C V,
El C V*
is a normed linear space, then
V
If
E* c :V*.
Then
is a linear subspace.
F.l C V*
(i)
(ii)
be a topological linear space
(V,T)
Let
is a closed
linear subspace. (iii)
is a closed linear subspace.
c V
(E*) A.
(iv) (v)
E C (E)t.
1
V T (0),
is a normed linear space,
V
If
E CV
and
El # (0).
is a proper linear subspace, then
Among other things, the precedirg proposition says that E C (El)l
whenever
The next result gives us a condition
E c :V.
under which the containment is equality. Theorem 4.6.1.
W C V
If
be a normed linear space over
Let
is a linear subspace, then Since
Proof.
c,t!W` C (W,)l.
W C (WL)t
But if
and
cl(W) = (WL)1 is closed, we see that
(Wl)1
X0 E (W')1 - cl(W),
then,
since
cl(W)
i- a closed lirear subspace, we see from Theorem 4.2.3 that there x' E V*
exists some x t cl(W;. that
such that
In particular,
x*(xo) = 0, T'aerefore
x*(xo) # 0
x* E W.
x*(x) - 0,
and
However,
x
0
E (Wl)1
thereby contradicting the choice of
implies
x*.
cl(W) _ (W). C)
Corollir n
and let
42.6.1.
V
Let
(V,11.11)
be a norm-ad linear space over
be a linear subspace.
Then the following are
equivalent: (i)
(ii)
W
is a closed linear subspace.
W - (W1)1
Next we shall use the concept of an annihilator to describe the spaces of continuous linear functionals on the subspaces and quotient spaces of normed linear spaces.
101
4.6. Annihilators
First we make a general definition. Definition 4.6.2. linear spaces over isometry if
Let
(Vl,ll-ji
y
A mapping
1.
be normed
and
)
V1 - V2
:
is said to be an
Such a mapping is also said to
IIcP(x)ji2 = Wxljl, x E V1.
be isometric.
Theorem 4.6.2. and let
W C V
be a normed linear space over
Let
be a closed linear subspace.
jective isometric isomorphisms between (V/W)*
and
Proof.
If
cp
cp
V*/Wl - W*,
Moreover, suppose
is an isomorphism.
x*(x)
and between
y*(x), x E W.
defined by It is easily seen
is well defined.
Theorem 4.2.2, there exists some and
W*,
defines a continuous linear functional :
cp(x* + WL)(x) = x*(x), x E W, that
and
then clearly the equation
x* + Wl E V*/WL,
Thus the mapping
W.
V*/Wi
Wi.
(x* + Wl)(x) = x*(x), x E W, on
I
Then there exist sur-
x* E V*
y* E W*.
such that
IIx*ll = IIY*II
Clearly,
Then, by
and so
tf
is surjective.
Furthermore, the preceding argument, combined with the definition of the norm in cp(x* + WL) = y*,
V*/Wl
(Theorem 1.1.1), reveals that, if
where
x* E V*
y* E W*
is that chosen as in the preceding
paragraph, then
IlY*II = Ilx*II ? IIIx* +
that is,
Il,(x* + Wl) II' > Ill x* + W"III
Y* = (P(x* + W1).
On the other hand, if
.
then IIY*11 =
and
sun IY*(x)I
xEW
llxll= 1 sup
(x* + Z*)(x)
xEW IixII = 1
<_ IIx* + Z*ll
(Z* E W1)
4.
102
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
IIW(x' + 't)II <
and hence Therefore
+
IIIx'`
III
is an isometry, and the first assertion of the
cp
theorem is proved.
The second assertion is even easier to prove and is left to the reader.
0
Analogous results are also valid for locally convex topological linear spaces (see, for example, [K, pp. 276-279]). 4.7.
Ideals in
L1 R,dt).
As noted in Example 1.2.4, the space
is a Banach space, where as usual dt denotes
(L
Lebesgue measure on
!R.
It is also possible to introduce an operation
L1(Rdt)
of multiplication into
so that
becomes an algebra.
L1(1R,dt)
The main purpose of this section is to use the Hahn-Banach Theorem to give a description of the closed ideals in this algebra. First, however, we must see what the multiplication in is to be.
L1(IR,dt)
The following definition and proposition are more general
than needed for our present purposes, but we shall have use for these more general results in subsequent sections. Definition 4.7.1.
tions defined on
IR.
Let
f
and
h
be Lebesgue-measurable func-
Then the convolution
defined formally for almost all
f * h
of
f
and
h
t EIR by the expression
f + h(t) = J'JRf(t - s)h(s) ds. Various properties of convolution are collected in the next proposition.
Proposition 4.7.1. 1 < p < w.
Let
f,g E L1(IR,dt)
Then
(i) f hEL (iR,dt).
(iii
Ilf * hllp
Uflil IIhIIp.
and
h E Lp(lR,dt),
is
4.7.
Ideals in LI (IR,dt).
103
(iii) f * (g * h) _ (f * g) * h. (iv)
(f+g) *h =f *h+g*h.
a(f * h) _ (af) * h = f * (ah) (vi) f * h = h * f. (v)
(a E C).
Moreover, if f E L ("tit) and h E L OR,dt), 1/p + 1/q = I, P I < p < m, then f * g E C(IR,dt) and q IIf * hL <_ IIflip Ilhllq We do not give the proof of this result, but instead refer the reader to (HS, pp. 396-3991.
The proof of parts (i) and (ii) of the
proposition is nontrivial and is obtained essentially as a consequence of Fubini's Theorem [Ry, p. 269].
Parts (i) and (iii) through (vi)
of the proposition say precisely that
is a commutative
L1(IR,dt)
algebra over C with convolution as multiplication. incidentally, that the algebra
LI(IR,dt)
Part (ii) says,
is a Banach algebra, but
this does not concern us here.
A few more preliminary notions are required. Definition 4.7.2. For each then we define
T
f
s E IIR,
if
f
is a function on
IR,
by the equation
s
(TSf) (t) = f (t
- s)
(t E IR).
If one makes the usual agreement about identifying Lebesgue measurable functions that are equal almost everywhere, then it is easily seen that
TS E L(Lp(IR, dt)), s E IR, 1 < p < w,
TS (f * g) = (TS f) * g = f * (TSg) 1
,
and that
f E LI (IR,dt), g E Lp (1R,dt),
We can now.state the theorem alluded to previously. Theorem 4.7.1.
Let
W C LI(IFt,dt)
be a linear subspace.
the following are equivalent: (i)
W
is a closed translation invariant subspace.
(ii)
W
is a closed ideal.
Then
104
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
Suppose
Proof.
To see that whenever
W
W
is a closed translation invariant subspace.
is a closed ideal it suffices to show that and
f E L1(IR,dt)
g E W.
So let
f E LI(IR,dt)
We recall from Example 3.1.8 that the elements
can be identified with the elements
L1(F,dt) *
cp
x*
f * g E W and
g E W.
of
of Lm(IR,dt). by
the formula
x*(f) = f' Thus, if
(f E L1 O2,dt)) .
is such that
cp E L.()E.,dt)
(g E W),
fIR g(t)q)(t) dt = 0
then after some simple computations we see that where
W
g **(0) = 0, g E W,
the bar denoting complex conjugation.
q*(t) = cp(-t),
Since
is translation invariant, we deduce further that
(f * g) * cp* = f * (g * y*) = 0, as g * cp* = 0.
Hence
fIR f * g(t)y(t) dt = 0 (f E LI(1R,dt); g E W) and so from Corollary 4.2.7, we conclude that that is,
W
is an ideal.
Conversely, suppose as before.
g E W,
If
f * g E W, f E L1OR.,dt)
Thus part (i) implies part (ii). W
is a closed ideal and
then
cp E L'0 (IR,dt)
f * g E W, f E Li(IR,dt),
as
W
is
is an
ideal, and so (f * g) * cp*(0) = f * (g * cp*)(0) = 0, f E L1(IR,dt) by the choice of
(p.
g * cp* E Lm(IR,dt), functional on
However, from Proposition 4.7.1 we see that
and so g * cp* defines a continuous linear
L1(IR,dt)
is the zero functional.
that vanishes on all of
L1(LR,dt)
and hence
However, it is easily seen that
f * (g * Y*) = f'R f (t)g * cp* (-t) dt _
f'IR f(t) [fEZ g(-t - u)ep(-u du] dt
= f'R f(t) [fIR g(-t + u)cp(u) du] dt
4.8. Continuous Linear Functionals on
105
C([0,l))
= f' f(t) {J'1R g -t - u ](p(u) du) dt = fiR f(t)g* * p(t) dt Consequently we conclude that
g* * cp = 0,
g * cp* _ (g* * cp)* = 0.
4.7.1, we see that for
Since g * cp* each s E IR
(f E L1(IR,dt)).
and hence
is continuous, by Proposition
0 = g * cp*(-s) = Ts(g * cp*)(0) (T SO * c9*(0) and this holds for each
g E W.
Thus we have shown that any continuous linear functional on that vanishes on
L1(IR,dt)
s E IR
and
g E W.
Tsg E W
4.2.7,
W
Consequently, since
whenever
Tsg
must also vanish at each
s EIR and
W
when
is closed, by Corollary
g E W;
W
that is,
is trans-
lation invariant.
and the
Therefore part (ii) of Theorem 4.7.1 implies part (i), proof is complete.
O
4.8. Continuous Linear Functionals on
C(0,1 ).
In Example
3.1.5 we asserted that every continuous lineat functional C([0,1])
p
on
could be realized as
x*(f) = f f(t) do (t) where
*
(f E C([0,1])),
is an appropriate bounded, regular, and complex-valued
Borel measure on
We now wish to use the Hahn-Banach Theorem
[0,1].
to prove this result.
For the sake of completeness we include the
next definition. Definition 4.8.1. [0,1]
A complex-valued function
is said to ne of bounded variation if n
V(g) = Sup
E Ig(tk) - g(tk-1)I <
k=1
g
defined on
106
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
where the supremum is taken over all partitions of
0 = t0 < tI < .. < to = 1,
and
n
of the form
[0,1]
is an arbitrary positive integer.
The following are equivalent:
Theorem 4.8.1.
x*' E C([0,1J)*.
(i)
There exists some complex-valued function
(ii)
variation defined on
g
of"bounded
such that
[0,1]
x*(f) = dI f(t) dg(t)
(f E C((0,1])),
where the integral is the Riemann-Stieltjes integral. Moreover, if
x* E C([0,1])*,
jjx*1I = V(g).
It is left to the Leader to show that part (ii) of the
Proof:
theorem implies part (i).. x*
then
Conversely, let
C([O,l])
8([0,1]),
of
valued functions on
[0,1]
and
lix*11 = 1kz*1! Now for each
interval
with the usual supremum norm
0 < s < 1
Xs,
We claim that
g
set
the characteristic function of the B([0,1]).
X0 = 0,
and define
g(s) = z*(X5), 0 < s < 1.
is any partition
k = 1,2,...,n
a. = exp(-i arg[g(tk) - g(tk-l)J) for
Denote this characteristic
0 = t0 < t1 < ... < to = 1
Define'for each
= 0
such
is of bounded variation.
Indeed, suppose [0,1].
z* E B([0,1])*
z*(f) = x*(f), f E C([0,1]).
belongs to
[0,s]
function by
of
Then
the normed linear space of'bounded complex-
Hence, by Theorem 4.2.2, there exists some
that
x* E C((0,1])*.
is a continuous linear functional on the linear subspace
for
g(tk) f g(tk-1),
g(tk) = g(tk-1)'
and set
h(t) = aI
for
t0 < t < tl,
h(t) = ak
for
tk-1
and
h E B((0,1])
Clearly
IIhIj
Moreover, straightforward
< 1.
h - E =1 ak(
arguments reveal that
107
C([0,1])
4.8. Continuous Linear Functionals on
- XL
).
k-I
k
Consequently n
z*(h) =
E akfz*(Xt k=1 k
z*(Xt
)]
k-1
n E lak[g(tk) - g(tk-1)]
= k
n
E Ig(tk) - g(tk-1)I
k=1
From this identity we immediately deduce that n
k hence tion
E Ig(tk) - g(tk-1)I =1
< iIz*Iiilhllm <_ fix*II
is of bounded variation, and
g
0 = t0 < tl < ... < to = 1 Next, let
f E C([0,1])
be a partition of As before,
[0,1].
h1 E B([O,l])
as the parti-
V(g) < IIx*II,
is arbitrary.
and let
Then set
0 - t h
1 =
0
< to = 1
< tl <
k=1 f(tk-1)(Xt
k
Xt
k-1
and
n
z*(h1)
E f(tk-1)[g(tk) - g(tk-1)]'
k=1 However, given
e > 0,
it is easily seen that
11h1
- film < c/2IIz*II
and
n
I
whenever
E f (tk-1) [g(tk) - g(tk-1)] - f l f(t) dg(t)I < . k.I supkitk - tk-1I
is sufficiently small.
Stieltjes integral exists since
f E C([0,1])
and
The Riemanng
is of bounded
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
108
variation.
Consequently we conclude by the continuity of
the arbitrariness of
e > 0
z*
and
that
z*(f) = f1 f(t) dg(t). But
and hence part (ii) of the theorem is proved.
z*(f) = x*(f),
Therefore parts (i) and (ii) are equivalent. The fact that V(g).< 11x*11
[Ix*11 = V(g)
follows at once from the estimate
obtained here and the well-known estimate for Riemann-
Stieltjes integrals,
IJ
1 f (t) dg (t)
(f E C([0,1])).0
jjf11doV (g)
o
It needs to be noted that the correspondence between the elements of
C([0,1])*
and functions of bounded variation, although linear,
is not injective.
For example, any two functions
and
g1
g2
of
bounded variation such that T1 f(t) dg1(t) = f1 f(t) dg2(t)
.obviously correspond to the same element of
(f E C([O,1]))
C([O,l])*.
One can,
however, use this observation to intoduce an equivalence relation into the space of functions of bounded variation and then obtain an injective mapping from
C([0,1])*
to the space of equivalence classes.
This is done, for instance, in [BaNr, pp. 217-227; K, pp. 197-201; T, pp. 195-201].
An alternative way to approach this difficulty is
to recognize that it is the measure
dg
determined by
g,
and not
the function itself, that corresponds to the continuous linear functional.
This observation also allows one to envision the gener-
alization of Theorem 4.8.1 to
C0(X),
where
X
is a locally compact
Hausdorff space.
We shall not prove the theorem in this generality, but we shall
state it precisely and use it in subsequent chapters.
The reader is
'referred to [DS1, pp. 261-265; KeNa, p. 127; Ry, pp. 308-311; Rut, pp. 130-133].
109
4.9. A Moment Problem
Let
Theorem 4.8.2. (Riesz Representation Theorem).
be a
X
Then the following are
locally compact Hausdorff topological space. equivalent: x* E Co(X)*.
(i)
There exists a unique
(ii)
such that
µ E M(X)
x*(f) = fX f(t) do(t) Moreover, the correspondence between C0(X)*
isometric isomorphism between
x*
(f E C0(X)).
and
and
p
defines a surjective
M(X).
The reader is referred to Examples 1.1.1 and 1.2.6 for the defiC0(X)
nitions of
and
respectively.
M(X),
4.9. A Moment Problem.
One version of the moment problem in
classical mathematics asks the following question: of real numbers function
c0,cl,c21...,. when does there exist a real-valued
defined on
g
Given a sequence
that is of bounded variation and such
[0,1]
that
fl to dg(t) = cn
(n = 0,1,2,...).
The integrals are, of course, Riemann-Stieltjes integrals. moment problem also has a probabilistic interpretation. it asks:
This
Essentially,
When do the noncentral moments of a probability distribution
determine the distribution? In view of the discussion in the preceding section we see at once that this moment problem is equivalent to asking: there exist a continuous linear functional x*(tn) = cn, n - 0,1,2,... ?
x* E C([0,1J)* such that
This observation prompts us to pose a
general functional-analytic moment problem: topological linear space over
(xa a E A that
V
are given.
x*(x ) = ca, a E AT
a
When does
E
and suppose
Suppose
(V,T) I
(caJa E A C When does there exist some x* E V*
is a and
such
110
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
As is to be expected, this moment problem, in general, does not But the Hahn-Banach Theorem does provide us with an
have a solution.
appropriate tool with which to obtain rather simple necessary and sufficient conditions for the existence of solutions in the case of normed linear spaces. Theorem 4.9.1.
and suppose (ca
be a normed linear space over
Let
(xa)a E A e V.
and
#
E A e
§
Then the following are
equivalent:
(i) 'There exists some (ii)
There exists some
x* E V*
M > 0
J E aacaf
such that
x*(xa) = ca, a E A.
such that
M`JE aax jj
a
of
the sum being taken over all possible subsets at most a finite number of the Proof.
If
x* E V*
clearly for any set a
a
a
a
(aa)a E A C f, are not zero.
is such that
(aa)a (A C
i
x*(xa) = c , a E A,
where
then
with only finitely many nonzero
we have
JE a aacaI = JE aax* (xa)l
a as
(x*(E a x )l
lkx*lIllE aaxJl of
Hence part (i) of the theorem implies part (ii). Conversely, suppose part (ii) holds and let subspace spanned by
(xa)a E
A'
W CV be the linear
For each aaaxa E W
define
Y*(E ;xa) - E aaca. a a We claim that
y*
is a well-defined continuous linear functional on
W.
111
4.10. Helly's Theorem
To see that and define
Ea aaxa = E0 b0x
is well defined suppose that
y*
(a'),{bY) C 4,
Y E A
for
a' = aY
a' = 0
for
E W
as follows:
aY # D,
for
0.
a Y
Y
by = by b' = 0
for
by # 0,
for
= 0.
b
Y
Y
Clearly at most a finite number of the
and
aY
are nonzero,
by
and by part (ii) of the theorem we have Ia aaca - E
IY (sY - bY)cYI
MIIE(a'-b')xYII Y
= M IIE aaxa - E a 0
b0x011
= 0,
and so
y*(E a aaxa) = y*(E0 b0x0).
Thus
It is evident from the definition of that
y* E W*
and
is well-defined.
and part (ii) of the theorem
Consequently by Theorem 4.2.2 there
IIy*II < M.
exists some x* E V* such that In particular,
y*
y*
IIx*II = IIy*II
x*(xa) = ca, a E A.
x*(x) = y* (x) , x E W.
and
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem
implies part (i).
It should be noted that the functional
x*
in part (i) of
Theorem 4.9.1, whose existence is implied by part (ii), is such that
IIx*II < M. 4.10. Helly's Theorem.
In the preceding section we considered
the problem of the existence of a E A,
where
(xa)a
E A C 4
x* E V*
are given.
such that
x*(x) = c
A superficially similar,
,but more difficult, problem is the existence of an x E V xk(x) = ck, k = 1,2,...,n,
where
a,
(xk) C V*
and
(ck) C 4
such that are given.
112
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
The theorem we are about to prove, which is due to
Helly [Hy],
E.
provides necessary and sufficient conditions for the existence of a solution to such a problem.
The theorem and its corollary are very
useful results, as will be apparent from the development of various sections in subsequent chapters. The proof we give relies on a result concerning convex sets and hyperplanes in Euclidean space, which we use without further proof. This result asserts that in Euclidean space a convex set with a nonempty interior and a point not in the set can always be separated froim each other by a hyperplane, that is, by a translate of some linear subspace of codimei?sion one.
In actuality this result is
just the Hahn-Banach Theorem for Euclidean spaces in disguise.
Such
a geometric version of the Hahn-Banach Theorem will be discussed in the next chapter, and its equivalence with our analytic form of the theorem will be established.
The proof of Helly's Theorem will also contain a special case of the Open-Mapping Theorem, another of the most fundamental theorems of functional analysis.
The Open-Mapping Theorem will be discussed in
-Chapter 7..
Theorem 4.10.1 (Helly's Theorem). Let linear space over
let
1,
M > 0,
V and cl,c2cn are in (i)
For each
t
IIx9t1 < M + c
e > 0
there exists some
(ii) Ilk=1 akckl < M II" k=1
Proof.
some
and suppose
i.
akx-ll
for which
It then follows easily that for any
n
k=1
xc E V
such that
1,2,...,n.
for all choices of
If part (i) holds, then for each
xc E V, llxcll < M + ¢,
x*,x2,...,xn are
in
Then the following are equivalent:
$.
an4 x-(xc) = ck, k
alga 2,.... an in
be a normed
xk(xc) = C
al,a2,...,an
n akckl = I(
akxk)(xe)I
k=1
c > 0
there exists k
in
I
we have
113
4.10. Helly's Theorem
n E 1akxkllllxs11
11
n
< (M + e) c > 0
Since
!J
E akxk+) k=1
is arbitrary, we conclude at once that part (i) implies
part (ii).
Conversely, suppose part (ii) holds.
ck = 0, k = 1,2,...,n,
If
then part (i) is trivial on taking
xg = 0.
Thus without loss of
generality we may assume that some
ck
Moreover, we claim that
.we may assume that xi,x*,...,x*
be a maximal linearly independent subset of
xi,x2,...,x*, m < n,
where we have for convenience possibly renumbered the
xi,x2,.... xn,
and
ck.
lix11 < M + c
are linearly independent on the foi-
Suppose they are linearly dependent and let
lowing grounds:
xk
0.
Then, given and
c > 0,
suppose
xa E V
xk(x`) = ck, k = 1,2,...,m.
then there exist some
bkj E I
is such that
Now, if
m < k < n,
such that m
xk =
E
j=1 bkjxj
and hence m
xk(xel =
j=1 j]
E bk x*(xQ) =
m
E bk c j=1 j
.. 7
However, from part (ii) of the theorem we see that
Ick
-
m
m
E bkjcj1 < M I+xk -
E -1
j-1 and so
0,
xk(xe) = ck, k = m + 1,...,n.
This shows that we may assume, without loss of generality, that xi,x*,...,xn
are linearly independent.
114
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
Finally, we assume for the purposes of the proof that
E = gt.
This is purely a matter of convenience, and the same arguments mutatis
mutandis as given below apply in the case T
We define a mapping
by setting
V - JE
:
4 = C.
(x E V).
T(x) _ (x1*(x),x2(x),...,xn(x))
Clearly
is linear.
T
Moreover, we claim that
is surjective by
T
being a proper
the following,argument:
If
linear subspace of 1,
is contained in some linear subspace of It
of codimension one.
Thus there exist
T(V),
then
T(V) # n p,
a1,a2,...,a
in
akxk(x) = 0, x E V.
of which are zero, such that
not all
IP.,
But this
E'
clearly contradicts the linear independence of hence
T
xi,x2,...,xn
Denote the standard basis vectors in a by ek = k
(ekl,ek2,...,ekn),
Let
xk E V
e > 0,
set
K. = {x
and so T(K9)
I
x E V, (jxjj < M + cj.
Obviously
K,,
Furthermore, we claim that
has a nonempty interior that contains the origin in Indeed, let
be = (M + c)/(n supk=l,2,...,nhIxk(I).
< be, k = 1,2,...,n,
n
E akxkI1 < E Iak{ k=1 k=1 Thus, if
Then, if
we have
n
IIxk11 < M +
6-
thenEnk=1 a x
Iakl < be, k = 1,2,...,n,
k k
n=1
akxk) = q=1 akek E T(K,).
Consequently
open ball about the origin of radius T(K,)
that is,
¢ 1, k, ekj = 0 if j ekk be such that T(xk) = ek, k = 1,2,...,n.
is convex and balanced.
T(K9),
ek;
where
1,2,..,n.
Given
and
is surjective.
be
in
E Ke,
T(K,)
(IFS, f
IIm) ,
and so
contains the
and so
has a nonempty interior that contains the origin. Parenthetically we remark that
T(K,)
having a nonempty interior
follows at once from the Open-Mapping Theorem (Theorem 7.2.1) on noting that
T
is continuous.
115
4.10. Helly's Theorem
xa E Ks
Recall now that we wish to prove the existence of some
Suppose no such
(cl,c2,...,cn). T(K9)
that is,
xk(xs) = ck, k = 1,2,...,n;
such that
exists.
xa
T(x6) = c =
Then
T(K6).
c
Since
is a convex balanced set with a nonempty interior that contains
the origin and
there exist
T(K9),
c
bl,b2,...,bn
in
IR
such that
n (a)
(b)
E b c k=1 k k
I
> 0.
n E bkxk(x)I <
k=1
n
E b
k=1
(x E K_),
c k k
that is, there exists a hyperplane that separates
T(K9)
and
c.
Here, incidentally, is the geometric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem. But
n
I ( E bkxk) (x) I (M + -t)
n
sup
k= I
E b x* (x) I= sup
M
xEK
xEKs k= 1 k k
n E bkxk)(x)I(M + c)
sup
IIxII<
k=1
1
n
_ (M + s)
II
E bkxkll
k=1 Consequently we conclude that
(M + c)
n II
E bkxkll <
k=1
n
E bkck,
k1
thereby contradicting part (ii) of the theorem. Therefore
c E T(K6),
and part (ii) implies part (i).
O
116
Corollary 4.10.1. x**
xs E
(i)
If
0.
in
V*
and any
e > 0
there exists
such that Ilx**II +
B.
xk(x6) = x**(xk)
(k = 1,2,...,n).
Apply Helly's Theorem with
Proof.
M=
x*,x*,...,xn V
Ilxell <
(ii)
and
be a Banach space over
Let
it a continuous linear functional on the Banach space
then for any some
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
ck = x**(xk), k = 1,2,...,n,
0
11X* *11.
Corollary 4.10.1 will be instrumental in proving that uniformly convex Banach spaces are reflexive (Theorem 8.2.1).
Incidentally, the separation property for hyperplanes in e that was utilized in the last, portion of the proof of Helly's Theorem
will be proved in the next chapter (Corollary 5.2.1)
for arbitrary
topological linear spaces; 4.11. Problems. 1.
over
4.
x* E V*
2.
over
(Corollary 4.2.3)
Prove that, if such that
that, if
(V,P)
x E V, x # 0,
be a seminormed linear space then there exists some
x*(x) = 1.
(Corollary 4.2.4)
f, let
Let
W C V
Let
(V,IL.II)
be a normed linear space
be a linear subspace, and let
d = infy E W Ilxo - yll > 0,
x0 E V -. W.
then there exists some
Prove
x* E V*
such that
(b)
x* (x) = 0 x*(xo) = 1.
(c)
IIx*I)
(a)
1/d.
(x E W) .
Let
(Corollary 4.2.S)
3.
over
117
Problems
4.11.
Prove that, if
f.
be a normed linear space
(V,11-11)
x0 # 0,
x0 E V,
then there exists some
such that
x* E V*
(a)
x* (x0) = llx0II
(b)
llx*Il -
Moreover, prove that
lixll= o
sup
lIx*lE
x VI
0
*
such that for no
xo # 0,
X0 *(X) = ilxoll
x E V,
= 1,
IIx(I
and an
V
is, give an example of a normed linear space
xo i V*,
is it true that
.
be a normed linear space over f, be a linear subspace, and let x0 E V. Prove that
let
Let
5.
inf yEW
llx o -
Let
6.
YII = sup(I x* (x0) I
(V,7)
and let
x0 E V,
exists on x E V.
that
Prove that the dual result to Problem 3 is not valid;
*4.
p
x* E V*
I
W C N (x*) )
x* E V*, lix*Il = 1,
be a topological linear space over be a continuous seminorm on such
hat
x*(x0) s p(x0)
let
f,
Prove that there
V.
and
WCV
Ix*(x)I < p(x),
Use this to give another proof of Corollary 4.2.1.
7.
Let
(V,P)
be a seminormed linear space over
be a closed convex balanced subset of there exists an
x* E V*
such that
V.
4
and let
Prove that for any
x*(x0) > I
x0
E E
Ix*(x)1 < 1,
and
xEE. 8.
Let
(V,P)
be a seminormed linear space over
be a convex balanced neighborhood of the origin in 0 E int(U).
such that
Prove that for any
x0 f U
V,
there exists an
f
and let
that is,
x* E V*
U
4. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
118
x*(xo) > sup lx*(x)I.
xEU (Corollary 4.2.6)
9.
over
(Corollary 4.2.7)
W C V
@, let
Let
then
and
W C V
and let
4
be a normed linear space
(V,11-11)
x*(x) = 0, x E W,
xo E V.
implies that
xo E W.
(Corollary 4.2.8)
11.
over
for all
be a closed linear subspace, ahd let
Prove that, if 'x* E V* x*(x0) = 0,
x*(xo) = 0
xo = 0.
then
10.
over
Prove that, if
xo E V.
and let
!,
x* E V*,
be a normed linear space
Let
be a normed linear space
Let
Prove that the follow-
be a linear subspace.
ing are equivalent: (a)
cl(W) = V.
(b)
If
Define
x* E W*
of
to all of
into
IR
so that
*l4
then
x* = 0.
Give two different extensions
with the same norm as
I xlJ < 1).
such that
ax + by
and
V
x*[(x,y,z)] = x.
II23
x*.
be a normed linear space over
B1 = {x i x E V, B1
by
Let
13.
x*(x) = 0, x E W,
and let W= ((x,y,z) I x+ 2y= z= 0).
Let
12. x*
is such that
x* E V*
are in
f(ax + by) = af(x) + bf(y) B1.
Prove that
4
and let
let f be a mapping from
Furthermore, f
whenever
x, y,
can be extended to all of
f E V'.
Let
V
be a linear space over
IR
and let
P C V
be such
that
Then
(a)
x,y E P
(b)
x E P
P
mean that
and
and
a,b > 0 -x E P
imply
is called a convex cone. y - x E P.
imply
Prove that
ax + by E P.
x = 0.
For
<
x,y E V
define
x < y
to
is a partial ordering on
V.
119
4.11. Problems
have
(x+ W)
is such that
y' E W' that
such that
x' E V'
Suppose Prove
y'(x) > 0.
x > 0
and
x E V
x' (x) > 0.
be a normed linear space over
Let
*15.
using the embedding of such that
V
in
1.2.2).
prove that there is a set
V**,
the bounded functions on
X
.(see Example
X
is a'separable normed linear
Conclude that, if
space, then
Without
I.
isisometrically isomorphic with a subspace of the
V
Banach space
is isometrically isomorphic to a subspace of
V
III) .
(tm. II
16.
from C
be a Banach space over
Let
into- V,
then
if
If
f.
is a mapping
x
is said to be analytic on a domain
x
Cl C C
iim iix(z + h) - x(z)iI
h--0 exists for every on
imply
x > 0
and
can be extended to
y'
imply
fl P # 0 if and only if (-x + W) fl P # ¢. x E W
we
x E V,
such that for all
V
be a linear subspace of
W
Let
Q,
then
z E 0, z + h E 0.
the mapping
is analytic on Q is entire if for all
h
x*(x)
and some
bounded entire function, then *17.
Let
and
C,
M > 0.
U = int(D).
define' IIfIIE = sup(jf(z)l
I
Let
f(z) = 1
(b)
Let
W
for each
z E U
IIx(z)II < M
V
: C
is a
C,
let
r denote
If
f E C(D)
and
E C D,
z E E). =0
akzk,
a0,...,an are in
where
be a polynomial. Prove that IIf1}U = IIfIIr. for any f E C(D).J
[Note that
be any linear subspace of
polynomials and is such that
x
x
is a constant.
x
the unit circle, and let
(a)
The mapping
is bounded if
x
Prove that, if
denote the closed unit disk in
0
is analytic
x
[x*(x)](z) = x*[x(z)]
in the usual complex-variable sense.
is analytic on
x
z E C
and
x* E V*
If
: C -- C defined by
IIfIIU - IIfIIr
there exists some
C(D)
for all
µz E M(r)
f (z) - f r f (C)
(C)
C,
IIfIIU = IIftlD
that contains all f E W.
Prove that
such that
(f E W).
120
Wr of
consider the subspace
[Hint:
on
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Analytic Form
4.
r
that are restrictions to
tional
y' E WI.
defined by
consisting of all functions
C(I')
of members of
I'
y1(f) = f(z)
and the func-
W,
for fixed
z E U.
Use
Theorems 4.1.2 and 4.8.2.1 (c)
For each
n E Z
un(C) = Cn, C E D.
define
Prove that
rInjein6I
Jr un(C) where
z = reie E U.
(d)
For
(Note that
0 < r < 1
un E W, n = 0,1,2,... .)
define
Pr(s) _
rlnleins
}+
n =
Compute ETTn
Pr (0
2n
-
t)eint dt
and compare the answer with
fl- un(C) where
z = rele E U. (e)
Since, as seen in (d), we have
fr f(C) dµz(C) = 2L f"n f(elt)Pr($ - t) dt whenever
f = un, n E Z,
and
z = reie E U,
and since every f E C(F)
may be approximated uniformly by trigonometric polynomials, it can be shown that
f(z) = Jr f(C) de _
where
z = reie E U.
(C)
fnn f(elt)Pr(e - t) dt
2n
Prove that
Pr(8 - t) =
1 1
- r2
- 2r cos(0 - t) + r2
(f E W),
Problems
4.11.
P
121
To summarize, we have proved that,
is called the Poisson kernel.
r
if
W
is a linear subspace of
and is such that
that contains all polynomials
C(D)
(1filU = (IflLr., f E W,
then
for each z = reie E U
the Poisson integral representation
I -
f(z) - 2n fnn
18.
Let
f E W.
denote all the bounded subsets of
B(IR)
4.3.1 to prove the existence of a set function E E B(1R)
f(eit) dt
- 2r cos (e - t) + r
1
is valid for each
r2
p
IR.
Use Theorem
defined for all
with the following properties:
If E,F E B(IR) "and E A F = 0, then p(E U F) = p(E) + p(P). (b) If E E BOR) , then p (E + t) = p (E) , t E IR. (c) If E,F E 8(IR) and E C F, then p(E) < p(F); (a)
(d)
If
E E 8(a)
Lebesgue measure of 19. (V 2'11.112)
is Lebesgue measurable, then
is the
E.
(Corollary 4.4.1)
Let
(V1,j.111)
a normed linear space over
is such that
p(E)
JjT(x)112 > mllxl,l, x E VI,
be a Banach space and
and suppose
f
for some
m > 0
L(V1,V2) .
Prove that
the following are equivalents: (a)
T
(b)
T*
20.
Let
is surjective. is injective.
(V1,11.111)
linear space over
f
be a Banach space and
and suppose
JIT(x) 112 > m1Jx111, x E VI,
T E L(V1,V2)
for some m > 0.
be a nonmed is such that
Prove that
(R(T) '11-112)
is a Banach space. Letting (V1,11.111) a:.d (V2,l1.j12) be Banach spaces over and S,T E L(V1,V2), prove each of the following: 21.
(a)
(aS)* = aS*, a E I.
(b)
(S + T)* = S* +
(c)
If
T-1
If
(V3,
(d)
(e)
q(T) = T*,
defined by 22. f
then
the family
T*(V2) c V*
L(V*,V*),
be normed linear spaces over is injective if and only if
T
separates the points of
V1.
be a normed linear space over
Let
23.
and
#
is an isometric isomorphism.
cp
Prove that
T E L(V1,V2).
and let
to
L(V1,V2)
and
(V1,11.l1)
Let
then
(AT)* = T*A*.
is the mapping from
T(T)
If
is dense in
R(T)
is also a Banach space over
then
A E L(V2,V3),
T*.
exists and
(T 1), _ (T*) 1.
Analytic Form
Hahn-Banach Thecrem:
4.
122
T E L(V).
Suppose that for some
T(x) = ax
and
x E V
where
T*(x*) = bx*,
x* E V*
and
Prove that
a # b.
a,b E #,
and let
#
we have
x* (x) = 0. VI . iF,
Let
24.
be represented by an Prove that of
V2 = e,
T E L(V1,V2).
and
real matrix
m x n
T
can
(aij) (see Example 3.1.1).
is represented by the matrix
T*
Then
the transpose
(aji),
(aij).
Let
25. defined by
(V.11-11) = (co, I1
)
and let T E L(V) be the mapping
T((an)) _ (an/n), (an) E co.
and find an expression for 26.
f
E C V,
let
#,
R(T)
is dense
T*.
(Proposition 4.6.1)
space over
Prove that
Let
and let
(V,T)
be a topological linear
E* CV*.
Prove each of the
following:
(a)
El C V*
(b)
If
V
is a linear subspace.
is a normed linear space, then
E-L
c V*
is a closed
linear subspace.
C V
(c)
(E*)
(d)
E C (E')i.
(e)
If
1
V
is a closed linear subspace.
is a normed linear space,
i proper linear subspace, then
E1 # (I
.
V T (0),
and
E C V
is
123
4.11. Problems
(Theorem 4.6.2)
*27. !
be a nonmed linear space over
Let
W CV be a closed linear subspace.
and let
Prove that there
exists a surjective isometric isomorphism between
be a topological linear space over
*28.
Let
(V,T)
E,F C V
and
E*,F* C V*.
(a)
Prove that, if
E C :F,
(b)
Prove that, if
E* C F*,
(c)
If
prove that
t.
and
F
I.
Let
then
(F*)1 L- (E*) 1.
are closed linear subspaces and
E = F.
Fl
El
I
and a subset
V
for
E* C V*
[(E*)1J1 # E*.
29.
Let
Let
T E L(V1,V2), let' T* E 1(V2,V*I)
N(T) = (x
be normed linear spaces over
(V1,Il-ll1)- and
x E V1, T(x) = 0)
I
be the adjoint of
N(T*) _ (x*
and
and
N(T*)
T,
let
x* E V2, 1*(x*) = 0).
I
N(T)
W.
and
Fl C EL
then
Give an example of a space
(d)
which
E
(V/W)*
are called the kernel or null space of
T
and
T*.
Prove each of the following:
(a) (cl[R(T)])1 = N(T*) (b) cl[R(T)] - [N(T*)]1. (c)
{cl[R(T*)])1 . N(T).
(d)
cl[R(T*)] C [N(T)]L,
spaces, then
*30.
Let
and
R(T)
f,g E L1(IR,dt)
are Banach
and
h ( Lp(IFt,dt),
Prove each of the following:
(b)
f * h E L (IR,dt). llf * hilp < IIfIII Ilhlip.
(c)
f * (g*h)= (f *B) *h.
(e)
a (f * h)
(f)
£ * h = -h * f.
(a)
V1
cl[R(T*)] _ [N(T)]'.
(Proposition 4.7.1)
1 < p < *°.
and if
(d) .(f+g) *h =f *h+gh. (af) * h = f * (ah) , a E C.
Moreover, prove that, if
f E Lp(IR,dt)
and
1/p + l/q = 1, 1 < p < m, then f * h E C(IR)
h E Lq(Il3,dt),
and
Ilf * hllm < Ilfllpllhllq
124
Finally, if
f E L1OR,dt)
f E Lp(1R,dt)
Analytic Form
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
4.
h E Lp(IR,dt), I < p < m,
and
or
h E Lq(IR,dt), 1/p + 1/q - 1,- prove that
and
Ts(f) * h = f * Ts(h) = Ts(f * h), s E IR,
where
Ts(g)(t) = g(t - s),
t E IR.
Let
31.
defined on
be a complex-valued function of bounded variation
g
[0,1)
and define x*(f) = fl f(t) dg(t)
Prove that
x* E (C([0,1]))*. (Theorem 4.8.2)
*32.
(f E C([O11])).
Let
be a loca))y compact Hausdorff
X
Prove that the following are equivalent:
space.
(a)
x* E C0(X)*.
(b)
There exists a unique
µ E M(X)
such that
x*(f) = fX f(t) dµ(t) Prove that the correspondence between tive isometric isomorphism between
be a sequence in
(xk)
C0(X)*
V
such that
and
defines a surjecM(X).
limkllxkll - 0.
sequence in
i
any
there exists some finite set
M > 0,
p
and
be a normed linear space over
Let
33.
x*
(f E C0 (x)) .
that does not converge to zero.
and let
!
(ak)
Let
be a
Prove that, given
(b1,...,bn)
of scalars
such that
n
n
E bleak I > rl{I E bkxkll k=1 k=1 *34. E
(cf
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
be a convex balanced compact subset of :
x0 E E
f E F)
be a family of scalars.
such that
f(xo) = cf
for all
V.
Let
i
and let
F C V*
and let
Prove that there is some f E F
if and only if
4.11.
Problems
125
n
n
E a c
k=1 k k for all choices of where
ck - cf k
.
sup(I E a f (x)
f1,...,fn
k=1 k k in
F
x ( E)
ard scalars
a1,...,an
in
I
CHAPTER S THE HAHN-BANACH THEOREM:
Introduction.
5.0.
GEOMETRIC FORM
In the preceding chapter we discussed at
some length the Hahn-Banach Theorem, as well as its consequences and The form of the theorem we proved was an analytic one,
applications.
involving the possibility of extending linear functional;-.
However,
the Hahn-Banach Theorem also enables us to obtain a considerable amount of geometric information about topological linear spaces, much of which is generalizations of well-known theorems concerning Euclidean spaces.
We now wish to turn to an exposition of this
geometric aspect of the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
Our treatment here
will not be as long nor as detailed as the preceding one. After introducing the concepts of linear variety and hyperplane, and establishing some basic results concerning such objects, we shall prove a geometric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
assert that, if and
Lo
K
This theorem will
is a convex absorbing set in a linear space
is a linear variety disjoint from
K,
V
then there exists a
real hyperplane
L
one side of
We shall use the Real Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem
L.
that contains
L
0
and is such that
K
lies on
4.1.1) to prove this theorem and shall show that the two theorems are equivalent.
Subsequently we shall use the geometric form of the Hahn-Banach
Theorem to reestablish some of the consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem discussed in Section 4.2, and to extend some of those results, which we have proved only for normed linear spaces, to locally. convex topological linear spaces.
We conclude the chapter in Section
5.4 with the statement, without proof, of several additional results of a geometric nature.
126
127
5.1. Linear Varieties and Hyperplanes
To begin with we wish
S.I. Linear Varieties and Hyperplanes.
to introduce the notions of linear variety and hyperplane in a linear space, and to give some elementary results concerning such objects. I
can always be considered
Throughout this chapter, whenever we speak
IR
a linear space over
over
V
We recall that a linear space
V
of, for example, a real linear subspace of tional on
V,
we mean a linear subspace of
linear space over linear space over
IR
V1 considered as a
or a linear functional on
IF..
Thus, for instance,
as a linear space over The linear space
or a real linear func-
V = C
considered as a
can be thought of
and it is then the same space as
IR,
W = IFi
V
over,
IR
IR2.
is clearly a real linear subspace
of V = C. Definition 5.1.1. L C V
Let
be a linear space over
V
I.
A ,set
is said to be a (real) linear variety if there exists a (real)
linear subspace
W C V
(real) linear variety
and some L
x0 E V
such that
L = x0 + W.
A
is said to be a (real) hyperplane if W
is a maximal (real) linear subspace.
Thus a (real) linear variety is a translate of a (real) linear subspace, and a (real) hyperplane is a translate of a maximal (real) linear subspace.
Clearly in the case that
# = lR
hyperplane and real hyperplane are identical.
the notions of
Recall also that a
maximal linear subspace is by definition (Definition 3.3.2) a proper linear subspace.
It is easily seen that every linear variety is a real linear variety, but not conversely.
For example,
IR
subspace, and hence a real linear variety, in linear variety in
C.
Also,
IR C C
plane that is not a hyperplane.
is a real linear C,
but
IR
is not a
is an example of a real hyper-
An example of a hyperplane that is
not a real hyperplane is provided, for instance, by C C C2. There is an intimate connection between hyperplanes and linear functionals, as shown by the following proposition:
S. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Geometric Form
128
Proposition 5.1.1.
be a linear space over
V
Let
0
Then the following are equivalent:
L C V.
is a (real) hyperplane.
L
(i)
Therexists a (real) linear functional
(ii)
and some (real) number
such that
a E f
Moreover, the (real) hyperplane only if
L = (x
on
x'
Suppose
is a hyperplane, say
L
is a linear subspace of codimension one. (x1) U W
L =.x
+ W,
spans
Let
x1 E V -r W.
defines a linear functional on then obviously
L = (x
that is,
(
other hand, if
L = x
0
L = (x
x1 E V
the kernel of
Clearly, if
x'(x) = ax'(x1) = a,
shows that
and
I
and
and so then
x E L,
and
L
The arguments when
a = 0
x'(x) = a),
such that x'.
a = x'(x0),
If
if and only if
where
x E L.
x' E V', x' # 0.
x'(xI) = 1.
Let
xo = ax1
From Proposition 3.3.3 we know We claim that
x = xo + y, y E N(x'), Thus
then
x0 + N(x') C L.
On the
x'(-xo + x) = -x'(xo) + x'(x) = -a + a
-xo + x E N(x'); that is,
+ N(x'),
Then
(c E I; y E h')
x' f 0.
is a maximal linear subspace.
L = x0 + N(x').
W
contains the origin.
Conversely, suppose
N(x')
V
x'(x) = a),
W = L
Then there exists some W = N(x'),
where
and the formula
V,
x' (cxl + Y) = c
that
0,
contains the zero vector if and
L
0
x0 E W,
V,x'
x ( V, x'(x) = a).
I
a = 0.
Proof.
and
and
x E x0 + N(x').
Hence
is a hyperplane.
L
is a real hyperplane or
x'
is a real
linear functional are essentially the same and are left to the reader.0
The description of hyperplanes in terms of linear functionals will be quite useful in the succeeding development.
129
5.1. Linear Varieties and Hyperplanes
Some other elementary Eroperties of linear varieties and of convex sets are collected in the next two propositions.
Their proofs
are left to the reader. Proposition'S.1.2. over
t.
Let
be a topological linear space
(V,T)
Then
(i)
If
is a (real) linear variety, then
L C V
is a
cl(L)
(real) linear variety. (ii)
closed or
If
L C V
is a (real) hyperplane, then either
L
is
cl(L) a V.
Clearly, in the case of real linear varieties and real hyperplanes we are considering
Proposition 5.1.3. (i)
If
K C V
as a topological linear space over
(V,T)
Let
be a linear space over
V
(ii)
Then
is convex, then the following sets are convex:
aK, a E #; x + K, x E V; T(K), {x .
#.
If
K1,K2 C V
If
{Kct J
(
T(x),E K), T E L (V).
are convex, then
K1 + K2
and
KI
- K2
are convex. (iii)
E A
is a family of convex sets in
then
V,
aor is convex.
(1 K
(iv)
If
E CV,
then
(1
K
is convex, and if
KI C V
is
KDE
K convex
convex and
then
K1 D E,
KI D
(1
K.
KDE K convex
The last portion of the proposition says that the intersection of all the convex sets that contain a set set that contains
E
is the smallest convex
E.
Note also that a (real) linear variety is a convex set.
S. Hahn-Banach Theorem: Geometric Form
130
Before continuing, another definition is necessary. Definition 5.1.2.
he a real linear functional on
x'
the sets (x
be a linear space over
V
Let
[x
x'(x) > a], (x
I
x'(x) < a)
I
plane
L = (x
I
A set
x'(x) = a).
E C V
if
F
half-spaces determined by
L,
and
if
is said to lie strictly on
E
lies on one side of
E
is said to lie on one side
L = (x
x*(x) = a)
I
and
L
Obviously half-spaces are convex sets. linear space and
x'(x) > a),
is contained in any one of the
L
L
I
a EIR and
are called half-spaces determined by the real hyper-
of the real hyperplane
one side of
Then for each
V, x' # 0.
x'(x) < a), (x
I
and let
0
V
If
E n L = 0.
is a topological
is a real hyperplane,
x*
being a real continuous linear functional, then the first two halfspaces indicated in the preceding paragraph are open sets and the latter two are closed.
The following proposition is evident from the definition: Proposition 5.1.4.
Let
for some (i)
E c (x I
(ii)
E C (x I
a E IR
E
and let
V, x' # 0,
or
F C (x
I
L
or
E C (x
L = (x
I
let
x'
x'(x) = a)
if and only if either
x'(x) > a).
lies strictly on one side of
x'(x). < a)
let
t,
Then
E C V.
lies on one side of
x'(x) < a) E
be a linear space over
V
be a real linear functional on
I
L
if and only if either
x'(x) > a).
A necessary and sufficient condition for a convex set to lie strictly on one side of a real hyperplane is provided by the next theorem.
Theorem S.I.I.
Let
V
be a real hyperplane, and let
be a linear space over K C V
be convex.
are equivalent: (i)
(ii)
K
lies strictly on one side of
K n L = 0.
L.
f,
let
L c V
Then the following
Linear Varieties and Hyperplanes
5.1.
The validity of part (i) implying part (ii) is established
Proof.
linear functional on
V,
let
L = (x
If
K
x'(x) = a).
However, since
continuous function of
b
b - 1
b
x'(x2)
and
bo, 0!< bo < box I
at
on
bxI + (1 - b)x2 E K, 0 < b < 1, (1
- b)x'(x2)
is clearly a x'(xl)
taking the values
[0,1],
at
Consequently there exists some
0.
x'[b0xI + (1 - bo)x2] = a.
such that
1,
L,
we see that there exist
K fl L = D
is convex,
K
be such that
x'(x1) < a < x'(x2).
x'[bx1 + (1 - b)x2] = bx'(x1) +
and so
be a real
x'
a E IR
does not lie strictly on one side of
for which
xl,x2 E K
let
and let
x' # 0,
then from Proposition 5.1.4 and some
K n L a 0,
Conversely, suppose
by definition.
!
131
Thus
contrary to assumption.
+ (1 - b0)x2 E K fl L,
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i), and the proof is complete.
We conclude this section with the following proposition: Proposition 5.1.5.
over
and let
i
one side of
int(E)
(ii)
cl(E)
(iii)
E C V
lies on
then
lies strictly on one side of lies on one side of
V,
let
x'
T 0,
L.
L.
Using Proposition 5.1.1, let
Proof.
tional on
int(E) # p,
If
is closed.
L
(i)
be a topological linear space
(V,T)
be a real hyperplane.
L C V and
L
Let
and let
be a real linear func-
x'
a E IR
be such that
L - Lx
x'(x) = a).
Without loss of generality, we may suppose that
E c (x
x'(x) < a),
as otherwise we merely need replace
and
a by If L
Ll
{x
I
x'
by
-x'
-a.
is not closed, then by Theorem 2.1.2 the hyperplane x'(x) = a + 1)
S.1.Z we see that at once that
L1
is also not closed, and from Proposition
is dense in
int(E) n L1 # p,
int(E) c (x.( x'(x) < a).
Hence
V.
Since
int(E) # 0,
contradicting the fact that L
is closed.
it follows
S.
132
Hahn-Banach Theorem: Geometric Form
Moreover, from the proof of Proposition 5.1.1 we see that the real hyperplane choice of
L
is of the form
x0 + N(x')
continuous by Theorem 3.3.2. int(E) C (x
one side of
I
Thus
is closed, and so
{x
is
x'
is an open set,
x'(x) < a)
I
shows that
x(x) < a)
is a homeo-
V
Consequently, since translation in
xo.
morphism, we see that N(x') = -xo + L
and
for some suitable
lies strictly on
int(E)
L.
(x
Part (iii) of this proposition is now apparent, as
I
x'(x) < a)
is closed.
5.2. The Hahn-Banach Theorem:
Geometric Form.
The geometric
content of the Hahn-Banach Theorem is that certain kinds of sets The precise
can be separated from one another by real hyperplanes.
meaning of this will become clear in the statement of the theorem and in some further geometric consequences to be mentioned in Section 5.4.
There are various other equivalent geometric formu-
lations of the theorem in addition to the one presented here (see, for example, [DS1, pp. 412, 417, and 418; El, pp. 116-118; KeNa,
pp. 22 and 23; T, pp. 142 and 151; W1, pp. 46-51, 219
and 2203).
Before we continue to the statement and proof of the Hahn-Banach
Theorem in its geometric form we wish to introduce what could be called the gauge of a convex absorbing set.
Since, however, we have
already used the term "gauge" in another context (Section 1.4) in
dealing with convex balanced absorbing term again here.
Definition 5.2.1. K C V
Let
V
be a linear space over
be a convex absorbing set. rK(x) = inf(a If
K
I
Then for each
K,
x E V
we set
a > 0, x E aK).
and it would be a seminorm on
In general, though,
and let
$
were a.convex balanced absorbing set, then
just the gauge of tion 1.4.2.
sets, we shall not use the
We content ourselves with the following definition:
rK
V
rK
would be
by Prafosi-
need not lle a seminorm.
5.2.
133
Geometric Form
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
However, it is easily seep by the same arguments as those used in the proof of Proposition 1.4.2 that
has the following properties.:
rK
(x E V).
rK(x) > 0 (2) rK(0) - 07.
(1)
(x,Y E V).
rK(x + y) < rK(x) + rK(Y)
(3)
(a E 0; a > 0).
rK(ax) - arK(x)
(4)
We shall use the next lemma in the proof of the Hahn-Banach Theorem. Let
Lemma 5.2.1.
be a linear space over
V
be a convex absorbing set. that
V
If
and let
§
is a real hyperplane such
L c V
then there exists a real linear functional
K f1 L =
K C :V
on
x'
such that L = (x
(i)
'
x'(x) = 1). (x E V).
-rK(-x) < x'(x) < rK(x)
(ii)
Since
Proof.
is a real hyperplane, there eld sts, by
L
Proposition'S.1.1, a real linear functional
an
a E tR such that
0 E K,
as
K
I.
= (x
'
Since
Then
Let
x/b E K,
L.
Moreover,
x E V
0.
I
,
b > 0
x'(x/b) < 1; b,
Consequently for each
x'(x) < 0,
we conclude that
x E V
x'(x) = 1). K
as
is such that
that is,
we also have
and
x' = y'/a
Hence
L = (x
such that
K C (x
and suppose
and hence
this holds for any such
and thus
'
K fl L.= J, from Theorem 5.1.1 we see that
on one side of x'(0) - 0.
V
a
and
0,
y' (x) = a).. Since K fl L =
is absorbing, we see that
is a real linear functional on
V, y'
on
y'
lies strictly 0 E K
and
x E bK.
x1(x) < b.
Since
x'(x) < rK(x), x E V. x'(-x) < rK(-x),
-rK(-x) < -x'(-x) = x'(x), x E V.
We can now state and prove a geometric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
0
be a linear space over
V
Let
Theorem 5.2.1.
such that L = (x
I
and let
is a linear variety
then there exists a real hyperplane
K fl Lo = 0,
where
x'(x) = 11,
j
Lo C V
If
be a convex absorbing set.
K C V
Geometric Form
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
5.
134
is a real linear functional on
x'
V,
such that
(i) L0 C L. (x E
x'(x) < rK(x)
(ii)
K C'(x
(iii)
x'(x) < 1).
I
Since
Proof.
is a linear variety, it is a real linear
Lo
W0 CV and
variety, and,so there exists a real linear subspace x0 E V
some if
xo E W0, Let
Lo C W
x0 f W0,
since
contrary to hypo-
K n Lo T 4>,
(x0) U W0 is a maximal real linear subspace of W.
W0
is a real hyperplane in. W.
Lo
W,
Moreover,
be the real linear subspace spanned by
and
Now consider of
and so
Lo = W0
then
W C V
thesis.
Thus
L0 = x0 + W0.
such that
Clearly
V).
It is easily seen that
K fl W.
is a convex absorbing set.
computed on the linear space
as a subset
rKflW, restricted to W.
rK
is precisely
W,
K A W,
Furthermore, we claim that
This is evident from
rKnW(x) = inf(a
(
a > 0, x E a(K fl W))
= inf(a
a > 0, x E aK f1 W)
= inf(a
a > 0, x E aK)
(x E W) .
= rK(x) The second of these equalities
subspace.
Finally, we note that
is valid since
W
(K fl w) fl L. = 4>,
is a real linear
as
K Cl Lo = 0
Hence, by Lemma 5.2.1, there exists a real linear functional on
W
such that
Lo = (x
I
x E W, y'(x) = 1)
and
.
y'
y'(x) < rK(x),
x E W.
Next, appealing to the Real Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 4.1.1) and the remarks following Lemma 4.1.1, we deduce the existence of"a
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
5.2.
real.-linear functional
x'
135
Geometric Form
on
V
such that
x'(x) = y'(x), x E W,
x'(x) < rK(x), x E V.
and
.Let
L = (x
that is,
x'(x) = 1).
Moreover, if
Lo C L.
and
1
K C (x
Thus, when
'
Then
is a convex absorbing set and
is a linear
Lo
there exists a real hyperplane
variety such that
K fl L. = 0,
that contains
and is such that
0
rK(x) < 1,
then
x E K,
V,
x'(x) < 1;
and so
x'(x) < 1).
K
L
is a real hyperplane in
L
K
lies on one side of
L.
L
The
improvement on this provided by the next corollary is precisely what
was used in the last portion of the proof of Helly's Theorem (Theorem 4.10.1).
Corollary 5.2.1. I
K C V
and let
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space over
be a convex absorbing set for which
then there exists a closed real hyperplane where
x*
(i) L0 C L. (ii)
(iii)
I
x*(x) = 1), V,
such that
.
int(K) C (x cl(K) C {x
x*(x) < 1). x*(x) < 1).
Immediate from Proposition 5.1.5 and Theorem 5.2.1.
Proof.
Note, in particular, that, if set, then
L = (x
is a continuous real linear functional on
int(K)
K
K
0
is an open convex absorbing
lies strictly on one side of the real hyperplane
L.
Incidentally, it is not necessary to use the analytic form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem to prove the geometric form, as we just did.
But we prefer doing it this way, rather than take the time to develop the machinery necessary for an independent proof.
A proof without
the use of the analytic form of the theorem can be found, for instance, in [WI, pp. 46-51, 219, and 220].
We have alluded at several points to the fact that the geometric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 5.2.1) is equivalent to the
136
Geometric Form
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
S.
We shall now show that this is indeed the case when
analytic form.
§ = a The equivalence of the analytic form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem over an arbitrary field
§
(Theorem 4.1.2)
and Theorem
5.2.1 is an easy consequence of the theorem we present next. Since we shall only consider
we shall drop the adjective
* = 1R,
"real" for hyperplanes in the statement and proof of the theorem. Theorem 5.2.2.
be a linear space over
V
Let
Then the
1R.
following are equivalent: Suppose
(i)
(k E V) ,
and
K c V
Suppose
a linear variety such that
If
is such that
y' E W'
x' E V'
such that
x'(x) < p(x), x E V. is a convex absorbing set.
If
Lo C V
is
then there exists a hyper-
K fl Lo
L=(xJ x'(x)=1), x'EV', such that L0CL, KG(xI x'(x)<1
plane
x'(x) < rK(x), x E V. Proof.
The proof of Theorem 5.2.1 shows immediately that part
(i) implies (ii).
is valid, let such that
Conversely, suppose the implication in part (ii)
W c V
be a linear subspace, and let
y'(x) < p(x), x E W.
part (i) holds trivially with
If
y' = 0,
x' = 0.
y' E W'
be
then the conclusion of
Thus we ma)t assume that
t0. Let
Lo
(x,y E V), (a Eli a > 0),
then there exists some
x'(x) = y'(x), x E W,
y'
is such that
be a linear subspace.
y'(x) < p(x), x E W,
and
IR
p(x + y) < P(x) + p(y) p(ax) = ap(x)
W C V
(ii)
V
:
P (x) > 0
(a) (b) (c) and let
p
Lo = (x
I
is a
K = (x
+
x E W, y'(x) = 11. W,
x E V, p(x) < 11,
Then, by Proposition 5.1.1,
and so a linear variety in
used in proving Proposition 1.4.1, we see that absorbing set in
V.
Since
V.
If
then, by the same arguments as-those K
y'(x) < p(x), x E W,
is a convex.
we have
K f) L
o
= .
Hence, applying part (ii), we deduce the existence of a hyperplane L = (x x E V, x'(x) = 1) in V, where x' is a linear functional I
on
V,
such that
137
Geometric Form
Hahn-Banach Theoref:
5.2.
Lo C L, K C (x
x'(x) < rK(x),
and
x.' (x) < 1),
x E V. Now, if
x E V,
then from the definition of
we see that
K
a > 0, x E aK)
x'(x) < rK(x) = inf(a = inf(a
a > 0, x/a E K)
= inf(a
a > 0, p(x/a) < 1)
= inf(a
a > 0, p(x) < ai
= P (x) and, moreover, this also shows that
x'(x) < p(x), x E V,
Thus
Kf1L=f,. x'(x) = y'(x),
The proof will be completed once we show that x E W.
Recall that
in
as is
W,
Lo = (x
L fl W = (x
x E W, y'(x) = 1)
I
x E W, x'(x) = 11.
I
x'
Clearly Lo C L fl W,
Lo C :L.
Indeed, since
as
to
W.
We claim that Lo = L 4) W.
L n W
and
Lo
The latter is obvious
is a linear functional on
W
since the restriction of
is a hyperplhne
are hyperplanes, then, as can be
seen, for example, from the proof of Proposition 5.1.1, there exist xl,x2 E W
Lo = x1 + N(y')*
such that
where, as before, we consider and compute shews that since
N(x') N(y')
and
N(y')
and so
L (1 W.
from which we deduce at once,
are linear subspaces, that But then
-x1 + x2 E N(x'),
N(y') = N(x')
both spaces are maximal linear subspaces of W.
Hence
since W,
and
Lo = xl + N(y') C x2 + N(y') _
Thus to show the opposite containment it clearly suffices to y'(x2) = 1.
Suppose
y'(x2) = a.
If
a = 0,
xl + N(y') C x2 + N(y') = N(y'),
xl E N(y').
a ' 0.
W
x1 + N(y') = Lo C L (1 W = x2 + N(x')
C -x1 + x2 + N(x'), N(x')
L () W = x2 + N(x'),
to de a linear functional on
x'
Now
is not identically zero on
prove that
so
W.
-x1 + x2 + N(x') = N(x').
N(y') C N(x'), x'
in
and
then clearly
x2 E N(y')
and
from which we conclude that
But this contradicts the fact that
y'(xl) = 1.
Thus
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
5.
138
But then
x2/a E Lo c L fl W.
Consequently
y'(x2) a 1
Therefore
and
Lo = L fl W.
z' = x'
Lo
that
- y'
on
Since
W.
we see at once that z' (x) = x' (x) - y' (x) -l- 1 = 0, x E Lo;
Lo c N(z').
that is,
a = 1.
that is,
x'(x2/a) = 1/a = 1;
Next consider the linear functional
Lo = L fl w,
implies that
y'(x2/a) = I
and
x2/a E W,
Geometric Form
' N(z').
Moreover, since
and
Lo
0
Furthermore, we claim that
we see
0 E N(z'),
Indeed; on
N(z') = W.
the one hand we have Lo - Lo = x1 + N(y') - [xi + N(y')]
= N(Y') - N(y') = N(y'),
and on the other hand,
Lo - Lo C N(z') - N(z') = N(z').
Hence as
N(y') c N(z').
y'(x1) = 1,
However, since
N(y') # N(z').
we see that
maximal linear subspaces of
xI E Lo C N(z')
W,
x1 f N(y'),
and
Since the kernels are
we must then conclude that
But this last assertion says precisely that
N(z') = W.
x'(x) = y'(x), x E W,
This completes the proof.
so part (ii) implies part (i).
0 x'
and
is worthwhile noticing for itself.
Its
The argument used in the preceding proof to show that y'
agreed on the space
W
content is precisely the next proposition. Proposition 5.2.1. L C V
Let
V
be a linear space over
I
and let
be a hyperplane that does not contain the zero vector.
x',y' E V1
are such that
x'(x) = y'(x), x E L,
then
x'
If
- y'.
5.3. Some Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem Revisited.
In
section 4.2 we discussed many consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem and used the analytic form of the theorem
(Theorem 4.1.2) to prove
5.3. Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem
139
Now we wish to reconsider some of these results and show how
them.
the geometric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 5.2.1) can be used in their proofs. Theorem 5.3.1.
linear space over
and
x0 E V, x0 T 0,
But, if
x*(xo) # 0.
that
4
be a locally. convex topological
(V,r)
V T (0).
Then
separates points.
V*
Because of linearity, it is clearly sufficient to-show
Proof.
that, if
Let
then there exists some x0 T 0,
then, since
convex, there exists a convex open neighborhood x0
x* E V*
such
is locally
$
of
K
0
such that
As always, such a neighborhood is absorbing since scalar
K.
multiplication is continuous. such that
int(K) = K # 0,
Thus
and
K
K
is a convex absorbing set Lo
11, Lo = Q, - %here
= (xoi.
Therefore, by Corollary 5.2.1, there exists a closed real hyperplane L = (x
I
y*(x) = 1) = x0 + N(y*),
real linear functional on
V,
where
y*
is some continuous
K fl L = . However, by
such that
Proposition 3.3.2 and Theorem 3.3.1, if x*(x) = y*(x) - iy*(ix) then
x* E V*
and
x*(xo) = Y*(xo) - iy*(ixo)
Corollary 5.3.1.
linear space over
f.
Corollary 5.3.2.
linear space over then
x
0
4,
Let If
Let
(V,T)
V # (0), (V,T)
and let
0. \;
O
be a locally convex topological then
V* # (0).
be a locally convex topological
x0 E V.
If
x*(xo) = 0, x* E V*,
- 0.
Corollary 5.3.3.
linear space over let
(x E.\V ),
x0 E V.
x*(xo) = 0,
If
then
Let
(V,T)
be a locally convex topological
let
W C V
be a closed linear subspace, and
x* E V* x0 E W.
and
x*(x) = 0, x E W,
imply that
exists a convex open neighborhood K = -x
Let
0
absorbing set, and
of
U
is closed, there
is an open convex
K
K fl Lo = 0.
is a linear variety such that
Lo
..
U (1 W
such that
x0
Then
L0 = -x0 + W.
and
+ U
W
Then, since
x0 f W.
Suppose that
Proof.
Geometric Form
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
S.
140
Consequently, by Corollary 5.2.1, there exists a closed real hyperL = (x
plane
functional on y*(-x
and so
y*(x
But, if
x E W,
then
)
0
is a continuous real linear
y*
L0 CL and
such that
V,
= 1,
0
where
y*(x) = 1),
I
as
-1
)
-x
-x0 + x E L0
In particular,
K fl L = p.
0
E L
0
= -x
0
+ W G L.
and
Y*(x) = Y*(-x0 + x + x0) = Y*(-xo + x) + y*(xo) = 1 that is,
W,
x0
Consequently, if
W C N(y*).
structed a real continuous linear functional y*
then we have conon
V
such that
This, however, contradicts the
y*(x0) # 0.
and
y*(x) = 0, x E W,
1 = 0;
-
hypotheses of the corollary.
Since
W
by
x* E V*
Indeed, define
x*(x) = y*(x) - iy*(ix), x E V.
is a linear subspace'of
V
x*(x) = 0, x E W.
see at once that
and But
y*
vanishes on
we
W,
x*(x0) = y*(x0) - iy*(ix0) # 0,
contrary to assumption.
Therefore
x E W. 0
Corollary 5.3.4.
linear space over
i
Let
(V,T)
and let
be a locally convex topological
W C V
be a linear subspace.
Then the
following are equivalent:
(i) cl(W) = V. (ii)
If
x* E V*
is such that
x*(x) = 0, x E W,
then
x* = 0.
5.4. Some.Further Geometric Consequences of the.Hahn-Banach Theorem.
As already mentioned, the geometric form of thb Hahn-Banach
Theorem also provides us with some information about when various sorts of sets in a topological linear space can be separated from one another by a real hyperplane.
We would now, like to state a
141
5.4. Geometric Consequences of the Hahn-Banach Theorem
The proofs, which can be based on our
sampling of such results.
Details and
previous work in this chapter, are left to the reader.
further results can also be found in [DS1, pp. 409-418; E1, pp. 116144; K, pp. 186-188, and 243-245; KeNa, pp. 22 and 23; W1, pp. 46-51, 219 and 220].
E1,E2 C V. E2
if
L C V
real hyperplane
A
and
E1
be a linear space over
V
Let
Definition 5.4.1.
E2
is said to separate
EI.
and
lie on different sides of
L,
and it is said
and
E2
lie strictly on
to strictly separate different sides of
and let
0
and
E1
if
E2
EI
L.
Thus, in view of Propositions 5.1.1 and 5.1.4, we see that and
L = (x
are separated by
E2
real linear functional on
E1
and
E1 C (x
if
E2
x'(x) = a),
EI C (x
or vice versa.
x(x) > a),
E2 C (x
if
V,
I
x'(x) < a)
i
x'
strictly separates
L
E2 C :(x
I
x'(x) > a),
5.2.1) says that, if K is a convex absorbing set and linear variety disjoint from that separates
and
and
K
Lo
is a
then there exists a real hyperplane
K,
Corollary 5.2.1 says that, if
Lo.
then there exists a closed real hyperplane that separates
int(K) # 0, K
Lo
One can also separate pairs of disjoint convex sets, provided they meet certain requirements. Theorem 5.4.1. Let §
and let (i)
plane
L (ii)
or
The geometric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem
vice versa.
L
is some
and
x1(x) < a)
Similarly and
where
E1
K1,K2 C V If
(V,T)
be nonempty disjoint convex sets.
int(K1) # 1,
that separates If
and
KI
real hyperplane
L
K1
K2
then there exists a closed real hyperand
K2.
are open, then there exists a closed
that strictly separates
Corollary 5.4.1. linear space over
be a topological linear space over
§,
Let, (V,T) let
K C V
K1
and
K2.
be a locally convex topological be a nonempty closed convex set,
142
x0 E V.
and let plane
x0 f K,
If
linear space over Then
K
that contain
Let
(V,T)
and let
§
Geometric Form
then there exists a closed real hyper-
that strictly separates
L
Corollary 5.4.2.
set.
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
S.
and
K
[x
0).
be a locally convex topological
K CV be a nonempty closed convex
is the intersection of all the closed half-spaces K.
A final result, analogous to Proposition 5.1.5, is the next proposition.
Eroposition 5.4.1. oveil
that
and
§
K1,K2 C V
and let
int(K1) # . then
K2,
Let
L
If
L
be a topological linear space
(V,T)
be nonempty disjoint convex sets such is a real hyperplane that separates
K1
is closed.
We shall use some of the results from this section when we discuss the Krein-Mil'man Theorem in Section 11.2. 5_5. Problems.
I.'
(Proposition 5.1.2)
space over
§,
If
(a)
Letting
(V,T)
be a topological linear
prove each of the following:
is a (real) linear variety, then
L C V
cl(L)
is a
(real) linear variety. If
(b)
closed or
2.
is a (real) hyperplane, then either
L C V
L
is
cl(L) = V.
(Proposition 5.1.3)
Letting
V
be a linear space over
$,
prove each of the following: (a)
If
K C V
If
(Ka)
is convex and
T E L'(V),
then
(x
I
T(x) E K)
is convex. (b)
is convex.
is a family of'convex sets in
V,
then
fl
K
a s
143
Problems
S.S.
(c)
E e V,
If
co(E) =
let
Prove that
K.
fl
co(E)
KDE K convex K1 e V
is convex, and if
(V,T
Let
3.
I
x*(x) < a)
(a)
cl(U) = H.
(b)
int(H) = U.
4.
Let
and let
If
Let
d
let is the disd = 1/ilx*U.
be a topological linear space
(V,T)
Lo CV is a linear variety such that
there exists a closed real hyperplane x*
If
from the origin, prove that
L
x*
and prove that
x*(x) = 1).
I
If
let
a E IFS,
K CV a convex absorbing set for which
and
#
and
x*(x) < a)
I
L = (x
(Corollary 5.2.1)
5.
V
be a normed linear space over §,
tance of the hyperplane
over
U = (x
and
(V,11-11)
x* E V*, x* T 0,
KI D co(E).
be a topological linear space over .
is a continuous real linear functional on H = (x
then
KI a E,
is convex and
K f1 Lo = 0,
L = (x
is a continuous.real linear functional on
I
int(K) # 0.
prove that
x*(x) = 1), V,
where
such that
Lo C L
(a) (b)
int(K) C ix x*(x) < 1) (c) cl(K) C (x I x*(x) < 1). (Proposition 5.2.1)
6.
L C V
let
V
be a linear space over
and
be a hyperplane that does not contain the zero vector.
Prove that, if then
Let
x',y' E V'
are such that
x'(x) = y'-(x), x E L,
x' = y'.
(Theorem 5.4.1)
*7.
space over
#,
and
Letting
K1,K2 C V
(V,T)
be a topological linear
be nonempty disjoint convex sets
prove each of the following: (a)
plane
L
If
int(K1) # 0,
that separates
then there exists a closed real hyperK1
and
K2.
If
(b)
and
KI
real hyperplane
(Corollary 5.4.1)
8.
gical linear space over and let
Let
K2.
then there exists a closed
x0 f K,
that strictly separates
L
and
be a nonempty closed convex set,
K C V
t,
K1
be a locally convex topolo-
(V,T)
Prove that, if
x0 E V.
real hyperplane 9.
are open, then there exists a closed
K2
that strictly separates
L
Geometric Form
Hahn-Banach Theorem:
S.
144
K
and
(x ). 0
Give an example in the plane of two nonempty disjoint closed
convex sets that'can be separated, but not strictly separated. 10.
(Corollary 5.4.2)
linear space over Prove that contain 11.
be a locally convex topological
(V,T)
K C V
be a nonempty closed convex set.
is the intersection of all the closed half-spaces that
K
K.
(Proposition 5.4.1)
space over
int(K1) f p.
separates
K1
and
Prove that
and only if
then
is a real hyperplane that
L
is closed.
L
and
(0)
convex subsets of
V.
and let
E1,E2 C V.
can be separated (strictly separated).
be a linear space over
V
f
can be separated (strictly separated) if
E2
E1 - E2
Let
Prove that if
K2,
and
E1
be a topologdcal linear
(V,T)
be a linear space over
V
Let
12.
Let
K1,K2 CV be nonempty disjoint convex sets
and let
4
such that
*13.
Let
and let
f
Prove that
E1
I
and
and let E2
E1,E2 C V
can bg strictly
separated if and only if there exists a convex absorbing set such that 14.
over
U
(E1 + U) fl E2 = 0.
Let
i,
(V,T)
let
E C V
be a locally convex topological linear space be a closed convex subset, and let
a compact convex subset.
Prove that, if
exists a closed real hyperplane K.
be
(Hint:
L
E fl K - 0,
K C V
then there
that strictly separates
see Chapter 2, Problem 10(c).]
be
E
and
Problems
S.S.
1S.
Let
(V,T)
145
be a topological linear space over
i.
Prove
that the following are equivalent: (a)
Every subspace of finite codimension is dense in
(b)
There exist no closed hyperplanes in
V.
V.
CHAPTER 6
THE UNIFORM BOUNDEDNESS THEOREM
We turn our attention in this chapter to
6.0. Introduction.
another fundamental theorem of functional analysis, the Uniform Boundedness Theorem.
It asserts, for example, that a family of
continuous linear transformations between two Banach spaces that is pointwise bounded is actually uniformly bounded.
The proof of this
theorem, which is an application of the Baire Category Theorem, together with the proof of the related Banach-Steinhaus Theorem, will be given in Section 6.2.
In Section 6.1 we recall the notion
of category and the Baire Category Theorem, and use the latter to This result will, in turn, provide us with
prove Osgood's Theorem.
The
the key step in the proof of the Uniform Boundedness Theorem.
remaining sections of the chapter are devoted to some applications of the Uniform Boundedness and Banach-Steinhaus Theorems.
We shall
see additional applications in subsequent chapters. 6.1. The Baire Category Theorem and Osgood's Theorem.
The
purpose of this section is to recall, without proof, some facts about the concept of category in metric spaces and to prove Osgood's Theorem.
An application of the latter in the next section will give
us the Uniform Boundedness Theorem. For the sake of completeness we make the following definitions: Definition 6.1.1. Then more,
E E
Let
be a topological space and
is said to be nowhere dense if is said to be of category I if
of nowhere dense subsets of E
X
is not of category
X;
E
I.
146
int[cl(E)] = 0. E
E C X.
Further-
is the countable union
is said to be of category II if
147
6.1. Baire Category Theorem and Osgood's Theorem
If
then,, for example, the Cantor ternary set in
X = IR,
[0,1]
is nowhere dense, the rationals are of category I, and the irrationals are of category II.
The details of the next proposition are left to the reader. Let
Proposition 6.1.1.
be a topological space and
X
E C X.
Then the following are equivalent: (i)
(ii)
such that (iii)
E
is nowhere dense. 0 C X
If
is open, then there exists some open set
U C 0
u n E m a.
cl[X ~ cl(E)] = X.
Moreover. if
is a closed set of category II, then
E
int(E) # P.
We are primarily interested in the notion of category in the context of metric spaces.
The most important result in this connec-
tion is the next theorem. Theorem 6.1.1
(Baire Category Theorem).
Every complete metric
space is of category II in itself.
Discussions and proofs of this theorem can be found, for example, in[BaNr, pp. 76-80; DS1, p. 20; Ry, pp. 139 and 140; W2,pp. 178-180]. Osgood's Theorem, to be proved here, is a classic example of the application of the Baire Category Theorem.
Before we state and
prove the theorem we require one further definition. Definition 6.1.2.
Thp function
(t
I
f
Let
X
be a topological space and
:
X - IR.
is said to be lower semicontinuous if
t E IR, f(t) < a) is a closed subset of Clearly, if
f
f
X
for each a E IR.
is continuous, it is lower semicontinuous.
converse need not be the case.
The
148
6.
(Osgood's Theorem).
Theorem 6.1.2 space and suppose
Uniform Boundedness Theorem
{fa)a
be a topological
X
is a family of real-valued lower semi-
E A
continuous functions defined on
X.
E C X
If
is a set of category
there exists some
t E E
II such that for each
Let
Mt > 0
for which
M > 0
such that
sup fa(t)'< Mt,
aEA then there exists some open set
0 C :X
and some
sup fa(t) < M.
aEA tEC Proof.
For each positive integer
En = [t Since the functions
Moreover, evidently Un=1 En,
define
f(t) < n, a E A).
are lower semicontinuous, it is apparent
a
is closed, being the intersection of closed sets.
En
that each
f
I
n
E C Un-1 E.
Thus, since
E,
and hence no
is of category 11, we conclude that there exists some
for which
is not nowhere dense, that is,
En
0 Cltarly, if
0
int(En ) } . 0
int(Ep ), then 0
sup fa(t) < no = M.
aEA
0
t E 0
Another phrasing of Osgood's Theorem is worthwhile noting: a family of real-valued lower semicontinuous functions on
X
bounded above at each point of some set of category II in
X,
the family is uniformly bounded above on some open subset of
if
is
then X.
When we apply this in the particular context of normed linear spaces and linear transformations, we shall see that the open set can be replaced by the whole space.
This is essentially the point of the
Uniform Boundedness Theorem.
6.2. The Uniform Boundedness Theorem and the Banach-Steinhaus Theorem. theorem.
We begin at once with the statement and proof of the main
149
6.2. Uniform-Boundedness and Banach-Steinhaus Theorems
Theorem 6.2.1 (Uniform Boundedness Theorem). and
be normed linear spaces over
(V2,11.112)
(Ta)ct E A
for each
x E E
and suppose
is a set of category II such that
E C V1
If
L(V1,V2).
C
6
Let
M > 0
there exists some
for which
x
IITa(x)I12 < Mx.
sup
aEA then there exists some
M > 0
such that
sup IITa11 < M.
a It is evident that for each
Proof.
continuous, real-valued function on
sups
E Afa(x)
exists some
or E A
the function
is a continuous, and hence lower semi-
fa(x) = (ITa(x)II2, x E V1,
V1.
For each
x E E,
Thus by Osgood's Theorem (Theorem 6.1.2) there
< Mx.
M' > 0
and an open set sup
0 C V1
such that
IITor (x)112 < M'.
aEA x E 0
In particular, there exist some
B(xo,6) _ (x
I
IIx -
x01f1 <6j C 0, sup
x0 E 0
and some
6 > 0
such that
and
IITa (x)11< M' . 2
of E A
x E B(x0,6) Now, if
y E V1, IIyI11 < 6,
then clearly
y + x0 E B(x0,6),
and so
[IT (y)112 <_ IITo,(y + x0)112 + l1Ta(xo)112 < 2M'
Finally, if Ilylll < 6,
z E V1, z
'
(a E A).
0,
we set
y = (6/211zII1)z.
Clearly
and so from the preceding observation we conclude that
1iTa(y)112 < 2M', a E A.
Consequently
211
z1I
1ITa(z)II2 - [ITaf&? x311,
6.
150
Uniform Boundedness Theorem
2116111
IITa(y)112 4M'
(aEA).
< b 117111 we see that
M = 4M'/6,
Thus, setting
IIT(z)112 < M1lz111, a E A,
z E VI; that is,
sup IITaII < M. orEA If the space
is of category Ii in itself, then the Uniform
V1
Boundedness Theorem asserts that, if each point of
V1,
(Ta)
is norm bounded at a E A
norm bounded on
then it is uniformly
The
V1.
next corollary is a special case of this observation. Corollary (V2,I1.112)
(Ta}a E A C such that
6.2.1.
be a Banach space and let
Let
be a normed linear space over If for each
L(VI,V2).
and suppose
I
Mx
there exists some
x E VI
IITa(x)112 < Mx,
sup oaEA
then there exists some
M > 0
such that
sup IITaII < M. Cr
One of the most useful consequences of the Uniform Boundedness Theorem is the next result. Theorem 6.2.2 (Banach-Steinhaus Theorem). Banach space and let If
(TnI c 1(VI,V2)
exists some
zx E V2
T(x) = zx, x E V1,
that
Let
be. a
be a normed linear space over is a sequence such that for each for which
limnTn(x) = zx,
defines a unique element
x E VI
f.
there
then the formula
T E L(V1,V2)
such
i1T11 < lim infn1ITnII. Proof.
It is easily verified that the formula
T(x) = zx, x E V1
defines a unique linear transformation from
VI
since
for each
(Tn(x))
is a Cauchy sequence in
V2
to
V2.
Moreover,
x E V1,
it
6.2. Uniform-Boundedness and Banach-Steinhaus Theorems
follows from the triangle inequality that [ Tn(x)II2)
sequence of numbers that converges to each
x E V1
there exists some
151
is a Cauchy
Hence for
IIzx112 - IIT(x)112.
such that
Mx > 0
sup IITn(x)l12 < Mx' n Consequently from the Uniform Boundedness Theorem (Theorem 6.2.1)
M > 0
there exists some
for which
sup IITnil < M. n Then the estimates
IIT(x)112 = lim IITn(x)112 n
< lim inf IIT n II n
IIxil,
(xEV1)
<MIIxjIl reveal that
T E L(V1,V2)
and
IITII < lim in nlITnI1.
By employing Theorems 6.2.1 next corollary.
(i)
I.
6.2.2 it is easy to prove the
The details are left to the reader.
Corollary 6.2.2. spaces over
and
O
Let
Suppose
For each
(V1,11.111)
and
(Tn) c L(V1,V2)
x E V1
be Banach
(V2'11-112)
is a sequence such that
there exists some
Mx > 0
such that
supra IITn(x)112 < M. (ii)
There exists some
E C B(x0,6) _ (x
I
IIx - x0111 < 6)
and such that for each which
xO E V1,
x E E
some
such that
6 > 0, E
there exists some
and a set
is dense in B(xo,6) zx E V2
for
limn Tn(x) = zx.
Then there exists a unique element (a)
T(x) - limn Tn(x)
(b)
11T11
lim infra IITn11.
T E L(V1,V2)
such that (x E V1).
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
152
In particular, the conclusions of the corollary hold if the (Tn(x))
sequence
converges for each
in some dense subset of
x
and hypothesis (i) is satisfied.
V1
The.Banach-Steinhaus Theorem is not generally valid if the (Tn)
sequence
(T ) C L(V1,V2).
is replaced by a net
This is the
of
Corollary 6.2.2
case since a Cauchy net need not be norm bounded.
does, however, remain valid if one replaces the sequence by a net. The details are left to the reader.
It is also worthwhile remarking that some sort of category assumption is required in order to ensure the validity of the Uniform Boundedness Theorem. space
As an example of this, consider the linear
of all complex-valued polynomials defined on
V
We note that
usual pointwise operations. x(t)
Ek=O aktk, ak E C,
for which
x(t) E V
IR
if and only if
where there exists some integer
ak = 0, k > N(x).
with the
N(x) > 0
If we set
(x(t) E V),
jlx(t)Ij = sup Iakl then it is easily verified that
is a normed linear space.
It is not, however, a Banach space because, for example, it is apparent that V
Ek=1 k-2tk
V,
but it is approximated in the norm of
by polynomials.
For each positive integer
n
m x*[x(t)] = x*( E
define
n-1 aktk
)
k=0
Clearly
xn
n-1
,shows that
xn E V*
and
E
ak
k=0 11x*jj < n.
E
=
ak
(x(t) E V).
k=0
is a linear functional on
I
by
x* E V* n
V,
and
n sup Iakl = nhIx(t)jj k
Actually
I1xn+1 = n
since, if
1S3
6.2. Uniform-Boundedness and Banach-Steinhaus Theorems
then IIyII - 1 and xn[y(t)] {x;) E V and (IIx;,II) is unbounded.
y(t) - I to tk,
then there does exist some
x(t) E V,
However, if
n. Thus we see that
Mx > 0
for
which
sup lxn[x(t)]I <Mx in
Indeed, if
aktk
x(t) =
n < m,
and
then
n-1 Ixn[x(t)]I =
E
I
akI < n sup Iakl
k=0
k
= n Ox(t)II
< (m + 1)Ilx(t)II, whereas if
in > in,
then
m
Ixntx(t)]I = IkE o Hence, if
Mx . (m + 1)Ilx(t)ll,
akI
(m + 1)llx(t)II
we see that
sup lx[x(t)]I < Mx. n Consequently we conclude that the Uniform Boundedness Theorem fails to hold in this case.
lies in the fact that
V
The reason for the failure, of course,
is not of category 11 in itself.
We have not given the most general form of the Uniform Boundedness and Banach-Steinhaus Theorems, preferring instead to concentrate only on these results in the context of normed linear spaces. will he sufficient for our needs.
This
These theorems and their corol-
laries do, however, have valid analogs in a more general context.
We state two of them here without proof and refer the reader for further discussion to [DS1, pp. 51-55; El, pp. 462-466, 476-477 and 480-483; 'K, pp. 168-170; Wl, pp. 116-118 and 223-225].
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
1S4
over
and suppose
#
(V2,T2)
Mx > 0
be Frechet spaces that defines the
Vk
(T 0)a E A C L(V1,V2)
If
there exists some
x E V1
and
is the metric on
pk
Tk, k = 1,2.
topology
(V1,T1)
Let
Theorem 6.2.3.
and if for each
for which
sup p2(Ta(x),0) < Mx
aEA 6 > 0
there exists a
e > 0,
then, given
such that
(a E A) .
p2(Ta(x),0) < c
sup
xEV
pl(x,0)<6
V2
uniformly in 'a
as
Theorem 6.2.4. over
a
and
Suppose
(V2,T2)
be Frechet spaces
that defines the
Vk
is a net in
(Ta)a E A
in
0
V1.
in
0
is the metric on
pk
Tk, k = 1,2.
topology
(V1,T1)
Let
and suppose
#
tends to
x
tends to
T (x)
In other words, the conclusion is that
L(V1,V2)
such that (i)
For each
x E V1
Mx > 0
there exists some
for which
supa P2(Ta(x),0) < Mx. (ii)
There exists some
E C B(xo,6) = (x
I
x0 E V1,
p1(x,xo) < 6)
and such that for each
x E E
6 > 0,
some
such that
E
there exists some
and a set
is dense in zx E V2
B(xo,6)
for which
lima Ta(x) = zx T E L(V1,V2)
Then there exists a unique element
such that
T(x) = lima Ta(x), x E V1.
We have already seen (Theorem
6.3. The Strong Operator Topology. 3.2.2)
that is
(L(V1,V2),tI'H)
Banach space.
defines a natural topology in
is a Banach space provided that
The norm in L(V1,V2)
under which
locally convex topological linear space.
however, to introduce a topology into
L(V1,V2)
then, of course, L(V1,V2)
is a
There are many other ways,
L(V1,V2)
to the same effect.
15S
6.3. Strong Operator Topology
Some of these topologies will be considered in greater detail in Here we Concern ourselves with only one such
Chapters 9 and 10.
topology, called the strong operator topology. Definition 6.3.1.
linear spaces over
and
Let
For each
f.
each positive integer
be normed
T E L(V1,V2),
each
a > 0,
and
we set
n
U(T;a;x1,x2,.... xn) = IS I S E L(V1,V2), IIS(xk) - T(xk)112<9, k = 1,2,...In), where
are in
x1,x2,...,xn
Furthermore, for each
VI.
we set
T E L(V1,V2)
Uso (T) _ (U(T;a;x1,x2.... ,xn) I a>0, n EZ, n>0, xl,x2,...,xn
in V1)
and
U Uso (T).
Uso
TE L(V1,V2) The proof of the next proposition is left to the reader. Proposition 6.3.1. linear spaces over (i)
L(V1,V2)
Uso
topology
A net so(T)
be normed
Then
is a base for a Hausdorff topology
such that
linear space over (ii)
f.
and
Let'
(L(V1,V2),so(T))
so(T)
on
is a locally convex topological
I.
(Ta) e L(V1,V2)
if and only if
converges to
T E L(V1,V2)
limof IITa(x) - T(x)II2 = 0
in the
for each
x E V1.
As indicated, the topology generated by strong operator topology for If both
V1
and
V2
L(V1,V2)
Uso
will be called the
and denoted by
so(T).
are Banach spaces, then we can obtain a
completeness result with the strong operator topology.
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
156
over
and
Let
Theorem 6.3.1.
is sequentially complete.
Then. (L(V1,V2),so(T))
I.
is a Cauchy sequence in
[Tn) ' L(V1,V2)
Suppose
Proof.
(Tn(x))
Then from Proposition 6.3.1(ii) we see that for each
sequence in such that
zx E V2
some
Since
be Banach spaces
(V2,II.II2)
x E VI,
so(T).
is a Cauchy
and hence there exists
limnlITn(x) - zXII2 = 0, x E VI.
is a Banach space, we may apply the Banach-
(VI,II:II1)
Steinhaus Theorem (Theorem 6.2.2) to conclude that the formula T(x) = zx = lim Tn(x)
(x E V1)
n
defines an element that
[Tn)
T E L(VI,V2).
converges to
Therefore
in
T
It is apparent from the definition so(T).
is sequentially complete.
(L(V1,V2),so(T))
0
An application of the Uniform Boundedness Theorem (Theorem 6.2.1) proves the next result. Theorem 6,3.2.
be a Banach space and
Let
a normed linear space over sequence in
so(T),
If
f.
(Tn) c L(VI,V2)
then there exists some
M > 0
is a Cauchy such that
sup IITnII < M. n Proof.
[Tn(x))
Since
(T
n
is a Cauchy sequence in
hence norm bounded. for which
Theorem
Thus for each
supnIITn(x)II2 < Mx.
so(T),
for each x E VI
we see that
x E VI
there exists some
series E
0 (1 - a)k.
a
Mx > 0
O is such that
a E IR
and the inverse of
and
An appeal to the Uniform Boundedness
completes the proof.
Recall that, if a # 0.
is a Cauchy sequence in
)
11
- at < 1,
then clearly
can be computed by the geometric
We now wish to apply the sequential complete-
157
6.3. Strong Operator Topology
ness of
when
(L(V),so(T)),
analog of this fact in
Theorem 6.3.3. suppose
T E 1(V). T
(i)
V
is A Banach spat., to obtain the
L(V).
Let If
be a Banach space over
(V, II II)
I(x) = x, x E V,
where
- TII < 1,
III
and
$
then
is bijective.
(ii) T-1 E L(V). Proof.
Then, since
s > 0.
Let
N
T-I
converges to
(I - T)k)
(iii)
III
in
that there exists an TUk Hence, if n > m > N, < s. .m III -
II
(I -
E
k=m
T)k(x)II
<_
we see at once
- TII < 1,
n > m > N,
such that, if
so(T).
thf-i
E 11(1 - T)k(x)II
k=m E
k=m
III
-
TIIkIIXII
(x E V)
< s1IxII Consequently it follows easily that Cauchy sequence in S E L(V)
in
so(T)
(Ek=O (I
T[S(x)] = T[lim n
T)k) C L(V)
E
k'=0
Moreover, if
x E V,
(I - T)k(x)]
n - lim (T[ E (I - T)k1(k)) n
k=0 n
= lim ([I - (I - T)] [ E (I - T)kI(x)). n k-0
= lim ([ E- (I n
is a
and hence converges to some element
by Theorem 6.3.1.
so(T)
-
k=0
nEl (I - T)k)(x)) k=1
then
158
6.
= lim ([I - (I - T) n +
Uniform Boundedness Theorem
1]
(x))
n
x - lim (I - T) n +
I (x)
n = X.
The last equality is valid since and
- TII < I.
III
tion we obtain T
that
Hence
T
II(I - T)n+ lcx)II < III. - TIIn+ llixII
is surjective.
S[T(x)] = x, x E V,
By a similar computa-
from which it follows at once
is injective.
Therefore
T
is bijective, and
The geometric series
E
_
,(I
S = T-1.
- T) k
is called the Neumann series.
If we set m = 1 -
III - TII > 0, then from IIx - T(x)II < III - TII IIxII, we immediately deduce that JIT(x)II > IIxII - III TII IIxII = mIIxII.
x E V,
Proposition 3.2.3 would then ensure that of
L(R(T),V).
T-1
exists as an element
As we have seen, however, a good deal more can be
deduced.
An examination of the proof also reveals that the sequence (F. ;O(I - T)k) L(V),
is even a Cauchy sequence in the norm topology on
and so, by the same arguments as those used in the proof,
T-1 - I =OCI - T)k.
This form of the result will be used in Chapter
13 when we discuss the spectral theory of bounded linear transformations on Hilbert spaces. The theorem was stated in this particular form merely to indicate an application of the sequential completeness of the strong operator topology.
6.4. Local Membership in
Lq(IR,dt).
First we make precise what
we mean by local membership. Definition 6.4.1.
function on R and Lq(ff dt)
Let
g
1 < q < 4a.
if for every
be a Lebesgue measurable complex-valued Then
g
is said to belong locally to
a,b E 1R, -- < a < b < a.,
the function
6.4. Local Membership in
X(a,b]g E Lq(IRdt), tion of
1S9.
Lq(1R,dt)
where
denotes the characteristic func-
X(a,b]
(a,b].
Obviously, if
g E Lq(R,dt),
then
g
belongs locally to
but the converse need not be valid.
Lq(R,dt),
The next result will
give sufficient conditions under which local membership implies membership. Theorem 6.4.1.
Let
1 < q < co
and
1/p + l/q =
is a Lebesgue measurable complex-valued function on (i)
g belongs locally to
IR
g
such that
Lq(]Rdt).
(ii). SIR Jf(t)g(t)j dt < m
Then
Suppose
I.
(f E Lp(R,dt)).
g E Lq (lR dt) . Proof.
is trivial.
If
g(t) = 0
for almost all
t,
positive integer
n
It is apparent that
For each
define
xn(f) = fn f(t)g(t) dt Lp(R,dt),
then the conclusion
So we may assume that this is not the case.
xn
(f E Lp(R,dt).
is a well-defined linear functional on
and an application of Holder's inequality reveals that
I xn(f)I
< 11filpIIX(_n,n]gllq Hence
xn E LpOR,dt)*, n = 1,2,3,...
(f E Lp(R,dt); n = 1,2,3,...).
.
Moreover, from the Lebesgue
Dominated Convergence Theorem (Ry, p. 229], we see that lim xn(f) = J'R f(t)g(t) dt
(f E Lp(R,dt)).
Consequently, appealing to the Banach-Steinhaus Theorem (Theorem 6.2.2), we conclude that there exists some
x* E Lp(IR,dt)*
x*(f) = JAR f(t)g(t) dt
such that
(f E Lp(R,dt)).
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
160
In particular, we have
(f E Lp(IR,dt)).
Ifs f(t)g(t) dtl < Ilx*II lifllp Now for each positive integer
define
n
g(t)]Ig(t)lq-I
fn(t) = x[-n,n](t) exp[-i arg with the usual conventions about
arg g(t)
fn E Lp(1Rdt), n = 1,2,3,...
that
it follows that
(q -1)p = q,
g(t) = 0.
We claim
Indeed, since 1/p + 1/q = 1,
and so
IifniIp = (fSR Ifn(t)Ip =
if
dt)1/p
(fIR lx[-n,n]g(t) I (q - 1)p dt)1/p
= (fu Ix[-n,n]g(t)Iq dt) 1/p _
(Ilx[-n,n]gllq)q/p
< m as
belongs locally to
g
(n = 1,2,3,...), Lq(IR,dt).
But then
x*(fn) = f1R fn(t)g(t) dt JIR x[-n,n](t)Ig(t)Iq dt
Iix*II IIfnIIp
IIx*Il
(fR X[-n,n] (t) I g (t) I q dt)1/p,
from which it follows that
(fn X[-n,n](t)Ig(t)Iq dt) I/q because
1
- 1/p = l/q.
< Ilx*ii
(n = 1,2,3,..:
161
6.S.A Result in the Theory of Summability
An appeal to the Monotone Convergence Theorem [Ry, p. 227] then allows us to conclude that
(f,R Ig(t)Iq dt)1/q < IIx*II.
that is, g E Lq(R,dt). Consider an infinite
6.5. A Result in the Theory of Summability. matrix
A = (ank)n,k
(xk)
such that, whenever
ank E C,
is a
= 1'
a converges, n = 1,2,3,... = 1 nkxk It is easily seen that such a matrix A defines a linear mapping
sequence of complex numbers,
TA
.
from the space of all complex sequences to itself if we set
TA((xk)) _ (yn),
where
Yn =
=lankxk,
n = 1,2,3,...
.
We wish
to discuss certain matrices that map the convergent sequences into themselves in this manner.
Recall that the space
c
of all,conver-
gent complex-valued sequences is a Banach space with the norm
II{X00 = sup Ixkl
((xk) E c).
k Definition 6.5.1.
Suppose
A = (a
is a matrix of
nk)°n,k-1
complex numbers such that (i)
If
(xk) E C,
(ii)
If
(xk) E c
then and
(Ek
=
lankxk) E c'
then limn
limkxk = a,
=
Then
A
is called a Toeplitz matrix.
For example, suppose
A = (ank)n k =
1
is such that for each
n = 1,2,3,...,ank = 1/n, k = 1,2,...,n; ank = 0, k > n. (IT-lankxk) _ {(`T=Ixk)/n)
Then-
is the sequence whose nth term is the
arithmetic average of the first
n
terms of the sequence
this case it is well known that (xk)
lankxk = a.
converges, and to the same limit.
(K=lankxk}
(xk).
In
converges whenever
Hence
A
is a.Toeplitz matrix.
The next theorem provides a complete characterization of such matrices.
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
162
Theorem 6.5.1 (Silverman-Toeplitz Theorem). Let be a matrix of complex numbeYs. A
is a Toeplitz matrix.
(ii)
A
is such that
sup n
E Lank I < °',
k=1
(b)
lim ank = 0, k
(c)
lim
n
E a
Suppose
Proof.
1,2,3,...,
= 1.
k = 1 nk
satisfies the conditions in part (ii).
A
QO
From condition (a) it is apparent that
{xk) E c
'k= lank
and
are absolutely convergent series for each
{xk) E c,
and
m
m m E ank(xk - a) + a E ank
E ankxk =
k=1
Since limn
k=1 = lank =
Furthermore, let
1k. n.
lankxk'
Thus, if
we can write
li.mk xk = a,
(n
k=1 it is evident that
1,
e > 0
limnk=lank
a'
and write
m
E ank(xk - a) =
k=1
E ank(xk - a) +
m
E
ank(xk - a).
k=m+1
k=1
We choose
so large that for
k > m
Ixk - aI < ZM where
M = supnE. = llankl. Such a choice of m is possible, as limkxk = a. Keeping m fixed, we next choose N such that, if
n > ti,
then
m IankI
k=1
= 1
Then the following are equivalent:
(i)
(a)
A = Cank)n,k
Ixk - al < 2.
163
6.5.A Result in the Theory of Summability
This choice of
limn ank = 0, k = 1,2,3,...
is possible since
N
n > N
Consequently, combining these estimates, we see that for is
CO
ank(xk - a)l < E (ankllxk - al
E
+
lankllxk - al
k=m+1
k=1
k=1
.
e
Me
<2
+ 2M
= e,
that is,
limnEk =lankxk = a,
and
is a Toeplitz matrix.
A
There-
fore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i). Conversely, suppose we define
m = 1,2,3,...,
is a Toeplitz matrix.
A
xk= 1
Given a fixed
by
(xk) E c
for k=m,
xk=0 for k#m. Clearly limnEk
limkxk = 0,
= lankxk
A
and since
= limnanm = 0.
is a Toeplitz matrix, we have
Similarly, applying
limnk=1
consisting only of ones, we deduce that
A ank =
to the sequence 1.
Hence
A
satisfies conditions (b) and (c).
Finally, for each positive integer
xn((xk)) =
Clearly each
n = 1,2,3,...,Ek= llankl < m.
such that
E
((xk) E c).
n k=1 akxk
is a linear functional on
xn
we define
c.
We claim that it is
To see this it suffices to prove that for each
continuous.
a fixed
n
Suppose that this is not the case for
Then there exists a sequence
n.
k. < k. j
3
+ 1
and
(ki )
of positive integers
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
164
kj+1 IankI
kaE
- 1,2,3,...).
(j
>1
3
Next define a sequence
(xk)
of complex numbe rs by
xk=0 for 1
for
xk
Clearly
(xk) E c,
indeed,
limkxk = 0.
,
2
,
3 ,...
.
But
kj
W
E ank x k
1
j
+1
IankI
l
E E[k=k.+1 -T-1 j:1
=
k=1
J
>
E
j=1
1, ac
which contradicts the assumption that
Ek
= lankxk
converges.
Thus ' xn E c*, and Ilxnll '< Ek I ank l , n = 1,2,3 ..... . Actually the last inequality is an equality as we see from the following argument:
For any
m = 1,2,3,...,
let
(yk) E c
be
defined -as m yk = exp(-i arg ank)
0
k
Then
II(yk)Ilm = 1
from this that But, since
and
Ilxnll A
for
1 < k < m,
for k > m.
x((yk)) _ - l l ankl , It follows at once = 1 Iankl, n = 1,2,3,... .
is a Toeplitz matrix, we have
165
6.6.Divergent Fourier Series
lim xn((xk n
lim
ankxk
z n k=1 = lim xk
((xk} E c),
k
and from the Uniform Boundedness Theorem (Theorem 6.2.1) we conclude that
0 sup 11x*11 = sup E Ia n n n k=1 nk
<
Therefore part (i) implies part (ii), and the proof is complete.
6.6. Divergent Fourier'Series. our main purpose in this section is to prove the existence of a continuous function (-n,n],
f,
whose Fourier series diverges at the origin.
accomplish this
defined on .ln order to
we use some results, without proof, from the theory
of Fourier series.
In Example 3.1.7 we defined the Fourier transform f E L1((-n,n),dt/2n)
f
of
by f(t)e-"t
f(k) = 2n fnn The Fourier series of such an
f
E
k=-w
dt
(k E Z).
is, formally, the expression
ks f(k)e'.
The symmetric partial sums of the Fourier series can be expressed in an integral form:
-for each nonnegative integer
n
n
rnn f(t)D(s - t) n
E f(k)eiks =
(f f. L([-n,n],dt/2n)), 1
k= -n where
D (u)
n
=
E
k= - n
e
iku s sin (n + 1/2)u] s n u 2)
(d - 0,1,2,...).
Uniform Boundedness Theorem
6.
166
Note also that we are here tacitly assuming that
been extnded periodically to all of
and
f
Dn
have
in order to ensure that
M,
the previous integral expression is meaningful.
In similar circum-
stances to be discussed in succeeding chapters we shall always make
The function
this assumption without further comment.
erally referred to as the Dirichlet kernel.
Dn
is gen-
A discussion of this
[E2, pp. 78-and 79].
result can be found in
Witty these observations, we can turn to the indicated theorem.
There exists some
Theorem 6.6.1.
Fourier series of
f E C([-rr,n))
such that the
t = 0.
To prove this it suffices to show the existence of some
Proof.
f E C([-n,n])
series of
diverges at
f
such that the symmetric partial sums of the Fourier
f
t = 0
at
are unbounded -- that is, to show that
n
sup
E f(k)I = sup 11 f" f(t)Dn(-t) dt 2n -Ti
I
k=-n
n
Now clearly each n = 0,1,2,... functional
xn
.
Dn E C([-n,n])
and
Dn(-u) = Dn(u),
We define for each nonnegative integer on
C([-n,n])
n
the linear
by
xn(f) = Zn fnn f(t)Dn(t) dt
(f E C([-n,n]).
The estimate
xn(f)I < [ 1 Jan IDn(t)I dt]IIfIIm
(f. E C([-n,n]))
1M
6.6.Divergent Fourier Series
shows that
xn E C([-n,n])*
and
f"njDn(t)1 dt
Ilx*tI < 2tt
(n = 0,1,2,...).
= IJDnIJl
Moreover, from the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) and Example 1.2.6 we see that
IIxnll = JIDn1111 n = 0,1,2,...
Now, if the Fourier series of every t = 0,
.
f E C([-n,m])
converged at
f E C([-n,nJ)
then we would have for each
sup Ixn(f)J < n
An appeal to the Uniform Boundedness Theorem (Theorem 6.2.1) would then allow us to conclude that
sup Ilxnll < °°. n
Consequently to deduce the existence of some Fourier series diverges at supnJJxnJJ
= supnJID
f E C([-n,n))
whose
we need only show that
t = 0
However, by an elementary change of vari-
11,
=
able, we obtain
II D
nII1
=
n
1
1-n
2n
I
n/2
_ 2
nfo
I
sin(n + 1/2)t dt sin t/2
sin(2n+ 1 t dt sint
pn0/2 Isin(tn + 1)t1
n
The inequality is valid since
0 < sin t < t,
dt
for
(n = 0,1,2,...).
0 < t.< n/2.
k
0 n/2Jsin(to+l)tl dt _ Z f2(2n+1 1
k=0
kn 2(2n + 1 )
4sin(2t+
1211 dt
But
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
168
k
2n
>
2(2n+ 1) 122n
k0(k+1)n
n
n
2
2n
E(k+l) f0 0
k
2n
2
Isin t( dt
2
(k + 1)n 'kn 2
k=0
Isinj2n+ I)tj dt
Z 2n+1 (k +2
2n E
_ 2
1
kn
sin t dt
2
1
= n kE0 (k+l) where again an elementary change of variable has been effected. Hence
4
Zn
1
LIDnLII > 2 E
k=0
n
(n
k+1
from which it follows at once that . sup IIDnIII =
O
n Not only do there exist diverge at
t = 0,
f E C([-n,n])
but the set of all such
whose Fourier series f
is of category II in
Even more can be said, as is shown by the following
C([-n,-n].
corollary:
Corollary.6.6.1.
Let
denote the set of
E
that n
sup
k=-n
n Then
E
is of category
E f(k)I <
f
I
in
C([-n,n]).
f E C([-n,n]
such
169
6.7. Problems
If this corollary is not true then
Proof.
E
is of category
II and n
sup
n
(k)I =sup jx (£)I <-
E
I
k- -n
n
(f E E).
n
Thus from the Uniform Boundedness Theorem (Theorem 6.2.1) we would have
sup IIxnII - sup n
n
contrary to the result, obtained in the proof of Theorem 6.6.1,
that
sup IIDn(I, n Therefore
E
is of category I.
An explicit example of a continuous function whose Fourier series diverges at the origin can be found in [E2, pp. 154 and 15S). 6.7. Problems. (Proposition 6.1.1)
1.
Let
X
be a topological space and
Prove that the following are equivalent:
E C X.
is nowhere dense.
(a)
E
(b)
If 0 C X-
is open, then there exists some open set
U C 0
such that U fl E _ . (c)
cl[X - cl(E)] = X.
Prove that, if *2.
E
is a closed set of category II, then'
(Theorem 6.1.1)
of category II in itself.
int(E) # ¢.
Prove that every complete metric space is
6. Uniform Bounaedness Theorem
170
is of category
E C X
If
(a)
be a topological space and prove the following:
X
Let
3.
I
is also
A
A C E, then
and
of Category I.
category I, then If
(c)
and let
be a normed linear space over
(V,ilJ)
Let
nowhere dense in
on
is of cate-
E C X
cl[X - E] = X.
be a proper closed linear subspace of
W c V
that are of
X
is also of category I.
Un=1En
is a complete metric space and
X
gory I, then 4.
is a sequence of subsets of
(En)
If
(b)*
Prove that
V.
W
is.
V.
5.
Prove that
6.
Let
is nowhere dense in
c
BV([0,1])
t
m
denote the functions of bounded variation.
with the metric
[0,1j,
p(f,g) = If(o) - g(o)I + V(f - g), V(f - g)
where
denotes the total variation of
4.8 for a definition of
V(f - g)].
f - g.
[see section
Prove that the continuous func-
tions of bounded variation are of category I in BV([O,lJ). *7.
C1([0,l])
Let
denote the subset of
of all continuous functions
f
on
C([0,1])
for which
[0,1]
consisting
f(0) = f(1).
Extend these functions periodically to the whole line and define p(f,g) = max(If(x) - g(x)I Let
C
I
denote the set of extensions of the functions in
(a)
Prove that
(b)
Prove that the set of functions in
(C,p)
Kn = (f E C
I
for some
K = UO K n=1 n
.
x,
C1([0,1]).
is a complete metric space.
differentiable is of category I
and let
x E [0,1]).
in
C.
C
[Hint:
If (x + hh - f(L), < n
Prove that
K
that are somewhere consider the sets for all
is of c tegory I.]
h > 0)
171
6.7. Problems
Conclude that there exist continuous nowhere differentiable
(c)
functions. B([0,1))
Let
*8.
functions on space
[0,11
of
Bn
denote the space of all bounded real-valued
functions on
[0,1]
type.
then
n
is defined to be all the bounded
that are pointwise limits of sequences of funcand
Bn-1, n
tions in the Baire subspace B = (7
is all the bounded functions on
Bn
[0,1]
BO = C([0,1]);
of finite Baire
w denotes the ordinal number of the nonnegative integers,
If
Bw denotes all the bounded functions on
wise limits of sequences of functions in Bn, n = 0,1,2,..., (a)
The Baire sub-
with the usual supremum norm.
B([O,l)), of type
and
Bw
are closed linear subspaces of (fn) C B
Prove that there exists a sequence
uniformly to
f E B([0,1])
that are point-
[0,1]
It can be shown that
B.
such that
B([0,1]).
that converges
Clearly then
f f B.
f E B W ^- B. (b)
sequence
Prove that not every (f n) C B.
f E Bw
is the uniform limit of a
use Theorem 1.3.2.)
(Hint:
(Corollary 6.2.2) Let spaces over I. Suppose (Tn) C L(V1,V2) 9.
(a)
For each
x E VI
and
(V2'11.112)
be Banach
is a sequence such that Mx > 0
there exists some
such that
suPnlhTn(X)112 < (b)
Mx'. There exists some
x0 E V1,
E C B(xo,6) _ (xl EIx - x0I1l < 6)
and such that for each
x f E
some
such that
6 > 0, E
there exists some
and a set
is dense in zx E V2
B(xo,6)
for whion
limnT,(x) - zx.
Prove that there exists a unique element (i)
(ii)
T(x) = limnTn(x), x E V1.
IJT!J < lim infnJITnil.
T E L(V1,V2)
such that
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
172
Let
(Theorem 6.2.3)
*10.
spaces over
the topology
0
and suppose
(Taja
Vk
that defines and sup-
C L(V19V2)
E A
for which
Mx > 0
there a;ists some
x E VI
be Frechet
(V2,T2)
and.
is the metric on
pk
Suppose
Tk, k = 1,2.
pose that for each
(V1,T1)
sup p2(Ta(x),0) < Mx
aEA 6 > 0
there exists some
e > 0,
Prove that, given
such that (a E A).
p2(Ta(x),0) < a
sup
xEV 1 p1(x,0) <6 (Theorem 6.2.4)
*11
over
4
and suppose
Suppose
be Frechet spaces
(V2,T2)
and
is the metric on
pk
topology' Tk, k = 1,2.
(V1,T1)
Let
that defines the
Vk
is a net in
[Taja E A
L(V1,V2)
such that (a)
x E V1
For each
there exists some
Mx > 0
for which
sup ap2(Ta(x),0) < Mx. (b)
There exists some
E C B(xo,6) = (x
and such that for each
lim
xo E V1,
p1(x,xo) < 6)
I
x E E
some
such that
6 > 0,
and a set
is dense in
E
there exists some
zx E V2
B(xo,6)
for which
a = Ta (x) = zx.
Prove that there exists a unique element
T E L(V1,V2)
such that
T(x) - limaTa(x), x E V1. 12.
Let
(V,T)
be a Frechet space over
lower semicontinuous seminorm on 13.
F =lakbk
Suppose
<
Prove that any
is a sequence of complex numbers such that
converges for each sequence
k Ek=1 JakI
(akJ
V
t.
is continuous.
[bkj E co.
Prove that
173
6.7. Problems
over
is weakly bounded, that is,
E L V
Suppose
f.
be a locally convex topological linear space
(V,T)
Let
14.
Ix*(x)I <
sup
xEE for each 15.
let
be a sequence in Prove that
x* E V*.
be a sequence in Prove that
on
V*
(11x*jj
Let
16.
V
,
(fn)
Let
17.
V
invariant metric T
and let
and let '(xn) x E V.
be a sequence of continuous real-valued functions
Ifn(x)1 < M
such that
f
lim x*(x) exists for each n n is bounded.
such that
n - 1,2,...)
I
and
f
exists for
is bounded.
n - 1,2,...}
Prove that there is an interval
'R.
limnx*(xn)
such that
(11xn11
be a Banach space over
Let
(b)
is bounded.
E
be a normed linear space over
Let
(a)
(xn)
each
Prove that
x* E V*.
for every
and
x E I
be a linear space over is defined on
p
V,
and a number M > 0
I
n - 1,2,3,...
Suppose a translation
I.
that is,
be the topology determined by
.
p.
p(x,y) = p(x - y,0),
Furthermore, suppose
satisfies the following three conditions:
(V,T)
C# and
(a)
If
(a
(b)
If
(xn) c V
(c)
(V,T)
Prove that *18.
(V,T)
then
limn anx = 0, x E V.
limnxn = 0,
then
limnaxn = 0, a E f.
is complete.
is a complete metrizable topological linear space. be a Banach space and
Let
linear space over sequence in
and
limn an = 0,
f.
L(V1,V2)
For each
m = 1,2,3,...,
such that for every
m
limnsuPuTn(xm)L12 -
.
for which
(V2,jI.j12)
let *jTn)
a normed be a
there is some. xm E V1
174
Uniform Boundedness Theorem
6.
for which
x E V1
Prove that there is an
(m = 1,2,3,...).
limnsuPI1Tn(x)II2 - °D
(This is known as the principle of condensation of singularities.)
Fourier series of where
t E E 20.
is some set of category
E
normed linear spaces over
such that
L(V1,V2)
linear space over (b)
topology
22.
so(T)
if and only if
converges to
IIxnII = 1
for each
(x*)
be a normed linear space over
Let
Let
(V1,T1), (V2,T2), I.
if for each
y E V2
V2
and for each to
V3.
mapping from
A mapping
Conclude that, E
of
V1,
x E V1. (V3,T3)
and
f(x,y)
the mapping x E V1
V1.
in some dense subset
x
converges for all
(Ta(x)}
be a net
E = (x I x EV1, limoTa(x) exists).
Let
converges for all
and
f
IT.) C L(V1,V2)
Let
I.
is a closed linear subspace of
E
spaces over
V3,
is dense
V*.
(Ta(x))
23.
(xn) c V*
and let
lk=lfln=kN(xn)
and
n
i
converges to zero in the strong operator
such that lim supaJITaII < m.
then
in the
T E L(V1,V2)
limjiTa(x) - T(x)II2 = 0, x f- V1.
a Banach space over
if
is a locally convex topological
be a Banach space over
Let
Prove that
on
so(T)
1.
(TJ C L(V1,V2)
topology on
be
and
(V1,II-II1)
(L(V1,V2),so(T))
Prove that
V.
(-n,n].
prove each of the following:
A net
be such that in
1,
in
I
is a base for a Hausdorff topology
Uso
(a)
21.
Letting
(Proposition 6.3.1)
except for those
t E j-n,n]
diverges at all
f
such that the
f E C([-n,n])
Prove that there exists some
19.
:
be topological linear
V1 X V2 -y V3
is linear from
f(x,y)
x
the mapping
y
is called bilinear
f(x,y)
V1
to
is linear from
A bilinear map is continuous if it is continuous as a (V1 X V2,T1 x T2)
to
(V3,T3);
continuous if all the partial mappings are continuous,
it is separately
x - f(x,y)
and
y - f(x,y)
175
6.7. Problems
Prove that a bilinear mapping
(a)
if it is continuous at the origin V1
If
(b)
(0,0) E Vi x V2.
are complete and metrizable, prove that
V2
and
is continuous if and only
f
every separately continuous bilinear mapping
f(x,y)
:
V1 x V2 - V3
is continuous.
Generalize problem (b) to a family
(c)
F
of bilinear mappings;
that is, with the hypotheses of problem (b), let bilinear mappings
f(x,y)
V1 x V2
:
V3
separately continuous, and for each fixed (f(x,y)
I
is a bounded set in
f E F)
and point
(x,y) E V1 x V2
and all *24.
f E F
is
Prove that F is equi-
V3.
U1
of the origin in
there exists a neighborhood
f(xi,yl) - f(x,y) E U1
such that
(x,y)
be a family of
(x,y) E V1 x V21
continuous -- that is, for each neighborhood V3
F
such that each
for all
(x1,y1)
U2 in
of U2
f E F.
Prove that each of the following matrices
i3
(a
a Toeplitz matrix: (a)
Arithmetic means:
ank
nI l
for k > n.
ank = 0 (b)
Cesaro means: A0
Ar n
for 0< k< n,
For each fixed nonnegative integer
1, =
(r + 1) (r + 2) n!
(r + n)
for n > 1.
Define
Ar - 1
n-k
ank
Ar
for
0 < k < n,
for
k > n.
n
ank = 0
r
let
6. Uniform Boundedness Theorem
176
Euler-Knopp matrix:
(c)
ank
for
0
(k) = n!/k!(n
where
k > n.
- W.
Let p0 > 0, pn > 0, n > 1, Pn = p0 +...+ pno
Ntlrlund mean:
(d)
and let
0 < r < 1
Let
and suppose limnpn/Pn
ank -
0.
Define
-k
for 0 < k < n,
=
pP
n
(Actually,
for
0
ank
(ank)0,k=0
k > n.
is a Toeplitz matrix if and only if
limnpn/Pn = 0.) Let
25.
x - (xk)
the sum
is said to have the A-limit An(x) = E.
lankxk
Since
then the A-limit of
x E c,
x.
Prove that there
x E t. whose A-limit does not exist. f E L1((-n,n],dt/2n),
If
26.
n - 1,2,3,...,
limnAn(x) = A(x).
exists and equals the limit of the sequence
exists some
A sequence
if for each
A(x)
converges and
is a Toeplitz matrix, if
A = (ank) x
be a Toeplitz matrix.
A = (ank)n,k=1
sum of the Fourier series of
let
sn(f)
denote the nth partial
that is,
f,
n
sn(f)(t) =
E f(k)eikt
(t E
k = -n Prove that there exists some Ills n(f)ljl
I
n = 0,1,2,...)
exists some to
f
in the
f E LI([-n,n),dt/2n) is unbounded.
f E LI([-n,n],dt/2v) L1-norm.
such that
In particular, there
such that
sn(f)
does not Converge
CHAPTER 7
THE OPEN MAPPING AND THE CLOSED GRAPH THEOREMS
Our concern in this chapter is a pair of
7.0. Introduction.
fundamental theorems, known generally as the Open Mapping and the Closed Graph Theorems.
These theorems give powerful results about
linear transformations whose graphs are closed sets
Indeed, we
is such a transformation between two Frechet
T
shall see that, if
spaces, then it must.be a continuous transformation, this being the Closed Graph Theorem, whereas if the range of then
T
is of category IT,
is surjective and maps open sets onto open sets, this being
T
the open Mapping Theorem.
we begin'with the definition and some properties of a closed mapping between topological spaces in Section 7.1 and then shift our attention to linear closed mappings in the next two sections. Here we shall prove the Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems, as well as some of their immediate consequences.
The remainder of the
chapter, as usual, is devoted to some applications. 7.1. Closed Mappings.
In this section we wish to discuss the
concept of a closed mapping between two topological spaces.
The
results we"obtain in this context will provide some motivation for the development in the succeeding two sections. Definition 7.1.1. pose
as
f
:
X
Y.
X
and
Then the graph of
G(f) _ {(t,f(t)) Clearly
Let
I
Y f,
be arbitrary sets and sup-
denoted by
G(f),
is defined
t E X).
G(f) C X x Y,
and
(t,u) E G(f)
f(t):u. 177
if and only if
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
178
Definition 7.1.2. and suppose
f
:
Let
is said to be closed if
f
Y.
X
be topological spaces
(Y,U)
and
(X,T)
subset of the topological product space
(X x Y, T x
U)..
It is perhaps necessary to remark at once that, if is closed, then it does not necessarily follow that closed set whenever
f
X - Y
:
f(E) C Y
is a
We shall, however,
is a closed set.
E C X
is a closed
G(f)
examine the connection between these two properties a bit further in Proposition 7.1.2.
Our first result provides an alternative, and useful, characterization of closed mappings. Proposition 7.1.1.
spaces and suppose (i)
(ii)
u E Y
and
f
Let
is closed.
f
If
ita} C X
is a net such that there exist some
for which
lira t
a s
f (t) = U. Proof.
be topological
(Y,U)
Then the following are equivalent:
X - Y.
:
and
(X,T)
Suppose
and
is closed,
f
topological product space
lira
f(t
a
limaf(t(Y )
(X x Y, T x U)
a
)
= u,
= u.
then
Then in the
we have
But the net ((t J (t))) C G (f) ,
l ima(ta, f (t(Y )) = (t,u). is a closed subset of
= t
Hence
X x Y.
t E X
(t,u) E G(f),
and
that is,
G (f) f(t) = u,
and part (i) implies part (ii).
Conversely, suppose {(ta,f(ta))} C G(f)
f
satisfies implication (ii)
be a net such that
and let
limof (ta,f(ta)) _ (t,u).
It
then follows from the definition of the product topology that lim t
a
= t
f(t) = u.
and Thus
lim f(t
a
)
a
= u,
(t,u) E G(f),
whence we conclude by part (ii), that and
G(f)
is closed.
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).
0
179
7.1. Closed Mappings
Corollary 7.1.1. suppose that f
f
:
Let
Y
X
is continuous, then
and
(X,T)
and that
be topological spaces,
(Y,U)
is a Hausdorff topology.
U
If
is closed.
f
The proof is left to the reader. is a Hausdorff topology the
U
Without the assumption that
For instance, if
corollary may fail.
Hausdorff topology, then
f
T = U
and
defined by
X
X
:
X = Y
is not a
f(t) = t
is con-
tinuous, but not closed.
An example of a closed mapping that is not continuous is also Letting
perhaps in order.
and
X = [0,1]
Y = IIt,
with the usual
topologies, define f(t) = 1/t
for
f(t) = 0 It is easily verified that
for
f
0 < t < 1, t = 0.
is closed, but not continuous.
Under certain conditions, however, it is the case that a closed mapping is continuous, as is shown by part (v) of the next proposition.
Proposition 7.1.2. and suppose that
f
:
X
Let
Y
(X,T)
and
(Y,U)
be topological spaces
is closed.
If
f
is bijective, then the inverse function
Y
X
is closed.
(ii)
If
K C X
is compact, then
f(K) C X
is closed.
(iii)
If
(X,T)
is compact, then
f(E) C X
is closed whenever
(i)
f-1
and
:
E C X
f-1
exists
is closed. (iv)
If
K C Y
is compact, then
(t
(v)
If
(Y,U)
is compact, then
f
(vi)
If
(X,T) f-1
verse function (vii)
if
(X,T)
is open whenever
is compact and
f
I
f(t) E K)
is closed.
is continuous.
is bijective, then the in-
exists and is continuous. is compact and
E C X
is open.
f
is bijective, then
f(E) C Y
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
180
Part.(i)
Proof.
is a homeomgrphism of
X x Y
onto
To prove part (ii) suppose and lim6f(ta) = u.
(t,u) - (u,t)
is obvious since the mapping
Since
K
is a net in
(ua) _ (f(t.))
It o) C K
is compact, t E K.
(t0)that converges to some
Y x X.
has a subnet
lim0t0 = t
Thus
f(K)
and
lim0f(t0) = u,_ from which we conclude, by Proposition 7.1.1, that f(t) = u.
Hence
is closed.
f(K)
Part (iii) follows at-once from part (ii); part (iv) is established by an argument. similar to the one just used. If
is compact, then each closed subset
(Y,U)
It
pact, and thus from part (iv) we, see that closed.
Thus
f
I
K C Y
is com-
f(t) E K) e X
is
is continuous.
Part (vi) follows at once from parts (i) and (v), whereas part (vii) is immediate from part (vi).
Those of the preceding results that will bt of most interest to us in the next two sections when we discuss linear closed mappings are parts (v) and (vii).
These results assert that, under certain
conditions, a closed mapping is continuous or open -- that is, maps open sets onto open sets.
We shall be interested in seeing when
such assertions are valid for linear closed mappings.
The results
will be the Closed Graph and Open Mapping Theorems, respectively. 7.2. The Open Mapping Theorem.
In this section we prove the
Open Mapping Theorem for closed linear transformations between Freehet spaces.
First, however, let us note again the relevant results about closed mappings.
linear spaces over
Suppose f
and
(V1,T1)
and
(V2,T2)
T E L'(V1)V2).
are topological
Then from the appropriate
parts of Propositions 7.1.1 and 7.1.2 we see that
181
7.2. Open Mapping Theorem
(xa3 C V1, x E V1,
limT(x
and
y E V2
whenever a net
T(x) = y
is closed if and only if
T
(i)
are such that
and
limaxa = x
Y.
(ii)
If
T
is closed and bijective, then
If
T
is continuous, then
T
is
E L'(V2,V1)
closed. (iii)
T
is closed.
At this point it is also perhaps worthwhile to give an example of a linear transformation that is closed, but not continuous.
The
previous example of a closed discontinuous mapping is clearly not linear.
V1 = V2
Let
be the linear space over
polynomials defined on
[0,1]
IR
of all real-valued
and set
Iiflll = Ilfllm,
IIfI12 = IIfIL - Ilf' Ilm where and
(f C- EVl = V2),
f', of course, denotes the derivative of (V2'11.1I2)
Suppose
are normed linear spaces over T E L'(V1,V2)
is defined by
it is easily seen that there exists no
Then
f.
(V1,II.111)
IR.
T(f) = f', f'E V1.
M > 0
such that
(f EV1),
lIT (f)'2 = 'If' Iim , 'If""- < MIIfIL = Milf Ill and so
is not continuous.
T
limnilfn - fill = 0 f E V1,
and
we see that for each
and
g E V2.
Then
On the other hand, suppose
limniiT(fn) - g112 = 0,
where
Then by the definitions of
limnlifn - film = 0 pnd
(fn) c Vl,
.11.111
limnllfn - gilm = 0.
and
11.112
But clearly
n
fn (t) - fn (0) = ft0 fn.(s) ds
(0 < t < 1),
from which we conclude at once that
f (t) - f (0) Since
g
is closed.
is continuous, we see-that
f0t g(s) ds T(f) = f' = g.
(0 < t < 1). Therefore
T
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
182
As will be seen when we come to the Closed Graph Theorem (Theorem 7.3.1), the underlying reason for is that
T
not being continuous
are not complete normed linear spaces.
(Vk,II'IIk), k = 1,2,
Let us examine another example in the spaces
k = 1,2.
This time consider the identity transformation I defined by Then
I(f) = f, f E V1.
exists no M > 0
I
is linear, but not continuous, as there
for which
li'(f)l12 = 'If"-. 'If 'L < Mllfll- = MIIfIII
(f E V1).
Moreover, if limnllfn - flll = 0 and limnIll (fn) - gII2 = 0, then limnllfn - fllm = limnllfn - gII'V = 0, and so I(f) = f = g. Thus
I
is closed. Furthermore, we note that I-I E L'(V2,V1)
is closed.
is clearly bijective, and so
I
Indeed
I-I
is even continuous, as
VVI-I(f)II1 = Ill. < IIf1Im +'If'il = IIf112 Hence
I-1
:
V2
V1
(f E V2).
is an example of a closed, actually continuous,
linear transformation that is invertible, but whose inverse, in this case
is not continuous.
I,
Again, as we shall see from the second corollary (Corollary 7.2.2) of the Open Mapping Theorem, this occurs essentially because the spaces
(V k'11-110' k = 1,2,
are not complete.
Now let us turn to the proof of the Open Mapping Theorem.
In
order to reduce the length of the proof of the theorem itself we first establish a number of rather technical lemmas. and the theorem for Frechet spaces.
We prove the lemmas
In view of the discussion in
Section 2.5 and in particular because of Lemma 2.5.1, we denote here a Frechet space by that
[pn)
Pn(x) < p
n+
(V,[pn)),
assuming without loss of generality
is a countable family of seminorms such that I(x), x E V, n = 1,2,3,...
.
183
7.2. Open Mapping Theorem
Let
Lemma 7.2.1.
over
Un = (x
If
V2.
tive integers
is of
T(V1)
x E V1, pn(x) < 1/n2}, n = 1,2,3,...,
I
and a sequence of posi-
(an), an > 0,
then there exists a sequence
be Frechet spaces
is such that
T E L'(Vl,V2)
and suppose
f
category II in
(V2,(g})
and
(Vl,(pk))
such that
(k n}
limnan = 0.
(i)
k
(ii)
(iii)
> n, n = 1,2,3,...
n
cl[T(Un)] D (y
I
.
(n = 1,2,3,...).
y E V2, qk (Y) < an n
Proof.
and so
n
Let
T(V1) - Un
=
Since
it follows that there exists some We claim, moreover, that of the origin, Since set.
pn
Clearly
be a positive integer. 1mT(Un).
m0
for which
Suppose
int(cl[T(Un)]} # o.
y E int(cl[T(Un)]}.
is a seminorm, it is evident that
Un
is a convex balanced
Thus from Propositions 2.3.2(iii) and.(iv), since
we see that
int(cl(T(Un)]}
-y E int(cl[T(U )J}, n
V2,
contains an open neighborhood
cl[T(Un)]
arguing as follows:
Um = 1mUn,
V1
is of category II in
T(V1)
is convex and balanced.
is linear,
T
Therefore
0 = y/2 +1(-y)/2 E int(cl[T(Un)]),
and so
from which it is apparent that
cl[T(Un)I
contains an open neighbor-
hood of the origin.
Consequently, by the definition of the topology in exist some
an > 0
and some positive integer
cl[T(Un)] D (Y
I
kn
V2, there
such that
Y E V2, ql(Y) < an,...,gk (Y) < n} n
y E V2, qk (Y) < an),
(y
n
as
qm(y) < qm
+
1(y), y E V2, m = 1,2,3,...
dent that we can choose so that
limnan = 0
Lemma 7.2.2.
over
I
and
Let
and suppose
category II in
V2.
aA
and
kn
.
It is, moreover, evi-
successively in this fashion
kn > n.
-
(V1,(pk))
T E L'(V1,V2)
ID
and
(V2;(gm))
is such that
For each positive integer
n
be Frechet spaces T(V1)
choose
is of an > 0
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
184
limn cn = 0.
(i)
If
T
[y
cl[T(Un))
(ii)
Un = (x
such that
kn > n
and a positive integer
I
(
y E V2, gkn(Y) < en) = Wn,
x E V1, pn(x) < 1/n2), n = 1,2,3,...
The existence of the sequences
Let
(kn)
is
The other cases are proved in a similar manner.
n = 1.
for which
and
(6n)
.
We give the argument only for the
of course ensured by Lemma 7.2.1. case
.
T(2Un) D Wn, n = 1,2,3,...
is a closed mapping, then Proof..
where
y E W1.
We need to show the existence of some Now from Lemma 7.2.1 we know that
T(x) = y.
and hence there exists some
x1 E U1
such that
we see that
Prom the definition of
W2
since
there exists some
cl[T(U2))
W2,
gk3[y - T(xI) - T(x2)J < e3.
x E 2U1
cl[T(U1)}
W1,
gk2[y - T(x1)] < c2.
y - T(x1) E W2. x2 E U2
Hence,
such that
Continuing in this fashion, we obtain,
by repeated applications of Lemma 7.2.1, a sequence
(xn) C V1
such
that
(a)
xn E Un.
(b)
qk
(n = 1,2,3,...).
[y - T(Ek = Ixk)) < en + 1
n+l We claim that linear space
L2 n) _ (`k = lxk)
is a Cauchy sequence in the seminormed
(V1,(pk)).
Indeed, giver any seminorm
p.,
n > m > j,
if n
pj (zn - zm) = pj (k - E + lxk) n E
p.(xk)
k=m+ I
J
n
E pk(xk) k=m+I
<
n E
1
k=m+1 k2
,
then
185
7.2. Open Mapping Theorem
as
pk(x) < pk+ 1(x), x E V1, k a 1,2,3,...
Since
.
a convergent series, it follows at once that
k-
11/k2
is
is a Cauchy se-
(zn)
quence. (V1,(pk1)
However,
verges in
converges to
norm and n
say to
V1,
y
is a Frechet space, and hence x.
as we see from the following: if
is chosen so large that qm[y - T(zn)] < qk
kn + 1 > it,
(zn)
con-
(T(zn)) c V2
Moreover, the sequence
qm
is any semi-
then
[y - T(zn)] < to + 1' + 1
Since to
y
limnen = 0,
we deduce immediately that
in the seminormed linear space However, since
we see that
T
T(x) = y.
(T(zn))
converges
(V2,(gm)).
is a closed mapping, from Proposition 7.1.1 Furthermore, we observe that n
pl(x) = pl(lim
E xk)
n k=1 n
< lim sup
n < lim sup n
E p (x ) 1 k
k=1
n £ pk(xk)
k=1
n2 6
< 2.
Therefore
x E 2U1,
and the proof is complete.
We can now state and prove the Open Mapping Theorem.
0
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems .
186
be Frechet spaces over
(V2,(gm))
T
If
V2.
and
T E L'(V1,V2)
and suppose
I
is of category II in
T(V1)
is such that
(V1,{pk))
Let
en Mapping Theorem).
Theorem 7.2.1'(
is a closed
mapping, then
Proof.
kn > n, n = 1,2,3,...,
and positive integers
en > 0
Let
T(2Un) Z) Wn = (y
be so chosen that i
is open.
U C V1
is surjective.
T
(ii)
Un = (x
is open whenever
T(U) C V2
(i)
where
y E V2, qkn(y) < cn),
x E V1, pn(x) < 1/n2), n = 1,2,3,...
.
Such choices are
possible by Lemmas 7.2.1 and 7.2.2. is linear, to extablish part (i) it clearly suffices
T
Since
then
is an open neighborhood of the origin in
U
to show that, if
is an open set in
T(U)
some positive integer as
such that
x + cUn C: UP
Consequently
is open.
U
e > 0
and some
n
then there exists
x E U,
But if
V2.
VI,
T(x + cUn) = T(x) + (;)T(2Un) C T(U). However,
T(2Un) J Wn,
and so
T(x) + (e/2)Wn.
T(U)
is an open neighborhood of the origin in
Since
(e/2)Wn
we conclude that
V21
T(U)
is open.
Next suppose y # 0,
y E V2.
If
then there exists some
kn
for which
latter were not the case, that is, if then we would have qm(y) < (,,m, 1(y),
z = (en/2gkn(y)Jy
and so
Then
0. '
as
kn > n
contrary to assumption.
y = 0,
gkn(z) - cn/2 < en, x E 2Un
gkn(y)
and if
such that
T((2gk(y)/cnlx) . y. n
If the
gkn(y) = 0, n = 1,2,3,...,
qm(y) = 0, m = 1,2,3,...,
Thus there exists some deduce that
T(0) = y,
y - 0, then
and so
T(x) - z.
Therefore
T
and Set
z E Wn C T(2Un).
From this we
is surjective.
D
It is instructive at this point for the reader to refer back to the proof of Helly's Theorem (Theorem 4.10.1) and see how the Open Mapping Theorem could be used to shorten it.
187
7.3. Closed Graph Theorem
Let us give two rather easy corollaries of the theorem. Let
Corollary 7.2.1. spaces over
and suppose
I
and
(Vl,(pk))
be Frechet
(V2, (gm))
is a closed mapping.
T E L'(Vl,V2)
Then the following are equivalent: The range of
(i)
V2.
is surjective.
T
(ii)
is of category II in
T
In particular, if
is a closed linear transformation between
T
is surjective or its range is of
T
Frechet spaces, then either
T
Moreover, the Open Mapping Theorem says that, if
category I.
is
This immediately gives us
surjective, then it is an open mapping. the next corollary. Corollary 7.2.2.
spaces over then
f.
Let
be Frechet
(V2,(gm))
is a closed bijective mapping,
T E L'(V1,V2)
If
and
(Vl,(pk))
T-1 E L(V2,V1).
As a corollary to the corollary we have the following useful result:
Corollary 7.2.3. Tl
and
(V,T2)
from
V
be a linear space over
are Hausdorff topologies on
T,
are Frechet spaces over
f.
If
Clearly
I(x) = x, x E V. (V,T1)
to
(V,T2).
such that
Tl D T2,
I
:
and'
(V,T1)
Tl = T2.
then
I
and suppose
i
V
defined
V
is linear, bijective, and continuous
Hence, by Corollary 7.2.2,
linear, bijective, and continuous from
so
V
Consider the identity transformation
Proof.
by
Let
(V,T2)
to
I-1 = I
(V,T1),
is
and
T1 C T2.
'7.3:
The Closed Graph Theorem.
If
T
is a closed bijec6tive
linear transformation between two Frechet spaces, then Corollary 7.2.3 asserts that
T
is continuous.
In particular,
T
is also
a closed bijective linear transformation between Freohet spaces, and hence it must have a continuous inverse -- that is,
T
is continuous.
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
188
Thus we see that every closed bijective linear transformation between Frechet spaces is continuous.
Actually such more than this is true:
every closed linear transformation between Frechet spaces is continuous.
This is the content of the Closed Graph Theorem, one of the
most important consequences of the Open Mapping Theorem. Theorem 7.3.1 (Closed Graph Theorem). be Frechet spaces over
(V2,{qm))
closed mapping, then Proof.
Since
t.
(Vl,{pk))
Let
T E L'(V1,V2)
If
and is a
T E L(V1,V2).
T
is a closed mapping,
G(T),
the graph of
is a closed linear subspace in the topological product space
T,
V1 x V2.
It is not difficult to verify that this product space is obtained from the seminormed linear space pair
(x,y) E VI x V2
k,m a 1,2,3,...
.
we have
Moreover,
where for each
(V1 x V2,(rkm)),
rI.((x,y)] a pk(x) 4 qm(y), (VI x V2,{rk.)), is complete -- that
is, it is a Frechet space, and so
is a Frechet space.
G(T)
The
details are left to the reader.
Define the mapping Clearly
S
S
:
G(T)
is linear and surjective.
is a sequence that converges to k,m a 1,2,3,...,
by
VI
S[(x,T(x))] a x, x E V1.
{(xnT(xn))) e G(T)
Suppose that
(x,T(x))
G(T).
in
Then for each
we would have
lim (Pk(xn - x) + gm[T(xn) - T(x)]) a 0, n from which it is apparent that lim Pk(S[(xn,T(xn))] - S[(x,T(x))]) = lim pk(xn - x) a 0
n for each
n k = 1,2,3,...
S E L(G(T),VI).
then reveals that
.
Hence from Theorem 1.5.1 we conclude that
An appeal to the Open Mapping Theorem (Theorem 7.2.1), S(U) C VI
is open whenever
if C G(T)
is open.
Note that in the preceding argument it suffices to consider sequences, rather than nets,"since the spaces and hence complete metric spaces.
G(T)
and
VI
are Frechet spaces
189
7.3. Closed Graph Theorem
is any open neighborhood of the origin in
W
Now suppose
and consider the open neighborhood by
U = ((x,T(x))
I
borhood of the origin in exists some
of the origin in
U
Then
x E V1, T(x) E W].
(x,T(x)) E U
z E S(U),
S[(x,T(xD] i z,
such that
given
G(T)
is an open neigh-
S(U)
Moreover, if
V1.
V2
then there and so
T(z) = T(x) E W.
Therefore
and
T[S(U)] C :W,
is continuous.
T
The example of a closed discontinuous mapping in Section 7.1 demonstrates that the assumption of linearity is necessary for the validity of the Closed Graph Theorem.
Our most frequent use of the Closed Graph Theorem will be in the context of Banach spaces.
Because of this, and because the
proof is also instructive, we wish to restate and reprove the theorem in this setting.
Theorem 7.3.2 (Closed Graph Theorem). be Banach spaces over
mapping, then Proof.
x E V1,
If
f.
Let
(V1,11'1[1)
T E L'(V1,V2)
and
is a closed
T E L(V1,V2).
As before, define
where
G(T),
S
G(T)
the graph of
linear subspace of the Banach space
11(x,T(x))11 - 11x111 ` IIT(x)112' x E V1.
i,
V1
by
S[(x,T(x))] - x,
is considered to be a closed
V1 x V2
Clearly
with the norm S
is linear and bi-
jective, and the estimate
IIS[(x,T(x))]111 - 11x111 shows that
S E L(G(T),V1).
IIxIII * IIT(x)112 = II(x,T(x))II
Consequently, by Corollary 7.2.2,
S_1
E L(V1,G(T))
Thus, in particular, we see that
11x111
(x E v,)
hIT(x)112 - 11(x,T(x))1I
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
190
from which we deduce that (1ls-11l
11T(x)112 <
Therefore
T
(x E V1).
- 1)llxlll
is continuous.
For similar reasons we also want to look again at Corollary 7.2.3 in the cohtext of Banach spaces. Theorem 7.3.3 (Two Norm Theorem).
over
t and suppose I)
and
and
11.111
11.112
are Banach spaces over
(V,ll-112)
M>0
such that
11x111 < M11x112, x E V,
some
m > 0
such that
11x112 < mllxlll, x E 'V'
I
Consider the identity mapping
is a linear mapping from
show that
I
be a linear space
are norms on
some
Proof.
V
Let
is continuous.
(V,11.111)
!.
such that
V
If there exists
then there exists I(x) = x, x E V.
onto
(V,11.112).
Clearly
We need to
We shall accomplish this by using the
Closed Graph Theorem.
So suppose that limn1lxn - xlll = 0
[x n) C V, x,y E V,
and
Jimnl11(xn)
are such that
.
Then for each
- y112 = 0.
n
we
have
111(x)
- Al = l1x -
Y111
1lx-xn111+lixn-Y111 lix - xnlll + MlII (xn) from which it follows that Thus we see that
I
- Y112,
I(x) = y.
is a closed mapping and from the Closed
Graph Theorem (Theorem 7.3.2) conclude that
I
is continuous..
O
191
7.4. A Uniform Boundedness Theorem
In particular, if
jjxn1 < MllxIt2, x E V,
are equivalent norms on
then
11-J!,
and
1H12
V.
As in our treatment of the Uniform Boundedness Theorem we have not discussed the most general forms of the Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems.
For other developments of these two fundamental
results the reader is referred to [DS1, pp. 55-58; E1, pp. 419-458; K, pp. 166-168; KeNa, pp. 97-100].
Also it should be remarked that,
although we employed the Open Mapping Theorem to obtain the Closed Graph Theorem, it is possible to do the opposite: one can first prove the Closed Graph Theorem and then use it to deduce the Open Mapping Theorem.
This is done, for example, in [KeNa, pp. 97 -100).
A Uniform Boundedness Theorem for Continuous Linear
7.4.
Functionals.
As a first application of the Closed Graph Theorem we
prove a version of the Uniform Boundedness Theorem '(Theorem 6.2.1)
for continuous linear functionals on Frechet spaces. Theorem 7.4.1. suppose
(xo,)a E A C
V.
be a Frechet space over
(V,(pk))
Let
If for each
x E V
and
t
there exists some
AIxa(x)l < Mx, then for each c > 0 there E exists some open neighborhood U of the origin in V such that sups
'
sup.
such that
Mx > 0
e, x E U.
E Proof.
tions on
Consider the space
of all bounded f-valued func-
A with the norm Oi. = sups E AIf(a)t, f E B(A).
cated in Example 1.2.2, each
B(A)
x E V
define
(B(A).11.11,)
on A
T(x)
by
As indi-
is a Banach space over T(x)(a) = x*(x), a E It.
I.
For
Then
01
T(x) E B(A)
since
sup JT(x)(afl = sup Ix*(x)l < Mx
aEA
aEA
Clearly, the correspondence Moreover, we claim that
T
x
T(x)
defines an element
is continuous.
to the Closed Graph Theorem (Theorem 7.3.1).
T E L'(V,B(A)).
To prove this we appeal
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
192
(xn) C V, x E V,
Indeed, suppose (xn)
converges to
V
in
x
and
(T(an))
and
are such that
f E B(A)
converges to
in
f
B(A).
The latter assumption asserts that
l in IIT (xn) - fllm = l im sup I T (xn) (a) - f (a) I
n aEA
n
lim sup (x*(xn) - f(a)I
n aEA
= 0. Thus, in particular, for each x* E V*,
a
and so
nan
lim x*(x )
T(x)(a) - f(a), a E A,
a E A,
x(x)
a
limnxa(xn) = f(a).
Consequently
for each a E A.
T(x) = f,
that is,
is a closed
T
and so
But
mapping.
Hence the Closed Graph Theorem (Theorem 7.3.1) leads us to conclude that 6 > 0
some
and some seminorm
IIT(x)IIm < c.
sumption that U = (x
I
T E L(V,B(A)).
Therefore, given t > 0, pn
such that, if
there exists
pn(x) < 6,
then
We need only one seminorm because of our standing aspk(x) < pk
pn(x) < b),
+
1(x), x E V, k = 1,2,3,...
.
Setting
we see that sup Ix*(1)I - sup IT(x)(a)I aEA aEA o'
= IIT (x) II.
<e
(x E U),
which completes the proof.
7.5.
1.2 that
C]
Sow Results on Norms in C([0,1])
C([0,11).
We know from Section
is a Banach space under the usual supremum norm
IIfIL =
sup
t E [0,1]
If(t)l
(f E C([0,11))
In this section we wish to give some results concerning other possible norms on
C([0,1]).
limnfn(t) = f(t), 0 < t < 1.
it is the case that
are equivalent norms on
Clearly
to
and
{fn) C C([0,1])
and
limnllfn - f11. - 0
limnIlfn - f1l = 0,
Then
11.11
and
C([0,1]).
Consider the identity mapping
Proof.
if
are such that
f E C([0,1])
and
{fn} C C([O,1])
11.11
and suppose that, whenever
is a Banach space over t
(C([0,1]),11.1I)
such that
C([0,l])
11.1 be a norm on
Let
Theorem 7.5.1.
193
C([0,1])
Some Results on Norms in
7.5.
I
from
I
(C([0,1]),11-11.)
is linear and bijective.
Moreover,
are such that
f,g E C([0,1])
then for each
limnIll(fn) - g11 a 0,
t,
we have
0 < t < 1,
If(t) - g(t)I < If(t) - fn(t)1 + Ifn(t) - g(t)I < IIf - fnll. + Ifn(t) - g(t)I.
f - g,
I (f)
Hence
as
limnlll (fn) - g1I = 0 implies that g(t), 0 < t < 1.
lianI(fn)(t) - limnfn(t)
Thus
is a closed
I
mapping and hence continuous by the Closed Graph Theorem (Theorem, 7.3.2).
Consequently there exists some f E C([0',1]),
M > 0
such that
11f11
MIIfIL,
from which it follows at once, by the Two Norm Theorem
(Theorem 7.3.3),
that
0.11
and
11.11.
are equivalent.
o
The last step of the argument could have appealed to the Open Mapping Theorem, rather than the Two Norm Theorem. since
I
is continuous, linear, and bijective, we see from Corol-
lary 7.2.2 that
that is,
To be precise,
11.11
I-1
and
is continuous, and hence 11.11.
I
is a homebmorphism;
are equivalent.
There are, of course, many norms that one can. introduce into C((0,1]).
Theorem 7.5.1 says.that any such complete norm whose
notion of convergence is at least as strong as pointwise convergence must be equivalent to the supremi
norm.
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
194
is
C([O,l])
under which
C([0,1])
An example of a norm on
not a Banach space is given by the L1-norm:
(f E C([0,1])).
nfill = f0 (f(t)I dt It is easy to verify that
11.111
ljfjll < jjfljm, f E C([0,1]). If
is a norm on
and that
C([0,1])
(C([0,1]),11-111)
were a Banach space,
then by the Two Norm Theorem (Theorem 7.3.3) there would exist some However, consider
jf)Im < m1If1j1, f E C([0,1]).
such that
m > 0
-
for each positive integer
n
the function _
fn(t) _
(
2
(0 < t < n),
)t + n
n < t < 1).
fn(t) = 0 Then simple computations reveal that
and
Ilfn1I. = n
Ilf nil, = 1,
in contradiction to the previous estimates.
n = 1,2,3,...,
is not a Banach space.
Consequently
A Criterion for the Continuity of Linear Transformations
7.6.
on
defined by
fn E C([0,l]),
As should be evident by now,'one of the chief uses of the
Q
Closed Graph Theorem is to establish the continuity of a given linear transformation.
In the preceding examples the proof of continuity
was auxiliary to some other purpose, but now we wish to discuss a situation in which it is the central concern. tions on
T E L'(f.2)
Namely, we seek condi-
that will ensure the continuity of
shall see that this is the case whenever shift transformation on
£2.
T
T.
We
commutes with a certain
To be precise, we. make the following
definition: Definition 7 . 6 . 1 .
mation defined by k = 2,3,4,..., Thus
S
Let
S E L'(12)
S({ak)) = [bk),
for each
where
denote the linear transforbl = 0
and
bk
= ak
- 1
(ak) E f2.
shifts all the components of a sequence
{ak) E 'e2
one position to the right and puts a zero in the first position.
7.6. Continuity of Linear Transformations on
195
£2
We have the following criterion for the continuity of Theorem 7.6.1.
T E L'(£Z)
If
em = 1.
em = (ek) C £2
that is,
then we set
(x) m
m = 1,2,3,...
=
ek = 0, k # m, ((ak))m
am'
I(x)m1 < 11x112, x E £2, for each
.
Consequently, for each Sn,m
belongs to
(x)m
we
is the mth component of the sequence
It is immediately evident that
mapping
T E L(L2).
m = 1,2,3,...,
For each
the sequence such that
x = (ak) E £2,
If
m = 1,2,3,...; x.
then
To begin with we wish to establish some notational con-
Proof.
ventions that will simplify the proof. denote by
TS = ST,
and
T E L'(.f2):
defined by
n,m = 1,2,3,...,
Sn m(x) = (anT[en])m,
Clearly each
£Z.
we claim that the
x = [ak) E -2' is linear and
Sn m
ISn,m(x)I = I(anT[e'J)ml = Ian(T(enJ)mI
= I(T[enJ)mliani
(x E
(T[enJ)mINxil2 shows that
Sn m
is continuous from £2
Now we claim that, if a closed mapping.
show that, if that is,
To see this, since
(xj)
limjllx3Il2
T E L'(£2)
0
is a sequence in and
limjliT(x3)
(y)m = 0, m = 1,2,3,...
to
and
T £2
P.1
C.
TS - ST,
then
T
is
is linear, it suffices to and
- yII2 = 0,
y E £2 then
are such y - 0;
that
.
But it is easily seen that for each
m = 1,2,3,...,
m X]
(ak)
E akek + ST(zm)
(j
l,2,3,...
(z3)k = am + k' k = 1,2,3,... Since TS = ST, TSII1 = SmT, m = 1,2,3,..., and so
it follows
_
k= where
at once that
.
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
196
m
E (akT[ek])m + (SmT[zm])m
(T(xI])m =
k=1 m E 1Sk,m(xl k
The equations are valid since zeros in the first
m
Thus, since each
because
(S°Tfzlm])a = 0
Sm
introduces
positions when applied to any sequence. Sk
m'
k = 1,2,...,m; m = 1,2,3,...,' is a
continuous linear functional on
we conclude that for each
t2,
m = 1,2,3,..., m lim (T(xI))
j
m
E S
= lim
(xI
k= 1 k'm
J
m
E Sk,m((0))
=
k=1 = 0.
However,
m
limi IIT(x3)
- y1I2 = 0
1,2,3,...,' and hence
Therefore
T
limjl(T[x3] - y),I = 0,
y = 0.
is a closed mapping, and so, by the Closed Graph
Theorem (Theorem 7.3.1),
7.7.
implies that
T
is continuous.
Separable Banach Spaces.
In the preceding three sections These
we have given some applications of the Closed Graph Theorem.
are, of course, indirectly also applications of the Open Mapping Theorem, since the former was derived from the latter.
In this and
the next section we shall give two instances of direct applications of the Open Mapping Theorem. Theorem 7.7.1. C,
If
(V,11.11)
is a separable Banach space over
then there exists a closed linear subspace
such that
V
is topologically isomorphic to
W
of
LI/W,
([1,11.111)
where the
quotient space is taken with the usual quotient norm
III x + will = inrcfwllx + ylll
(x E L1)
197
7.7. Separable Banach Spaces
Proof.
(zk) C BI - (z
is separable, there exists a sequence
V
Since
TI(x) - Ek - lakzk
x - (ak) E LI we define in
(v,11-11)
that is dense in
z E V, lizll < 1)
l
since
T1 E L(LI,V).
Let
verified that
w
k - 1llakzkll W - (x
k = I l ak 1
The series converges = Ilxll1 . Clearly then
x E ll, TI(x)
I
For each
B1.
Then it is readily
01.
is a closed linear subspace of
and so
li,
ll/w
is a Bane:ch space with the quotient norm (Theorem
Now define T T
:
by setting
V
LI/W
T(x + W) = TI(x),
is evidently a well-defined injective continuous linear transfor-
mation from
that
T1
W - (x
as
V,
is surjective.
x E L1, T1(x) - 0). Moreover,
l
To see this it suffices to show
is surjective. z E V
Suppose integer
to
lI/w
we claim that T
kI
and
such that
Then there exists some positive
llzll < 1. llz
-
zk111 < 1/2.
so there exists some positive integer 112(z - zkl) - zk211 < 1/2;
that is,
Furthermore,
k2 > kI llz - zkl
Izkn/2n
-
111 < 1/2a, a = 1,2,3,...
- zk2/2ll < 1/22.
(zk ) C BI
Since
.
112(z - zkl)ll < 1,
such that
tinuing in this fashion, we obtain a sequence llz
LI.
V
Con-
for which
is a Banach
-
space, we conclude that where
zz - (aa)
and hence
is such that am a 1/2n -
am - 0, m } kn, n - 1,2,3,... then
lzkn/2n - 1,
z - Ln
w - z/11z11 E BI,
If
if a - kn,
z ' 0
Hence
T1
T E L(LI/W,V)
and
is any element of
so there exists some
that is, TI(llzllx) - z. Consequently
.
z = TI(xz),
xw
for which
V,
TI(xw)
w,
is surjective.
is bijective, and from the Open
Mapping Theorem (Theorem 7.2.1) or Corollary 7.2.2 it follows that T-1
is continuous.
Therefore
t1/W
and
V
are topologically iso-
morphic.
o
It should be remembered, and is not difficult to prove, that, if
V
is a separable Banach space and
subspace, then
V/W
able Banach space.
is separable.
W C V
is a closed linear
In particular,
l1/W
is a separ-
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
198
from Example 3.1.7 that, if
f(k)
in Cow.
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
The Category of
7.8.
f C L1([-n,n],dt/2n) _
2n
We recall
and
`.nn f(t)e-ikt dt -
(k E Z),
w
then
Z
where, as before,
f E Co(1.),
denotes the locally compact
space of the integers with the discrete topology.
It can also be
w
f - f
shown that the linear transformation to
from
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
is injective, as will be done in Corollary 13.7.1.
C0(Z)
over, it is evident that
More-
f E L1([-n,n],dt/2n).
I1fIIm < IIf1I1,
Combining these observations we see that the Fourier transformation
f
w f
is an injective continuous linear transformation from
to
However, the Fourier
transformation is not surjective; indeed, the range of the Fourier transformation is a set of category 1. L1([-n,n],dt/2n)w = (f
We set
Theorem 7.8.1.
I
We shall now prove this. f E L1([-n,n],dt/2n)].
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
is a set of category I in
(C0 (SE.) , II' Ilm) -
Proof.
Define
T(f)
f, f E L1([-n,n],dt/2n).
Then
T
is an
injective continuous linear mapping from (Co(a),II III).
Suppose the range of
is of category II in T
C0(Z).
T,
to
that is,
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)w
Then from Corollary 7.2.1 we see that
is surjective, and so from Corollary 7.2.2 it follows that
T 1 E L(C0(Z),L1([-n,n],dt/2n)). Consequently for each f E L1([-n,n],dt/2n). However, consider the functions -n < t < n, n = 0,1,2,..., in Section 6.6.
!1f1I1 < IIT-IIIIIfllm
Dn(t) = [sin(n + 1/2)t]/[sin t/2],
that is, the Dirichlet kernels introduced
We proved there that
supnJIDnil,
On the other hand, since we know that for each Dn(t) = F
_
-ne
ikt ,
-n < t < n,
using the_well-known facts that
n = 0,1,2,...,
some straightforward computations .
199
7.9. Problems
fnn eikt
1
for
k = 0,
dt = 0
for
k f 0
dt =
I
pnn e ikt
2n
(k E 7d),
n = 0,1,2,...,
reveal that for each w
D(k) =
1
Dn(k) = 0
for
-n < k < n,
for
Ikl> n
and so the inequality
Thus On 11. = 1, n = 0,1,2,...,
IIT-IIIIIDnIIm
lIDnlll < cannot hold for all
(k E Z).
n.
But this contradicts the previous estimate, and therefore LI([-n,n],dt/2n)
must be ofrategory I in
It should,nevertheless, be,noted that
norm dense subalgebra in
(Corollary 7.1.1)
1.
spaces such that :
X
U
Let
is a
(See, for example, [Rul, p.9].)
(X,T)
and
is a Hausdorff topology.
is continuous, then
Y
2.
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
Problems.
7.9.
f
II W).
C0(Z).
f
be topological
(Y,U)
Prove that, if
is closed.
be it normed linear space over
Let
0.
If
are both closed, does it necessarily follow that S + T
S,T E L'(V) is closed? 3.
be a nonmed linear space over .
Let
T E L'(V)
is a closed linear transformation and
subset of
V,
is
T(E)
E C V
necessarily a closed subset of
If
is a closed V?
7, open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
200
Suppose (a)
f
:
If
and
(X1,11), (X2,12),
Let
4.
X1
X2
f
and
and
g
X2
:
(X3,T3)
be topological spaces.
X3.
are closed, prove that
g
g o f
X1 - X3
:
is`not necessarily closed. (b)
g.* f
:
t.
and
over
f
Let
graph of
be a normed linear space'over
and
(V1,T1)
V1 x V2
T E L'(V)
If
I.
T
is closed.
be topological linear spaces
be neighborhood bases at the ,origins
respectively.
V2,
in
'(V2,T2)
U2
and
U1
is closed whenever
T - XI
prove that
and let
T
is closed, prove that
g
is closed.
(V;11'fl)
Let
and
V1
is continuous and
f
X1 - X3
71.E f,
6.
of
If
Let
Prove that the
T E L'(V1,V2).
is closed if and only if
n{T(U1) + U2
U1 E U1, U2 E U2) - o). 1
7.
(Corollary 7.2.1)
chet spaces over
Let
(V 1,{pk))
and suppose
f
and
T E L'(V1,V2)
(V2,{qm)) be
Fre-
is a closed mapping.
Prove that the following are equivalent: (a)
R(T)
(b)
T
8.
is of category II in
is surjective.
(Corollary 7.2.2)
chet spaces over
9. I.
(V1,{pk))
and
(V2,{qm))
T E L'(V1,V2)
be
Fre-
is a closed
T-1 E L(V1,V2). and
Let
(V2,1I.((2)
Suppose that for some injective
T-1 E L(V1,V2). OV2
Let
Prove that if
f.
bijective mapping, then
over
V2.
Prove that
V1
be normed linear spaces T E L(V1,V2),
we have
is a Banach space if and only if
is a Banach space. 10.
be a normed linear space and
Let
a Banach space over a linear subspace
If
f.
DT
of
T V1
(V2'11-112)
is a linear transformation mapping into
V2,
that is,
T E L'(DT,V2),
be
7.9. Problems
T
then
201
(xn)
is said to be closed if whenever and
x E V1.
y E V2
are such that
Prove that, if exists some
T E L'(DT,V2)
M > 0
for which
T E L(V1,V2).
if and only if
and
V1
R(T)
and
(V1,ll'll1)
is closed in
T E L(DT,V2).
is isomorphic to
0
V1/N(T)
be Banach spaces over
be injective and closed.
if and only if there exists some
V2
DT
be Banach spaces over
Prove that
T E L'(V1,V2)
and let
then
is closed.
R(T)
Let
12.
T(x) = y.
11T(x)112 < Mllx111, x E DT
and
Let
11.
and
is closed and bounded, that is, there
is a closed linear subspace of
and let
x E DT
DT,
and
limnllxn - x111 = 0
it is the case that
limn11T(xn) - Y112 - 0,
is a sequence in
Prove that c > 0
i
R(T)
such that
11x111 < clIT(x)112, x E V1.
f :.Xl
X2
and
(X2,T2)
be topological spaces and let
be a mapping.
Suppose
Ti
T, e T2
such that that
(X1,T1)
Let
13.
prove that *14.
f
Let
(that is,
is Hausdorff.
(X2,T2) :
(V,l1'l1)
cp(x) - x + W, x E V:
Let
Let
cp
Prove that
and such
T2)
(X1,T1) - (X2,TZ)
:
:
cp
V - V/W
is continuous,
I
and let
W C V
V
V/W.
be a .separable Banach space over V.
Prove that
i
V/W
and let is separ-
able.
and let that
Let
f
:
and V1
V2
f E L(V1,V2).
be
be the natural mapping
maps the open unit ball of
be a closed linear subspace of
16.
X
is closed.
be a Banach space over
onto the open unit ball of
W C V
f
(X1,T1) -. (X2,T2)
a closed linear subspace.
1S.
is weaker than
T2 If
is another topology for
be such that
be Banach spaces over
y* o f E Vi, y* E V.
Prove
f
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
202
Suppose
is a norm on
j1j-1(1
(i)
define
f E L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
For
17.
L1((-n,n],dt/2n)
such that
is a Banach space.
(L1([-n,n],dt/2n)lIJ
is a continuous linear functional on
x;
(ii)
xk(f) = f(k), k E Z.
(L1([-n,n],dt/2u),III -ICI)
for each
the Banach space
k E Z.
are equivalent norms on the space L1.([-TT,TI] ,dt/2n), where as usual Prove that
and
jI1
II
111-111
jf(t)I dt.
jjfjjl = 2n 18.
E C Z and define
Let
CE _ {f
(a)
Prove that
(b)
ECZ M>0
constant that
*19.
CE
is a closed linear subspace of
is said to be a Sidon set if there exists Some such that
Ek = -mIf (k)
x E V,
Suppose
jjxjj < 1).
there exists a number
k > 1
corresponds an
such that
x E B1
20.
x = En
21.
Let
(V,T1)
-
lix
=0
§
and let
has the following property:
all < 1/k.
(an)n = 0
x E B1
there
Prove that to each
of points of
A
an/An
V
to a Banach space
T1
and
and
T2
(V,T2)
J,
T1 } T2.
W
is continuous.
be topologies for a linear space
V
are both Frechet spaces over
Prove
that the following are equivalent: (a)
Prove
Use Problem 19 to prove that a closed linear map from a
Banach space
that
a E A
A C V
such that to each
there corresponds a sequence
such that
< Mjjfjj.,, f E CE.
be a normed linear space over
Let I
f c C([-n,n]), f(k) = 0, k f E).
is a Sidon set if and only if Ek = -mlf(k)l < m, f E CE.
E e 7Z
B1 a (x
I
§.
such
7.9. Problems
203
(b)
The topology
T with subbase
(c)
The topology
TI n T2
(d)
There is an
U2
is not Hausdorff.
x C V, x
each TI-neighborhood
is not complete.
TI U T2
such that
0,
'
x E UI + U2
for
of the origin and each T2-neighborhood
UI
of the origin.
There is a sequence
(e)
to zero relative to 22.
Un T
tion
ITn(Vn),
23.
be Frechet spaces over
onto any Frechet space
whenever. U
F
converges
Ix n)
T2.
6.
let n E L(VW).
n
prove that every continuous linear transforma-
is open in
Let,(V1111-11, )(V2"1.112)
,
T C L(VI,V3)
and
x E VI
the equation
T(x) = S(y)
Prove that the mapping
F
is open,
from
be Banach spaces
(V3"1.113 )
S E L(V2,V3).
A(x) = y
T(U)-
that is,
W.
and
Let
f.
every
W
from
is open in
over
such that
relative to
0
be a topological linear space and for each
W
If
y
(V n, n), n = 1,2,3,...,
Let
W
Let
V
in
(xn)
and to
T1
Suppose that for
has a unique solution V1
to
V2
y.
so determined is
linear and bounded.
24. over all
Let
(V1,1H11) , (V2'11.112) ,
Suppose
f.
x E VI,
T E L(VI,V3)
where
25.
and let
Let
X
If
where
Suppose
f
:
X - C
sequence
defined by
y
(yk
If
for
A
is
p
for every
g E Lp(X,p),
fg
is
prove that
1/p + 1/q = 1, 1 < p < m.
I < p,q <
lakjxj
yk
A E L(V2,V3).
is a function such that
and let
matrix of complex numbers such that, if series
T(x) - AB(x)
is continuous.
B
integrable with respect to
26.
and
be Banach spaces
be a locally compact Hausdorff topological space
µ E M(X).
f E Lq(X,µ),
(V3$11.113 )
is a composite
B E L'(VI,V2)
injective, prove that
and
E t q.
(ak )k x
converges for each
= 1
be an infinite
E Cp,
Prove that the transformation
T(x) = y, x E Lp,
belongs to
then the
k = 1,2,3,..., and the
L(t ,fq).-
T
:
tp -» Lq,
7. Open Mapping and Closed Graph Theorems
204
such that an infinite series absolutely, that is,
=
n
=
of complex numbers
(cn)
Prove that there exists no sequence
27.
of complex numbers converges
an
(cnan)
if and only if
l(anl <
is a
bounded sequence. Let
28.
consisting of
L2([0,1],dt)
denote the subset of
E
all functions of the form (s E [0,1]),
f(s) = a + f0 g(t) dt
g E L2([O,l],dt), a E , and
where T
:
by
E - L2([0,1),dt)
vative of
Let
*29.
and let
Prove that
f.
f' g(t) dt = 0. where
T,f) = f',
T
be a continuous function on
K(t,s)
A E (
by
m,kj < 1.
is a given number such that
is injective, surjective, and continuous.
Prove that
(b)
Use Corollary 7.2.2 to prove that
T
prove that for each
µt E M([0,l])
[0,1]
(t E [0,1]; f E C([0,1])),
(a)
T(f) = g,
[0,1] x
T E L'(C((0,1]))
Define
m = 11KIIm > 0.
Define
is the first deri-
is closed.
T(f)(t) = f(t) + xfl K(t,s)f(s) ds where
f'
If
is continuous.
T-l
there exists a measure
t E [0,1J
such that f(t) = fI g(s) dµt(s).
30.
Let
W
those functions
be the linear subspace of f
in
that have continuous first and
C([0,1])
second derivatives and satisfy linear differential operator
f(O) = f(1) = 0. T
consisting of
C([0,1])
:
W
C([0,1]),
Let
a0,a11
and
Assuming that the differential equation solution
f E W
for each choice of
exists and is continuous.
be the
defined by
T(f)(t) = a0(t)f"(t) + al(t)f'(t) + a2(t)f(t) where the fixed coefficients
T
(t E (0,1]),
aZ are in
T(f) = g
g E C([0,1]),
C([0,lJ).
has a unique prove that
T
205
7.9. Problems
M
subspaces
and
x = y + z,
where
V = M c8 N.
If
V
is a direct sum of two of its linear'
V
A linear space
31.
is s Banach space, them a projection
and
N(P)
R(P)
P2 = P,
that is,
is an
P
and a direct
such that for some
M
V = M E ,N.
N,
is a Banach space
V
If
prove that
L(V),
is a closed linear subspace
V
other closed linear subspace (a)
has a unique decomposition In this case we write
z E N.
and
y E M
idempotent transformation in sunimand of
x E V
if every
N
and
P E L(V)
is a projection,
are direct summands of
V
and
R(P) E) N(P).
V
of
V.
be A Banach space and let
V
Let
(b)
Suppose that
V = M
N
be a direct summand
M
and define
P
:
whenever x= y± z E V, y E M, z E N.
P(x) = y
M
V
by setting
Prove that
P
is
a projection.
be an infinite-dimensional separable Banach
Let
32.
A Schauder basis in
space over f.
such that for every
,such that ak
:
V
*33.
T
is a set
(xkI C V, <<xk1I = 1,
there is a unique series =
lakxk11 = 0.
rn nlix
u
For each
x =
(a)
ak
of
xk
= 18k(x)xk.
in the Schauder expansion of Prove that for each
1akxk
k = 1,2,3,..., let
be the mapping that associates with each
C
coefficient words,
x C V
V
x E V x.
the
In other
k = 1,2,3,..., ak E V*.
Give an example of an unbounded linear transformation
from a normed linear space to a Banach space such that
T
has a
closed graph. (b)
Give an example of an unbounded linear transformation
from a Banach space to a normed linear space such that closed graph.
T
has a
T
CHAPTER 8 REFLEXIVITY
In this chapter we introduce the notion
Introduction.
B.O.
of a reflexive Banach space -- a Banach space
V
that can be iden-
tified in a natural manner with the space of continuous linear funcV*.
tionals on its dual space
This notion is an important and use-
ful one, as will be apparent from the development of this and the After giving a precise definition of a
succeeding two chapters.
reflexive Banach space and establishing some basic results about such spaces, we shall discuss the concept of uniform convexity and prove Mil'man's Theorem, which asserts that every uniformly convex Banach space is reflexive.
A key tool in this development will be In the last section
the Hahn-Banach Theorem and its consequences.
of the chapter we shall use the previously obtained results to show that
is a reflexive Banach space and to
1 < p < m,
identify its dual space
Lp(X,S,&)*
with
Lq(X,S,µ), 1/p + I/q = 1.
Many of the concepts and results discussed here have validity in a more general context, but we shall concentrate our attention only on Banach spaces.
Expositions of these more general results
can be found in several of the references listed in the bibliography.
Reflexive Spaces.
8.1.
that, if
V
We have already noted (Theorem 3.2.2)
is a normed linear space, then
V*
is a Banach space.
Clearly, one can then consider the continuous linear functionals on
V*,
that is, the space
(V*)* - V**.
this is again a Banach space.
Suppose that
(V,1I.Il)
By the preceding remark
Similarly, we can consider
is a normed linear space over
206
V***,
i
and
207
8.1. Reflexive Spaces
let
x E V.
We claim that
on
given that
x
that is,
x E V, -define T(x)
x
defines a continuous linear functional
determines an element of
It is apparent
T(x)(x*) = x*(x), x* E V*.
and the estimate
V*,
is a linear functional on
'r(x)(x*)I = x*(x)I
Indeed,
V**.
(x* E V*).
IIx*IIIIxII
shows that T(x) E V** and,. moreover, that ' II'r(x) II < IIxII. In this way we obtain a mapping
and suppose
T
:
V**
T
is an isometric isomorphism.
Banach space over
f,
0
is defined by
(x f V, x' E V*).
1(x) (x*) = x* (x) Then
The
V**.
be a normed linear space over
Let
V
to
T.
next theorem gives the basic properties of Theorem 8.1.1.
V
from
T
Moreover, if
is a
(V,11-11)
is a closed linear subspace of
then 'T(V)
(V'*,IHI) Proof.
V**,
The preceding discussion shows that
and a simple argument reveals that
IIT(x)II < IIxII, x E V,
T
T
V
maps
is linear.
into
Since
the isometric and injective nature of T , will
be proved on showing that
IIT(x)II ?1114, x E V.
If
x
0,
then clearly T(x) = 0
suppose
x
0.
Then from Corollary 4.2.5 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem
we see that there exists some
xo(x) - IIxII.
x* E V'
and
II-r(x)II = IIxII.
such that
Thus
IIxII = Ixo(x)I = IT (X) (X0*) I <
xsup II
=II = 1
x*EV* = IIT(x)II.
Ir(x)(x*)I
IIx1 =1
$o
and
8. Reflexivity
208
and so
is an i5ometty.
v
The last assertioh of the theorem is obvious.
The mapping
is called the canonical embedding of
as a linear subspace of
V
V**.
ments will be denoted by We give spaces
V
Definition 8.1.1.
Then
T
:
into
will be referred
and its generic ele-
V,
x**.
a special name when
is surjective.
T
be a nonmed linear space over
Let
is said to be reflexive if the canonical embedding
V
V - V**
is surjective. V
Thus, if tional on
V**
At times
to as the second conjugate, or bidual, of
i.
V
albeit with an abuse of terminology, to think
It allows
V**.
of
t
0
is reflexive, then every continuous linear func-
is of the form
V*
T(x)
for some
x E V.
It is important to note, however, that the property of reflexivity is not identical with the assertion that there exists an iso-
metric isomorphism between must be the canonical one
V T.
and
V**,
Indeed, it is possible to construct
an example of a normed linear space V such that T(V)
p
but that this isomorphism
and a mapping p
:
V
V**
is a surjective isometric isomorphism but for which
is a linear subspace of codimension one in
V**.
One such
example is due to R.C.James, and an exposition of it can be found in [Da, p. 72]. If
V
is a reflexive normed linear space, then
trically isomorphic to the Banach space be a Banach space. result.
V**,
and so
V
is isomeV
must itself
We include this observation as part of the next
209
8.1. Reflexive Spaces
Theorem 8.1.2.
be a normed linear space over
(V,I1.l)
0.
is reflexive, then
V
If
Let
(i)
is a Banach' space over #.
(V,11-11)
(ii)
V*
is reflexive.
(iii)
If
W C V
is a closed linear subspace, then
W
is a
reflexive Banach space. Proof.
Part (i) is proved in the paragraph preceding the theo-
rem.
To prove part (ii) we consider the canonical embedding of
into
V***,
which we denote by
T.
We
is surjective; that is, given xo**E V***,
we
must show that
T'
must find some
xo E V*
T'(x*) = x***
to distinguish it from
T'
such that
xo(x) = xo**[T(x)], x E V. see that
r'(xo) = xo**.
It is apparent that
Define
xo E V*,
However, given any
x
by
and to
(x** E V**).
0
0
this
xo
we need only show that T,(x*)(x**) = x***(x**)'
T(x) = x**.
V*
x** E V**,
let
This is possible because
V
x E V
be such that
is reflexive.
Thus for
we would have T'(xo)(x**) = X** (x*)
= T (x) (xo)
= xo (x) = x:**ZT(x)] O
= x***(x**). 0 Hence
T'(xo) = xo**,
and
V*
is reflexive.
Suppose now that
W C V
is a closed linear subspace.
is a Banach space, as
V is.
Let
of
W
into
W**.
TW
Then W
denote the Canonical embedding
We must show that TW
is surjective.
8. Reflexivity
210
yo* E W**
To this end let
where
xo*(x*) = y**[t(x*)], x* E V*, of
V*
onto
$
by
denotes the natural mapping
determined by the fact that
W*,
is isometrically
W*
The latter assertion was established in Theo-
V*/Wl.
isomorphic to
xo* E V**
and define
rem 4.6.2.
is in4eed an element of V.
xo*
It is readily verified that
Appealing again to the reflexivity of that
We claim that
T(x0) - xo*.
we choose
V,
x0 E V
because if
xo E W,
xo
such W,
then by Corollary 4.2.4 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem there exists some xo E V*
such that
particular,
xo(xo)
xo E W.
yo*[t(xo)] = 0.
0
and so
xo(y) = 0, y E W.
and
f(xo) = 0,
Thus, in
from which it follows that
However, by the definition of
xo*
we see that
Y**[i(xo)] - xo*(x*)
= T (X0) (xo)
=0 by the choice of
Consequently rem 4.6.2, since
Thus for any
This contradiction implies that
x*.
TW(xo) E W**. x
0
E W,
y* E W*,
if
xo E W.
Moreover, from the proof of Theo-
we have x* E V*
$(x*)(xo) = x*(x0), x* E V*. is such that
$(x*) = y*,
then
211
8.1. Reflexive Spaces
= Y**(Y*) TW(xo) = yo*,
Therefore
TW
and
is surjective.
Actually part (ii) of Theorem 8.1.2 is a necessary and sufficient condition for the reflexivity of
Theorem 8.1.3.
be a Banach- space over
(VJ 1I)
Let
V.
.
Then
the following are egyivalent: V
(i)
V*
(ii)
Proof. 8.1.2.
is reflexive. is reflexive.
That part (i) implies part (ii) is a portion of Theorem
of
is a proper closed linear subspace
T(V)
Theorem 8.1.1 we see that
Then from
is not reflexive.
V
Conversely, suppose that
and so, by Corollary 4.2.4 again, there exists some.
V**,
xo** E V*** claim that
xo**
such that
xo** f T'(V*), V*
embedding of
Indeed, if
and
0
x***[T(x)] = 0,-x E V.
We
T' -again denotes the canonical
where
V***.
into
xo E V*
were such that
T'(x*) = xo**,
then
X0 *(X) = T (x) (xo) = x***[T(x)] 0
(x E V),
0 from which it follows at once that 0,
as
T'
xo* = 0.
But then
is linear, contrary to the choice of
Therefore
T'(V*) # V***,
T'(x*) = xo** =
xo***.
and part (ii) implies part (i).
0
Let us look at two other questions whose answers contribute to the interest in reflexive spaces. Suppose
is a Banach space and
x* E V*.
Then by
8. Reflexivity
212
definition we have
11x*11 - suplix;I
< i i x* (x)1 . x0 E V,
An obvious question to ask is whether there exists some such that
(1x011 < 1,
that is, does
lx*(x0)1 = (lx-I1;
attain
x*
its maximum absolute value at some point of the closed unit ball B1 = (x
To answer this question we cannot make
x E V, 11x11 < 1)?
I
an appeal to the continuity of
on
in the comments following Theorem 1.3.3, V
is finite-dimensional.
can assert that
x*
Theorem 8.1.4. 1.
that
If
B1
V
since, as remarked
is not compact unless
is reflexive, then we
attains its maximum absolute value on Let
(V,II'II)
B1.
be a reflexive Banach space over
then there exists some
x* E V*,
x0 E V, 11x011 = 1,
such
x* (x0) = 11X+11Proof.
if
However, if
B1,
x* # 0,
If
then by corollary 4.2.5 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem
there exists some Ilxa*lI = 1.
ent that
then the assertion is evident, whereas
x* = 0,
If
xo* E V**
x0 E V
11x011 = 1
is such that
and
In general the point (V,11.11)
such that
x* (x0) = lIx*II
x***(x*) = IIx*II
T(x0) = xo*,
then it is appar-
.
need not be unique.
x0
and
However, if
is a uniformly convex Banach space, a concept to be discus-
sed in the next section, then
x* # 0
attains its maximum absolute,
value at a..unique point in the unit ball.
We shall return to this
stronger result in Section 8.2.
The cogverse of Theorem 8.1.4 is also valid: if Banach space such that, whenever
x0 E V, 11x011 = 1,
for which
x* E V*,
x*(x0) = IIx*11,
(V,11-11)
is a
there exists some
then
V
is reflexive.
We do not give the proof but instead refer the reader to the original source (see [J]).
Theorem 8.1.4 can be employed to show that certain spaces are not reflexive.
8.1. Reflexive Spaces
.
Corollary 8.1.1.
213
is not a reflexive Banach space.
(co,ll Ilm)
In view of Theorem 8.1.4 it suffices to exhibit a con-
Proof.
tinuous linear functional on
that does not attain its maximum
c'
0
absolute value on the closed unit ball; that is, to construct some
x* E c* such that
I x* (x) I < llx*Il, x E c0, pxllm < 1.
We now pro-
ceed to do this. For each Clearly, #a k1
x*
x - (ak) E co
we define
is a linear functional on
< 11(ak)IIW, k = 1,2,3,...,
Ilxilm < 1,
x*(x) = 1
then
I x* (x) I
<_
c
_
lak/k!.
Moreover, since
.
0
it is apparent that, if
=
11/k:. Hence x* E
x E c0,
and
Actually, ilx*1I = 2k. 11/k! since for each positive integer n, if xn (ak) E c0 is such that ak = 1, k = 1,2,.. . ,n, and ak = 0, k > n, then = 1 and IIx*II < Ek = 11/k! .
IIxnll.
x*(xn)
11/k!.
Consequently IIx*II =
'sup Ix*(x)1 IIxIIL=1
> sup x*(xn) n n sup
E
k-E l
1
1
n k=1 `O
=
,
However, there exists no x E c0, IIxIIW < 1 , for which
I x* (x) l _ IIx*Ils
as can be seen from the following argument: Suppose 'x = (ak) E c0, IIxIIm < 1.
Since
lanl < 1,
and hence
linkak = 0,
Ix*(x)I =
there exists some
#
s k=1 CD
k =l k#n
I
a
Ln n.
n
such that
8. Reflexivity
214
< k
1
1
l
k'
*
n'
k'n
Ilx*Il,
=
Therefore
c
is not reflexive.
0
D
Another interesting question is the following one: V
is a nonempty closed convex set in a Banach space
Suppose
K
and let
d = infx E Kllxll. Clearly, if 0 E K, then d = 0, and there exists some point
x0 E K
On the other hand, if
0
for which then
K,
lix0ll = d,
d > 0,
clear under what conditions there exists an llx0II = d.
Indeed, there may exist no such
reflexive, then such an
x0 E K
namely,
xo
0.
but it is not entirely x
0 x0.
E K
for which
However, if
V
is
with minimal norm always exists.
The proof of this requires some knowledge of weak topologies and will be delayed until Chapter 9 (Corollary 9.9.2). tion we shall prove that such a unique
x0 E K
In the next sec-
exists whenever
V
is uniformly convex.
The notion of reflexivity also plays an important role in the study of'weak topologies on Banach spaces, a subject we shall pursue in some detail in Chapters 9 and 10.
8.2.
Uniform Convexity and Mil'man's Theorem.
As indicated in
the preceding section, it is of some interest to develop means for determining whether a given Banach space is reflexive. mination is not always easy.
Such a deter-
There is, however, one property of a
Banach space that is amenable to verification and ensures that the space is reflexive. norm.
This property is the uniform convexity of the
The main purpose of this section is to. establish this result.
215
8.2. Uniform Convexity and Mil'man's Theorem
Definition 8.2.1.
is said to be uniformly convex if for each
Then
t.
there exists some
IlyII < 1,
be a normed linear space over
Let
and
such that, whenever
6 > 0
yll > e,
llx -
x,y E V,
e > 0
11x11 < 1,
Il(x + y)/211
then
Strictly speaking it is not a linear space that is uniformly convex, but rather the norm on the space, and if one takes the same linear space with two different norms, then one space may be uniformly convex and the other space may fail to be so.
For instance, consider
Then we claim that
is uniformly convex, whereas first that, if
(IIx-
and
x - (al,a2)
12)2+ (11-
is not.
(
are in
y = (bl,b2)
(IR2'11.112)
Indeed, note 1R2,
2
2
k=1
k=1
then
E (ak+bk)2+a E (ak-bk)2
-YA1
2
=
4 E (2ak2
2 + 2bk)
k=1 2
=
1
2
E ak) + Z( E bk)
2( k=1
k - i
(Ilxl12)2
+
2(l1Yll2)2.
2
But then, if e > 0 is given, let 6 > 0 be such that (1 -
and
6)2
1
-
c2/4.
lix - Y112 > s (lilx
Then for any x,y E 1R2,
(1x112 < 1, IIY112 <
we have
2=
1
(11x112) 2+
<1
1
(IIyII2) 2- (IIx-12) 2
- (IIx2!12)2 92
IF (1 - 6)2,
that is, convex. (
'lI'112)
il(x + y)/2112 c 1 - 6.
Hence
is uniformly
Evidently the same argument mutatis mutandis shows that and
(C ,11.112)
are uniformly convex.
8. Reflexivity
216
and
x - (1,0)
On the other hand, let
Iixjjl = jjyjjl = 1 and jjx - yjjl = 2 = s > 0,
ZAi 1 X
I
y = (0,1).
Then
whereas
(6>0).
1>1 -6 f
2
Thus
is not uniformly convex.
(IR
Note also that the norass
on
11.112
are equivalent norms
and
V. Another important class of uniformly convex spaces is the inner Indeed, suppose
product spaces introduced in Example 1.2.10. is a linear space over
and
§
$
:
V x V
§
if {jxjj = ($(x,x))112, x E V.
formly convex.
is an inner product.
is a normed linear space
Then, as indicated previously,
over
V
V
is uni-
The space
We shall prove this later when we discuss inner
product spaces in detail in Chapter 13.
In particular, every Hilbert
space is uniformly convex.
Geometrically the notion of uniform convexity is an indication of the "roundness" of the closed unit ball about the origin in the space.
6 > 0
It says, in effect, that, given such that, if
least a distance
segment between
c
x
s > 0,
there exists a
are in the closed unit ball and are at
x,y
from one another, then the midpoint of the line and
y
is a least a distance
face of the closed unit ball.
6
from the sur-
Note that uniform convexity thus as-
serts more than that the midpoint of the line segment between two points in the closed unit ball lies in the interior of the ball.
It
actually gives some measure of how far in the interior the midpoint lies.
The weaker notion that
jjxjj < 1, jjyjj < 1
implies jj(x + y)/211 < 1,
is generally called strict convexity, or rotundity.
We do not pur-
sue this notion further here, but instead refer the interested reader to (Da, pp. 111-115; K, pp. 342-347; Wi, pp. 107 and 108).
217
8.2. Uniform Convexity and Mil'man's Theorem
We now prove that every uniformly convex Banach space is reflexThe proof is due to Kakutani [Kt] and makes crucial use of the
ive.
corollary to Helly's Theorem (Theorem 4.10.1). Theorem 8.2.1 (Mil'man's Theorem). space over
0.
If
(V,l.II)
be a Banach
Let
is uniformly convex, then
is reflex-
V
ive.
Given
Proof.
x0 E V if
such that
x** E V**,
we must show that there is some
1(x0) = x**.
Since this can obviously be done
we may without loss of generality assume that
x0* - 0,
Ilxo*II - 1. From the definition of integer
there exists some
k
Ix;*(yk)I > 1 - 1/k.
k = 1,2,3,..., and
Ilxkli = 1
IIxO**II
we see that for each positive
On setting
xk - exp[-i arg x**(yk)]yk
we obtain a sequence
(x;} C V*
x*0*(xk) > 1 - 1/k, k = 1,2,3,...
Now for each positive integer s = 1/n
to Helly's Theorem with
for which
y* E V*, IIyk11 = I,
n
such that .
we may apply Corollary 4.10.1
to deduce the existence of some
such that
xn E V
(i)
llxnllIlx*II+n=I+I x**(xk0
(ii)
x*
k
(xn) -
)
Repeating this for each (xn) c V
n = 1,2,3,...,
(k - 1,2,...,n).
we obtain a sequence
whose elements satisfy conditions (i) and (ii) and which
is such that for each
n
(m>n).
xn(xm) - xn(xn) = x0*(xn) We claim that
(xn) CV is a Cauchy sequence.
Indeed, suppose this is not the case. s > 0
and a strictly increasing sequence
such that
- x
Ilx
nk + 1
Then there exist some (nk)
11 > s, k - 1,2,3,...
nk
.
of positive integers For this
s > 0
8. Reflexivity
218
some
there exists, by the uniform convexity of
such that, whenever have
and
IlylI < 1,
IIxII < I.
6 > 0
Ilx - yp > c/2,
we
Thus, on the one hand, since
ll(x + y)/2I1 < 1 - 6.
Ilxnkll < 1 + 1/nk we see that xnk 111+1nkl1,
II1+n1n1 k
I<1,
and
Ilxnk
- xnk
1
>
s
-l+nk-2'
l+lnk +
and hence
+ 1 + xnk I
xnk Il2(1+lnk Consequdhtly
IIxnk + 1 +
<1 -6
(k - 1,2,3,...).
from which we
xnkll < (1 + 1/nk)2(1 - 6),
conclude that lim sup lix
nk + 1
k
On the other hand, since x* (x
nk
nk
)
+1
by the choice of the sequence
+ x
nkII -< 2(1 - 6) < 2.
n
we see that
+ 1
= x* (x
nk
nk
(xn).
= x**(x*)
)
0
(k
nk
Hence, since
1,2,3,...)
llxnkl) = 1,
we
have
Ilx n k + 1 + x nk II = Ilx*nk
MIX
'k+1
> Ix* (x nk
+ xnk II
)I
+x
nk + 1
nk
2x**(xn ) k
> 2(1 -
1
n k
)
(k = 1,2,3,...).
219
8.2. Uniform Convexity and Mil'man's Theorem
Thus
+ x 11 > 2, lira inf lix k nk+ 1 °k which clearly contradicts the previously obtained estimate. (xn)
This contradiction proves that the Banach space Obviously
urn lix
II
x0 E V
Let
V.
is a Cauchy sequence in
be such that
limnllxn - x011 = 0.
and this fact, combined with the esti-
= 11xOll,
mates
1
-
n <'xp*(xn) - xn(xn) < ()xnll < 1
allows us to deduce that sequence
n
(n = 1,2,3,...),
Moreover, by the choice of the
11x011 - 1.
we have for each positive integer
(xn),
x0*(xn)
`
xn(xn)
xn
it follows that
T(x0)(x) - x0*(x*), n
Thus
.
n
1,2,3,...),
(k
` xn(xn + k)
and so from the continuity of n = 1,2,3,.'..
+
x**(x*)
1,2,3,...
.
xn(x0),
To
complete the proof we need only show that the last equation holds for arbitrary
xg E V*.
With this in mind, we note first that there is precisely one x0 E V
such that
and
11x011 - 1
xg*(x*) -
as shown by the following argument: Suppose same conditions and that
convexity of
1+x11 < 1,
(V,11.11)
(lyll < 1,
and
11x0
-
n
y. E.V
Then by the uniform
y011 - g > 0.
there is some
6 > 0
1,2,3,...,
satisfies the
such that, whenever
(lx - yll > e, we have lt(x + y)/211 < 1 - 6.
Thus, in particular, we would have 11x0 + y011 < 2(1 - 6) < 2.
11(x0 + y0)/211 < 1 - 6,
that is,
However, arguing as before, we see that
11x0 + YOfI
1 x, (x0 + YO) ' 2x**(xn)
> 2(1 - n)
(n ' 1,2,3,...),
8. Reflexivity
220
and so
Hence
contradicting the previous estimate.
J;x0 + yoll > 2,
x0 = y0. x* E V*.
Finally, let
x* = 0,
If
we may assume without loss of generality that (xk) C V*
T(x0)(x0) - 0,
then
IIx*1I = 1.
be as before and for each nonnegative integer
and
Let
apply
n
Corollary 4.10.1 to Helly's Theorem to obtain a sequence x,,xixZ,... such that
V
of elements of
(a)
jjx;j+
(b)
J{x'
(c)
xk(xn) = x0*(xk)
3. 1
I < lix**Il +
=
1
(n
+n
1,2,3,...).
(k = 0,1,2,...,n; n
Note that we now have applied Corollary 4.10.1 to the sequence whereas before we applied it to
x0,x*,x2,...,
x1* x2,x3,...
Repeating our previous arguments, we deduce that Cauchy sequence in such that of
x0*(xn7 = xn(y0), n = 1,2,3,...
.
x0*(x0) = x0(y0)
Therefore, since V
(xn)
From the uniqueness
shows that
x0
YO'
x**(x*O).
is arbitrary, we see that
x* E V*
is a
y0 E V. IIYOf)
which we have established, we conclude that
x0,
whereas
and so
and hence there exists some
V,
.
x0*,
'r(x0)
is reflexive. 11
The converse of Mil'man's Theorem may fail. reflexive Banach spaces is uniformly convex.
(V,11.fl)
Indeed, there exist
such that no norm equivalent to
For the details the reader is referred
to [K, p. 361].
We shall obtain some necessary and sufficient conditions for a space to be reflexive in Chapters 9 and 10 (Theorem 9.9.1, Corollary 9.9.1, and Corollary 10.3.1) when we discuss weak topologies. We note also that all finite-dimensional Banach spaces are reflexive.
This follows at once from Mil'man's Theorem, the uniform
.convexity of
(l
and
(In,II.JI2), n = 1,2,3,..., and the
221
8.2. Uniform Convexity and Mil'man's Theorem
fact that all such spaces are topologically isomorphic to either
(Cn,11.112) (Theorem 1.3.1).
or
(eI1i-1I2)
One further comment about Mil'man's Theorem is necessary in reference to the proof: the argument used in the proof to show that the sequence
constructed by means of Corollary 4.10.1 to
(xn),
Helly's Theorem, is a Cauchy sequence, can readily be modified to obtain the following proposition.
The details are left to the reader
We shall use the proposition in the proof of Theorem 8.2.2. Proposition 8.2.1. linear space over
If
f.
be a uniformly convex normed
Let
(xn) C V
is a sequence such that
(i) limnllx11 = 1, limn,kl{xn t xkll = 2,
(ii)
then
(xn)
is a Cauchy sequence.
Let us now see how the two questions explicitly raised at the and of the preceding section can be answered in uniformly convex spaces.
First we address ourselves to the existence of an element
of minimal norm in a closed convex set. Theorem 8.2.2. space over
i.
If
there exists a unique Proof. set
d
If
x
0 E K,
infx E KIIxtj > 0.
limnllxn11 = d.
limnllxn/dII = 1.
be a uniformly convex Banach
Let
K C V
Clearly,
0
is a nonempty closed convex set, then
such that
EK
then clearly
xo = 0.
(xn) C K
Let
11x011 = infx E KIIxII
Moreover, for each
{I-- - 1 <
n
=
and
k
a(IIxnll + 11xk11)
2 11x-2
K
be a sequence such that
and
I
0
is then a sequence such that
(xn/d)
Ilxd
Suppose
k
11 > 2
the estimates
and
8. Reflexivity
222
because
The latter estimate is.valid
limn,k1l(xn + xk)/dll = 2.
show that K
is convex.
Thus from Proposition 8.2.1 we conclude that
is a (xn/d) x0 E V be such that
Cauchy sequence in
V,
limnl1xn - x011 = 0.
Obviously, by the choice of
that
K
and so is
is closed, we have
(xn).
x0 E K
Suppose that there exist'some 11x0
that there exists some .However, since
and
(xn)
6 > 0
y0 E K, 11yO11 - d,
such that
and the fact
lix011 = d.
Then by the uniform convexity of
y011 = c > 0.
-
Let
and (V,11-11)
we see
(1(x0'+ y0)/211 < (1 - 6)d < d.
is convex
K
Ilxo + yo 1 > inf Ilxii = 2 xEK
,
which contradicts the previous estimate. Therefore
xo = yo,
and
x0
is unique.
The completeness assumption cannot be dropped. Corollary 8.2.1. space over
I.
Let
K C V
be a 'uniformly convex Banach
is a nonempty closed convex set and
then there exists a unique
K,
y0
If
x0 E K
such that
UY.-x011-if lly0-xll. A second corollary to Theorem 8.2.2 provides us with the promised improvement of Theorem 8.1.4. Corollary 8.2.2. space over
4.
If
r.0 E V, 11x611 = 1,
Let
(V,1l.l1). be a uniformly convex Banach
x* E V*, x* 4 0,
then there exists a unique
such that x*(xo) = l1x*ll.
1 Proof.
5.1.1
origin. 0
L,,
L
Let
L = (x
I
x E V, x*(x) = llx*lI).
is a closed hyperplane in In particular,
L
V
Then by Proposition
that does not contain the
is a nonempty closed convex set such that
and hence by Theorem 8.2.2
there exists a unique x0 E L
223
1 < p <
8.3. Reflexivity of
such that `ixo11 = infxELjlxll > 0. Clearly x*(xo) = iix*ii, from which it follows that lixo(i > 1. is uniformly convex and
On the other hand, since
hence reflexive by Mil'man's Theorem, we deduce from Theorem 8.1.4
that there exists some Thus
yo E L
and
0
E V, i1yo1i = 1,
such that x*(yo)
Consequently
11yoii < 11xo11.
the unique element in Therefore
y
as
yo = xo,
lixoii = 1,
is
and the proof is complete.
Mil'man's Theorem to prove that the spaces
0
We now wish to apply
Lp(X,S,o), 1 < p < As a corol-
introduced in Example 1.2.4 are reflexive Banach spaces. lary we shall see that
x0
of minimal norm.
L
Reflexivity of L (X,S,µ), 1
8.3.
iix*ii.
can be identified with
Lp(X,S,µ)*
Lq(X,S,o),
1/p + l/q = 1.
First we prove an elementary lemma. Lemma 8.3.1.
2 < p < m and
If
b > 0,
and
a,b E IR, a > 0
then
aP + bP < (a2 + b2)P/2.
(i)
(a2 + b2)"'2
(ii)
Proof.
If either
< a
2(p- 2)/2(aP
or
b
+ bP).
is zero, then the inequalities are
trivial, and we may assume without loss of generality that neither a
nor
b
Obviously,
is zero.
a2/(a2
+
b2) < 1
b2/(a2
and
and so aP (a2
bP
a
p/2
2
b
b2)
[a2
(a
a2 a2
= 1,
p/2
2 ii
a2
b2)p 2 +
+
b2 b2
+ a2
+
b2
b21
+
b2) < 1,
8. Reflexivity
224
as
ap + by < (a2 + b2)p/2
Thus
p/2 > 1.
To prove part (ii) of the lemma we note that the inequality is trivial if
p = 2.
If
p > 2,
then we set
1/p' + 1/q' = 1,
Then
q' = p'/(p' - 1) = p/(p - 2).
p' = p/2 > 1,
and
and so by
Holder's Inequality for finite sums we see that a2 + b2 < [(a2)p'
[ap +
+
(b2)p']1/P'[lq'
bp]2/P[2(P - 2)/p]
(a2 + b2)p/2 < 2(p - 2)/2(ap + bp).
It is thus apparent that
We shall use this lemma to show that convex for
Lp(X,S,µ)
0
is uniformly
p > 2.
Theorem 8.3.1. 2 < p < m,
lq']1/q'
+
then
(X,S,p)
Let
be a positive measure space.
If
is a uniformly convex Banach
(L
space.
Proof.
Let
f,g E L (X,S,p).
We then apply Lemma 8.3.1 twice:
P
once with a = If(t)I
a = If(t) + g(t)I b = Ig(t)I,
and
and
b = If(t) - g(t)I;
to deduce for almost all
and once with t E X
that
If(t) + g(t)Ip + If(t) - g(t)IP < [If(t) + g(t)I2 + If(t) - g(t)I2]p/2 and
[If(t)I2 +
Ig(t)I2)P/2 < 2(P - 2)/2
[If(t).Ip + 1g(t)1p1-
Furthermore, using the definition of the absolute value of a complex number, we see that for almost all
If(t) +
g(t)JP
t E X
+ If(t) - g(t)IP < [If(t) + g(t)I2 + If(t)
[21f(t) 12 <
+
g(t)12]p/2 -
2Ig(t)I2]p/2
2p- 1[I f(t)IP
+
Ig(t)IP].
225
Lp(X,S,µ), 1 < p < m
8.3. Reflexivity of
Consequently, on ineegrating, we obtain the inequality
(IIf + gI(p)P + Of - gllp)p < 2P - 1 I (llfllp)p +
which is valid for each f Now given 1
and
ip)p < 2p - 1
((If
<1
be such that are such that
then
IIf - gllp >
and
1,
IIfIIp < 1,
L(X,S,µ).
f,g E Lp(X,S,µ)
If
- 6 = [1 - (c/2)p]1/p.
6,> 0
let
e,0 < e < 2,
in
g
(IIBIIp)p]
[ (IIf Ip)p + (Ilip)p] - ({If
Ilp)p
- (2)p 6)p
Therefore
Lp(X,S,µ)
Corollary 8.3.1.
Let
is uniformly convex.
(X,S,µ)
If
Apply Mil'man's Theorem (Theorem 8.2.1).
Proof.
It is, furthermore, true that p,
be a positive measure space. is a reflexive Banach space.
then
2 < p < co,
0
1 < p < m,
is reflexive for all
Lp(X,S,µ)
and we shall establish this fact in a moment.
that, however, we wish to give another lemma.
Before
In the interest of
completeness we make the foliowing definition: Definition 8.3.1.
Then a mapping
p
:
V
Let
W
V
and
W
be linear spaces over
is said to be antilinear if (x,y E V; a,b E f).
cp(ax + by) = aT(x) + sp(y) If
then clearly "linear"
I = IR,
t.
and
"antilinear"
are identi-
cal.
Lemma 8.3.2. 1 < p < m.
formula
If
Let
(X,S,µ)
1/p + 1/q = 1,
be a positive measure space and let then for each
g E Lq(X,S,µ)
the
8. Reflexivity
'226
xg(f) = fX f(t)g(t) dj,(t) xg E Lp(X,S,&)*.
defines an element g
xg
(f E Lp(X,S,4))
Moreover, the correspondence
defines an antilinear isometry from
to
(Lp(X,S,µ)*,II II) .Proof.
Obviously
is linear, and by HUlder's Inequality
xg
it is clear that
Ixg(f)I < I11IgIIfllp IlgilgllfII
xg E Lp(X,S,P)*
Thus
and
Furthermore, let r ,
since
(q
E
TgT
, .,0-1
-
- -
--.,,.,
I
]q/P L1
(q
1) p du(t)/P
g
q/p
Mq 1,
and so f E Lp (X, S,µ)
and
IIf Iip = 1.
Moreover,
xg(f) = [ 1T, ]q/PfX Ig(t)Iq dµ (t)
[fX Ig(t) Iq dµ(t)]1 - 1/P = IIgIIq. Thus
,
we'see that
- 1)p = q,
IIfIIp =
IIxgII < IIgIIq be defined almost everywhere on
f -
(f E Lp(X,S,µ)).
p
IIxgII = IIgIIq The last assertion of the lemma is now apparent.
q/p q)
X .
by the Then,
8.3. Reflexivity of
Theorem $82. then 1
Lp(X,S,µ), 1 < p < m
p > 2, the assertion is established by Corollary
If
Therefore suppose
Lp(X,S,µ)
Lemma 8.3.2 asserts that
1 < p < 2.
can be identified via the antilinear isometry pace of
with a closed linear sU But
be a positive measure space. If is a reflexive Banach space.
(X,S,µ)
Let
227
as
2 < q < m,
< 2,
1
Lq(X,S,µ)*,
and so
where
g - xg
1/p + 1/q
Lq(X,S,µ)*
1.
is reflexive
by Theorem 8.1.2(ii), since it is the dual space of the reflexive Banach space
Lq(X,S,p).
Therefore, by Theorem 8.1.2(iii),
Lp(X,S,µ)
is reflexive.
Corollary 8.3.2. lei
If
I < p < m.
(X,S,I) \e ; positive measure space and
Let
then the mapping
1/p + l/q = 1,
g - x9*,
defined by xg(f) = fX f(t)g(t) dµ (t)
(f E Lp(X,S,µ)),
is a sur}ective antilinear isometry from
(Lq(X,S,µ),[[Alq"", to
(Lp(X,S,µ)*,11.11) Proof.
isometry from is such that
We know by Lemma 8.3.2 that Lq(X,S,µ)
g
Lp(X,S,p)*.
to
x**(xg) - 0, g E Lq(X,S,µ).
reflexive, there.exists some
f E Lp(X,S,µ)
xg
Suppose Since
is an antilinear x** E Lp(X,S,µ)** Lp(X,S,N)
such that
is
T(f) = x**.
But then
fX f(t)g(t) do (t) = x'f w T(f)(xg) x**(x*) g
= 0
from which it folle*s that
f = 0.
.(g E Lq(X,S,i+)),
8. Reflexivity
228
Therefore from Corollary 4.2.8 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem we is surjective.
g - xg
conclude that'the mapping
0 L1(X,S,µ).
We close this chapter with'a'few remarks about
is not uniformly
Except in trivial situations, convex.
E1,E2 E S
For suppose
finite measure and let
are two disjoint sets with positive
f - XEl/µ(E1)
and
denotes the characteristic function of XEk
is easy to verify that
g - XE2/µ(E2),
where
Ek, k - 1,2.
Theh it
IIf - gill - 2,
and
11f111 = lIBlil = 1
whereas
Il(f + g)/2111 It also happens that
fails to be reflexive inless
L1(X,S,µ)
it is finite dimensional (see Section 11.3). However, it can be shown that L.(X,S,µ),
at least when
Example 3.1.8.
is a-finite.
can be identified with
This was alluded to in
We state this result precisely in the next theorem.
Theorem 8.3.3. space.
µ
L1(X,S,µ)*
Let
Then the mapping
(X,S,µ) g
xg,
be a a-finite positive measure defined by
xg(f) = fX f(t)gTtT dµ(t)
(f E L,i(X,S,µ)),
is a surjective antilinear isometry from
11m)
to
A proof of this result, which we do not give, can be found in [DS1, pp. 289 and 290; Ry, pp. 246-248].
It is perhaps worthwhile mentioning that the mappings in Corollary 8.3.2 and Theorem 8.3.3 can be replaced by surjective linear isometries if we define
x*
by
x*(f) = fX f(t)g(t) dµ(t) where
g E Lq(X,S,µ), 3 < p < m,
and
(f E L(X, pS,µ)),
1/p + l/q = 1.
We have chosen the antilinear isometry so that the description
229
8.4. Problems
of
will coincide with the usual characterization of the
L2(X,S,p)*
continuous linear functionals on the Hilbert space terms of inner products.
L2(X,S,µ)
in
This latter result will be discussed in
Section 13.4.
Problems.
8.44.
be a Banach space over
Let
1.
the canonical embedding of reflexive, then
T(V)
into
V
V**.
T
denote
V
is not
is of category I in
Use the canonical embedding
2.
Tnd let
Prove that, if
T
:
4
V**.
V - V**
to prove that
every normed linear space
V
subset of a Banach space.
(Compare this with Problem 15 of Chapter 4.)
be a Banach space over
Let
3.
V
is isometrically isomorphic to a dense
t.
Prove that, if
is not reflexive, then its successive second duals
V**, V****,...,
are all-distinct.
4.
Let
and let V**
T1
(V1,11-111). and
V2
and
T2
and
into
denote the canonical embeddings of V2*,
respectively.
denote the adjoint of the adjoint of
on
S.
Prove that
6.
Recall that
V.
V'
Prove that
T.
T**
T** o T1 = T2 o T.
denotes the space of all linear functionals V
in
(V')' = V"
by
T'
Prove that
T'
is surjective
V
is more useful than
is finite dimensional.
Conclude that
V -. V",
T
:
V
V**'
V.
(Proposition 8.2.1)
nonmed linear space over such that
t E L(V1,V2),- let
T'(x)(x') = x'(x),x' E V'.
if and only if
7.
If
into
V1
is not reflexive.
(c,11-11.)
It is possible to embed
defined as
be Banach spaces over I
(V2'11.112 )
I.
Let
Prove that, if
be a uniformly convex (xn} C V
is a sequence
8. Reflexivity
230
(i) limnllxnll = (ii)
limn kiixn + xkll = 2,
is a Caucliy sequence.
(xn)
then
8.
convex set and
.llyo 9.
and let
Prove that, if
t.
yo
K c V
is a nonempty closed
then there exists a unique
K,
x0ll = infx E Kllyo -
PK
:
V
while if
the unique point of
E K
such
xll .
as follows:
K
yo f K.
0
PK(yo) = xo,
let
such that
K
"nearest point mapping"
PK
E K,
y
If
llyo
let
where
x
is 0
- xoli = infx E Kllyo - xll Prove that this
exists and is unique by Corollary 8.2.1).
10.
0
be a nonempty closed convex locally compact set.
'K C V
Define a mapping
(xo
x
be a uniformly convex Banach space over
Let
PK(yo) = yo,
be a 'uniformly convex
Let
(Corollary 8.2.1)
Banach space over
that
1
is continuous.
be a uniformly convex Banach space over
Let
then there exists a unique
x* E V*, x* # 0,
By Corollary, 8.2.2, if
4.
such that x*(xo) Let yo = llx*llx0. V. such that is the unique point of Uyoll = llx*ll and 0 x* (yo) = Ilx*llllyoll. Define a mapping T : V*- V by T(x*) = yo, x
0
E V, llxoll = 1,
Then
llx*ll.
y
x* 4 0,
and
T(0) = 0.
Prove that
T
is norm-preserving and sur-
jective, but need not be injective (and hence need not be linear). 11.
§.
Let'
(V,i.ll)
be a.uniformly convex normed linear space over
If x,y E V are such that lix -,y]] = llxll
x = ay *12,
for some
be a Banach space over
Let
x0 E V,
if
limnllxnll = Nxoll, (a)
(*):
(*).
prove that.
then
limnllxn - xoll
(For the case
L. :Consider the
given a sequence
limnx*(xn) *x*(x0), x' E V*,
Prove that, if
the property
llyll,
a E 1.
following convergence projrty and
+
fxn) c V
and if
0.
is uniformly convex, then
V
V = Lp(X,S,µ), 1 < p c m,
this
has
231
8.4. Problems
is called the Radon-Ripsz Theorem.)
Property (*) does not characterize uniform convexity.
(b)
Prove this by giving an example of a nonuniformly convex Banach space that has the property (*).
13.
Let
(V,II.11)
t.
be a uniformly convex Banach space over
If c > 0 is given, let 6(e) be such that if IIxu1 < 1, IIyII < 1, and Iix - yll > c, then II(x + y)/211 < 1 - b(e). If x* E V*, x E V, Ix*(x) - 11 < 6(c)/2). Prove that, 11x*II - 1, let E = (x if x,y E E for some x* E V* and if IIxII < 1, IIyII < 1, then I
Ilx-y11<e. 14.
V
Let
numbers such that
and give
V
the
be the space of all sequences xn j 0
£2
of complex
for at most finitely many values of
norm, so that
(a)
Prove that
(b)
Give an example of an
II(xn)II2 = (en= 1
n I,xn12)112.
is uniformly convex.
is it true that
1I(xn)112 = 1,
(xn)
x* E V*
such that for no
x*((xn)) = Ijx*Ij.
(xn) E V,
Does this contradict
Corollary 8.2.2?
be a normed linear space over t. V is said to be rotund if IIxUI < 1 and IIyII < 1, x # y, imply II(x + y)/21I < 1. 15.
Let
(V,11-11)
Prove that every uniformly convex normed linear space is
(a)
rotund.
Prove that every finite-dimensional rotund space is uni-
(b)
formly convex.
Give an example to show that the assumption of finite dimen-
(c)
sionality cannot be dropped in problem (b). 16.
over
I
Letting
be a uniformly convex normed linear space
and letting
W C V
be a linear subspace, prove each of the
following;
(a)
W
(b)
If
convex.
is uniformly convex.
W
is a closed linear subspace, then
V/W
is uniformly
8. Reflexivity
232
be a uniformly convex normed linear space over f and let 1 < p < m. Prove that, given c > 0. there exists some 6p > 0 such that ilxii < 1, ilyli < 1, and fix - r11 > c imply 17.
Let
(V, ii ii)
II (x + y)/211P < (1 - 6P) [ (IIx1IP + IIyIIP)/2). *18. If
be Banach spaces over
(Vn,Ii'IIn), n = 1,2,3,...,
Let
let
1 < p < m,
((Vn))
.f
denote the space of all sequences
P
x = (xn), xn E Vn,
§.
with componentwise
such that I= 1(1ixn11n)P < °D, Define a norm
addition and scalar multiplication.
11.11p
QP(IVn))
on
by
II(xn)Ilp = [
(11xnlin)P)1/P.
E n = I
(tP (IV
(a)
Prove that
(b)
If
1 < p < W and
t ((Vn))
is
1q((Vn)}.
and only if each
1 < p < m. V
6 > 0
P((V
lp(V)
prove that the dual of
P(IVn))
))
n
is reflexive if
when
Vn = V, n = 1,2,3,...,
is uniformly convex if and only if
(It can be shown that
convex if and only if each
Vn
is a Banach space.
1/p +'l/q = 1,
denote
is uniformly convex.
for all
)
Conclude that
Prove that
there exists a
p
is reflexive.
Vn
t (V)
Let
(c)
n)),11-11
Vn
ep(IVn))
is uniformly
is uniformly convex and, given
c > 0,
that satisfies the uniform convexity condition
simultaneously.
See, for instance, the article M.M. Day,
"Some more uniformly convex spaces", Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 47, 504-507 (1941).) *19.
space.
(Theorem 8.3.3)
Let
Prove that the mapping
(X,S,µ) g
xg,
he a a-finite positive measure defined by
x*(f) = fX f.(t)g(tT (Wt) is a surjective. antilinear isometry from
(f E L1(X,S,µ)), (L.(X,S,µ),iI.Iim)
(LI ((,S,µ)*, 11'11) 20.
Give an example of an
x* f L1([0,1))
x* E Lm([0,1])*
such that
to
233
8.4. Problems
M > 0,
be a reflexive Banach.space over
Let
21.
and suppose
and
(ca }a E A C I
CV*.
(xa}a E A
§,
let
Prove that
the following are equivalent:
There exists some
(a)
x* (x) = C a
(b)
a
l
a
such that
jjxjj < M
and
a E A.
IEaaacaI < MIIEaaaxa"JI,
possible subsets a
x E V
are not zero.
(aaJa CA
C :t
where the sums are taken over all where at most a finite number of the
CHAPTER 9
WEAK TOPOLOGIES
9.0.
Introduction.
In this and the following chapter we shall
discuss topologies on linear spaces that are generated by families of linear functionals.
This topic is a fundamental and substantial
one in functional analysis, and our treatment is neither definitive After a discussion of some of the general properties
nor exhaustive.
of such topologies, we shall specialize to two particular ones -the weak and weak* topologies -- and restrict our attention primarily to normed linear spaces.
These two topologies, the first on
the second on the dual space
functionals on is, by
V*
are generated respectively by the
V*,
continuous linear functionals on
and
V
V,
and by the continuous linear
that are determined by the elements of
V, that
i(V).
The general properties of the weak and weak* topologies will be developed in Sections 9.2 and 9.3, and in Section 9.4 we shall prove one of the most important theorems of the subject, the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem.
This theorem, in the form we shall prove, says that a set
in the dual space of a Banach space is compact in the weak* topology if and only if it is closed in that topology and norm bounded.
This
result provides us with an appropriate replacement in dual spaces of the standard Euclidean characterization of compact sets as the closed and bounded sets.
Some consequences of the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem
concerning metrizability and sequential compactness in the weak and weak* topologies will also be-discussed.
Sections 9.5 through 9.8
contain various applications of the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem. In Section 9.9 we shall give a characterization of reflexive Banach spaces in terms of the compactness of the norm closed unit
234
235
9.1. F-Topologies
ball.in the weak topology and an application of this result to show that in a reflexive Banach space every nonempty norm closed convex The final section is devoted
set contains a vector of minimum norm.
to a'theorem cpncerning adjoint transformations. The general subject will be pursued further in Chapter 10, in which we shall prove the Krein-9mulian and Eberlein-Amulian Theorems.
F-topologies.
9.1.
Our goal in this section is to describe
how one can introduce a topology into a linear space of families of linear functionals on
V
by means
and to-examine some of the
V
basic properties of such topologies.
To be more precise, suppose let F c V'
V
is a linear space over
be a family of linear functionals on
define a topology
TF
on
such that
V
x E V
in the topology
x' E F,
TF
functionals on
(V,TF).
We wish to
V.
(x ) C V
converges to
a
if and only if
and for which the functionals in
and
is a locally convex
(V,TF)
topological linear space for which a net
f
limox'(xa) = x'(x), F
Defining a topology
are continuous linear TF
on
V
that satis-
fies the last two requirements is not difficult. Indeed, recalling our earlier discussion of topologies in seminormed linear spaces (Section 1.5), we define a family P = (px, x E V
I
and
x' E F)
of seminorms on
x' E F.
Then the topology
TP
generated by
px,,...,Px,) = [y 1
where
c > 0, n E Z, n > 0,
is arbitrary, is such that only if
x E V
I
F
is a seminorm.
P, that is, the topology whose consists of sets of the form
k
and the choice of (xa)
converges to
limax'(xo) = x'(x), x' E F.
the elements of
px,(x) = Ix'(x)i, px,
Y E V, px,(x - y) < s, k = 1,2,...,n),
n
2
by setting
It is easily seen that each
neighborhood base at a point .U(x;a;px
V
xi,x2l,...,x' x
in
Tp
in
F
if and
Moreover, it is apparent that
are continuous with respect to
Ti,.
9. Weak Topologies
236
However, the pair
may not be a seminormed linear space
(V,TP)
-- equivalently, dot a locally convex topological linear space -since we have made no requirement that should imply
Ix'(x)1 = px,(x) = 0, x' E F,
If this were done, then from Proposition 1.5.1
x = 0.
and Theorems 1.5.1 and 2.3.1 we could immediately deduce that
(V,TP}
was a locally convex topological linear space with the desired proIt is easily seen that
perties.
if and only if
has the indicated property
F c V'
separates points.
F
We summarize this discussion in the next theorem, leaving the details of the proof to the reader. Let
1!'he orem 9.1.1.
separates points.
F C V'
be a linear space over
V
If
P = (px,
(x E V, x' E- F)
px, cx) = I x' (x) l P
then
is a family of seminorms on
seminormed linear space over logy on
(i)
(ii)
if
(V,TF)
A net
(V,P)
TF = TP
is a
is the topo-
P, then
is a locally convex topological linear space over (xa) c V
converges to
x E V
in
TF
f.
if and only
If
x' E F,
then
x'
is a continuous linear functional
(V, TF) . (iv)
of
Moreover, if
determingd by the family
V
such that
,
limof x'(xa) = x'(x), x' E F. (iii)
on
I.
V
and suppose
where
x' E F)
I
4
F
TF
is the weakest topology on
for which the elements
V
are continuous.
We shall often refer to the topology
TF
constructed in this
way as the F -topology.
Before discussing some basic results about F-topologies, we wish to present a useful alternative way of considering such topologies. Suppose points.
V
For each
is a linear space over x' E F
we set
f
ix, _ I
and
F c V'
separates
and define the papping
237
9.1. F-Topologies
T
:
nx'E Fix' by setting T(x) = (x'(x)); x E V. is that element of the product space nx'E
V
T(x)
That is, whose
F tx,
x'th coordinate
Let us consider
x'(x).
is
and the product space
TF
nx'
with the F-topology
V
as a linear space with coor-
E F ix,
dinatewise addition and scalar multiplication, and the usual product topology
Then
P.
T
linear spaces, and The mapping
V - nx'
:
T
T-I
hence
V
T(V)
:
E F ix,
is linear and continuous.
and
x = y,
so
T(x) = T(y),
separates points.
F
as
Considering
exists.
as a topological
T(V)
space with the relative topology inherited from nx,E T-1
at once that
phism between
then
is a bijective continuous linear mapping, and
V - T(V)
:
are topological
(nx' E F ix "
is also injective since, if
T
x'(x) = x'(y), x' E F, Thus
and
(V,TF)
is continuous.
(V,TF)
Hence
(T(V),PT(V))'
and
F
fx
we see
is a linear homeomor-
T
where
denotes PT(V)
the relative topology on F-topology
TF
on
and thus one can consider the
T(V),
as just the relative topology-on
V
sidered as a subspace of
T(V)
con-
11
x' E F ix'"
The usefulness of this alternative description of the F-topology is exemplified by the following theorem, whose proof is immediate on recalling that a countable product of metric spaces is again a metric space: Theorem 9.1.2. F t V'
Let
separates points.
V
be a linear space over If
F
*
and suppose
is countable, then the F-topology'
is metrizable.
TF
The next two results are straightforward, and their proofs are left to the reader. Proposition 9.1.1. suppose
c TF
TF
Fk C V'
Let
V
be a linear space over
separates points, k = 1,2.
If
i
F1 C f2,
and theri
2.
1
Proposition 9.1.2. Let (V,T) be a loc.I1ly convex topol linear space over I. If F c V* separates poi11Cs, then Tie t,1
9. Weak Topologies
238
x' E F
We noted in Theorem 9.1.1 that each linear functional on
Actually
(V,TF).
continuous linear functionals on
is a continuous
is precisely the set of
F
provided
(V,TF),
F
is a linear
space.
Theorem 9.1.3.
he a linear space over
V
Let
'
Then the follow-
is a linear subspace that separates points.
F e V'
and suppose
ing are equivalent:
(i) x* E F. (ii)
is a continuous linear functional on
x*
As already indicated,part (i) implies part (ii).
Proof.
versely, suppose
x*
is a continuous linear functional on
and, without loss of generality, assume that continuous at F
0,
such that, if
We claim that
x*
x " ...,px,),
x E U(0;e;px
x E 1>k= 1N(xk).
..Ipx ),
" px ".
is a linear subspace of
subspace.
Hence, if x E 1
m = 1,2,3,...,
and so
=
V,
Then
in
then
lx*(x)l < 1.
x 'x
...,x
xk(x) = 0, k = 1,2,...,n,
and so
and so
1N(xk),
that is,
Corollary 3.3.1 we see that
But each
lx*(x)l < 1.
fik
=
1N(xk)
x*
is a linear
then mx E fly= 1N(xk), flk
=
.
Consequently
1N(xk) C N(x*).
Thus from
is linearly dependent on
and hence can be expressed as a linear combination of
these elements of Therefore
n
Ix*(mx)l < 1, m = 1,2,3,...
x*(x) = 0. x E flk = 1N(xk); x',xl,...,x'
x1l,x2....,x'
n
2
1
is
x*
n
2
is a linear combinatior of
Indeed, suppose
N(xk)
and
Con-
(V,TF)
Since
x* # 0.
e > 0
there exists some
x E U(O;e;p'"p 1
implies
(V,TF).
F.
x* E F
as
F
is a linear space, and the proof is
complete.
This result, combined with Corollary 5.3.3 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem in its geometric form, immediately yields the following corollary:
U
239
9.2. Weak and Weak* Topologies
Corollary 9.1.1.
he a linear space over
V
Let
is a linear subspace that separates points.
F c :V1
and suppose
4
W c V
If
is a
linear subspace, then the following are equivalent:
The Weak and Weak* Topologies.
9.2.
such that
x'(x) = 0, x E W.
and
1
(V,TF).
x' E F
W, then there exists some
xo
If
(ii)
x'(xo) =
is a proper closed linear subspace of
W
(i)
For the remainder of this
chapter we concentrate our attention on two particular F-topologies, known generally as the weak and weak* topologies.
In this section
we define these topologies and discuss some elementary results. Definition 9.2.1. linear space over
F = V* C V set
'.
Let
(V,T)
he a locally convex topological
Then the F-topology on
is called the weak topology on
V
corresponding to In this case we
V.
TF = Tw.
By Corollary 4.2.1 to the liahn-Banach Theorem
V* C V'
separates
points.
In view of the discussion in the preceding section we see that the basic neighborhoods in {Y
and that a net
{x ) c V
are sets of the form
f%
Y' E V, lxk(x)
converges to
1,2,...,n}
- xk(Y)l < e, k x E V
in
that is,
Tw;
(Y
{xa)
converges weakly to
x,
if and only if
lim x*(x
a
)
= x*(x),
of
x* E V*.
Furthermore, from Theorems 9.1.1 and 9.1.3 we see that is a locally convex topological linear space over x' E V' if
is a continuous linear functional on
x' E V*;
that is, a linear functional on
4
(V,Tw)
V
(V,Tw)
and that
if and only
is weakly continuous
if and only if it is continuous.
We deduce the next proposition at once from Proposition 9.1.2.
9. Weak Topologies
240
Proposition 9.2.1.
linear space over
Let
(V,T)
Then
I.
be a locally convex topological
fw C T.
The weak* topology is an F-topology, not on
V,
but on
V*.
Before we can define this, we need to make a few preliminary observations.
Suppose
over J.
is a locally convex topological linear space
(V,T)
We claim, in analogy with our discussion of reflexive
normed linear spaces in Section 8.1, that every element of
(V*)'.
x E V
defines an
Indeed, as before, we define for each
x E V
T(X)(X*) = X*(X)
Then it is readily verified that T
:
V
T(x) E (V*)', x E V,
is an injective linear mapping.
(V*)'
identified with
Hence
as a linear subspace of
T(V)
separates points, since
T(V)
(X* E V*).
(V*)'.
and that V
can be
Moreover,
T(x)(x*) = x*(x) = 0, x E V,
implies
X* = 0.
We can now define the weak* topology. Definition 9.2.2.
linear space over to
TF = Tw
(V,T)
be a locally convex topological
Then the F-topology on
t.
F= T(V) c (V*)'
case we set
Let
V*
corresponding
is called the weak* topology on
V*.
In this
.
Again, in view of Section 9.1, we observe the following facts:
The basic neighborhoods in
Tw*
are of the form
U(X';C;T(X1),T(x2),...,T(Xn))
_
(y«
- (Y' =
Y* E V*, IT(xk)(x*) - T(xk)(Y*)< < c, k = 1,2,...,n) Y* E V*, lx*(Xk) - y*(xk)I < c, k = 1,2,...,n)
U (x' ;c;xl,x2,...,xn)
241
9.2. Weak and Weak* Topologies
and
converges to
(x*)
weak* to
Tw*;
in
x*
that is,
if and only if
x*,
converges
(x*)
x*(x), x E V.
Furthermore,
is a locally convex topological linear space over
(V*,Tw*)
is continuous in the topology
x" E (V*)'
weak* continuous if and only if it belongs to
Note that, if
V
if and only if
That is, a linear functional on
x E V.
for some
x" - T(x)
Tw*
and
4,
V*
ig
T(V) C (V*)'.
is a nonmed linear space, then
V*
is a
Banach space, and it can be equipped with both a weak and weak* topology by taking
F c (V*)'
V**
to be
and
T(V), respectively.
Propositions 9.1.1 and 9.1.2 then imeediately show that the following proposition is valid: Proposition 9.2.2. 4
be a nonmed linear space over
Let
and denote the norm topology on
V*
by
T.
Then
Tw* c T'
c: T.
We shall investigate the weak and weak* topologies on Banach spaces in considerable detail in this and the following chapter. As we have indicated, the notions of continuity and weak continuity for linear functionals on locally convex topological linear spaces are equivalent.
The same is true for linear transformations,
in general, between Frechet spaces. Theorem 9.2.1.
over
I
and suppose
Let
and
(V1,T1)
T E L'(V1,V2).
(V2,T2)
be Frechet spaces
Then the following are equi-
valent:
(i)
(ii)
T E,L(V1)V2). T :
Proof. a
T1
(V1,Ti) - (V2,T?)
Suppose
then
T E L(V1,V2)
neighborhood of
k - 1,2,...,n.
Then
is continuous.
0.
Let
xk E Vi,
and let
U(O;c;y1*,y2,....yn)
xk(x) - yk[T(x)), x E V,
and if
x E U(0;s;x*,x2,...,xn),
Iyk[T(x)]l - Ixk(x)I < c, k - 1,2,...,n;
T(x) E U(0;s;yi,y2,...,y*).
Thus
T
that is,
is weakly continuous at
0,
be
9. Weak Topologies
242
and hence
T
is weakly continuous by Proposition 3.2.2.
Hence
part (i) implies part (ii).
that
is weakly continuous.
T
Conversely, suppose
is a closed mapping and
T
by proving that
T E L(V1,V2)
applying the Closed Graph Theorem (Theorem 7.3.1).
Then clearly
we again define
y* E V*
mind, for each
fices, by Theorem 9.1.3, to show that
tinuous.
(xn) c V1, x E V1,
converges to
Then for each
is assumed to be con-
x* E Vi.
Hence
New suppose {xn)
is continuous, and so
T: (VI,T') -+ (V2,T2)
weakly continuous, and
To see this it suf-
is weakly continuous.
x*
y* E V2
But this follows at once since
With this in
x*(x) = y*[T(x)], x E V1.
x* E V.
We claim that
x* f Vi.
We shall show
T1
in
x
(T(xn))
and
are such that
y E V2
and
converges to
y
in
T2.
we have, on the one hand,
y* E V*
lim y*[T(xn)J= n
and, on the other hand, lim y*[T(xn)]
n
lim x*(xn
n
= x* (x) = y*[T(x)]. Thus
y*(y) = y*[T(x)], y* E V2,
and so from Corollary 4.2.1 to
the Hahn-Banach Theorem we conclude that Therefore
T
y = T(x).
is a closed mapping and so continuous by the
Closed Graph Theorem.
0
Thus a linear transformation between two Frechet spaces ig continuous if and only if it is weakly continuous.
Note that the only
if portion of this equivalence, that is, part (i) of Theorem 9.2.1 implying part (ii), linear space.
remains valid fos any locally convex topological
243
9.2. Weak and Weak* Topologies
As indicated in Proposition 9.2.1, the weak topology on a locally convex topological linear space
is weaker than the original
(V,T)
topology, so that, in general, a subset Tw
must be closed. in
E C V
that is closed in
but the converse need not always hold.
T,
Nevertheless, if we restrict our attention to certain algebraic types of sets in
V,
then the two notions of being closed are equivalent.
Theorem 9.2.2.
linear space over
Let
(V,T)
be a locally convex topological is a nonempty convex set.
K C V
and suppose
I
Then the following are equivalent: (i)
K
is closed in
Tw.
(ii)
K
is closed in
T.
Proof.
Clearly part (i) implies part (ii), as
assume that
K
is closed in
Tw C T, so we
From Corollary 5.4.2 to the geo-
T.
metric form of the Hahn-Banach Theorem we know that 'K
is the inter-
section of all the closed half-spaces that contain
Since each
of these half-spaces is of the form some
a E 2
(x
!
K.
x E V, x*(x) < a)
for
and for some real continuous linear functional on
V,
we see that each such half-space is weakly closed. Hence
K
is closed in
and part (ii) of the theorem implies
Tw,
part (i).
U W
In particular, we note that a linear subspace convex topological linear space
V
of a locally
is closed if and only if it is
weakly closed.
As an easy corollary of the theorem, whose proof is left to the reader, we have the next result: Corollary 9.2.1. linear space over to
x E V,
t.
If
(V,T) (xo,) c V
then there exists a net
finite sum of the form (y,)
Let
converges in
T
be a locally convex topological is a net that converges in
(y) c V,
ECr aOaxo, aOt > 0,
to
x.
where each 1,
y,
such that
Tw
is a
9. Weak Topologies
244
Thus, if a net {y,)
net
then there is a
x,
whose elements are convex linear combinations of the eleand which converges to
(xa)
ments of
converges weakly to
(x.)
X.
T and
Concrete examples of sets whose closure in
do not
V = £2 -with the (E;.
For example, let
coincide are easy to come by.
Tw
IIakI2)112.
usual norm topology given by the norm
= 1,2,3,...
ek = 0, k # m, em = 1, Item
that (em)
in
denote the sequence defined
em = (em) E £2
Let, as in Section 7.6, by
II(ak)II2 =
Then it is easily seen
.
from which it follows that the sequence
- en 112 = ,/2, m # n,
In particular,
does not converge in the norm topology.
£2
the origin does not belong to the norm closure of the set consisting em, m
of the sequences
However, from Corollary 8.3.2 we know that fied with
Indeed, if
£2.
x* E £2
and
then
x*(x) _ E Z. IakFk' x - (ak) E £2.
each
x* E £Z
x*
£2
can be identi-
corresponds to
(bkI E £2,
But then we see that for
lim x*(em) = lim bm = 0, m
as
,
F;k
m
l(bk(2 < . Thus the origin belongs to the closure of the
set consisting of the sequences
em, m = 1,2,3,...,
The analog of Theorem 9.2.2 with to be valid.
l
in
replaced by
T'w.
Tw*
fails
For instance, it is not difficult to give examples of
proper closed linear subspaces that are weak* dense.
This will
follow easily from the next theorem, which is of independent interest. Theorem 9.2.3.
be a normed linear space over
Let
f
and set
B1 = (x
B** = (x** 1
If
T
T(BI)
:
V
V**
I
(
x E V, IIxfl < 1),
X** E V**, IIx**II < 1).
is the canonical embedding of
is dense in
Bi*
in
(V**,TW*).
V
into
V**,
then
245.
9.3. Completeness in the Weak and Weak* Topologies
Proof.
and suppose
xo* E BI*
Let
open neighborhood of
in
x
Tw*.
such that
x0 E V, jjxo,! < 1,
exists some
is an
U(xo*;c;x*,X*,...,xn)
It suffices to show that there
T(xp) E U(xp*;e;x*,x*,...,xn). b = e/2 maxk
To this end let
It is readily seen that
`lyo*11 < I
yo* _ (1 - 6)xo**.
and set
,nI1xkjj
= 1,2,
and
y** E U(x**;c;x*,x*,...,xn).
From Corollary 4.10.1 to Helly's Theorem we deduce the existence of
x0 E V
some
such that
Ijx011
5
xk(xo) = yo*(xk), k = 1,2,...,n. Ixo*(xk)
-
- lly**ji)/2 < 1 and
Ily0*11 + (1
T(xo)(xk)l
Evidently
and
xo E B1,
Ixo*(xk) - xk(xo)l
Ixo*(x) - y**(x*)I (k = 1,2,...,n)
< c
shows that
T(x0) E U(xo*;a;x*,x*,...,xn).
Therefore
is weak* dense in
T(R
Corollary 9.2.2. If
T(V)
T
: V
V**
is dense in
T(V)
is weak* dense in of
T(V)
4.3.
0
be a nonmed linear space over .
Let
is the canonical embedding of
V
into
V**,
then
(V**,Tw*).
In particular, if c0), then
B**.
is a nonreflexive Banach space (for example,
V
is a proper norm closed linear subspace of V**,
V**
that
so that the norm closure and weak* closure
do not coincide.
Completeness in the Weak and Weak* Topologies.
From this
point through Chapter 10 we shall concentrate our attention solely on normed linear spaces.
We do this primarily to give the develop-
9. Weak Topologies
246
ment of the succeeding sections a somewhat more concrete flavor than would be the case if we tried to treat the various matters discussed in their fullest generality.
Some partial references to more general
treatments will be indicated at appropriate points.
Our concern in this section will be the completeness properties of the weak and weak* topologies. sequentially complete when quentially complete provided topology is complete if Theorem 9.3.1. (i)
(ii)
M > 0
sequence in
be a normed linear space over is a Cauchy sequence in Supkllxkll
<
(V,Tw),
§.
then there
M.
is a Banach space and (V*,Tw*),
is se-
Tw
is infinite-dimensional.
such that
If
is always
Tw*
is reflexive, but that neither
V
Let
(xk) C V
If
exists some
V
We shall see that
is a Banach space, that
V
is a Cauchy
(xk) C V*
then there exists some
M > 0
such that
supkllx*Il < M. (iii)
is a Banach space, then
If
(V*,Tw*)
is sequenti-
ally complete. (iv)
is a reflexive Banach space, then
If
(V,Tw)
is
sequentially complete. Proof.
The proofs are all essentially applications of the Uni-
form Boundedness Theorem (Theorem 6.2.1). (xk) C V
is a Cauchy sequence in
Cauchy sequence for each
x* E V*,
(V,Tw).
For instance, suppose Then
(x*(xk))
and so there exists some
is a
Mx* > 0
such that
SuPIT(xk)(x*)I = SuPIx*(xk)I < Mx* Hence by the Uniform Boundedness Theorem and Theorem 8.1.1 there exists some
M > 0
for which
Sup Ilxkll = SUP IIT(xk)II < M. This proves part (i) of the theorem.
247
9.3. Completeness in the Weak and Weak* Topologies
A similar argument establishes part (ii), and part (iii) is proved through an application of the Banach-Steinhaus Theorem (Theorem 6.2.2).
The details are left to the reader.
If
sequence in
(T(xk)]
the weak* topology on (T(xk))
in
(V,Tw),
as
Therefore
is a Cauchy
then it is readily verified from the basic
(V,TW),
definitions that
once that
(xk}
is a reflexive Banach space and
(V,11-11)
is a Cauchy sequence in
Since
(V**,7w*).
is sequentially complete, it follows at
V**
converges in
(V**,7w*),
and so
(xk)
converges
T(V) = V**.
is sequentially complete, and part (iv) of
(V,TW)
the theorem is proved. 11
The argument used to prove the last portion of Theorem 9.3.1 is worth noting, as it is a special case of a general principle.
Namely,
if some property has been shown to hold for the weak4 topology, then the same property must be valid for the weak topology on any reflexive Banach space
V.
This follows immediately from the definition of the
weak and weak* topologies in fact that
T(V) = Vj*.
V
and
V**,
respectively, and the
We shall make repeated use of this observa-
tion in the sequel.
Among other things, Theorem 9.3.1 shows that
is sequentially complete in both the weak and weak* topo-
1 < p < -=,
logies.
Lp(X,S,µ),
It is well to note that a nonreflexive Banach space may or
may not be weakly sequentially complete, depending on the space in question.
For example,
weak topology when
µ
L1(X,S,µ)
is sequentially complete in the
is a-finite, whereas
c 0
Theorem 9.3.2. space.
Then
Proof.
Then, since
Let
(X,S,p)
(LI(X,S,µ),TW)
Suppose that
is not.
be a a-finite positive measure
is sequentially complete.
(fk) c LI(X,S,N)
is a weak Cauchy sequence.
L1(X,S,p)* = L.(X,S,p) (Theorem 8.3.3), we see that
(fE fk(t) d"(t)J
is a Cauchy sequence of complex numbers for each
9. Weak Topologies
248
E E*S,
as the characteristic function
L.(X,S,µ).
of
XE
belongs to
E
In particular, each such sequence converges, and so we
can'define a set function
a
on
S by
a(E) = lim rF fk(t) dµ (t)
(E E S).
k It can be shown that
a
is a bounded complex-valued measure on
,that is absolutely continuous with respect to portion of this assertion is the fact that is,
a
is countably additive.
a
X
The nontrivial
µ.
is a measure -- that
We do not 'give the details of this
here but instead refer the reader to the discussion of the VitaliHahn-Saks Theorem (see, for example, ;DS1, pp. 158-160; Y, pp. 70-72]), of which the preceding assertion is a'special case. Now, by the Lebesgue-Radon-Nikodym Theorem (see, for example, DS1, p. 176]), we deduce the existence of some
f E L1(X,S,µ)
such
that
a(E) = lim fE fk(t) dµ(t) k
s fE f(t) di+.(t) Furthermore, if
(E E S) .
is any finite linear combination of characteristic
g
functions of sets in
S,
then the preceding identity shows that
lim fX fk(t)g(t) do(t) = fX f(t)g(t) dµ(t) k
But such functions are norm dense in
LW(X,S,µ),
from which we deduce
by a simple triangle inequality argument that
lim fX fk(t) t tT dp(t) = fX f(t)F(t dp(t)
(h E Lm(X,S,N)).
k
Therefore and su
(fk)
L1(X,S,µ)
To see that
converges weakly to
f,
as
L1(X,S,p)* = L.(X,S,W)
is weakly sequentially complete.
c
0
O
is not weakly sequentially complete we need
only exhibit a0 weak Cauchy sequence in
In-order to do this we need to know that
c0
that does not converge. c*
can be identified with
9.3. Completeness in the Weak and Weak* Topologies
Ll,
The identification
a fact whose proof we leave to the reader.
corresponds
(ak) E tl
is obtained in the expected manner, namely, to
249
defined by
x* E co,
0 x*(y) =
(y - (bk) E co).
E lbkak k
define
n
Now for each positive integer
and
by
Then we see that for any
bk = 1, k = 1,2,...,n, bk = 0, k > n.
x = (ak) E .Cl
yn = (bk) E co
n>m m
n
(x*(Yn)
x*(Ym)I
-
E ak -
(
k=1
E akl
k=1
n
E
k=m+ 1 n E
<
I ak
k = m + 1
(x*(yn))
from which it follows immediately that as But
Ek =1lak' < m. (yn)
(yn)
Thus
is a Cauchy sequence,
is a weak Cauchy sequence in
cannot converge weakly to any element of
co.
co, because if
were such an element, then we would have
y = (bk) E co
m E bkak = x*(Y)
k=1 = lim x*(yn) n n
= lim
E ak
n k=i
((ak] E t1),
E lak k and so
bk m 1, k = 1,2,3,...,
contradicting the assumption that
limkbk = 0.
Hence
c
0
is not weakly sequentially complete.
If we shift our
attention from sequential completeness to completeness, then the weak
and weak* topologies are complete if and only if sional.
V
is finite dimen-
9. Weak Topologies
250
Theorem 9.3.3.
be a normed linear space over
Let
I.
Then the following are equivalent: is finite dimensional.
V
(i)
is a complete locally convex topological linear
(V,TW)
(ii)
space over
0.
is a complete locally convex topological linear
(V*,TW*)
(iii)
space over
0.
Proof.
Since all n-dimensional topological linear spaces over
and topologically isomorphic (Corollary 2.2.1), it follows easily Conversely, if
that part (i) implies parts (ii) and (iii).
infinite-dimensional, then we shall construct a net in but is not convergent in
a Cauchy net in
(V,Tw),
will prove that
part (ii) implies part (i).
V
is
that is
V
(V,7W).
This
The implication from
part (iii) to part (i) is left to the reader. With this in mind we consider the directed st
A= (a I a c V*; a finite),
where a> 9
if and only if
a D O
and
a,6 E A.
Let
x" E (V*)'_. V**.
We have not as yet proved the existence of such a discontinuous linear
functional on an infinite-dimensional normed linear space, and so before continuing with the proof of the theorem we shall do so. Let in
V,
be a sequence of linearly independent vectors
(xk) c V where
V
is an infinite-dimensional normed linear space,
and for each positive integer I'ckx0` < 1/k.
k
let
ck > 0
Then, as is readily verified,
of linearly independent vectors such that be the linear subspace of define a linear functional k
1,2,3,...,
by linearity.
V
be such that
limkjIakxkil = 0.
spanned by the sequence y'
on
W
by setting
and extending the definition of That is, if
course finite, then
is a sequence
(gkxk)
y - E akxk E W,
y1(y) = E aky'(xk).
(x.)
W
Let
and
y'(xk) = 1/ck, y'
to all of
W
where the sum is of
Next, let
B C V. be an
251
9.3. Completeness in the Weak and Neak* Topologies
algebraic basis for
V
such that
Then on defining
B -D (xk).
x'(xk) = y'(xk), k = 1,2,3,..., x'(x) = 0, x E B - (xk), ing the definition to all of functional
V
defined on all of
x'
and
limkllakxkll = 0
and extend-
by linearity, we obtain a linear Moreover,
V.
limkx'(ckxk) - 1.
x' E V' - V*,
Thus we see that, when
as
V
is an infinite-dimensional normed linear space, there always exists x' E V' - V*.
some
Consider now any such discontinuous linear functional the infinite-dimensional Banach space
The dimension of
V*.
must be infinite, since if it were finite, then r(V) C V**,
would be finite dimensional.
by
A,
then we denote by
and by
a,
a
3.2.4 we see that
x"
a
al,a2,...,an
in
x"
to
V
If a = (xi,x2,...,x)
V*.
a
V*
spanned
From Proposition
is a continuous linear functional with norm
on the finite-dimensional space
IIx"II
V*
and hence
the linear subspace of
V*
the restriction of
x"
V**
on
This would imply that
is finite dimensional, contrary to assumption. is in
x"
and so for any
V*,
we have that
0
n n E a x"(x*)I = Ix"( E a x*)( k=1 k k kk
k=I
n IxaUE akxk)I
k=1 n
<
Ilx
III
E akxkll
k=1
Consequently, by an appeal to Helly's Theorem (Theorem 4.10.1), for each
a E A
we deduce the existence of some
x
E V
such that
of
x*(xa) = x"(x*), x* E a. then
Moreover, it is apparent that, if
x*(xa) = x*(x0), x* E 0,
We claim that the net net in x* E y,
(V,Tw).
Indeed, if
then for any
(x
as
a > 9
C V
x* E V*
net.
as here constructed is a Cauchy and
y E A
a,6 E A, where a > y
x*(xa) - x*(x6) = x"(x*) - x"(x*) = 0,
a > 6,
if and only if a D 9.
and so
is such that
and (x
9 > y,
we obtain
is a weak Cauchy
9. Weak Topologies
252
if
is such that
x E V
each
however, contradicts the fact that Therefore
.(xa)
then for
(V,TW),
x* E V*
Furthermore, if
then for any a > y
from which we conclude that
x* E V*,
in
x
because,
V,
we have
x"(x*) = limax*(xa) = x*(x) = T(x)(x*) for
Hence
x*(xa) = x"(x*).
converges to
x* E y,
is such that
and 'y E A
each
(x a)
to any element of
limax*(xa) = x*(x).
we have
x* E V*
Tw
cannbt converge in
(xa)
But
x"
x" = T(x) E V**.
is discontinuous on
does not converge in
(V,TW),
This, V*.
and so
(V,TW)
is not complete.
0
It is easily seen that-, if we begin with a nonreflexive normed
then the proof that
linear space when
V
is not complete
(V,TW)
Indeed,
is infinite dimensional can be somewhat shortened.
in this case we need only take
The existence of If, however,
V
x"
and argue as before.
x" E V** -, r(V)
is now assured by the definition of reflexivity.
is reflexive, then we must use the discontinuous
linear functional
x"
as'done in the proof of the theorem.
Next let us give some necessary and sufficient conditions for the convergence of a sequence in the weak or weak* topology.
The
proofs are straightforward and are left to the reader. Theorem 9.3.4.
be a normed linear space over
Let
I.
Then (i).
only if
A sequence supkIIxkI <
(xk) c V and
some norm dense subset of (ii)
A sequence
and only if
x
if and
(V,Tw)
in
for each
limkx*(xk) = x*(xk)
in
x*
(V*,Il.1).
(xk) C V*
supkllxkll < m and
some norm dense subset of
converges to
converges to
x*
limkx*(x) = x*(x)
in
if
for each
x
in
(V,II.II). It
Arguing much as we did in proving that
L1(X,S,µ)
is weakly
sequentially complete, together with an appeal to Theorem 9.3.1(i),
prodides us with a proof of the following corollary to Theorem 9.3.4:
253
9.3. Completeness in the Weak and Weak* Topologies
Corollary 9.3.1.
Let
(X,S,.)
{fk) C L1(X,S, ).
space and suppose
be a a-finite positive measure Then the following are equi-
valent: (i)
converges weakly to
Ifk)
f E L1(X,S,.)
There exists some f.
and, for each
supkllfklll < m
(ii)
such that the sequenc'
E E S,
the sequence
converges.
{fE fk(t) dµ(t))
let
While we are on the subject of describing
us take a look at COMLet
Theorem 9.3.5.
X
be a locally compact Hausdorff topologi-
{fk) C C0(X), f E C0(X).
cal space and suppose
Then the following
are equivalent:
{fk)_ converges weakly to
The-sequence
(i)
f.
(ii) supkllfkll. < m and limkfk(t) = f(t)' t E X. If part (i) holds, then from Theorem 9.3.1(i) we see
Proof.
that supkllfkll <
Moreover, for each t E X the formula
x*(g) = g(t), g E C0(X), clearly defines a continuous linear functional
x*
on
Co(X).
follows immediately that
Since
Ifk)
converges weakly to
limkfk(t) = f(t), t E X;
f,
it
Thus part (i)
implies part (ii)..
Conversely suppose that part (ii) holds and let
x* E C0(X)*.
Then by the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) there exists a unique bounded, regular, complex-valued Borel measure
µx*
such
that
x*(g) = dX g(t) dVx*(t) Let to
M = supkllfkllm.
L1.(X,µx*),
k = 1,2,3,... to
f,
as .
Then the function µx*
(g E C0(X)).
gM(t) = M, t E X,
is bounded, and
Hence, since the sequence
belongs
lfk(t)l < M, t E X, Ifk)
converges pointwise
we may appeal to the Lebesgue Dominated Convergence Theorem
9. Weak Topologies
254
[Ry, p. 2291 to conclude that
lkm x*(fk) = lkm fX fk(t) dyax*(t)
f X f (t) dµx* (t)
x* E Co(X)*
Therefore, since converges weakly to
f,
is arbitrary, we see that
The Banach-Alaoglu Theorem.
9.4.
ifk
and part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).0
We have mentioned several
times (for example, after Theorem 1.3.3) that closed bounded sets in infinite-dimensional Aormed linear spaces need not be compact in the norm topology, and so. norm compactness in such spaces is not equi-
valent to norm closedness and norm boundedness.
It is one of the
chief virtues of the weak* topology that we can recover an analog of this Euclidean characterization of compactness in the dual space of a Banach space, namely, that a set's being weak* closed and norm bounded is equivalent to its being weak* compact.
This is the
Banach-Alaoglu Theorem, whose precise statement and proof, which is essentially an application of Tikhonov's Theorem that the topological product of compact spaces is compact and the Uniform Boundedness Theorem, shall be our first concern in this section. After discussing some general consequences of the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem we shall devote the succeeding four sections to some examples of applications of this important result.
We shall then return to
general considerations of weak topologies, reflexivity, and compactness. Theorem 9.4.1 (Banach-Alaoglu Theorem). Banach space over
§
and let
E C :V*.
Let
(V,11-11)
be a
Then the following are equi-
valent:
(i)
E
is a compact set in
(ii)
E
is a closed set in
(V*,Tw*). (V*,Tw*)
and a bounded set in
(V,jj+().
255
9.4. Banach-Alaoglu Theorem
Suppose
Proof.
E
is compact in
Since
(V*,Tw*).
Hausdorff topology, it follows at once that
E
is a
Tw*
is weak* closed.
Recall from our discussion of F-topologies following Theorem 9.1.1 that
can be considered as the relative topology on
Tw*
sidered as a subspace of the topological product space where
T(x*) _ {T(x)(x*))
y E V
let
Py
Ax
:
and each
§T(y).
con-
Rx E V fr(x)'
For each
T(x) = f, x E V.
denote the projection of the
E V T(x)
product space onto
T(V*)
Py
Since each
a homeomorphism, we conclude that
Py o T
is continuous and
T
is
is continuous
V*
:
4T(y)
for each
y E V.
In particular,
set of T(y) = I such that
supx,
E
Py o T(E) = (x*(y)
for each
I
x* E E)
is a compact sub-
Thus there exists some
y E V.
My > 0
E1x*(y)< < My.
Consequently from Corollary 6.2.1 to the Uniform Boundedness Theorem we see that there exists some
M > 0
such that
sup (Ix*II < M,
x*EE that is,
is norm bounded.
E
Conversely, suppose
E
Hence part (i) implies part (ii). is weak* closed and norm bounded.
We
claim without loss of generality we may assume that
B*1 . {x*
E
Obviously Bi
B*
I
x' E V*, llx*lI < 1).
is norm bounded, and an elementary argument shows that
is weak* closed.
Suppose then that
is weak* compact and
Bi
E
is any weak* closed and norm bounded set in
E
is norm bounded, there.exists some
But
aBi
a > 0
V*.
Clearly, since
such that
E C aBi.
is weak* compact, since scalar multiplication is a homeo-
morphism in
(V*,7w*)
(Theorem 2.1.2), and so
E
is weak'.compact,
as it is a weak' closed subset of a weak* compact set. assume that
Thus we may
E - Bi.
Now for each x E V
let KT(x) -
(p
a E i,. !al < J'T(x)1J - JjxjJ).
256
9. Weak Topologies
Clearly each
then T(x*) - {x*(x)) and
claim that topology on suppose and
IIx
I x*(x)I < 1`x*IUUjxtI < I1x1j.
is a compact subset of
T(B!)
T(B!).
is a net in
[x*(x))
Since
We
in the relative
T(V*)
considered as a subspace of
T(V*)
and
The latter assertion is valid since, if
T(B1) C IIx E V KT(x).
x* E B!,
0T(x) _ f,
is a compact subset of
KT(x)
nx
Indeed,
E V 1T(x)
T(B*) C IIx
E V KT(x)
is compact in the product topology, by Tikhonov's'
E V KT(x)
Theorem {Ry, pp. 166 and 167], we see that there exists a subnet (x*(x))
of, (x*(x))
(x;(x))
converges to
and some ip = (cpx) E II
X E V KT(x)
in the product topology.
cp
such that
Moreover,
cp E T(B*).
To see this we first show that an element
x*
and suppose
of
B!.
s > 0.
x*(x) = cpx, x E V,
With this in mind, let
x,y E V
defines
be given
Let
Ux* [a I aEt, (a - cpxl <3), Uy= {a I aE6, 1 a -cpy1 <3},
x+y
{a
aE,a-
x+y1 < j),
and let U - Ux x Uy x Ux +y x IIz T x,y,x + y fT (z) ' Clearly an open neighborhood of some
0
such that for
p
in
6 > 9o
IIx
E V §T(x)'
U
is
and so there exists
we have
x* (x + Y) -' [x* (x) + x* (Y) ] I < cVx + y - x* (x + Y)
+ Ix*(x) - (P X1 + Ix;(Y) - wyl
< e1 +!e +!e = c.
Since
e > 0
is arbitrary, we conclude that x*(x + Y) = x*(x) + X* (Y)
(x,Y E V).
257
9.4. Banach-Alaoglu Theorem
x* E V1. to
But evidently
and
E V KT(x) is compact. T(B*)
once that
B*
Consequently
x* E B*.
and so
AX
as
_ IcpXI < jlxlj, x E V,
( x* (x)
cp
belongs.
cp = T(x*) E T(B
is a homeomorphism, it follows at
T
Since
Thus
x E V.
and
x*(ax) = ax*(x), a E 4
Similarly one proves that
is weak* compact.
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).
0
One observation about the proof is in order before we turn to It is not difficult to show that a set of the
some corollaries.
*
form
(x*
l
is a closed set in
x* E V*, llx*ll < a)
is, every norm closed ball about the origin in
V*
(V*,Tw );
that
is weak* closed.
It is not, however, the case-that norm bounded norm closed sets in V*
For instance, if
are necessarily weak* closed.
flexive and BI = (x
I
`
X** E V**, 1IX**Il < 13
(Theorem
is norm bounded and norm closed as a subset of 8.1.1), and as
T(BI)
T(B1)
B**.
But
is weak* dense in
Also it should be noted that not be compact in
is not closed in
T(BI) B**
is not re-
then
x E V, llxll < 1),
?(B1) C B1* = (x**
V
(V**,Tw*),
(Theorem 9.2.3). (x*
I
x* E V*, jlx*ll = 1)
need
We leave it to the reader to supply
(V*,Tw*).
an appropriate example.
Furthermore, we remark that, if then it is never 'the case that in
Tw
V
B* C V*
that contains the origin.
is infinite-dimensional,
has a nonempty interior
Indeed, if
Bi
had this property,
then from the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem and Theorem 2.2.2 we would immediately conclude that
V*,
and hence
V,
was finite-dimensional,
contrary to assumption.
An examination of the proof of Theorem 9.4.1 reveals that the assumption that
V
is a Banach space was used only to prove that
part (i) implies part (ii).
Hence we have the first corollary.
258
.
Corollary 9.4.1. E C V*.
and let
Let
be a nonmed linear space over
(V,11.11)
f
E
is weak* closed and norm bounded, then
E
If
9. Weak Topologies
is weak* compact.
Recalling our remarks following Theotem 9.3.1 concerning reflexivity and weak topologies, we obtain at once the next result. Corollary 9.4.2. over
and let
!
be a reflexive Banach space
Let
Then the following are equivalent:
E C V.
(i)
E
is a complet set in
(ii)
E
is a closed set in
-(V,TN).
and a bounded set in
(V,Ta`)
The next corollary is, an imediate consequence of Corollary 9.4.1 to the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem, since a set
E
in a Hausdorff
topological space is compact'if end only if every net in
has a
E
E.t
subnet that converges to a point of
Corollary 9.4.3. Let Y4
(x*) C V*
gubnet
(x*}
is a net such that
sup j xj1 < M,
then
has a
(xa)
that converges to some,point of (x*
in
be a normed linear space over 4.
I
x* E V*, IIx*u < M)
(V*,TW ).
Note e4refully that the last corollary does not assert that a norm bounded net in
Y*
has a weak* convergent subsequence, not
even in the case when the original net is itself a sequence.
For example, consider t define IlxnII
xn(x) = an
for
1, n = 1,2,3....
and for each positive integer
x - (ak} E £W. .
Clearly
However, the sequence
xn E t*
n
and
(xn) C
has
Lm as shown by the following argument:
no weak* ciTl
Suppose tha%
7tn }
y = (bj} E t,
by
bj = 1
for all other
j.
Then
is any subsequence of
(xn)
and define
k
if
3 = nk
and
k
is even, and
bj = 0
259
9.4. Banach-Alaoglu Theorem
= 1 x* (y) = b nk nk
for
k = 2,4,6,...,
= 0
for
k = 1,3,5,...,
(y) = b
x*
nk
nk
and so the sequence
(xnk(y))
(x*)
Hence
does not converge.
has
no weak* convergent subsequence.
For the sake of completeness we make the following definition: Definition 9.4.1. X
A set
in a Hausdorff topological space
E
is said to be sequentially compact if every sequence in
a subsequence that converges to.a point of
has
E
E.
The preceding example thus shows that the unit ball in not sequentially compact in the_weak* topology.
2*
of course, weak* compact by the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem.
is,
It
however, the case that weak* closed norm bounded sets in
V*
not only weak* compact but also weak* sequentially compact if a separable normed linear space.
is
The unit ball is,
are V
is
This will follow from Theorem 9.4.2.
First we need a lemma. Lemma 9.4.1.
and suppose that
Let
(V,11.j)
F e V.
If
F
be a normed linear space over
f
is a norm dense subset of
then
the restrictions to any norm bounded subset of and
T(F)
Tw
V,
of the F-topologies
V*
are equivalent. Tw*.
Proof.
By Proposition 9.1.1 we have
suffices to show that, if and
to
(x*)
x*
in
converges to
(V*, T
(xa) c :V-
x*
Hence it
is a net such that
(V*,TT(F)),
then
(x*)
M converges
).
'However, given any
x E V
lix - yfi < e/3 max(M,I[x*ii). whenever a > a
in
TT(F) C
If
and
ao
c > 0,
let
is such that
y E F
be such that
jx*a(y)
- x*(y)l < e/3
then we also have
lxa(x) - x*(x)l :SIX*
- xa(Y)I ' Ixa(Y)
- x*(Y)I + ix*(Y) - x*(X)!
9. Weak Topologies
260
IIx
I
I
* Ilx*II lly - xll
<e whenever
a > ao.
Thus
converges to
(xQ,)
Note that, if
F C V
separates the points of F-topology
TT(F)
on
Theorem 9.4.2. B* = (x*
and let
I
x*
in
(V*, Tw*) .
is norm dense in
V*,
and
V,
D then s(F) C V**
does indeed define an
T(F)
V*.
Let
(V,11-II)
be a.normed linear space over
4
Then the following are
x* E y*, IIx*Il < 1).
equivalent:
(i)
is separable.
(V, II Il)
The.weak* topology
(ii)
T'w*
V*
on
restricted to
is
B1*
metrizable. If
Proof.
dense subset of V*
V V.
F C V
is separable, let
be a countable norm
Then by Theorem 9.1.2 the topology ,Tr(F)
on
is metrizable, and hence by Lemma 9.4.1 the weak* topology re-
stricted to
B*
is metrizable.
Thus part (i) implies part (ii).
Conversely, suppose the weak* topology on
Bi
is metrizable.
Then, in particular, there exists a sequence of open neighborhoods Un of the origin in
T'w*
such that
Cn°. lUn a (0). /Without loss
of generality we may assume that Un = Un(0,an,Fn) _ (x*
where
Fn C V
countable. x E F. that
x* E I1
x* E V*, Ix*(x)I < an. x E n
is a finite set.
Moreover, suppose
Then
I
Let
F = (.r
x* E V*
1Fn.
n is such that
Clearly
F
Ix*(x)I < an, x E Fn, n - 1,2,3,...,..which shows . lUn
- (0).
Hence
x* = 0.
is
x*(x) a 0,
261
9.4. Banach-Alloglu Theorem
denotes the collection of all finite linear combinations
F
If
of elements of
with rational coefficients, then F is obviously
F
a countable subset of
V
V by the previous
to the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
4.2.8
Corollary
observation and Therefore
that is norm dense in
V
is separable, and part (ii) of the theorem implies
0
part (i).
It is evident that
in.the theorem could be replaced by ar;
Bi
norm closed bounded ball (x*
I
x* E V*, IIx*li < a).
Similarly, the
proof of the first portion of the theorem shows that the weak* topology on any norm bounded subset of
is metrizable, provided V
V*
is separable.
These observations, combined with the fact that compactness and sequential compactness are equivalent in metric spaces, give us the next two corollaries. Corollary 9.4.4.
space over E
f.
If
be a separable normed linear
Let
is weak* closed and norm bounded, then
E C V*
is weak* sequentially compact. Let
Corollary 9.4.5 (Helly's Selection Theorem .
a separable normed linear space over such that
supnuxn11 < M,
then
f.
(xn) c V*
(V,1111)
be
is a sequence
has a subsequence that is
(xn)
weak* convergent to some point in
If
[x*
I
x* E V*, 1(x*iI < M).
For reflexive spaces the preceding results combined with Theorem 4.5.1 give us the following corollaries.
The details are, left to
the reader.
Corollary 9.4.6.
over
f
and let
be a reflexive Banach space
Let
B1 = (x
I
x E V, (ixil < 1).
Then the following are
equivalent:
(i) (ii)
is separable. The weak topology
Tw
restricted td
B,
is metrizable.
9. Weak Topologies
262
Let
Corollary 9.4.7.
space over E
t.
is weakly closed and norm bounded, then
E C V
If
be a separable reflexive Banach
(V,JH-Jj)
is weakly-sequentially compact. Furthermore, by either arguing as in the proof of Theorem 9.4.2
mutatis mutandis, or by applying that result to the dual and bidual
canonical embedding of
and using some of the properties of the
V
of i normed linear space
into
V
we can prove the next result.
V**,
Again the details are left to the reader. Theorem 9.4.3. let
and
BI = {x
I
Let
be a normed linear space over
(V,11I)
x E V,
Ilxjj < lj.
t
Then the following are equi-
valent:
(i) (ii)
(V*, 11.11)
is separable.
The weak topology
Tw
on
V
restricted to
BI
is metri-
zable.
As seen by the example of the closed unit ball in compact set need not be weak* sequentially compact.
£*,
a weak*
Corollary 9.4.4
asserts that weak* compactness implies weak* sequential compactness if
V
is a separable Banach space, while Corollaries 9.4.2 and 9.4.1
together assert that weak compactness implies weak sequential compactness in separable reflexive Banachispaces.
It is an extremely
profound, and perhaps surprising, fact that weak compactness and weak sequential compactness are equivalent in any Banach space.
This
is the content of the Eberlein-9mulian Theorem (Theorem 10.3.1), to be proved in the next chapter.
No such result is available for the
weak* topology.
The Banach-Alaoglu Theorem has a valid analog in the context of locally convex topological linear spaces. nor use this generalization.
We neither discuss
The interested reader is referred to
[K, pp. 245-249; KeNa, p. 155; W1, pp. 236- 241].
9.5. Banach Spaces as Spaces of Continuous Functions
265
In this
Banach ch Spaces as Spaces of Continuous Functions.
9.5.
short section we shall see how every complex Banach space can be represented as a space of continuous functions on a compact Hausdorff topological space. Theorem 9.5.1.
be a Banach space over
Let
there exists a compact Hausdorff topological Space
X
Then
C.
such that
is isometrically isomorphic to a closed linear subspace
(V,il.ll)
of (C(X),I1'll.). Proof.
Let
X = B* = (x*
Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1),
is a compact Hausdorff
X
topological space in the relative weak* topology. define
fx(x*) = x*(x), x* E X.
function on
and since
X,
topology if and only if x E V,
$
V
:
C(X)
Clearly
fx
For each
(x*)
converges to
x*
converges to
x*(x)
a
fx E C(X).
defined by
x E V
is a complex-valued
(x*(x))
we know at once that
mapping
Then, by the
x* E V*, IIx*II < 1).
I
in the weak* for each
It is easily seen that the
$(x) = fx, x E V,
is linear.
Moreover,
Ut (x) Iim = IlfxJ. sup Ifx(x*)1
X* EX sup
x*EB*
IT(x)(x*)1
= IIT(x)II
shows that
$
is an isometry.
The conclusion of the theorem is now evident.
The function
fx
is, of course, just
T(x)
0 restricted to
8
9. Weak Topologies
264
Obviously a similar result for Banach spaces over
!H
and spaces
Moreover, there
of real-valued continuous functions is also valid.
is an analog for arbitrary locally :onvex topological linear spaces:.
,every such space is topologically isomorphic to a linear subspace of
where
C'(X),
is a suitable locally compact Hausdorff topo-
X
Refer to Example 1.2.1 for the definition of
logical space.
C'(X).
The details are available, for example, in [K, pp. 250 and 251].
9.6.
We discussed Banach limits in
Banach Limits Revisited.
Section 4.3'as an application of the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
Recall
that the aim was to extend the notion of the limit of a convergent sequence in a reasonable way to all bounded sequences, "reasonable" meaning that the extension should be linear, invariant under shifts, and in agreement with the usual notion of limit for convergent sequences.
limits on
We now want to again prove the existence of such Banach but this time we use the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem.
t.,
Actually this time we only consider real sequences -- that is,
the Banach space of some (i)
(ii)
jakj E tRR
if
00
For each
converges, then x*((ak].) = limkak.
n = 1,2,3,...,
if
(ak) E LRR
and
ck F ak + n,
x*((ak)) - x*(jck)).
then
(ak) E
If
We wish to prove the existence
lR.
such that
x* E (£.R)*
k = 1,2,3,..., (iii)
over
LWR
and
ak > 0, k - 1,2,3,...,
then
x*((ak)) > 0.
Condition (iii)
was not imposed on a Banach limit before.
The
virtue of this condition is elucidated by the following lemma: Lemma 9.6.1. (i)
(ii)
For each
if
that
x* E
ek = 1, k = 1,2,3,...,
If
k = 1,2,3,..., (iii)
Suppose
then
n = 1,2,3,...,
is such that
then if
x*((ek)) - 1.
(ak) E
and
Ck
ak t n'
x*((ak))
= x*((ck)), (ak) E 1R, ak > 0, k - 1,2,3,..., 40
-
then
x*((ak))
0.
265,
9.6. Banach Limits Revisited
{ak) E Lm
Then for each
lie inf : k < x*((ak)) < lie sup ak.
k
k Proof.
(ak) E LR and
Let
Consider a sequence
be given.
Then there exists
ak < lim supmam + e.
such that
N
some positive integer
e > 0
(bk) E Lm defined by bk = min(ak, lim sup am + c)
Clearly
and
(ak)
(k = 1,2,3,...).
differ in at most a finite number of com-
{bkj
ponents, and hence there exists some positive integer
n
such that
(ck) be the sequence defined Let bk+ n' k = 1,2,3,... Then x*((ak)) = x*((ck)) k = 1,2,3,... ck = ak + n s b k+ n,
ak + n
by
for k > N.
.
.
x*((bkj)
part (ii) of the hypotheses.
by
But it is evident that
bk < lie supmam + c, k = 1,2,3,...,
and so from parts (i) and (ii) of the hypotheses we conclude that x*((ak)) = x*({bkj)
< (lim sup am + c)x*({ek)) m Its sup as + a.
m Since
c > 0
The inequality
is arbitrary, we see that
lim infmam < x*((akj)
x*({ak)) < lie supmam.
is proved in a similar
manner.
In particular, if of the lemma, then and so
x*
x* E (LR)*
satisfies all three conditions
x*((ak)) = limkak
whenever
(akj
is convergent,
is a Banach limit.
The proof of the next theorem then reduces to showing the existence of some Lemma 9.6.1.
x* E (LRR)*
that satisfies all three conditions of
9. Weak Topologies
266
(i)
(ii)
(ak} E e is convergent, then
If
For each(n = 1,2,3,...,
(iv)
x*({ak)) = limkak.
(ak) E Lm
if
If .(ak) E ,, ak > 0, k = 1,2,3,..., If
such that
and
ck = ak
+ n
x*((ak}) = x*({ck)).
then
k = 1,2,3,..., (iii)
x* E ( R)*
There exists some
Theorem 9.6.1.
x*((ak)) > 0.
then
then
(ak) E
limkinf ak < x*((ak)) < limksup ak. As indicated, wee need only prove the existence of some
Proof.
With
that satisfies the three conditions of Lemma 9.6.1.
x* E (.em)*
m
this in mind, for each positive integer
we define
E ak
xm({ak})
((ak)'E tR).
k - l
xm E (IR)*
It is easily seen that
Il(ek)lim =
1
ahd
an = 1,2,3,...
Let j
F.
= 1,2,3,...
xm({ek}) = 1, we conclude that
denote the closure of
(x*
and that the family
(F.]
rw* ),
Since
B*
x* E r1
1,2,3,...),
has the finite intersection property; Fj
have a nonempty inter-
is weak* compact, from the Banach-Alaoglu
Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1), we see that 1Fj.
r r_ 1Fj } (.
We claim that
Indeed, it is evident that
11x*jj < 1.
sider the-open weak* neighborhood
that
R
((L)*,
in
x* E (gym)*, I1x*II < 1)
that is, any finite number of the sets
x* E r r. 1F.,
m > j)
(xm
It is apparent that
.
I
Let
Iixm11 = 1,
.
Fj c gi
section.
But, since
and 'jIxmjE < I.
x*
has the desired properties.
Moreover, given
U(x*,c,(ek))
of
e > 0,
x*.
we see that there exists a positive integer
xo E U(x*,e,{ek]).
Hence
Ix*((ek)) - x*({ek))I = Ix*((ek1)
< e,
-
11
con-
Since
m
such
9.7. Fourier Series in
267
Lp((-n,n],dt/2n), I < p < -
and so x*((ek)) = 1 and
is arbitrary.
as a > 0
11x*11 = 1,
__RRak
(ak) E
A similar argument shows that, if k
x*((ak1) > 0,
then
1,2,3,...,
0,
x*((ak)) > 0,
rsince
m
To prove that
x*
satisfies part (ii) of the theorem it clearly
suffices to show that, if then
x*((ak)) - x*((ck)).
ck = ak + 1, k = 1,2,3,..., We note first that
(ak) E fm
and
m+l xm{ak)) - xm((ck)) - n
k=1
ak -
E ak)
k=2
al - as + 1)
(m = 1,2,3,...).
Ixm((ak)) - xm((ck))l < 211(ak)'L m
(m = 1,2,3,...).
s
a Consequently
Now let
a > 0
be given and consider the weak* neighborhood
U(x*,a/3,(ak),(ck)). a > 61+(ak)'fm/a
Then, since
such that
1F,
x* E (1:
there exists some and so
xm E
lx*((ak)) - x*((ck))I < lx*((ak)) - xm((ak))I
+ Ixm((ak)) - xm((ckN + Lx*((ck)) - x*((ck})j
2{I(ak)I1m
24
a
< a.
Therefore
x*((ak)) = x*((ck)),
as
a > 0
is arbitrary, and
the proof is complete.
9.7.
Fourier Series of Functions in
0 Lp([-n,n),dt/2n),
1
As is easily seen from an application of I-Wider's Inequality, the linear spaces
Lp([-n,n],dt/2n), 1 < p < m,
are all linear subspaces
9. Weak Topologies
268
of
L1([-n,n]1dt/2n),
and hence we can meaningfully discuss the
Fourier transform
1(k) for
each
'S fnn f (t)e-ikt dt
_
f E Lp([-n,n],dt/2n), 1 < p < m.
(k E Z)
Thus associated formally with
we have its Fourier series
f E Lp([-n,n],dt/2n)
f(k)eikt
k v -m Note we are here making no assertions about the convergence of this series.
Our purpose in this section is to give some necessary and
sufficient conditions for a formal series Fourier series of some
Ek -
ckeikt
to be the
f.E Lp([ru,n],dt/2n); that is, conditions to
f E L([-n,n],dt/2n)
ensure that there ekists some
such that
f(k) = ck, k E Z. In Section 6.6 we indicated that the nth symmetric partial sum
of the Fourier series of an
f E Lp([-n,n],dt/2n),
call it
sn(f),
could-be written as
n sn(f)(s) =
E f(k)eiks
k - -n* fnn f(t)D(s - t) dt
_
where
Dn(u) - sin((n + 1/2)u]/sin(u/2), n = 0,1,2,...,
Dirichlet kernel. first
n + 1
(s E [-n,n]),
is the
If one considers the arithmetic average of the
partial sums
sn(f),
that is,
n
an(f) = n+ I
E sk(f)
k=0
then some reasonably straightforward computations'reveal that n
an(f) (s) -
E
k- -n
(1 - n)f(k)e iks .
= 2n J -n f(t)Fn(s - t) dt
(s E
9.7. Fourier Series in
269
Lp([-n,n],dt/2n), 1 < p < .
where
it
n
(1 - nl L1)eiku
E
Fn (u) =
k = -n 1
Isin
n+ 1
n +
1)u/2] 12
sin u 2
(n
0,1,2,...).
J
L
The function
an(f)
is, for obvious reasons, called the nth Cesaro
mean of the Fourier series of kernel.
and
f,
Fn
is known as the Fejer
A discussion of this can be found in (E2, pp. 78 and 79].
We omit the details.
More generally, if one considers a formal series E
-ckeiks
then one can discuss the nth Cesaro mean of this series, call it an((ck)),
and show that
n E
cn((ck))(s) =
n)ckeiks
(1 -
(s E [-n,n]).
k- -n We claim that such a formal series is the Fourier series of some
f E Lp([-n,n],dt/2n), 1 < p < m,
if and only if
SUP llan((ck))IIp < It is apparent that each
p, 1 < p <
an((ck)) E Lp((-n,n],dt/2n)
for all
as each. such Cesaro sum is a continuous function on
[-n.n].
Before we din prove the indicated result we need to note a preliminary fact'concerning the convolution of functions in Lp([-n,n],dt/2n) to [E2, p. 56] the
and in
L1([-n,n],dt/2n).
for the details. Lp([-n,n],dt/2n)
The reader is referred
We assume tacitly, as usual, that
have been extended periodically
to the entire real line. Proposition 9.7.1.
Let
f E L1((-n,rt],dt/Zn)
g E LP((-n,n],dt/2n), 1 < p < -.
and let
Then the formal expression
f . g(3) = A. jr, f(s - t)g(t) dt,
9. Weak Topologies
270
s E [-n,n],
defined for almost all
f * g E Lp([-n,n],dt/2n)
and
determines an element
IIf * gllp <_ IIfil1llgIlp.
This should be compared with Proposition 4.7.1. For any doubly infinite sequence '(ck) C C
Thgorem 9.7.1. and
the following are equivalent:
1 < p < co,
(i)
f E Lp([-n,rr],dt/2n)
There exists some
such that
f(k) = ck, k E Z. (ii)
supnIlan((ckj)IIp <
Proof.
(k) = ck
Suppose there is some
n
Then for each nonnegative integer
k E Z.
an((ck)) = an(f) = Fn * f.
such that
f E Lp([-n,n],dt/2n)
we have
Hence by Proposition 9.7.1
Ilan([ck))Ilp = IIFn * flip <_ IlFnlllllfllp. But, since
Fn(t) > 0, t E [-n,n],
IlFnll
a simple computation shows that
= 2n fnn IFn(t) I
dt
fnn Fn(t) dt Zn
E0-n n
Zn
)
yarn eikt J
k= -n
dt (n = 0,1,2,...).
= 1
Thus -sup nIlan((ck))IIp <_ IIflIp < w,
and part (i) of the theorem
implies part (ii). Conversely, suppose there exists some supnllan((ck))llp < M.
(an([ck))f
8.3.3 we see that the sequence ball of radius
M
M > 0
such that
Consequently from Corollary 8.3.2 and Theorem
about the origin in
Lp([-n,nj,dt/2n), i/p + 1/q = 1.
Since
lies in the norm closed
Lq([-n,n],dt/2n)* Lq([-n,nj,dt/2n)
is a separ-
able Banach space, we deduce from Helly's Selection Theorem (Corollary 9.4.5) the existence of some
f E Lp([-n,nj,dt/2n)
and some sub-
to% ((ck)))
sequence
verges to Since
j E 7L,
of
e13
con-
((ck3))
such that
(on({ck)))
nm Lq([-n,Tt],dt/2n)*
in the weak* topology on
f
271
Lp([n,n],dt/2n), I < p < m
9.7. Fourier Series in
E Lq([-n,n)dt/2n), j E 1,
we conclude, given
that f(t)e-lit
lim
({ck)}(t)e-i)t
fnn on
j E Z,
then
nm > j,
we see that if
dt
2n f_n
m
m
However, given
dt =
n dt =
({ck))(t)e-ijt
an
n
k= -n m
m
an eikte-llt
k
-
Em (1
m
)c k(2n
dt)
J
=(1- Ani ) c, since
1fnn ei(k - J)t dt = 1 for k = j,
(k,j E$).
2n fnn ei(k - j)t dt = 0 for k # j The last assertion is easily verified.
Hence we find that
10) = lim _ fnn an ({ck)) m
(t)e-ijt
dt
m
= lmm (1 - n_lZLi)cj (j E 7L).
= C. Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).
E)
The second implication in Theorem 9.7.1 could also have been proved by arguing directly from the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1) since
{x*
I
x* E Lq([-n,n],dt/2n)*, jjx*j( < M)
closed norm bounded set and hence weak* compact. left to the reader.
is a weak"
The details are
9. Weak Topologies
272
In the case
p - 2
ck = f(k), k E Z, !.k =
-Jck12
one can show that
for some
{ck)
is such that
f E L2([-n,n),dt/2n)
if and only if
We shall return to this when we discuss Hilbert
spaces in Chapter 13.
Multipliers.
9.8.
An argument like the one utilized in the
preceding section can be used to characterize those to
L(LI(gidt),LpMdt))
T
belonging
that commute with convolution.
We make
the following definition: Definition 9.8.1.
1 < p < m and
If
T E L(LI(gt,dt),Lp(R,dt)),
then. T is said to be a multiplier from L1(JR,dt) to Lp(,R,dt) T(f) * g - T(f
if
g), f,g E L1OR,dt).
Before we characterize multipliers, at least in the case we note the following lemma:
1 < p < m,
Lama 9.8.1.
There exists a sequence
[uk) C LI(ki,dt)
such
that Jjukul - 1, k - 1,2,3,...
(i)
(ii) If f E LI OR,dt), then '
Proof.
X[-l/k,1/kl. [-1/k,l/k).
Take
.
limklluk
f - "I - 0.
uk - (k/2)X[-l/k,l/k)' k
1,2,3,...,
where
is the characteristic function of the closed interval
0
The sequence
{uk)
is called in approximate identity for
LIOR,dt).
Theorem 9.8.1.
Let
1 < p.< o and T E L'(LIQR,dt),Lp(4i,dt)).
Then the following are equivalent: (i)
There exists some
h E Lp QR,dt)
such that
T(f) a f * h,
f E LI ( ,dt) . (ii)
T
is a multiplier from
LlOR,dt) to
L OR,dt).
P
273
9.8. Multipliers
Proof.
That part (i) implies part (ii) is immediate from Pro-
If
is a
is a sequence that satisfies the
(un) c LIOR,dt)
conclusions of Lemma 9.8.1, then for each
IIT(f)
T
Conversely; suppose that
positions 4.7.1(1) through (iv). multiplier.
f E L1( t,dt)
we have
- T(un) * flip = IIT(f) - T(un * f)Iip <_ IlTllllf. - un *
from which it follows that
fol, Moreover,
lianlIT(f) - T(un) * fllp.= 0.
IIT(un)IIp <_ IITIIllunlll = IITII, n - 1,2,3,..., shows that (T(un)) a bounded sequence in Since
'
Lq(lR dt)
is
Lp()R,dt) - LgOR dt)*, 1/p + l/q = 1.
is separable, as
1 < q < m,
we can once
again apply Helly's Selection Theorem (Corollary 9.4.5) to deduce the existence'of some of
(T(un))
for any
that converges to
f E LpOR,dt)
and some subsequence
h E LpOR,dt)
and
h
in
(Lp(1@,dt),TW ).
(T(unk))
Consequently
we obtain
g E LgOR,dt)
fjR-T(f)(t)g(=t) dt = lim f' T(un ) * f(t)g(-t) dt k
k
- lkm [T (unk) * f) * g(0) = urn T(unk) * (f * g) (0)
- lk
g(-t) dt
= fIR h(t)f * g(-t) dt = h * (f * g) (0)
(h * f) * g(0) = AR h * f (t)g(-t) dt, where we have. used the properties of convolution as presented, in
Proposition 4.7.1 several times.
If
1 < p< , then a direct
appeal to Corollary 4.2.6 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem allows us to
9. Weak Topologies
274
whereas, if
T(f) - h * f, f E L1(IR,dt),
conclude that
then the weak* denseness of
p =
L.(IR,dt)*
(Corollary
9.2.2) combined with the preceding result shows that
x*[T(f)] =
x*(f * h), x* E L.(IR,dt)*,
41(IR,dt)
and hence
in
T(f) = f * h, f E L1{IR,dt).
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i), and the equivalence is established.
p - 1,
If
O
then the multipliers from
LIOR,dt)
to
Ll(IR,dt)
can also be characterized as convolution operators, but this time with bounded, regular, complex-valued Borel measures on
One can
IR.
give a proof that, a3 'might be expected, utilizes the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1) and.V[ne Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) for
We do not go into the details here, but give the-
C,,(] R).
appropriate definitions and statement of the results. If
Lemma 9.8.2.
and
f f LlOR,dt)
µ E M(IR),
11
1
then the formal
expression
f * µ(t) == fIR f(t - s) dµ(s), defined for almost all
t EIR,
determines an element
f * µ E LI(IR,dt),
Ilf * I'll, < Ilµllllflll.
Moreover,
The reader is referred to Example 1.2.6 for a discussion of M(IR).
A proof of the lemma can be found in [HR1, p. 292]. Theorem 9.8.2.
If
then the following are
T E L'(L1(IR,dt)).,
equivalent' (i)
There exists some
µ E M(IR)
such that
T(f) = f * µ,
f E L1(IR,dt) .
(ii)
T
is a multiplier from
Ll (JR,dt)
to L1 (IR,dt).
One can also show (see, for example [I., pp. 67-69)) that the
multipliers from
L1(IR,dt)
to
Lp(IR,dt),
I < p < m,
are precisely
those T E L_(L1(IR,dt),LpOR,dt)) for which TTS = TsT, s E IR,
Tsf(t) = f(t - s).
where
27S
9.9. Weak Compactness and Reflexivity
Weak Compactness and Reflexivity.
9.9.
We now wish to return
tb the discussion of some further general results about the weak arid
Specifically, we shall show that a Banach space
weak* topologies.
is reflexive if and only if the norm closed unit ball about the origin is weakly compact.
As a corollary to this result we shall prove that
every nonempty norm closed convex set in a reflexive Banach space contains an element of minimal norm. Theorem 9.9.1. let
Bi
(x
be a Banach space over
Let
0
and
Then the following are equivalent:
X E V. lixil < 1).
I
is reflexive.
(i) (ii)
is compact in
BI
Proof.
(V,TM).
That part (i) implies part (ii) follows at once from
Corollary 9.4.1 to the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem. Conversely, suppose canonical embedding
r
is weakly compact.
B1
of
V
into
V**
We claim that the
is a homeomorphism from
*
(V,TW)
to
(T(V),TW ).
the linear subspace duced by net
of
converges weakly to
limax*(xo) s x*(x), x* E V*, x* E V*,
if and only if
conclude that
V**
It is apparent that
?'r*.
(0) c :V
By the latter pairing we mean, of course,
T(V)
T
with the relative topology inT
is bijective, and since a
x E V
if and only if
if and only if
(T(x0))
Iimcy T(xo) (x*)
converges weak* to
is indeed a homeomorphism from
T(x),
(V,TW)
to
r(x)(x*), we (T(V)
(T(V),e*),
Hence
T(B1)
compact, and so sequently
T(BI)
is compact in T(B1)
as
is compact as a subset of
is a closed subset of
is weakly
91
(V**,T4*).
(V**,T'w*),
as
T'w*
Conis a
Hausdorff topology.
However, from Theorem 9.2.3 we know that '!B** _ (x** 1
and so
T(B1)
x** E V**, 11x**jj < 1) Bi*.
T(B1)
is dense in
in the weak* topology on
V**,
9. Weak Topologies
276.
It follows easily from this that
i(V) - V**l
V
and so
is
reflexive.
C
Some other necessary and sufficient'conditions for reflexivity can be easily deduced.
be a Banach space over
Let
Corollary 9.9.1.
Then
4.
the following are equivalent:
is reflexive.
(i) If
(ii)
then
E
is closed in
E c V
is compact in
(iii)
(V*,TW )
Proof.
and
(V,TW)
(V, 11
II),
(V,TW). (V*,TW)
are topologically isomorphic.
The fact that part (i) implies part (ii) is contained
in Corollary 9.4.2, and if part (ii) B1
and bounded in
holds, then, in particular,
is weakly compact since it _s a weakly closed norm bounded set.
Thus part (ii) implies part (i) by Theorem 9.9.1.
On the other hand, if
V
is reflexive, then T(V = V**,
it follows immediately that the identity mapping between and
(V*,TW)
is a linear homeomorphism.
and
(V*,Tw*)
Thus part (i) implies
part (iii).
Finally, if phic, then
(V*,Tw*)
B* = (x*
I
since it is compact in (Theorem 9.4.1).
and
(V*,TW)
x* E V*, Ilx*II < 11 (V*,Tw*)
are topologically isomoris compact in
(V*,TW)
by the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem
Thus from Theorem 9.9.1 we see that
reflexive, and so
is
is also reflexive, by Theorem 8.1.3.
Therefore part (iii) implies part (i), and the proof is complete.C
We can also now prove the result, indicated in Section 8.1, that in a reflexive Banach space every nonempty closed convex set contains an element of minimal norm.
277
9.10. A Theorem on the Adjoint Transformation
Corollary 9.9.2. over
If
I.
be a reflexive Banach space
Lgt
K CV is a nonempty norm closed convex set, then there
exists some x0 E K such that IIx0II - infx E KIIXII Since
Proof.
K
is nonempty, there exists some
a > 0
aB1f1K
intersects
K.
Clearly
is then a nonempty norm closed convex met in
V,
and so from
aBI = (x
that
I
x E V, IIxII < a)
Theorem 9.2.2 we see that
is weakly closed and norm bounded.
aB1f1K
Thus by Corollary 9.9.1 the set
such
is weakly compact,
aB1f1K
being
V
reflexive.
Now consider the family of sets
K = (tBI fl K 1 0 < b < a, bBI fl K # 0). By the argument of the preceding paragraph we see that each set
bB1flK E K
is a weakly closed subset of
and it is also
aBlflK,
Hence
apparent that .K has the finite intersection property.
flK(bB1 fl K) ' p , b
= inf (b
1
as
aB1 fl K
is weakly compact.
Moreover, if
then it follows at once that
0 < b < a, bB1f1K # ¢),
0
boBi fl K - flK(bBI fl K) j Q.
Evidently, if 9.10.
then IIx0II = infx
xo E boBi fl K,
E KIIXII .
A Theorem Concerning the Adjoint Transformation.
11
In this
section we wish to.employ the Open Mapping Theorem, the Hahn-Banach
Theorem, the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem, as well as the description of co
as
ZI,
to prove a useful result concerning the adjoint of a
continuous linear transformation.
We shall apply the result in Sec-
tion 11.4 to another topic from harmonic analysis.
The reader
should refer to Section 4.4 for the definition of the adjoint of a continuous linear transformation. Theorem 9.10.1.
over A
and let
Let
T E L(VI,V2).
and If
T
(V21II'II2)
be Banach spaces
is injective and
norm dense in V2, then the following are equivalent:
T(V1)
is
9. Weak Topologies
278
is surjective.
(i). T*
T
(ii)
(iii)
is surjective.
There exists some m > 0 such that IIT*(y*)II > mlly*II,
y* E V. Proof.
If
T
is surjective, then an easy argument using the
Open Mapping Theorem (Theorem 7.2.1) demonstrates the existence of some
6 > 0
Bi - (y*
I
such that y* E V2,
(x*
x* E Vi, IIx*II < 6) C T*(B!),
I
IIy*II < 1).
Thus for-each
x E V1
where
we have, by
Corollary 4.2.5 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem,
IIT(x)II2 -
sup
IY*[T(x)])
Y*-E BI
sup
y*EB* sup X* E
IT*(Y*) (x) I
Ix*(x)I
IIx sup
I6x*(x)I
x* E V*
IIx*II g1 = 61141 It readily follows from this estimate that linear subspace of we deduce that
V29
whence, since
T(VI) = V2,
that is,
T(VI)
is norm dense in
T(VI)
T
is a norm closed V2,
is surjective.
Thus part (i) implies part (ii).
Similarly, if
T
is surjective, then by the Open Mapping Theo-
rem (Theorem 7.2.1) there exists some
m > 0
such that
y E, V2. IIYII2 < m) C T(81), BI = (x (Y Consequently we deduce that for each y* E V* where
I
IIT* (Y*) II
- sup xEB
I T* (Y*) (x) I I
I
x E Vi, IIx III < 1).
279
A Theorem on the Adjoint Transformation
9.10.
sup iy*(T(x)1t x E B
-
I
sup
IY*(Y)I
EV IYII225m sup E
=
Y*(nY)
IYII2 < 1
= mllY*II. from which we conclude that part (ii) of the theorem implies part (iii). Finally, suppose there exists some and let
IIT*(Y*)II > mIIY*II, y- E V2,
W
entails that
T*
that, if
x*,E W
n
for which
we define
and
Wn = (n8
Assume now that
- x*II > 1, x* E W. I
that
T*(y;) = xa.
each
a
then
meaning that
For each positive integer Evidently
WI = Q
x* E Vi, IIx*II < 1).
is compact in
Indeed, suppose
W } Vi ,
and
where
2,3,4,...,
+ x0*)(1W, n
Wn
Vi
T*(y*) = x*,
x* E W, IIx* - xoI < n).
Bi = {x* We claim that
The hypothesis on
it follows-.at once that there exists some
Ilxo
Wn = (x*
are such that
y* E V*
and
is not surjective.
x* E VZ
such that
is a norm closed linear subspace of
IIy*II <_ IIT* (y*) II/m - IIx*II/m. T*
m > 0
W = T*(V2).
(V*,TW*).
is a net and let
{xc) c Wn
y* E V2
be such
From the previous observation we see that for
IIYiI <
Ilxo,ll
< n + ilxoli
m
m
and thus from the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1) we deduce the existence of some
y* E V2
and a subnet
(y*)
of
{y;)
that
(V2,TwR).
converges to and
y*
in
Let
x* = T*(y*).
Then
x* E W
9. Weak Topologies
280
lam x*(x) = lam T*(y**)(x)
= lim Y*(T(x))
-6
.
= y*(T(x)) = x*(x)
Thus the subnet But
nBi + xo
(x*)
of
(x*) converges to
is weak* closed, and so
Wn = (nBi + x*)f)W
(x E VI).
x*
in
(V*,T'w*).
Hence
x* E nB* + xo.
is weak* compact.
F CV
For any finite set
we set 1
x* E Vi, lx*(x) - x*(x)l < 1, x E F).
F° = (x*
F°
Clearly each such set there exist finite sets
is closed in
We claim that
(V*,TW*).
Fn C:-V1, n = 0,1,2,...,
Fn C (1/n)B1,
with
n = 1,2,3,...,such that
FQnFIfl...nF0-1nWn Since
W1 = 0,
we may take any finite subset of
pose the finite sets that
(n = 1,2,3,...). =
FO,FI,...,Fn
Fk C (1/k)B1, k = 1,2,.,.,n
F°0nFon...f)F0-1nWk
1,
F0.
Sup-
and
(k = 1,2,...,n). n Fn
F C (1/n)B1,
it than
then En n Wn = . Assume, F°flEnflWn
+ 1
# .
It
the subset is a weak* closed subset of the weak* compact set
is apparent tha t for any finite set F ° n En n Wn + I
for
have been so chosen
=
In particular, if, En = F0 fl Fi n for every finite subset
V1
in
- I
VI
F C (1/n)B1
and that the collection of all such sets F° n En n Wn + I has the finite intersection property. Thus we see that En n Wn + 1
n (F°nEnnWn+ 1) # FC (1/n)B F finite.
281
9.10. A Theorem on the Adjoint Transformation
Then
belongs to this intersection.
Suppose
x*
for all
x E (1/n)B1,
IIx*
-
Ix*(x) - xo(x)I < 1
from which we deduce that sup Ix*(x) xEB
xoll =
-
xo(x)j
1
sup
x E (1/n)B1 sup
n[
x E (1/n)B1
x*(rx)I
-
x*(nx)
Ix*(x)
-
x*(x)I]
< n.
Hence
x* E E
n
(lW
contradicting the fact that
n,
Consequently there exist finite sets
Fn c (1/n)B1
and
FTI c V1
)W = P. n
F.
z.
such that
F0fIF0A...11F° 111Wn = q, n = 1,2,3,... (F
Suppose such a sequence of finite sets
)
n
.
is given and let
1Fn = {xk). Obviously li-nklixklil = 0. Furthermore, we claim that supklx*(xk) - xo(xk)I > 1, x* E W, as if x* E W, then there exists some n for which x* E K n , and so x* 4 F°0(1 F°1 1 (1 F° n-1 l1n =
hence there exists some
j,
0 < i < n
Ix*(x) - xo*(x)I > 1, x E F3.
that is,
-
1,
such that
x* f FOtt
The indicated estimate is
now apparent.
Now consider the mapping
Clearly S E L(JI,co)
V* -- co
S
IISII < supk1lxklll,
and
defined by
as
S(x*) = (x*(xk)).
limkllxklll = 0.
Moreover, inf
IIS(x*)
- S(x*)II
x* E W*
0
=
[sup Ix*(xk) - xo(xk) inf x* E W* k
> 1.
Thus from Corollary 4.2.4 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem and the fact that
c*
can be identified with
existence of some sequence
(a)
(b)
£
[ak) E .21
(Example 3.1.6) we deduce the such that
l°= lakx*(xk) = 1,
k=1
akx* (xk) = 0
(X* E W).
9. Weak Topologies
282
But, since
is obviously an element of
x0 - I;. lakxk
preceding equations say precisely that x* E W*.
y*[T(xo)] = 0, y* E V2,
means that
xo(xo) = then
W = T*(VZ),
However, since
since
x0 = 0,
x*(xo) = 0, x* E W,
and hence that
T(xo) = 0,
This conclusion, however, contra-
is injective.
T
x*(xo) = 0,
and
1
the
and so from Corollary 4.2.6 to
the Hahn-Banach Theorem we conclude that
dicts the fact that
V1,
xo(xo) = 1.
W = Vi,
Consequently
and part
(iii) of the theorem implies part (i).
Therefore all three parts of the theorem are equivalent.
A construction similar to that used in the last portion of the proof will be used again during the investigation of neighborhood bases for the bounded weak* topology to be discussed in Section 10.1.
Problems.
9.11.
(Theorem 9.1.1)
1.
suppose
F C V'
Let
separates points.
P = (px,
where
px,(x) = tx'(x)I, x E V
of seminorms on Furthermore, let family
V
such that
TF = TP
I
and
Prove that, if x' E F),
I
and (V,P)
x' E F,
then
P
is a family
is a seminormed linear space.
be the topology on
V
determined by the
and prove the following:
P
(a)
be a linear space over
V
(V,TF)
is a locally convex topological linear space over
4. (b)
if
(xo) CV converges to
limox'(xa) = x1(x) (c)
on
A net
If
x' E F,
for each then
x'
x E V
in
TF
if and only
x' E F.
is a continuous linear functional
(V , TF) . (d) F
TF
is the weakest topology on
are continuous.
V
for which the elements
283
9.11. Problems
2.
suppose
F c V separates points.
then the F-topology 3.
be a linear space over
V
Let
(Theorem 9.1.2)
TF
FI c F2 ,
TF c TF
be a linear Apace over
V
Let
I
Prove that, if
separates points..
Fk c V', k = 1,2,
then
and
I
is countable,
F
is metrizable.
(Proposition 9.1.1)
and suppose
Prove that, if
2.
I
4.
(Proposition 9.1.2)
logical linear space over
suppose
be a locally convex topo-
(V,T)
Prove that, if
separates
F C V*
TF c T.
points, then 5.
Let
I.
(Corollary 9.1.1) F c V'
that, if Wc V
Let
V
be a linear space over
6
is a linear subspace'that separates points.
and
Prove
is a linear subspace, then the following are equi-
valent:
and
V
Let
F2
are linear subspaces of C TF ,
TF
I
V'
and suppose
f
both
that separate points.
FI
Prove
FI = F2.
then
2
1
over
be a linear space over
6.
7.
for which
and x'(x) = 0, x E W.
I
that, if
(V,TF),
then there exists some x" E F
xo f W,
If
(ii)
x'(xo) =
is a proper closed linear subspace of
W
(i)
(Proposition 9.2.2)
be a normed linear space
Let
and denote the norm topology on
I1*
by
T.
Prove that
T`''*cTwcT. 8.
(Corollary 9.2.1)
gical linear space over converges in each
9. f.
to
(V,T)
be a locally convex topolo-
Prove that, if
f.
(xa} C V
then there exists a net
x E V,
being a finite sum of the form Eaa0axa,
y,
I'aaOa = 1,
over
Tw
Let
such that
(y$}
(Corollary 9.2.2)
Prove that, if
converges in Let
r
:
V -+ V**
T
to
aOa
is a net that (y0} C :V'
> 0,
x.
be a normed linear space is the canonical embedding
9. Weak Topologies
284
of
V
into
then
V**,
(V**,TW' ).
is dense in
T(V)
J
10.
be a Banach space over .
Let
(Theorem 9.3.1)
and prove each of the following: (a)
If
(xk) C V*
M > 0
there exists some (b)
*11.
over
I
such that
over
I
(a)
only if
(Theorem 9.3.3)
supklIxkII < M.
and suppose
be a normed linear space
Let
is a complete locally convex topo-
(V*,Tw*)
(Theorem 9:3.4)
is finite-dimensional.
V
Prove that
f.
be a normed linear space
Let
and prove the following:
A sequence
and only if
in
x
limkx*(xk) = x*(x)
supkI`xkII < W and
A sequence
converges to
(xk) c V
some norm dense subset of (b)
then
is sequentially complete.
(V*,Tw*)
logical linear space over 12.
(V*,Tw*),
is a Cauchy sequence in
(V,Tw)
for each
if and is
x*
(V*, (I.1I) .
(xk) C V*
x*
limkxk(x) = x*(x)
and
supkIIxkil < cD
converges to
in
if
(V*,Tw*)
for each
in
x
some norm dense subset of (V, II 1) .
r 13.
(Corollary 9.3.1)
Let
be a a-finite positive
(X,S,p)
Prove that the follow-
(fk) C LI(X,S,µ).
measure space and suppose ing are equivalent: (i)
(ii)
supkllfkul < m,
(fE fk(t) dµ(t)) *14.
vectors
f E L1(X,S,µ)
There exist, some
converges weakly to
(fk)
Let
E
the
and for each
nth
E E S
the sequence
converges. be a 'subset of
1 < m < n < m),
(xmn
such that the sequence
f.
coordinate is
is
1,
0.
Prove that the origin of
P,
where the m,
example is due to von Neumann.)
mth_ coordinate of
E
xmn
and all other coordinates are
is in the weak closure of
[.p
that no sequence of elements of
1 < p < , consisting of the
converges weakly to zero.
E,
but (This
285
9.11. Problems I .S. Prove Let
16.
over
that
Co (lit)
is the union of countably many sets that
V
are closed and nowhere dense in Recall that both
17.
c*
(V,Tw).
and
can be identified with
co
has two weak* topologies
Thus
TF1
18.
Let
TF2
and
T F1 c T F2
we have neither
(V,11.11)
on
nor
is a sequence in
(xk)
for r2
.21.
F1 = r1(c)
co .. ca*. Prove that
:
are incomparable -- that is,
£1
FF2 C TF1.
be a Banach space over f.
is weak* sequentially closed in that, if
TFl
F2 = r2(co)
c -- c** and
:
the topologies
where
TF2'
and
fl
for r1
L,,(IR) .
be an infinite-dimensional normed linear space
(V,11.11)
Prove that
t.
is weak* dense in
V'.
V*
Prove that
V*
(Sequentially closed means limkxk = x*,
and
then
x* E V*.) 19.
yet
(V,1I.11)
Ba - (x*
let
be a Banach space over
x* E V*, IIx*II < a).
I
i
Prove that
and for
a > 0
is closed in
Ba
(V*,TW+).
*20.
Give an example of a Banach space
V
for which (V*,T*
(x*
I
x* E V*,
21.
over
i
(Corollary 9.4.1)
and let
norm bounded, then 22.
is'not compact in
UIx*11 = 1)
E c :V*. E
§
and let
(V,11.1I)
Prove that, if
be a normed linear space E
is weak* closed and
is weak* compact.
(Corollary 9.4.2)
space over
Let
W ).
Let
E c V.
(V,11.11)
be a reflexive Banach
Prove that the following are equi-
valent:
(i)
E
is a compact set in
(ii)
E
is a closed set in
23.
over I.
(Corollary 9.4.3)
Let
(V,Tw). (V,Tw)
(V,11.11)
and a bounded set in
(V,11.11).
be a-normed linear space
Prove that., if (x*) a C V* is a net such that
M,
9. Weak Topologies
286
(x*)
then
(x*
x* E V*,
I
24.
be a separable normed
(Corollary 9.4.5)
Prove that, if
f.
then
is a sequence such
(xn) C V*
(xn)
has a subsequence
(x*) (x*
(Corollary 9.4.6)
Let
space over f
is weak* closed and
be a separable normed
Let
converges to some point of 26.
E C V*
is weak* sequentially compact.
E
supnIIxnjl < M,
(V*,
Prove that, if
I.
linear space over
that converges to some point of
Let
(Corollary 9.4.4)
norm bounded, then
that
in
UUx*jj < M)
linear space over
25.
(x*)
has a subnet
x* E V*,
I
(V,11.11)
and let B1 = (x
(V*,Tw*).
in
jjx*ij < M)
be a reflexive 9anach
x E V, lixjI < 1).
I
that
Prove that the
following are equivalent:
is separable.
(i)
The weak topology
(ii)
27.
(Corollary 9.4.7)
Banach space over
I.
norm bounded, then 28.
over
f
E
restricted to
B1
is metritable.
be a separable reflexive
Let
Prove that, if
E C V
is weakly closed and
is weakly sequentially compact.
(Theorem 9.4.3)
and let
Tw
Let
B1 = (x
I
(V,li'i:)
x E V,
be a normed linear space
jxjj < 1).
Prove that the follow-
ing are equivalent:
is separable.
(i)
The weak topology
(ii)
Tw
V
on
restricted to
is metri-
B1
zable.
29. F. C :V,,'
in
V*
Let
be a separable Banach space over
be a convex subset of if and only if
imply that 30.
(V,11 -:j)
Let
V*.
(xn) C E
Prove that and
E
f
and let
is weak* closed
limnx*(x) = x*(x), x E V,'
x* E E.
be a Banach space over
f
and let
287
9.11. Problems
BI = (x
restricted to
V
family
over
Let
and let
t
Let
32.
over
be a linear subspace of V.
F c V*
if and only if
V*
(V2,T2)
and
(VI,TI)
and let
4
contains a countable
V*
be a locally convex topological linear space
(V,T)
is weak* dense in
F
is metri:.able, then
be topological linear spaces
be any mapping from
T
(VI,T1)
V1
is continuous for every
:
then
x* E
Ijx*ji, *
semicontinuous on Let
subspace
(V,1H1)
W c V*
W e V*
over in
x E WI
such that
prove that
37.
Let
x*
in
Defining
4.
is lower
(V,11.I)
[1(xn)]
W
A linear
4.
x* E V* - W
Prove that a sub-
is weak* closed.
be nonmed linear spaces If
(x n)
converges weakly to
converges weakly to
T(x)
in
V2.
be a reflexive Banach space over
4.
If
is a closed linear subspace of
flexive.
x*(x) f 0.
and
T E L(V1,V2).
V1,
W C V
p
be a normed linear space over
is saturated if and cnly if
and let
4
x* E V*, prove that
is said to be saturated if for each
Let
36.
n
(V*,Tw ).
there exists some space
and let
4
converges to
(x*)
be a nonmed linear space over
V* -E by p(x*) = 35.
(VI,TI) -* i;
i`x*ll < lim infnl1xnl1
Let
34.
p
:
Prove that, if
*
(V*,Tw ),
V2; that is,
be a normed linear space over
Let
(xn) e V*, x* E V*.
Prove that
V2.
to
is continuous, if and only if
(V2,T2)
x* o T
33.
Prove that
separates points.
F
is continuous relative to the weak topology on T :
on
that separates points.
F
31.
BI
Tw
Prove that, if the weak topology
x E V, jjxh < 1).
I
V,
prove that
V/W
x
is re-
T
9. Weak Topologies
288
We have seen that it is possible for a subset
38.
to have
that, if then
that converges weakly to
E
x E Z2
(Proposition 9.7.1)
39.
f E LI([-n,n],dt/2n)
Let
g E Lp([-n,n),dt/2n), 1 < p <
Prove
(see Problem 14).
x
is in the weak closure of a bounded set
is the weak limit of a, sequence of elements of
x
.2
as a weak clost,re point and yet have no sequence of
x E 12
elements of
of
E
E C Q2, E.
and
Prove that the expression
f + g(t) = Zn fn f(t - s)g(s) ds defined for almost all
of
Lp([-n,n],dt/2n) *40.
that
If
(a)
T
and
If * gilp < 1101411.
1 < p < m
and
is a multiplier if and only if
Thus
TTS = TsT
prove
for each
s E IR,
T E L(L1(IP,dt),Lp(li ,dt)),
is a multiplier if and only if
I < p < m,
f * g
p,
T E L(L1(IR,dt),Lp(lRdt)),
Tsf(t) = f(t - s), t E It
where
determines an element
t E [-n,n],
T
commutes with trans-
lation.
If 1 < p < W and T (L(Lp(IF.,dt),L.(li;,dt)), prove that
(b)
the following are equivalent:
(i) TTS = TST, s ElR. h E
There exists some
(ii)
1/p + l/q = 1,
such
that T(f) = f * h, f E Lp(IRdt). (c)
Prove by means of an example that there exist
L(LL(IR,dt),Lm(IR,dt))
for which
T(f) = f * h, f E L'0 (IR,dt),
W
holds for no
be the linear subspace of
J(t) for which
limiti
W
L
m
-
y*
(Hint:
consisting of those on
W
Let
f E C(1R)
is defined by
is a continuous linear
that commutes with translation.
Define
in
but such that
h E L1GR,dt).
y*
If
then
this functional has an extension with translation.
(IR,dt)
exists.
y*(f) = limits _.f(t), f E W, functional on
TTS = TsT, s Eli,
T
x* E LW(IR,dt)*
By Theorem 4.3.1 that also commutes
T E L(Lm(lR,dt),LW(1R,dt))
T(f) (t) = x*[Tt(f)]
by
(t E IF., f E Lm(IR,dt)).)
289
9.11. Problems
41.
Prove that, if
(Lemma 9.8.2)
f E LI(IR,dt)
and
µ E M(IR),
then the expression
f * µ(t) defined for almost all
*42.
determines an element
t E IR,
f * µ
in
llf * pill !S llpilliflll.
and
L1(R,dt)
fIR f(t - s) dµ(s),
(Theorem 9.8.2)
Prove that, if
then
T E L'(L1Q2,dt)),
the following are equivalent:
There exists some
(i)
µ E M(IR)
such that
T(f) = f * µ,
f A. LlOR,dt).
(ii) 43.
is a multiplier from
T
L1(IR,dt)
be a Banach space over
Let
to
Ll (IR,dip l . I.
V
Prove that
reflexive if and only if every norm closed linear subspace of
Is
V*
is weak* closed. 44.
be a Banach space over
Let
every linear subspace Prove that 45.
F C V* V
46.
and let that
T
and suppose that
that separates points is dense in
is reflexive.
be a reflexive Banach space over 4
Let
suppose there is a countable set Prove that
!
V*
F c :V*
and
that separates points.
is separable.
Let
and
T E L'(V1,V2).
If
be Frechet spaces over T*
denotes the adjoint of
is weakly continuous if and only if
T*
T,
i
prove
is weakly continuous.
CHAPTER 10
THE KREINAMULIAN AND EBERLEIN-MULIAN THEOREMS
10.0.
Introduction.
The development in the preceding chapter
revealed, among other things, that the unit ball in the dual of a Banach space, although always compact in the weak* topology, could fail to be weak* sequentially compact.
On the other hand, we saw
that in a separable reflexive Banach space the unit ball is both compact and sequentially compact in the weak topology.
The main
purpose of this chapter is to show that this latter situation holds for all Banach spaces; that is, a weakly closed set in a Banach space is weakly compact if and only if it is weakly sequentially compact.
This is the content of the Eberlein-§mulian Theorem, which
will be proved in Section 10.3.
The Eberlein-Amulian Theorem is a profound result, and its proof, which is quite involved, will utilize much of the machinery we have developed in the preceding nine chapters, as well as some new ideas and results to be discussed in the next two sections. These new results include the introduction of a new topology on the dual space, called the bounded weak* topology, and the Krein-9mulian Theorem, which says that a convex set in the dual space of a Banach space is weak* closed if and only if its intersection with every norm closed ball about the origin is weak* closed. 10.1.
The Bounded Weak* Topology.
duce a new topology on the dual space
Our purpose here is to introV*
of a Banach space
V
that
is stronger than the weak* topology but is such that the continuous linear functionals on the topological linear space so obtained are precisely the weak* continuous linear functionals on
V*.
The major-
ity of the development in this section is actually devoted to describing
290
291
10.1. The Bounded Weak* Topology
various neighborhood bases for this new topology. Let
Definition 10.1.1.
t and let to belong to
P* , lbw
aB
subset of
x*
i
he a normed linear space over
(
x* t V*,
A set
ilx*L < I j. a > 0
if for each
the set
is said
1) C- V* P1f aBi
is an open
the latter being considered a topological space in
the relative weak* topology. In other words, U
U E Tbw*
if and only if the intersection of V*
with every norm closed ball about the origin in
is open in
the relative weak* topology on that ball. It is not difficult to verify that the following proposition is The details are left to the reader.
valid.
Proposition 10.1.1. over
Let
(V,ij'IL)
be a normed linear space
4. w *
e > 0
there exist some
a > 0
if and only if for each
U E
(i)
and
x1,x2,...,xn
V
in
and
x* E UflaBi
such that
U(x*;c;xl,x2,...,xn)flaBi,
{y*
I
Y* E V*, IIy*ll < a, Ix*(xk) - y*(xk)I < c, k = 1,2,...,n)
is contained in Tbw*
(ii)
U.
is a topotogy cn
V*
locally convex topological linear space over
is a
f.
Tw* C Tbw*
(iii)
We call
ent that a set EflaB*
(V*,Tbw*)
such that
w
the bounded weak* topology on V*. It is apparw ) if and only if E C V* is closed in (V*,
is closed in
once since each
aBi
(V*,Tw«)
for each
a > 0.
This follows at
is weak* closed.
Next we wish to give three descriptions of a neighborhood base at the origin for the bounded weak* topology.
The first description
involves a fairly long proof, but the other two follow easily from the first.
10. Krein-9mulian and Eberlein-gmulian Theorems
292
Theorem 10.1.1.
be a normed linear space over 0.
Let
Then the sets U(0,l,{xk)) = {x*
I
X. E V*, Ix*(xk)I < 1, k = 1,2,3,...),
(xk) is any sequence in- V such that neighborhood base at the origin for Tbw* where
Proof.
So let
limkllxkll = 0,
form a
tbw*
First we must show that each such set belongs to be such that
(xk) C V
a positive integer
limk IIxkII = 0
such that
n
and let
Choose
a > 0.
We claim that
IIxkII < 1/a, k > n.
U(0,1,[xk))flaBi - U(0;1;x1,x2,.... xn)f)aBi.
Clearly
U(0,1,(xk))flaB C U(0;l;xl,x2,...,xn)()aBI. Conversely, suppose
x* E U(0;l;xl,x2,...,xn)f aB*.
Ix*(xk)I < 1, k = 1,2,...,n,
whereas if
k > n,
Then
then
Ix*(xk)i < Ilx*IIIIxkII < a(a) = 1, and we see that
x* E U(0,1,[x
)flaB1*.
k
Thus
U(0,1,(xk))(1aBI = U(0;l;xl,x2,...,zn)flaBi, and the latter set is open in the relative weak* topology on Since the result holds trivially when U(0,1,(xk)) E Tbw*
a = 0,
aB
we conclude that
It is evident that the intersection of any two sets of the form U(0,1,(xk))
contains a third, so to prove that these sets are a
neighborhood base at the origin it remains to show only that every U E Tbw* given
U E
such the 0 E U contains one of these sets; that is, w such that 0 E U, it suffices to prove the existence
of a sequence
(xk) C V
such that
limkllxkll - 0
The proof of this will require a bit of labor.
and
U(0,1,(xk)) C U.
293
10.1. The Bounded Weak* Topology
F° _ [x*
w
is open in
e > 0
x* E V*, Ix*(x)l < 1, x E F).
I
is a weak* closed subset of
F°
Note that each such U
Now, since
V*.
there exist, by Proposition 10.1.1(i), some
,
xi,x2,...,xn
and
is a finite set, then we write
F C V
In general, if
in
V
such that
U(0;1;xi,x2,...,xn)f1B1* C U.
Obviously, on setting where
F0f1B* C U,
yk = 2xk/c, k = 1,2,...,n,
F1 = [yl'y2''"'yn)
we wish to define a particular sequence V.
we see that
Using a similar argument, [Fn)
of finite subsets of
These sets will be obtained as follows: Beginning with
choose a finite set
F1,
EI C V
such that
Having I;yll < 1, y E E1, and (F1 U E1)° fl 2Bi C U. Set defined Fl,F2,.... Fn, choose a finite set En C V such that {jyj: < 1/n, y E En, and (Fn U En)° fl (n + 1) Bl* C U. Set Fn + 1 = Fn U En.
F2 = F1 a E1.
Of course, it is not entirely clear that such choices of the sets can be made.
show that, if
En
To see that this can be. done ii clearly suffices to
F1,F2,...,Fn
are given, then
En
with the appropriate
properties can be found.
Suppose this is not the case. such that
Then for any finite set
E C V
we have
jjyjj < 1/n, y E E,
(FUE)°fl (n + 1)BI-.Uc where
Uc
denotes the complement of
U
in
V*,
whereas
F°flnB,* C U.
Consider the family of sets
S- ((Fn U E)° fl (n + 1) B* fl UC Clearly all the sets in
S
I
E C V, E finite, jlylj < 1/n, y E E) .
are weak* closed subsets of
Ch + 1)Bi,
which, by the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1), is weak* compact. Moreover,
S
E1,E2,...,Ea
has the finite intersection property since, if are finite subsets of
V
such that
11r1`
y E Ek,
10. Krein-Smulian and Eberlein-$mulian Theorems
294
then
k = 1,2,...,m,
UTr,
nI[(v UEll0f, (n 4 1)B1f, Uc] _ [rnL( Ek)]°1i (n -, 1)Bif, Uc k=1 k=1 . 11
Consequently we see that f1S[(nUF.)°( (n + 1)B* flUC] # . Suppose, however, that
x* E flc[ (Fn U E)° fl (n +. 1) B* fi Uc] . Then, in particular, we see that lx*(x)j < 1 for each x E V such that Ilxll < 1/n, from which we deduce at once that j1x*Ij < n. Thus
fl[(FnUE)°fl (n + 1)Bi FIUc] C [Fnfl (n + 1)B*fiUc] AnB= S
FnfinB*f1U°, I
and so that
F0flnBillUc # . This, however, contradicts the hypothesis Therefore there exists some finite set
F0finB* C U. n
such that
ilylj < 1/n, y E E11,
(Fn U En) °
and
We have now shown that there exists a sequence subsets of F
V
such that
F0flnB* Z U.
is a countable subset of
sequence, say
and let
shows at once that
n
of finite
Clearly
This is apparent
all but a finite number
have norm less than or equal to
F
We claim, furthermore, that x* E U(0,1,{xk))
F = Un= 1Fn.
limkIjxkjj = 0.
on noting that for each pcsitive integer of the members of
(Fn)
V, and so we may enumerate it as a
Moreover,
{xk).
Let
En e V
fl (n + I) BI c U.
U(0,1,(xk)) C U. Then
n > jx*jj.
x* E Fn0 i;nB* C U.
Thus
1/n.
Indeed, suppose
jx*(xk)I < 1, k = 1,2,3,..., U(0,1,{xk)) c U,
and
the proof its complete.
G A couple of observations are in order. for which
0 E U,
it is clear that, if
constructed in the proof such that happens that
jx*
I
First, given
(xk) c V
w
is the sequence
U(0,1,{xk)) CU,
jx*(xk)I < 1, k = 1,2,3,...) c U.
ent from the definition of F. °
U E
then it also
This is appar-
Moreover, it is also evident that
295
10.1. The Bounded Weak* Topology
we have
c, 0 < e < 1,
for any
jx*
U(0,c,{xk})
(
where, of course,
U(0,c,{xk}) c_ U,
x* E V*, jx*(xk)I < e, k = 1,2,3,...}.
The latter
observation immediately yields the following corollary: Corollary 10.1.1.
Let
U(O,c,{xk}) _ {x* [xk}
where
I
be a normed linear space over
(V,II'1!)
c, 0 < c < 1,
Then for each
6.
the sets
x* E V*, lx*(xk)I < c, k = 1,2,3,...}, V
is any sequence in
such that Tbw*
limk;JxkU = 0,
form
a neighborhood base at the origin for
The final description of a neighborhood base for
w
is con-
tained in the next corollary. Corollary 10.1.2.
be a normed linear space over
Let
Then the sets
K° _ {x* where
E V*, `x*(x) < 1, x E 1(},
is any compact subset of 7bw* base at the origin for K
Suppose
Proof. a > 0.
K C V
(V,11.11),
form a neighborhood
is compact in the norm topology and
Then, since
is a metric space, we see that
K
is
totally rounded, and so there exist xl,x2,...,xn in K such that K C Uk- 1{x x E V, - xkII < 1/2a). Let x* belong to the set I
IIx
U(0;1/2;x1,x2,...,xn)(laB*. xk, k = 1,2,...,n,
Then, if
such that
Ix*(x)I
- xkll < 1/2a,
IIx
lx*(x
-
xkIl + 1
a(2a) + 2 = 1.
there exists some and so
xk)I + jx*(xk)1
lIx*IIIIx 1
x E K,
2
0.
10. Krein-gmulian and Eberlein-Amulian Theorems
296
il(0;1/2;x1,x2,...,xn)ElaB* C K°,
Thus
10.1.1(i) we conclude that
K0 E Tbw*.
are compact, then
K1,K2 C V
and so from Proposition Clearly
and if
0 E K°,
is compact and
K1 U K2
(K. UK 2)° C Ki fl K2.
which
for
But from Theorem 10.1.1 we know that there exists a
K° C U.
(xkJ C V
sequence
is
K C V
then there exists some norm compact
0 E U,
such that
w*
U E
Consequently it remains only to show that, if
such that
and
iimk(lxkI( - 0
U(0,1,(xk)) C U.
Moreover, as remarked after Theorem 10.1.1, we may even assume that (x*
X. E V*, Ix*(xk)I < 1, k = 1,2,3,...J C U.
I
K = (xkJ U(c)
Clearly then
is a norm compact subset of V
V
a nd
We saw in Proposition 10.1.1(iii) that the bounded weak* topology We now wish to show that the
is stronger than the weak* topology.
continuous linear functionals on provided
(V*,T4"*),
(i)
x"
(ii)
x"
Proof.
and
is continuous.
) - 4
is continuous.
T"`* C Tbw*
it is evident that part (i) implies x":
(V*,
w* )
-- §
is contin-
Then from Theorem 10.1.1 we see that there exists some sequence
(xkJ C V
for which
x* E U(0,1,(xkJ).
limkllxkll = 0
then
Ix"(x*/c)I < 1. ,Now define T(V*)
and
Moreover, for each
x* E
Then
-+ I
On the other hand, suppose
part (ii). uous.
(V*,
Since
§
Then the following are equivalent:
(V*,Tw ) w* :
are precisely those on
)
be a Banach space over
Let
x" E (V*)'.
suppose
w*
V*
is a Banach space.
V
Theorem 10.1.2.
(
Thus T
:
Ix"(x*)I < 1
c, 0 < c < 1,
whenever if
((x*/c)(xk)l < 1, k = 1,2,3,..., Ix"(x*)I < e
V* -- c0
whenever
by setting
is a linear subspace of
cop
and so
x* E U,(O,c,(xkj).
T(x*) _ (x*(xk)J, x* E V*.
and we define a linear
297
10.1. The Bounded Weak* Topology
functional
on
y*
We need to note first that
is well-defined; that is, if
y*
and so x* - x2 E U(0,e,(xk))
xi(xk) = x2(xk), k = 1,2,3,..., all
Hence
e, 0 < c < 1.
and so
x"(xi) = x"(x2).
for
c, 0 < e < 1,
for all
Ix"(xi - xz)I < s Thus
then
But if, T(x*) = T(x2),
x"(x*) = x"(x2).
then
T(x*) = T(x2),
y*[T(x*)] = x'(x*), x* E V*.
by setting
T(V*)
is well-defined and clearly
y*
linear.
Furthermore, suppose limnII(xn(xk))`Im = 0;
that is,
the zero sequence in
co.
positive integer k a 1,2,3,...
Consequently
.
y*
N
is a sequence such that
[xn] C V*
e > 0,
Then, given
n > N,
such that, if
there exists some
then
Ixn(xk)I < e,
Iy*[T(xn)]I = Ix"(x*)I < c
Hence
co,
noted in Example 3.1.6, (ak) E t1
which we again denote by
y*
to a continuous y*.
Since, as
we deduce that there exists a
co = ti,
such that
is a con-
y*
by Proposition 3.2.2.
T(V*),
From Theorem 4.2.2 we see that we can extend linear functional on
n > N.
for
is continuous at the origin, and so
tinuous linear functional on
sequence
converges to
((x-(x,,))) = (T(x*))
y*[T(x*)] = Fk = lx*(xk)ak, x* E V*.
But then
x"(x*) = y*[T(x*)] =
E x*(xk)ak
k=1 n
- lim n
E x*(xk)ak
k=1 n
= lim x*( E akxk)
k=1
n OD
= x*( E akxk)
k=1 = T( E akxk)(x*)
k=1
(x* E V*).
10. Krein-.A`mulian and Eberlein-Amulian Theorems
298
x* E V*
The penultimate equality is valid since obviously an element of Therefore
V,
-
lakxk
and so, by Theorem 9.1.3,
x" = i(F.k= lakxk),
is a weak* continuous linear functional on
is
x"
V*.
We are now almost in a posi-
The Krein-9mulian Theorem.
10.2.
F
limkiixk" = 0.
and
(ak) E t1
as
and
However, one additional
tion to prove the Krein-9mulian Theorem. preliminary result is necessary. Lemma 10.2.1.
tional on
uous on
is continuous on
V
K C V
If
(V,T2).
and
(V,T1)
Let
topological linear spaces over
he locally convex
(V,T2)
and suppose that a linear func-
I
if and only if it is contin-
(V,T1)
is convex, then the following are
equivalent: (i)
K
is closed in
(V,T1).
(ii)
K
is closed in
(V,T2).
Proof.
If
Therefore suppose empty.
If
is empty or all of
K
is closed in
K
xo f K,
(V,T1), K j V,
and
K;
on
and some
tional
x*
Let c= a - x*(xo) > 0
(V,T1)
U.= (y (V,T1)
I
and
x0 E U.
(V,T2)
Moreover,
L
that strictly separates
(V,T2).
such that
a E Ik
x*(xo) < a < x*(x),
and set
have the same continuous linear is an open set in
U
Uf1K = q,
x*(xo) - x*(z)l < e = a - x*(xo) contradicts the fact that closed in
is non-
Y E V, lx*(x0) - x*(Y)I < e).
functionals, it is apparent that clearly
K
that is, there exists some continuous real linear func-
x E K.
Since
and
then by Corollary 5.4.1 and Proposition 5.1.1
there exists some closed real hyperplane xo
then the result is trivial.
V,
because if
shows that
x*(z) > a,
as
Thus
then
which
x*(z) < a,
z E K.
and
(V,T2),
z E U A K,
K
is
299
10.2. Krein-mulian Theorem
Therefore part (i) of the lemma implies part (ii), and the same argument mutatis mutandis establishes the reverse implication. Theorem 10.2.1 (Krein-gmulian Theorem). Banach space over
K C V*
and suppose
I
be a
Let
Then the fol-
is convex.
lowing are equivalent: (£)
(ii)
K
is closed in
Proof.
spaces over
is closed in
(V*,Tw*),
From Proposition 10.1.1(ii) and Theorem 10.1.2 we see (V*,Tbw*)
and
are locally convex topological linear
with the same continuous linear functionals.
I
Lemma 10.2.1, therefore, K
KflaB*
x* E V*, ('x*jj < 1).
+
(V*,Tw*)
that
the set
a > 0,
For each
Bi = (x*
where
(V*,Tw*).
is closed in
(V*,
K
T-bw * ).
is closed in
(V*,Tw*)
By
if and only if
However, from the remark following
Proposition 10.1.1 we know that
K
is closed in
w (V*,
precisely
)
when part (ii) of the present theorem holds, which completes the proof. 11
Before utilizing this result in the proof of the Eberlein-gmulian Theorem we examine a few corollaries.
The first two have simple
proofs, which are left to the reader, Corollary 10.2.1. over
K CV is convex.
and suppose
I
be a reflexive Banach space
Let
Then the following are
equivalent: (i)
(ii)
where
K
is closed in
For each
B1 = (x
(
a > 0,
valent:
W C V*
the set
KflaBI
is closed in
(V,Tw),
x E V, jixil < 1).
Corollary 10.2.2. suppose
(V,1 ).
Let
(V,
is a linear subspace.
be a Banach space over
4
and
Then the following are equi-
10. Krein-Amulian and Eberlein-mulian Theorems
300
is closed in
W
(i)
is closed in
WflB*
(ii)
(V*,TW*).
Bi = (x*
Corollary 10.2.3.
x* E V*, llx*11 < 1).
be a Banach space over
(V, I1 !l)
4
and
Then the following are equi-
is a linear subspace.
W c V*
suppose
I
Let
where
(V*,TW*),
valent:
(i)
is closed in
W
(ii)
(V*,TW*),
Proof.
W
If
B* = [x*
1
I
such that
x* E W, j`x* - x*11 < e).
is closed in
E D [x*
implies part (ii) on taking
`
Clearly
xo = 0
and
it is immediately obvious that for each
a = 0.
Thus part (i)
Since scalar multiplica(V*,TW*)
a > 0
(Theorem 2.1.2),
we have
(2a/e)(E - x*)
while the assertion is trivially true if
Obviously part (ii) entails that
so for each
is weak* closed
e = 1.
tion and translation are homeomorphisms on
(V*,TW*),
E
x* E W, 11x*11 < 1).
Conversely, suppose part (ii) holds.
is closed in
then set 'E = Wf1B
(V*,TW*),
x* E V*, jjx*jI < 1).
and norm bounded, and
that is closed in
E C W
e > 0
and some
x* E W,
some
E D [x*
where
(V*,TW*).
There exist a norm hounded set
and
Wfl(s/2)B* C E - x0*,
a > 0
WflaB*
= Wn(es)B1
= a[wn (2)B1] c La (E - xo) Is
W
is a linear subspace.
WflaB* = (2a7c)(E - xo)flaB*,
Hence, for each
a > 0,
we deduce that
Therefore, by the Krein-9mulian Theorem, we see that closed in
(V*,TW*),
(V*,T*).
and the latter set is closed in W
is
and part (ii) of the corollary implies part (i).0
301
10.2. Krein-gmulian Theorem
In other words, Corollary 10.2.3 asserts that, if a Banach space, then a linear subspace
W c V*
(V,11-11)
is
is weak* closed if
and oily if it contains some weak* closed norm bounded set
E
that
in turn contains some open ball in the normed linear space Finally, we wish to apply Corollary 10.2.3 to derive a result for the weak* topology analogous to Theorem 9.2.2, which asserts that a nonempty convex set is closed if and only if it is weakly closed.
A lemma is necessary, which we state in a fr-,n suitable to
It is valid, however, in a more general context, as can
our needs.
be seen in [DS1, pp. 415 and 416]. Definition 10.2.1. suppose
Then the convex hull of
E C V.
n E akxk
co(E) = (
ak > 0,
k=I If
be a linear space over
V
Let
The proof is left to the reader.
E
is defined as
n E ak = 1, xk E E, n = 1,2,3,...).
k=1
I
is a topological linear space over
(V,T)
convex hull of
E
then the closed
I,
is defined as the closure in
It will be denoted by
and
§
(V,T)
of
co(E).
co(E).
It is not difficult to see that
co(E)
and co(E)
are, respec-
tively, the smallest convex and the smallest closed convex sets that contain
E.
Indeed, it can be shown that co(E) = li(K
I
K
E, K convex)
and
co(E) = (1(K
I
K a E, K closed and convex).
The details are left to the reader. We shall discuss an important theorem about convex hulls in the next chapter.
Now, however, we need only the next result.
Lemma 10.2.2.
suppose
Then
K1,K2 c V*
Let
be a Banach space over
are convex sets that are compact in
co (K1 U K2) = co (K1 U K2) .
I' and (V*,Tw*).
10. Krein-Julian and Eberlein-gmulian Theorems
302
Theorem 10.2.2. K CV*
suppose
Let
be a Banach space over
(V,11.11)
is a convex set that is closed in
W denotes the linear subspacq of V* spanned by
$
and
(V*,Tw*).
If
K,- then the
following are equivalent: (i)
W
is closed in
(ii)
W
is closed in For simplicity we assume that
Proof.
f a C
(V*,Tw*).
Since
is left to the reader.
topology on
Kn
is a wbak* compact convex set, and so from Lemma 10.2.2
we see that
is weak* closed.
Kn + co(Kn U -Kn)
tion 9.2.2 the we&k* topology on logy on Kn
x* E V', 11x*11 < l).
1
Bana;h-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1) it is apparent that
From the each
is norm closed and for each positive
W
set Kn - Kf1nBi, where Bi - (x*
n
The case where
is weaker than the norm
it follows at once that part (i) implies part (ii).
V*
Conversely, suppose
integer
f - 1R.
Tw*
and hence each
V*,
Kn
However, by Proposi-
is weaker than the weak topo-
V*
is closed in
(VIII)
closed in
Now set
Kn
is
.
Irt is evident that each x E W can
K' = co (K U -K) .
x =k = lakxk
be written as
Since each
(V*,TW).
is convex, it follows from Theorem 9.2.2 that each
ak > 0, k = 1,2,...,n.
-
where
= m + 1akxk'
Thus, on setting
xk E K and
a = 5.;- lak > 0,
we see
that x E aK', as Ii. l (ak/a) xk - "'k = m + l (ak/a) xk E K1. Moreover, from which it follows at once that
0 E K',
Consequently, given such that
x E
there exists some positive integer
x E W,
n > nx.
We claim this implies that
Indeed, it is evident that x E W,
then
exists some x = n y x
x E nK', n > ax. jx
for some
for which
x=
3x
C W. Un = lK' n
Clearly
x E nxKjx.
y E Kjx. [j n
aK' C bK', 0 < a < b.
I < jx < nx,
Consequently, since
]y
n
-
x jj) j(j
n +
11
nx = lK'.
On the other hand, if
K' = U% lK!, If
W = Un
- jz
o).
and so there then
303
10.3. Eberlein- mulian Theorem
x E jxK3x
we conclude that E Un a
K
y E
and so W = Un = 1Kn'
1nKn,
But
since
being a norm closed linear subspace of
W,
Banach space over
#,
is a
and so, by the Baire Category Theorem (Theorem
6.1.1), we conclude that there exists some
also weak* closed and norm bounded.
no
such that the norm
Kn is no Thus, appealing to Corollary
closed set K' has a nonempty interior in
W must be closed.in
10.2.3, we see that
V*,
W.
However,
(V*,Tw*).
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies part (i).
We have now reached the
The Eberlein-gmulian Theorem.
10.3.
0
point where we can prove the Eberlein-gmulian Theorem, which says that a weakly closed set in a Banach space is weakly compact if and only if it is weakly sequentially compact.
The proof is quite long
The key results used in prpving the "only if" portion
and involved.
of the theorem are the Hahn-Banach, Uniform Boundedness, and BanachAlaoglu Theorems, together with the fact that the weak and,ngrm closures of a convex set in a Banach space coincide; the proof of the "if" portion of the theorem employs the Uniform Boundedness 14nd
Banach-Alaoglu Theorems, the coincidence of the weak and norm closures of a convex set in a Banach space, and the Krein-9mulian Theoxefi.
Theorem 10:3.1 (Eberlein-gmulian Theorem). Banach space over
#
and suppose
Let
(V,11.11)' be a
E CV is closed in
(V,TW).
Then
the following are equivalent: (i)
E
is comp ct in
(ii)
E
is sequentially compact in
Proof.
Suppose that
be a sequence.
(V,T*).
E
(V,T*).
is weakly compact and let
We must show that
(xk]
(xkJ+
E
has a weakly coevergeAt
subsequence. Let
W denote the norm closure of the linear space spanned by
304
10. Krein-3mulian and Eberlein-gmulian Theorems
is a separable Banach space over
Then
(xk).
Bi = (x*
I
From Theorem 9.4.2 we see that the
x* E W*, 1Ix*I1 < 11.
weak* topology on
restricted to
W*
Set
t.
B*
W
is metrizable,
being
separable, and from the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1) we see that
B*
Thus
is weak* compact.
is a compact metric space
B*
A similar
in the weak* topology and hence a separable metric space. argument reveals that for each positive integer nBZ
is a separable metric space in the weak* topology on
so the weak* topology on Let
the space
n,
F0 C W*
W* = to
then, since
once that
F0
W,
as if-
x*(x) = 0, x* E W*.
Furthermore, extending each
Let
and
t*(x) = 0,
it follows at
W*,
x = 0,
and so
x* E F0 V,
F
0
separates
by Theorem 4.2.1 to
we obtain a countable set
F = (x*),
Since* E is weakly compact, it follows that Indeed, consider §x* _ I.
W
Hence, by Corollary 4.2.6 to the
some continuous lineP functional on F C V*.
x E W
is weak* dense in
E[ahn-Banach Theorem, we conclude that points.
W*.
is a family of linear functionals on
F 0
that separates the points of x* E F0,
must also be separable.
1nBi
be a countable set that is weak* dense in
First we note that
and
W*,
T
:
V -. Ox*
E V* §x*,
where
E
is norm bounded.
T(x) = (x*(x))
and
Then from the discussion of F-topologies following Theo-
rem 9.1.1 we know that a can be considered as the relative topology on
T(V)
viewel as a subspace of the topological product space
Furthermore, for each fixed y* E V* x* E V* }x*' seen that, if PK* denotes the projection of IIx* iY*,
*y*
then
Py* o T(E) = (y*(x)
I
and so there exists some
sup I T (x) (Y*) I
xEE
=
x E E)
E V* §x*
onto
is a compact subset of
M. y* > 0
sup I Y* (x)
xEE
it is easily
such that
< My*,
Consequently Corollary 6.2.1 to the Uniform Boundedness Theorem
leads us to conclude that there exists some M > 0
such that
305
10.3. Eberlein-9mulian Theorem
sup 11 T(x)(1 = sup JJxJJ < M, xEE xEE that is,
is norm bounded.
E
Hence the sequence
is a bounded sequence of numbers
(xi(xk))
Consequently there exists a
and thus has a convergent subsequence. {xk(1)}
(xk)
such that
(x1*(xk(1))}
converges.
The same argument applied to the sequence
(x2(xk(2))}
assures us
subsequence
of
(xk(2))
of the existence of a subsequence of
(xk),
such that
is also convergent.
and
.
(xn(yk))
Now
Then evidently
(yk)
converges for each
(yk C E,
yo E E
some
converges, n
to be the diagonal sequence; that is, set
(yk)
k = 1,2,3,...
and
E
n = 1,2,3,...
is weakly compact.
and
Furthermore, we claim that n
W
which
(yk),
in
0
Tw
Moreover,
is weakly closed,.and so
is given and let
Given
limkxn(yk) = a.
A
such that
y
it
y
E W..
0
I n(yk)
-
e > 0,
a) < c/2,
contains infinitely
we see that there exists some
yko E U(yo,c/2,xn).
V,
0
Since each weak neighborhood of
many terms of
y
(yk3.
limkx(yk) = xn(yo), n
there exists some positive integer k > N.
Hence there exists'
W. is a norm closed linear subspace of
follows from Theorem 9.2.2 that
Indeed, suppose
(xk),
.
such that every open neighborhood of
(yk) c W
yk - xk(k),
is a subsequence-of
contains infinitely many terms of the sequence since
(x*l(xk(2)))
each of which is a subsequence of
(xn(xk(.))}
and is such that
Now take
Clearly
converges.
and hence
Continuing in this fashion, we obtain the se-
(xk(j)), j m 1,2,3,...,
quentbs (xk}
(x2(xk(2))}
(xk(1)),
of
k
0
N
for
Thus
jxn(yo) -a1 _1xn(yo) -x*Yk)I +[xn(yk) -a[ 0 c
c
2
2
- f, from which we conclude that
xn(yo)
a,
since
s
is arbitrary.
10. Krein-9mulian and Eberlein-9mulian Theorems
306
To prove that
(yk)
actually converges weakly to
this were not the case.
xo E V*,
Then there would exist some tyk }
and a subsequence
e > 0,
(yk}
of
lxo(yk
Suppose
x* E V*.
for each
limkx*(yk) - x*(yo)
only to show that
it remains
yo
some
such that
- Yo)i > 6
= 1,2,3,...).
(j
I
However, since some
z
0
and
{yk],),(z E
is weakly compact, there exists
E
such that every open neighborhood of' z0
E E,
contains infinitely many terms of that
is a subsequence of
(Yk1}
since
(yk},
all of
V
.
But the sequence
xn(yo - z0) = 0,
consists of extensions to
(xn)
F0
of the family of linear functionals
separates the points of
W,
Moreover,
.
we must alsp have
and so
lim.x*(yk.) - x*(Yo), n = 1,2,3,..., n = 1,2,3,...
As before, we deduce
(yk ).
xn(zoi, n = 1,2,3,....
limjx*(Yk )
and
zo E W
Tw
in
W
on
and so we conclude that
that
yo = z0.
Thus, on the one hand, we see that every open neighborhood of yo
in
Tw
other hand, the inequalities show that shows that
(yk
contains infinitely many terms of
converges to
(yk)
Therefore
(xo(Yk - yo)I > c,
U(yo,s,x), j
Yk
while on the
= 1,2,3,....
yo
in
.
This contradiction
(V,Tw).
is weakly sequentially compact, and part (i) of
E
the theorem implies part (ii). Conversely, suppose if
T
E
is weakly sequentially compact.
denotes the canonical- embedding of
V
into
Now,
then, as
V**,
noted previously (e.g., in the proof of Theorem 9.9.1), T
:
(V,Tw) - (T(V),Tw*)
compact in
(V,TW)
is a homeomorhpism.
if and only if
T(E)
Thus
E
will be
is compact in
(T(V),Tw*),
and the latter will clearly be the case (Theorem 9.4.1) if we can show that
T(E)
is norm bounded and closed in
Since
(V**,Tw*).
compactness and sequential compactness are equivalent in
§,
it
follows, by essentially the same argument as that given'in the first half of the proof, that
T(E)
is norm bounded.
It remains then
307
10.3. Eberlein-Smulian Theorem
of
T(E)
is contained in
(V**,Tw*)
in
T(V),
since
the closure of
is weakly closed.
E
T(E)
T(E)
(V**,Tw*)
in
Thus, if
xp*
lies
belongs to
we must prove that
(V**,Tw*),
in
To accomplish this
T(E).
prove that the closure of
if in
is weak* closed -- that is, that the closure
r(E)
only to show that
x*o* E T(V).
This will require considerable work. First, suppose exists some
y E E
x*,x2 ,...,x* such that
are in
V*.
We claim that there
lary 4.10.1 to Helly's Theorem, of course, shows that such a always exists.
We require, however, that
is in the weak* closure of there exists some
yk E E
T(E),
as
{yk))
{yk)
E
converges weakly to
But since
y.
y E V x*0*
k
T(yk) E U(xp*;1/k;xi,xl,.... xn),
such that
the existence of a subsequence
y E E.
for each positive integer
and the weak sequential compactness of
that
Corol-
x*'(xk) = xk(y), k = 1,2,...,n.
E
of
then allows us to deduce (yk)
The element
and a y
y E .E
such
belongs to
E,
is weakly closed. - In particular then
IxQ*(xm) - x (Y)I < Ix0*(xm) - T(yk)(xm)I
+ Ixm(Yk) - x*(Y)I
< k + Ixm(yk )
(m = 1,2,...,n).
- x* (Y)
)
from which we conclude that
x**(x*)
x*(y), a = 1,2,...,n.
With this preliminary observation made, we now note that to prove
x0* E T(V)
it suffices, by Theorem 9.1.3, to show that
is a weak* continuous linear functional on
V*,
need only show, in view of Theorem 3.3.2, that
N(xp*)
is closed in
(V*,Tw*).
(x*
I
X* E V*, x**(x*) = 0)
Finally, to estkblish this we need only
prove, by Corollary 10.2.2 to the Krein-Smulian Theorem, that N(x**)f1Bi
is closed in
(V*,Tw*),
x0*
and to. do this we
where, as usual
10. Krein-mulian and EberleinAmulian Theorems
.308
(x* To this end, let
exists some
belong to the weak* closure of
x*
and let c> 0
V*
in
such that
yl E E
we have chosen
The fact that
x**(xO*) = x;(y1).
N(x**)flBt
x* E N(x*o*)f1Bi_ such that in
Y1'y2' ..''yn
N(x0*)(1B1
By our previous observation, there
be given.
is in the weak* closure of some
x* E V*, lix*il < jJ.
I
Suppose now
x* E U(x*,c/2,y1). and
E
x*
implies the existence of
x*,xZ...,X*
in
N(x***)f B*
such that x0*(xa*) * ;*(yk)
and
0,1,2,...,k - 1; k = 1,2,3,...,n)
(m
x* E U(x*;e/2;ylty2'. ''ym)' m = 1,2,3,...,n.
exists some
yn
E E
such that
x**(x*) = x*(yn + 1)' m = 1,2,...,n,
1
by our previous observation. xn
+ 1
Choose
E U(x6;e/2;y1,'2'"
(yk) c E
and
''yn + 1) (x,*) C :V* such that
xn +
E N(x**)f B*
so that
In this way we obtain sequences
(a)
x* E N(x**)f1B*
(b)
x**(xm) = xm(Yk)
(c)
xm E U(x*;c/2;y1,y2,...,ym)
Moreover, since
Then there
(m = 1,2,3,...).
(m = 0,1,...,k - 1; k
(m = 1,2,3,...).
xm* E N(x**)n Bt, m = 1,2,3,...,
(d)
x**(x**) = xm(Yk) = 0
(e)
llxmll < 1
1,2,3,...).
we see that
(m - 1,2,...,k - 1; k = 1,2,3,...). (m
1,2,3,...).
Furthermore, statements (b) and (c) show that (f)
lxp*(xo*) - x*(Yk)1 < 2
Now, since
(yk) c E
and
E
(k = 1,2,...,m; a - 1,2,3,...).
is weakly sequentially compact
and weakly closed, there exists a subsequence of weakly to some
yo E E.
we may assume without loss of generality that weakly to
yo.
by statement (d)
Then
(yk)
that converges
In order to avoid some notat.ional awkwardness, (yk3
itself converges
x*(yo) = limkxm(yk) -.0, a = 1,2,3,...,
x*(yk) = 0, k > m -.1.
since
309
10.3. Eberlein- mu1ian Theorem
(yk)
Finally, since al,a29...,an then
IIz
in
converges weakly to
ak > 0,
i,
lak = 1
-
there exist
yo,
such that,"if
z s 1nk
a lakYk'
- yoll < e/2. This follows at once from Theorem 9.2.2 and m = n,
Thus, for
Corollary 9.2.1.
we see by statement (f) that
n
n xn(z)I
Ix0*(
E akx0) - xn( E akyk)I
k1
k=1
n
Consequently Ix**(x*)I < Ixo*(x0) - x*(z)I + Ix*(z) - xn(Yo)I + Ix*(Yo)I
+ IIxnIIII5 - Yoll + Ixn(Yo)I
<
Hence, since that is,
closure of
N(x**)n-BZ
x* E N(x**)f1B*. 0
in
0
is arbitrary, we see that
'a > 0
x* E N(x0*)..
Thus
Moreover, since BZ
and 0
x**(x*) - 0;
belongs to the weak*
is weak* closed, we conclude that
N(x**)flB*,
1
x;
and hence
N(x**)
1
is closed
0
(V*,T' ).
Therefore
x0* E T(V)
and
E
is compact in
(V,TW).
This
completes the proof that part (ii) implies part (i)', and of the .theorem as a whole.
0
It is important to note that the assumption that in
(V,7''')
E
is closed
was only used explicitly to prove the implication from
part (ii) to part (i).
If
E
is weakly compact, it is of course
automaticallsy weakly closed and hence weakly sequentially compact.
10. Krein-9mulian and Eberlein-mulian Theorems
310
It is apparent, moreover, that we could just as well have phrased the
preceding theorem as follows: the weak closure of
E
is weakly
compact if and only if it is weakly sequentially compact.
We prefer,
however, the previous formulation.
An immediate corollary of the Eberlein-gmulian Theorem i1 the following result: Let
Corollary 10.3.1.
B1 - (x
(V,}
be a Banach space over
11)
and
$
Then the following are equivalent:
x E V, lixil < 1).
is reflexive.
(i) (ii)
B1
is compact in
(iii)
B1
is sequentially compact in
(V,T"w).
(V,Tw).
A portion of the argument used in the proof of the first implication of the Eberlein-$aulian Theorem can be also used to strengthen In Corollary 9.4.6 we showed that, if
a previous result.
V
is a
separable teflexive Banach space, then the weak topology restricted to the closed unit ball is metrizable.
The assumption of reflexivity
here if actually unnecessary, as shown by the following theorem: Theorem 10.3.2. I.
E C V
If
ed to
E
Let
be a separable Banach space over
is compact in
Proof.
then the weak topology restrict
We shall only sketch the proof, leaving the details to
the reader.
Let
construct, using
(xk)
be a norm dense countable subset of
(xk),
F c v*
Then define a metric
on
p
that separates points. on
V
and
E
k= 1 2 [1 + Ixk(x - Y)1J V
Let
by setting
xk (x - Y)
p(x,y) Then the topology Tp
V
as in the proof of the Eberlein-Smulian
Theorem, a countable family F = (xk).
(V,Tw),
is metrizable.
(x.y E V).
determined by this metric is weaker
311
10.3. Eberlein-mulian Theorem
than
Consequently the identity mapping from
Tw.
(V,TW)
to
(V,
0)
is a continuous bijection, and its restriction to any weakly compact is a homeomorphism.
set 'E.C V
We can combine the Eberlein-§mulian Theorem and Theorem 9.3.5 to give a description of weakly compact sets in Theorem 10.3.3.
gical space and suppose
be a locally compact Hausdorff topolo-
X
Let
C0(X).
E C C0(X).
Then the following are equiva-
lent;
(i)
(ii)
E
is compact in
E
is closed in
moreover, if sequence
(fk)
(fk,}
(Co(X),Tb).
(C0(X),TW)
is a sequence in
of
and some
if k}
and bounded in E,
then there exists a sub-
f E E
such that
lim f kj (t) = f (t)
(t E X) .
j
Proof.
-If
is weakly compact, then it is weakly closed and,
E
as seen in the proof of the Eberlein-mulian Theorem, norm bounded. If
(fk)
is a sequence in
E,
then, since
compact, there exists a subsequence f E E
such that
(fk)
we conclude that
(fk )
is weakly sequentially
E
(fk)
of
converges weakly to (t) = f(t), t E X,
f.
and some
By Theorem 9.3.5
and so
part (i) implies
part (ii).
Conversely, suppose part (ii) holds. (fk) C E,
there exists some subsequence
Then, given any sequence (fk.}
(fk)
of
f E E
such that
ifk)
is norm bounded, we see from Theorem 9.3.5 that
verges weakly to
limjfk (t) = f(t), t E X.
f.
Hence
E
and some
ince the sequence (fk)
con-
is weakly closed and weaklyjsequentially
compact, and so, by the Eberlein-9mulian Theorem,
E
is weakly compact.
Therefore part (ii) implies part (i).
This completes our discussion of weak topologies uet se.
The.
10. KreinAmulian and Eberlein-nulian Theorems
312
reader should, however, be aware that we have in no sense examined the subject in its full generality.
For further reading we refer
the reader to [DS1, pp. 418-435; El, pp. 500-615; K, pp. 233-274 and 310-330; KeNa, pp. 137-223; W1, pp. 233-249; Y, pp. 141-145).
Problems.
10.4.
(Proposition 10.1.1)
1.
space over
'Prove each of the following:
t.
if and only if for each
U E Tbw*
(a)
be a normed linear
Let
there exist some
e > 0
a > 0
V
in
xl,x2,...,xn
and
and
x* E UflaBi
such that
U(x*;c;xl,x2,...,xn)flaBi (y*
y* E V*,
I
is contained in w* (b)
lb
I x*(xk) - y*(xk)I < c, k * 1,2,...,n)
IIy*11 <_ a, where
U,
(x*
B*
x* E V*, 1Ix*11 < 1).
I
1 (V*,?w*)
is a topology on
such that
V*
locally convex topological linear Apace over
(c)
I.
I.
7''* c T. (Corollary 10.1.1)
2.
over
is a
U(0,c,(xk)) * (x*
be a nonmed linear space
Let
Prove that for each
c, 0 < c < 1,
the sets
x* E V*, Ix*(xk)l < c, k = 1,2,3,...), I
where
is any sequence in
(xk)
V
such that
a neighborhood base at the origin for 3.
(a)
Let If
(V,11.0)
be a Banach space over
X** E V** - T(V)
and
linkllxkfI = 0,
form
7bw
I.
c > 0, define L by
L = (x* I.x* E V*, x**(x*) * c).
Prove that the bounded weak* closure of (b)
Prove that *
in
(V*,
w ).
x** E T(V)
L
is
V*.
if and only if
N(x**)
is closed
313
10.4. Problems
Give an example of a norned linear space
*4.
such that
E C V*
is closed in
E
F e V.
proof of Theorem 10.1.1, if F° _ {x* F°
,
V*
of
Prove each of the following:
F.
F°
is convex, balanced, and weak* closed.
(b)
If
F1 C :F2 C V,
(c)
If
a E I, a # 0,
(d)
If
F C V, n = 1,2,3,...,
Let
then
Fi D F. (aF)o = (1/a)F°.
then
n
(V,11-11)
At in the
let
(a)
6.
4.
(V*,7m*).
x* E V*, 4x*(x)l < 1, x E F).
is called the polar in
such that 0 E int(U).
and a set
but not in
(V*,7bw*),
be a normed linear space over
Let
5.
V
n=l Fn)°
then
(U°°
= f
f F°. n=1 n
be a Banach space over I and let U C V be Prove'that U°, the polar of U' in V*, is
compact in ' (V*,Tw*) .
over
Let
(Corollary 10.2.1)
7.
and suppose
f
K C V
be a reflexive Banach space
(V,t111)
is convex.
Prove that the following are
equivalent: (i)
(ii)
where
K
is closed-in
For each
(V,Tw).
a > 0,
the set
KlaBI
is closed in
(V,TW),
B1 - [x ` x E V. lixti < 1).
8.
(Corollary 10.2.2) Let
and suppose
W e V*
(V,11-11)
is a linear subspace.
be a Banach space over ! Prove that the following
are equivalent: (i)
(ii)
W is closed in WfIB!
(V*,Tw*).
is closed 'in
B* - [x*
(V*,Tw*),
where
x* E V*, 1`x*`l < 1).
10. Krein-9mulian and Eberfein-§mulian Theorems
314
are convex sets that are compact in
K1,K2 C V*
and suppose
be a Banach space over
(V,11I)
Let
(Lemma 10.2.2)
9.
(V*,Tw*).
Prove that co(K1 U K2) = co(K1 U K2) . be a reflexive Banach spice over
Let
10.
be a bounded sequence in
(xn)
Kn = co(xn,xn + 1,...).
weakly to 11.
and let
Prove that the sequence
if and only if
xo
(Corollary 10.3.1) B1 = (x
I
n = 1,2,3,...,
For each
V.
x E 'V,
(xo)
Let
let
converges
(xn)
= fn = 1K n'
be a Banach space over
(V,11.j)
11xI( < 1).
and let
0
I
Prove that the following are
equivalent:
is reflexive.
(i) (ii). B1 (iii)
*12.
convex.
is compact in
(V,Tw).
is sequentially compact in
B1
Let
be a Banach space over
(V,1III)
Prove that
(V,TW).
K
and let
I
K C V
be
is weakly compact if and only if every de-
creasing sequence of nonempty closed convex subsets of nonempty intersection. (Hint: prove first that condition holds and then prove
K
has a
is bounded if the
K
K is weekly sequenti%lly compact
and use the Eberlein-gmulian Theorem.) *13.
family
Let
(V,11.11)
F c v*
be a Banach space over
is said to be equicontinuous iffor every
there exists a neighborhood lx*(x)I < e
of
V.
Recall that a
I.
of the origin in
U
x E U
for all
and
x* E F.
Let
V
a > 0
such that
E e V
be any subset
Prove that the following are equivalent:
(i)
E
is weakly compact.
(ii)
E
is weakly closed and norm bounded, and for every sequence
(xm) C E
and every equicontinuous sequence
the double limits
limm limn x*(xm)
(xn) c V*
it is the case that
lie lie x*(x) m
n.
n
m
such that
and limn lime xn(xe)
lia`him x*(cte).
n
m
n
exist,
315
10.4. Problems
14.
Suppose
be a Banach space over
Let
V*
point of some countable subset of
convex.
and let
E C V.
is the union of countably many weakly compact subsets. x0
Prove that every weak closure point
15.
#
of
E.
be a Banach space over
Let
Prove that
IF
is the weak closure
E
#
and let
K.c V
be
is weakly closed if and only if its inter-
section with every norm bounded and weakly closed set is weakly closed. *16.
be a Banach space over
Let
any subset of
V*.
Prove that, if
then the weak* closure of
E
E
#
and let
E C V*
be
is weak* sequentially compact,
Give an example to
is weak* compact.
prove that the converse is not necessarily true. *17.
Let
any subset of
V meets
E
(V,11.l) *be a Banach space over V.
#
and let
E C V
in a weakly compact set, then the weak closure of
is weakly compact.
be
Prove that, if every separable linear subspace of E
CHAPTER 11
THE KREIN-MIL'MAN THEOREM
11.0.
Introduction.
Suppose that
xl,x2
noncollinear points in the Euclidean plane
I R2.
and
are three
x3
Then, as-is easily
seen, every point.that lies interior to or on the triangle determined by these'three points can be expressed as a convex linear combination of
x1,x2,
and
x3,
that is, a convex linear combination of the
vertices of the triangle.
The main result of this chapter, the
Krein-Mil'man Theorem, will be an appropriate analog in locally convex topological linear spaces of this elementary Euclidean fact. In particular, given a locally convex topological linear space and a nonempty compact convex subset K
coincides with the closure in
K
(V,T)
of
V,
(V,T)
we shall see that
of the set of all finite
convex linear combinations of a certain distinguished subset of called the extreme points of
K.
The fact that points in
K
K,
may
only be approximated by, rather than expressed as, convex linear combinations of the extreme points-is necessitated by the possible infinite dimensionality of locally convex topological linear spaces. The Krein-Mil'man Theorem has many applications, but we have space to discuss only three of them.
Perhaps the most interesting
of these is a proof of the Stone-Weierstrass Theorem.
The applica-
tions will be presented in the final sections of this chapter, preceded by some preliminary definitions and results in Section 11.1 and the Krein-Mil'man Theorem itself in Section 11.2.
In addition
in Section 11.5 we shall discuss another t'pic from harmonic analysis that utilizes the Stone-Weierstrass Theorem and the theorem concerning adjoint transformations established in Section 9.10.
316
11.1. Extreme Points and Extremal Sets
317
Our main concern in
Extreme Points and Extremal Sets.
11.1.
this section is to make precise the notion, of an extreme point of a
convex set and the related notion of an extremal set. Definition 11.1.1. suppose
K C V
extreme point of and
x1,x2 E K
be a linear space over
V
Let
A point
is a convex set. K
if, whenever
where
x a ax1 + (1 - a)x2, x - x
it happens that
0 < a < 1,
and
f
is said to be an
x E K
$
a x2.
1
In'other words, an extreme point of a convex set point In
that is not an interior point of any line segment in
K
Given a convex set points by
K,
K.
we shall denote its set of extreme
ext(K).
It is easily seen that V = IR2
is any
K
K a ((a1,a2)
and
I
ext(K)
For example, if
may be empty.
al + a2 < 1),
ext(K) _ . Less
then
trivially, and with more relevance to our concerns, this may also happen even if
K
cal linear space.
is a nonempty closed convex subset of a topologiThis assertion follows immediately from the next
result.
Proposition 11.1.1.
be defined as Bi - if dt
I
For each
p, 1 < p < o.,
I
Proof. sets.
If
BP c Lp(IR,dt)
f E Lp(i,dt), (IfIIp < 1), where ias usual
denotes Lebesgue measure on R Then
ext(BB) - if
let
ext(B1)
and
f E Lp(Et,dt), 1IfIIp . 1), 1 < p <
Clearly the sets,
f E Bp
is such that
Bi,
1 <_ p < m,
0 < IIfllp < 1,
are norm closed convex then the equation
f = .((2 - IIfllp)f) + 1(IIfLIpf1 shows that
f
is not an extreme point of B.
it is apparent that
f - 0
Even more trivially,
is not an extreme point.
ext(Bi) c if I f ( LpMdt), IIfIIp . I).
Thus
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
318
Now suppose
p - 1
and
Let EC R be the set of
IIfIIl - 1 .
points where any representative of the equivalence class of not vanish.
Since
we see that
IIfIIl - 1,
is measurable, and the
E
Lebesgue measure of
E
joint subsets of
with positive Lebesgue measure such that
E
is positive.
Let
Define f1 = fxEl/IlfxEl111
E = El U E2.
does
f
E2
and
El
be any dis-
f2 - fXE/IIfxE2111'
and
where, as usual,' denotes the characteristic function of Ek, XEk k = 1,2. It is obvious-that f J fi, IIfkIII - 1, k = 1,2, and Illfl + ilfXE IIlf2
IIfx
fXt
2
1
+ fxE 2
1
= fxE
= f, since
E = E
UE 2.
Moreover,
I
IIfXE1111 + I1f%E2111 = FE1If(t)I dt + fE2If(t)I dt
= fEI f(t) I dt = 1,
as
E1flE2 = p.
Hence
f
is not an extreme point, and so
On the other hand, suppose exists
Since
fl,f2 E Bi1 0 < a < 1,
11fllp = 1,
1 < p < such that
ext(Bi)
IIfIIp . 1,
_ . and there
f = aft + (1 - a)f2.
it follows at once that IIfkIIp = 1, k = 1,2,
hence
1 - !lfllp - llafI + (I - a)f211p IIaf1IIp + 11(1 - a) f 211p = allf,11 p + (1 - a)IIf211p = 1,
and
11.1. Extreme Points and Extremal Sets
319
that is, IIaf1 + (1 - a)f2IIp a IIaf1IIp + 11(1 - a)f21lp However, recall that, if g E Lp(IR,dt), 1 < p < m, and h E Lq(IR,dt), then by
1/p + 1/q = 1,
we have
Holder's Inequality [Ry, p. 113]
,f' Ig(t)h(t)I dt = IIBIIpIIhIIq
if and only if (IIhIIq)gIg(t)Ip = (Ilgllp)PIh(t)Iq for almost all t. Thus, as is easily seen from the proof of the triangle inequality in
Lp(IR,dt),
we conclude that
IiafI + (1 - a)f211p = Ilaflllp + II(1 - a)f2IIp if and only if
(Ilaf l + (1 - a)f2llp)P/ql afI (t)
I' = (Ilaf lllp Pl afl (t) +
(1
- a)f2 (t) Ip
for almost all t. Since Ilflip = IIf1Ilp = 1, we have
lafI(t)IP = aplf(t)IP for almost all
Similarly
t,
If2(t)I
f = af
But
and so
Ifl(t)I a If(t)I
If(t)I
+ (1 - a)f2
for almost all
for almost all
t.
t.
implies that for almost all
we
t
1
have
If(t)I - Iafl(t) + (1 - a)f2(t)I IafI(t)I + I(1 - a)f2(t)I = alf1(t)I + (1 - a)If2(t)I
= If(t)I, whence
Iafl.(t) + (1 - a)f2(t)I = Iafl(t)I + I(1 - a)f2(t)I
almost all
t.
inequality for complex numbers we conclude that for almost all
for
Consequently from the properties of the triangle
t.
fl(t)f2
But then we must have, for almost all
> 0 t,
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
320
(fl(t) - f2(t)12
[fl (t) - f2(t)) [STS - f2(t)? -
2 If 1(t)12
_
tom]
If2(t)12
- 21f1(t) M
21f(t)12
2If(t)12 - 21f(t) 12 a 0,
f2(t) = fl(t)f7iT ` 0.
since all
t ,
and so
Therefore
Thus
fl (t)
for almost
f2(t)
f a fl = f2.
and hence
f E ext(Bp),
ext(Bp) _ (f
f E LpOIR,dt), IIfjIp = 1).
I
The reason that the closed unit balls in
Lp(IR,dt), 1 < p <
has none
have extreme points but the closed unit ball in
L1OR,dt)
is to be found in the fact that
is weakly compact,
whereas
Bi
8P, 1 < p < w,
is not -- equivalently, because
is reflexive, whereas
L1(1R,dt)
is not.
Lp(IR,dt),
1 < p <
This will be apparent when
we come to the Krein-Mil'man Theorem (Theorem 11.2.1).
Indeed, a
portion of this theorem says precisely that a nonempty compact convex set in a locally convex topological linear space always has extreme points.
In proving the Krein-Mil'man Theorem we shall need the notion of an extremal set, which we now define. Definition 11.1.2. over
!
and suppose
Let
(V,T)
be a topological linear space
K CV is a closed convex set.
is said to be an extremal subset of
convex set and whenever ax + (1 - a)y E E,
x,y E K
K
and
it is the case that
if
A set
E C K
E is.a nonempty closed
0 < a < 1
are such that
x,y E E.
Note that the last portion.of the definition of an extremal set
11.1. Extreme Points and Extremal Sets
E
says that, whenever
ment in
321
contains an interior point of a line seg-
E
K, the whole line segment lies in
E.
As some simple examples of extremal sets, suppose
and let
0:5 a1 <1, 0
{(al,a2) Then
K
be the square
K
is clearly a closed convex set in 1, and the corners,
edges, and the square itself are all extremal subsets of
K
More generally we have the following proposition: Proposition 11.1.2. over
I
(i)
only if (ii)
and suppose If
and
then
x E K,
(V,T)
be a topological linear space
is.a closed convex set. (xj
is an extremal subset of
If
then
E,
If
is an extremal subset of
E
is finite, then
Kx*(x)
Ex* _ (x
if and
F
is an extremal
K.
(V,T)
closed and convex.
Suppose
and
Ex*
If
x*
Ex* 4 4
and
x,y E K
then
b a x*[ax + (1 - a)y] = ax*(x) + (1 - a)x*(y)
< ab + (1 - a)b = b,
x E K. x*(x) = b)
are routine and are
is a real continuous linear func-
is as here defined.
ax + (1 = a)y E Ex*,
I
(V,T)
K.
The proofs of parts (i) and (ii)
left to the reader.
such that
and
is an extremal subset of
F
is either empty or an extremal subset of Proof.
K
is a continuous real linear functional on
x*
b = supx E
tional on
K
x E ext(K).
subset of (iii)
Let
K C V
Clearly and
Ex*
0 < a < 1
is
are
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
. 322
Ex* _
Therefore either
or
,set, then
is a nonempty closed convex
K
We are now in a position to
The Krein-Mil'man Theorem.
The proof is an applica-
state and prove the Krein-Mil'man Theorem.
tion of
0
is an extremal subset of itself.
K
11.2.
is extremal.
Ex*
In particular, we note that, if
x,y E Ex*.
that is,
b = x*(x) = x*(y);
from which we deduce that
and the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
Zorn's Lemma (DS1, p. 61
Lt
is desirable at this point to recall the definition of a convex hull made in
SectioV 10.2.
Theorem 11.2.1 (Krein-Mil'man Theorem). convex topological linear space over
f.
compact convex set, then
and
Proof.
of into
EP - na
E
0,
by defining
E
(Ea}a E
D
'
We introduce a partial ordering
K E E.
as
E1 > E2
whenever
is an upper bound for
E AEa
Clearly
E1 C E2, E1,E2'E E.
(E }a
E A'
is a closed convex subset of
E0
it follows that
Eo # 0.
Since each
and so
of
E0 E E.
that is,
(Ea)a E A,
as
then
K.
x,y E K
E
0
C Ea, a
x,y E E0.
Thus
Obviously
and
Since K
(Ea}a E A is compact,
0 < a < 1
E0
K,
E0
we conclude that is an extremal subset
is then an upper bound for
A.
Hence, by Zorn's Lemma, we deduce the existence of a maximal element
E E E.
We claim that
E
are
ax + (1 - a)y E Ea, a E A.
is an extremal subset of
E01
x,y E Ea, a E A, K,
Moreover, if
(1 - a)y E Eo,
ax '
If
then we claim that
,
evidently has the finite intersection property and
such that
be a locally
is a nonempty
K = co(ext(K)].
is a linearly ordered subset of E
A
(V,T)
K C V
E denote the collection of all extremal subsets
Let
Clearly
K.
ext(K)
Let
If
consists of a single point, as
can be seen by the following argument: Suppose
x,y E E, x # Y.
Then from Theorem 5.3.1 and Proposition 3.3.1 we see that there
323
11.2. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
exists a continuous real linear functional b = supz
Let
x*(x) < x*(y).
Ex* _ (z
We know that
Ex*
'
EE (
since
D
such that
x* E V*
and set
x*(z)
z E E, x*(z) - b].
is continuous on the compact set
x*
which is compact. because it is a closed subset of the compact
E,
Thus from Propositions 11.1.2(ii) and (iii) we know that
set
K.
Ex*
is an extremal subset of
Ex* E E
and
and so
E = (x},
Ex* # E
Consequently
K.
since
x
as
Ex*,
But this contradicts the maximality of
x*(x) < x*(y) < b. Hence
and hence of
E
Moreover,
Ex* > E.
x E ext(K)
E.
by Proposition 11.1.2(i).
ext(K) } 0.
Therefore
Next we wish to show that Suppose there exists some
co[ext(K)] - K.
x E K - co[ext(K)].
Clearly
co[ext(K)] C K
By Corollary 5.4.1
there exists a closed real hyperplane that strictly separates co[ext(K)],
and
Thus there exists some continuous real linear functional such that
since K
sup
Ex* _ (y
and
K
< x*,(x).
E co[ext(K)]x*(y) y E K, x*(y) = b).
is compact,
by Proposition 11.1.2(iii).
compact convex set.
then
(z)
x*
on
V
Let 'b = supy E Kx*(y)
Then we conclude as before that,
and so it is an extremal subset of
Ex*
subset of the compact set
ext(Ex) # D.
x
since the latter is a nonempty-closed convex set.
K,
Moreover, since Ex* we see that
Ex*
is a closed
is a nonempty
Hence by the first portion of the proof we have
By Propositions 11.1.2(1) and (ii), if
is an extremal subset of
z E ext(K) C co[ext(K)].
Ex*
However, since
and hence of z E Ex*,
sup y E co [ext (K) ]
which is an absurdity.
K.
Thus
we also have
x*(z) = b > x*(x)
>
z E ext(Ex*),
x*(y)
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
324
K = co[ext(K)],
Therefore
and the proof is complete.
0
Some easy corollaries of the Krein-Mil'man Theorem are the following results:
Corollary 11.2.1. §
B* = [x*
and
I
be a nonmed linear space over
Let
x* E V*, lix*il < 1]. *
ext(B*)
Then
and
B*
(V*,Tw)
of
is the closure in Proof.
co(ext(Bf)].
Corollary 9.4.1 to the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem shows *
that
'(V*,TW ).
is a nonempty compact convex set in
BT
Now apply
the Krein-Mil'man Theorem.
Corollary 11.2.2. over
I
B1 = (x
and
is the closure in
D
Let' I
be a reflexive Banach space
(V,II.II)
Then
x E V, lIxlj < 1).
(V,TW)
and
ext(B1)
B1
of co[ext(B1)].
Corollary 9.4.2 to the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem or
'Proof.
Theorem 9.9.1 and the Krein-Mil'man Theorem.
Corollary 11.2.3. linear space over If
convex set. that
Let
be a locally convex topological
(V,T)
K C V
and suppose
i
x* E V*,
D
is a nonempty compact
then there exists some
x E ext(K)
such
Re(x*)(x) = supy E KRe(x*)(y). Since
Proof.
K
is compact and
is continuous by
Re(x*)
Theorem 3.3.1, we see, as in the proof of the Krein-Mil'man Theorem, ERe(x*)
x E K, Re(x*)(x) = supy E KRe(x*)(y)), is a = [x 11 nonempty compact convex set. Thus ext(ERe(x*)) T 0. Consequently, that
l
by Propositions 11.1.2(1) and (ii), if
x E ext(K)
and
x E ext(ERe(x*))'
then
Re (x*) (x) = supy E KRe (x*) (y) .
0
One further consequence of the Krein-Mil'man Theorem will be needed in the last section of this chapter. full generality of Lemma 10.2.2. reader.
To prove it we need the
We again leave the details to the
325
11.2. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
Lemma 11.2.1.
Let
be any subsets of
E1,E2,...,En
and let
be a topological linear space over
(V,T)
co(Ek), k = 1,2....,n,
If
V.
is compact, then
_
n
n
co( U Ek) = co( U co(Ek)).
k= 1.
k= 1 Theorem 11.2.2.
linear space over
I
be a locally convex topological
(V,T)
and suppose
'o(E)
is
ext[co(E)] # . To show
By the Krein-Mil'man Theorem,
Proof.
If
is closed.
E c :V
ext[co(E)] C E.
compact, then
ext[co(E)] C E
that
Let
we shall prove that, if
x E ext[co(E)),
and to do this it suffices to show that, if
x E cl(E) = E,
any convex balanced Closed neighborhood in origin in its interior, then
U
then is
that contains the
V
since in this case
x E E + U,
(x + U) fl E T J.
E
be any such neighborhood.
U
Let
Then
E C Uy
EE
is compact, being a closed subset of the compact set x1,x2,...,xn
so there exists
as
in
such that
E
Ek a Efl(xk + U), k = 1,2,...,n.
Set
xk + U
is closed, and
E = U
k=
Let
(y + U).
But
co(E),
and
E C Uk = 1(xk + U).
Then each
IEk.
is compact,
Ek
Ak ='co(Ek).
Then,
from Lemma 11.2.1 we see that
n n co( U Ak) - co( U co(Ek))
k=1
k=1 n
= co( U Ek)
k=1 = co (E) , as
co(Ek)
Thus
where
is compact.
x E ext[co(E)]
yj E U
= 1Ak,
However, since x = yj
some
for some
x
must be of the form
aj > 0, j = 1,2,...,m,
x = Ej and
Ej
a.yj
= 1aj = 1.
is an extreme point, it follows at once that j,
j, 1 < j < m.
1 < j < m;
that is,
But
= co [E fl (xj + U) ] C x . + U C E + U,
co (E . )
0
x E Aj = co(E.)
for
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
326
since
and hence
U,
xl + U,
is convex.
Since this is what we set out to prove, we conclude that ext[co(E)] C cl(E) = E. 11
11.3.
L1
Is Not a ,Dual Space.
dt
An easy application of
the Krein-Mil'man Theorem (Theorem 11.2.1) allows us to prove that is not isometrically isomorphic to the dual space of any
L1(1R,dt)
normed linear space.
There exists no normed linear space
Theorem 11.3.1.
over C
such that
to
11).
CV*'
is isometrically isomorphic
(L
Suppose there were such a space
Proof.
Then, by the
Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1), we would have that
[f I f E LI(I&dt), Iiflll < 1)
B1
is a nonempty weak* compact convex set.
Thus, by the Krein-Mil'man
Theorem (Theorem 11.2.1),
contradicting Proposition
ext(BI)
Therefore no such space
11.1.1.
V
exists.
Actually this result, as well as Proposition 11.1.1, remains valid for
LI(X,S,µ)
without atoms.
Since
(X,S,µ)
is a positive measure space
The details are left to the reader.
L1(1R,dt)
be reflexive.
whenever
is not a dual space, it, in particular, cannot
We give an independent proof of this corollary, uti-
lizing the techniques used in proving Theorem 11.3.1.
Corollary 11.3.1.
is not a reflexive Banach
space.
Proof.
B1 = (f
I
If
L1(fft,dt)
were reflexive, then, by Theorem 9.9.1,
f E L1OR,dt), llflll < 11
would be weakly compact.
Thus,
327
11.4. Stone-Weierstrass Theorem
by the Krein-Mil'man Theorem,
contradicting Proposi-
ext(BI) # 0,
tion 11.1.1.
Similar arguments involving the Krein-Mil'mah Theorem can be used, for instance, to show that
c0
are not dual
C([0,1])
and
The details are left to the reader.
spaces.
11.4.
The Stone-Weierstrass Theorem.
The Stone-Weierstrass
Theorem, which gives sufficient conditions for a subalgebra of where
X
CO(X),
is a locally compact Hausdorff topological space, to be
uniformly dense in
is certainly one of the most fundamental
C0(X),
theorems in analysis.
In this section we give a proof of this result
based on an application of the Krein-Mil'man Theorem.
The approach
In order to make explicit
is duc originally to L. deBranges [de].
the role of the Krein-Mil'man Theorem in the following development and to shorten the proof of the Stone-Weierstrass Theorem itself, we begin by recalling some useful facts and establishing some preliminary lemmas.
As indicated in over
C,
is a Banach space
Example 1.2.1,
and by the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) its
is isometrically isomorphic with
dual space
the Banach space of bounded, regular, complex-valued Borel measures on
X
with the total variation norm
llµll
= lµl(X), µ E M(X).
The
isomorphism is given by the formula x*(f) = fX f(t) dµ(t), where
f E C0(X), x* E C0(X)*,
and
µ E M(X).
In view of this identification of evident that, if
E C C0(X),
El = {µ
l
C0(X)*
with
M(X),
it is
then
µ E M(X), fX f(t) dµ(t) = 0, f E E}
is a norm closed linear subspace of
M(X).
Moreover, the definition
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
328
of the weak* topology shows at once that (M(X),Tw*). in
Further, since
(M(X,,1
µ E M(X),
is compact
Ilµil < 1)
Thus we can apply the Krein-Mil'man Theorem to the set
Lemma 11.4.1.
space and suppose
o f 0, then Proof.
is even closed in
F.l
is a nonempty compact convex subset of
K = E11'iB* ).
I
from the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1), we
(M(X),TW*),
see that
B* = {µ
Mall
Let
K.
be a locally compact Hausdorff topological
X
E C C0(X)
K = EL AB*.
and
o E ext(K)
If
and
= 1.
Since
is a nonempty compact convex set in
K
(M(X),TW*),
we know from the Krein-Mil'man Theorem (Theorem 11.2.1), that
ext(K) # .
Suppose
since ext(K) C K,
a E ext(K)
and
a # 0.
If
then,
hall < 1,
we see that a/Ilall E El n BI = K
and
a=hall(+(1-Ilall)o.
However,
so that
0 E K,
to the assumption that Therefore-
a = a/Ilall = 0,
contrary
a E ext(K),
as
a # 0.
hall = I. Li
Note that, if
K = E1(1Ri t {0},
then
ext(K) # {0},
as
K = co[ext(K)]. Lemma 11.4.2. space,
Let
X
be a locally compact Hausdorff topological
E C Co(X), K = E`f1B*,
is such that
g(t) >-O, t E X,
and suppose
a E ext(K).
If
fX f(t)g(t) do(t) = 0 then there exists some Proof.
Suppose
If
o t 0.
a = 0,
bg > 0
g E C0(X)
and
such that
g do
(f E E), = bg do.
the assertion is trivially true with
Then, by Lemma 11.4.1,
assume without loss of generality that
hall = 1.
bg = 0.
Obviously we may
0 < g(t) < 1, t E X.
I
Define the measure
µ E M(X)
by setting
dµ = g da.
By assump-
329
11.4. Stone-Weierstrass Theorem µ E El.
tion
if
= 1,
IIµII
If
gdo = bg da with
then
0 ,
bg = 0.
Moreover,
then
1=Ilµll=fXdlµl(t)
_ .fX g(t) dlal(t), as
0 < g(t) < 1, tEX,
and so
fX [I since
=
Ilall
1.
But
whence we see that 1,
then
then
llµlj < 1,
1
-.g(t)] dlol(t) = 0
Thus, if
g(t) = 1, t E X.
gdo =b9 do
with
g E C0(X)
since
and
- g(t) >,O, t E X,
bg =
1;
and so
g
if
g
is continuous,
is compact and
X X
is not compact,
cannot be identically
one.
Finally, suppose 0 < IIµII < 1 and define of = µ/IIµII and a2 = (a - /(1 - IIµII) Clearly al E K, as µ E El and 11011I '= Also since
a2 E E
as
and
o,µ E E1
El
is a linear space.
Moreover,
0 < g(t) < 1, t E X,
"a2" = fX d1a21 (t) 1
fX [1 - g(t)] djol (t)
1
_
a
-
µ
lIal +
(1
1
= 1.
Hence
a2 E K.
a E ext(K),
But
I
- 14µ11)a2 = u + 0 - µ = a,
from which we conclude that
Therefore g do = b9 do,
where
a = al =
and
P/11µ11-
bg = 1Iµ11.
One final lemma is necessary, but before giving it we need to make some further definitions.
-
1
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
330
Definition 11.4.1.
A measure
topological space.
U C X
open set
be a locally compact Hausdorff
X
Let
in
µ
is said to vanish on the
M(X)
if
fX f(t) dµ(t) = 0 for every
that has compact support contained in
f E C0(X)
support of
µ
The
U.
is the complement of the largest open set on which
p
vanishes.
The existence of the support of by a routine application of If
of
and
µ E M(X)
then it is evident that the support
g # 0,
Definition 11.4.2.
topological space and points if, whenever
Let
E c C0(X).
The set
Furthermore,
complex conjugation if
X.
be a locally compact Hausdorff
X
s,t E X, s # t,
f(s) # f(t).
that
can be established
Zorn's Lemma [DS1, p. 6].
is a nonempty closed subset of
µ
µ E M(X)
is said to separate
E
there exists some
such
is said to be closed under
E
implies T E E,
f E E
f E E
where
?(t)
?-(t T,
t E X.
Lemma 11.4.3.
space and suppose
Let
X
W C C0(X)
be a locally compact Hausdorff topological is a subalgebra that separates points
and is closed under complex conjugation. such that for each
bg > 0
for which
If
g E W, g(t) > 0, t E X, g do
a E M(X), a
there exists some a
then the support of
= bg do,
is
0,
'
is a single
point.. Proof. s # t.
Since
Suppose
W
s
and
and
h E W
Moreover, since
under complex conjugation, 6I = 6 < 1,
belong to the support of
a
and
is a linear subspace that separates ppints, we
see that there exists some Jh(s)f = 61 < 1.
t
such that
W
g = hTT E W, g(t)
g(u) > 0, u E X.
h(t) =
1
and
is a subalgebra that is closed g(s) = (h(s)12 =
By the continuity of
g
we may
331
11.4. Stone-Weierstrass Tneorem
of
U2
and
UI
choose open neighborhoods
and
t
s,
respectively,
such that
(i)
I g(u) > 1 -3
(ii) g(u) < 6 +
(iii)
UIflU2 = 0.
(iv)
lal(Uk) > 0
1
3
6
_
6 =
22
3+
t
(u E 01).
6
(u E U.,) .
(k = 1,2).
The last condition on the sets and
6
+
and
UI
belong to the support of
U2
is possible because
s
a.
But then
bglal (U 1
= f U b9 dlal (u) 1
= fUg(u) dial(u)
> (2
6)
I aI (UI) ,
and
bglal (U,) = fj g(u) dl al (u) 2
< ( 26
1)lal(U2).
3 This, however, leads to a contradiction since the first estimate implies that
bg > 2/3 + 6/3,
bg < 26/3 + 1/3 < 6/3 + 2/3,
Therefore the support of
while the second implies that as
a
6 < 1.
is a single point.
0
Utilizing these three lemmas we can now give a short proof of the Stone-Weierstrass Theorem.
We need one final definition, however,
in order to make the statement of the theorem clear.
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
332
Let
Definition 11.4.3.
Then
E C C0(X).
topological space and suppose
Z(E) _ (t
be a locally compact Hausdorff
X
t E X, f(t) = 0, f E E).
I
If
compact Hausdorff topological space.
be a locally
X
Let
Theorem 11.4.1 (Stone-Weierstrass Theorem).
is a subalgebra
W c C0(X)
that separates points, is closed under complex conjugation, and is Z(W) = 0,
such that
B- = (µ since
W
W
is dense in
is a linear subspace, we see that
W
if and only if WLA B* = K = (0),
where, as before,
µ E M(X), 11µl) < 1). K
is dense in
From Corollary A.2.8 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem and the
Proof.
fact that
then
Then,
Suppose this is not the case. (M(X),Tw*),
is a nonempty compact convex set in
ext(K) # 0.
by the Krein-Mil'man Theorem (Theorem 11.2.1), that
ext(K) # (0),
From the remark following Lemma 11.4.1 we see that
such that
a E ext(K)
and so, by Lemma 11.4.1, there exists some
we know,
ItoH = 1. g E W
Moreover, for each is a subalgebra.
we have that
fg E W, f E W,
(f E W)
a E W.
Thus by Lemma 11.4.2
for each
g E W, g(t) > 0, t E X,
since
for each
g E W, g(t) > 0, t E X,
there exists some
g do
W
Hence, in particular,
fX f(t)g(t) do(t) = 0
that
as
However, since
= b9 do.
W
b
g
> 0
such
is a subalgebra that separates
points and is closed under complex conjugation, we conclude from Lemma 11.4.3 that the support of there exist some a = a6to,
where
to E X 6
to
and some
a
is a single point. a E C, ,a! = 1, M(X)
denotes the measure in 6t (S) - I
for
to E S,
for
to
0
6t (S) = 0 for any Borel set
S C X.
S
Consequently
such that
defined by
333
11.5. Helson Sets
Thus, since
we see that
o E W1,
f(t) do(t)
0 =
= afX f(t) d6to(t) (f E W),
= of (t0)
!his, however, contradicts the assumption that
to E Z(W).
that is, Z(W) = 0.
Therefore
K = (0),
and
is dense in (Co(X),
W
O
The usual form of the Stone-Weierstrass Theorem for compact spaces is an easy corollary of Theorem 11.4.1. Corollary 11.4.1. space.
If
W C C(X)
Let
X
be a compact Hausdorff topological
is a subalgebra that separates points, is
closed under complex conjugation,- and contains the constant functions,
then
W
is dense in
Proof.
11.5.
If
W
(C (X) , iI.1l) . Z(W) = fu
contains the constant functions, then
Helson Sets.
a = (ak) E LI(Z);
Suppose
that is,
(ak)
is a doubly infinite sequence of complex numbers such that
;_ -mlakJ < "
It is evident that the formula
a(eit)
=
(t E (-n,rr))
akeikt k
defines a function E C F
a E C(f),
conditions under which for each a = (ak) E L1(Z) to
f,
where T= (elt
t E(-n,Tr)).
I
Letting
be a closed set, we wish to determine necessary and sufficient f E C(E)
there exists some
for which the restriction of
that is, for which
atE = f.
a
to
E
is equal
The theorem we shall establish,
with the help of the Stone-Weierstrass Theorem and the theorem on adjoint transformations given in Section 9.10, provides only a functional analytic characterization of such sets
E.
A description in
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
334
terms of set theoretic, algebraic, or topological properties is To be complete we first make the following definition:
unknown.
E C F
A closed set
Definition 11.5.1.
Helson set if for each
f E C(E)
is said to be a
there exists some
a E L1(Z)
such
aIE = f.
that
We now wish to begin a general discussion of the mapping from
C(F)
to
LI(.)
a - a
that will culminate in the indicated theorem.
We note first that the mapping
is linear and continuous, as
a - a
m E
Ilallm <
I ak l
be closed and define
E C r
Now let
k= -m
=
(a E LI (Z)) .
J!all l
I(E) = (a
I
a E LI(7L), aIE = 0).
It is apparent from the preceding observations that
closed linear subspace of LI(Z)/I(E)
that
LI(Z),
is a Banach space with the usual quotient norm
IIIa + I(E)III We define
Clearly
T
T
:
is a
I(E)
and hence Theorem 1.1.1(iii) shows
=
L1(Z)/I(E) - C(E)
inf IIa + bU1 bEI(E) by
(a E LI(Z)).
T[a + I(E)) = aIE, a E LI(Z).
is linear and injective, while the estimates
IIa)EII- = II(a + ;5)IEllm
Ila+bil", (b E I(E))
< Ila + bill entail that
IlaiEllm < inf Ila + blll bEI(E) (a E LI (IL)) I
IIIa + I(E)III whence
T E L(LI(Q)/I(E),C(E)).
The definition of a Helson set says precisely that Helson set if and only if
T
:
LI(Z)/I(E)
C(E)
E
is a
is surjective.
U.S. Nelson Sets
335
The idea is now to apply Theorem 9.10.1 to obtain conditions equivalent to the surjectivity of T
that
To do this we must first verify
T.
satisfies all the hypotheses of this theorem; in particular,
we need to show that T[L1(7Z)/l(E)j
is norm dense in
Without going into all the details, we note that is a subalgebra of if
where
ck =
=
This follows easily on observing that,
C(E).
a = (ak) E L1(Z)
T[L1(iZ)/I(E)J
b = (bk) E L1(Z),
and
m k-.b., k E Z,
then
c = [ck] E L1(Z),
c = a * b E L (Z),
that is,
and
furthermore, CP
C(elt)
E
=
E ak -ibj)eikt
(
j= -m
k=
At et)
M
cc
b. ( E ak J= -m k = _CD
bj(
E
j=
akei(k+ i)t
E
k= -m W
E bjeijt) ( E akeikt)
j= -m
k=
a(e it )9(e it
(t E (-n,n]).
The verification of this is left to the reader. Mgreover,
since for any
T(L1(7Z)/I(E)j
is closed under complex conjugation
a = (ak) E L1 (P)
we have 00
a(eit)
=
k= -mak L'
E
b
k =
e-ikt
At k
b(eit) provided
bk = a_ k'
k E 2.
separates the points of
F
Since and
W
(elkt
Z(W) _ ,
I
k E Z, t E(-n,nJ)
it follows at once
U. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
336
that
T[L1(b)/I(E)]
separates the points of
Consequently we may apply the Stone-Weierstrass
Z(T[l.1(Q)/I(E)]) = V.
Theorem (Theorem 11.4.1) to T[LI(Z)/I(E)]
and
E
T[LI(Z)/I(E)]
is norm dense in
and conclude that
C(E).
Thus the hypotheses of Theorem 9.10.1 are fulfilled, and we see that
E c r
is a Helson set if and only if either
or there exists some
m > 0
such that
Our next task is to describe
I`T*(y*)I[ > ml(y*11, y* E C(E)*.
more precisely.
T*
(L1(Z)/i(E))*
From Theorems 4.6.2 and 8.3.3 we see that
be identified with
I(E)1 a LI(Z)* = L.(f),
M(E),
can
while the Riesz Repre-
sentation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) shows that with
is surjective
T*
can be identified
C(E)*
the space of bounded, regular, complex-valued 8orel
measures on
E.
elements of
M(E)
Since
E C r
is closed, it is easily seen that the
can be identified with those measures in
that have support contained in following definition of
µ
E.
Thus for each
µ E M(E)"
M(I')
the
is meaningful:
(k) = fE a
tiT
dµ (eit)
(k E Z)
Obviously 11;11- = supk 6ZIµ(k) I < JJµJJ, µ E M(E), The complex conjugation in the definition of the manner in which we have identified
µ
L1(b)*
and so
.
µ E LCD (Z) .
is necessitated by with
L(g).
You
will recall (Theorem 8.3.3) that this identification involved an antilinear, rather than a linear, mapping. Given
µ E M(E),
we see that
E
k = -w
T*(µ) _ {bk} E I(E)1 c Lm(Z)
akbk a T* (1+) (a)
= µ [T (a) ] = fE a(eit) dµ(eit)
a
E k = -wak
fE eikt
dµ
(eit)
and
337
11.6. Banach-Stone Theorem
CO
=
k=E
(a = (ak) E L1(b)).
akl+(k)
The interchange of integration and summation is valid since the series expression for
We then see at once
converges uniformly.
a
E M(E).
that
An application of Theorem 9.10.1 immediately yields the following theorem:
Theorem 11.5.1.
E C f= (elt
Let
I
be a closed
t E(-n,n])
Then the following are equivalent:
set.
is a Nelson set.
E
(1)
for each is such that a kbk = 0 I;akezkt = 0, eit E E, then there Ek= -
(bk) E Lm(L)
If
(1i)
for which
(ak) E L1(Z)
exists some
µ E M(E)
such that
There exists an
(iii)
M > 0
111iji < MjjIjj
µ(k) = bk, k E Y. such that
= M sup I µ (k) I
(µ E M(E) ) 11
kEZ (iv) µ E M(E), defines a norm on equivalent to lIµII _ f µl (E), µ E M(E).
that, is
M(E)
Analogs of this result that are valid for arbitrary locally compact Abelian topological groups, as well as some specific examples of Helson sets, can be found in [E3, pp. 233-237; HR2, pp. 563-565; Rul, pp. 114-120].
The Banach-Stone Theorem.
11.6.
Suppose that
and
XI
X2
are compact Hausdorff topological spaces that are homeomorphic. T
:
X1
is a homeomorphism, then for each
X2
T(f)(tI) = f[T(t1)], ti E X1. and that T
T
:
C(X2) - C(XI)
is surjective, because if
by setting
f(t2)
f E C(X2)
It is easily verified that is an isometric isomorphism. g E C(X1)
g[T-1(t2)], t2 E X2,
Thus we see that a homeomorphism between
T(f) E C(X1) Moreover,
and we define
f E C(X2)
then clearly
T(f) = g.
X1
and
X2
If
define
gives rise
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
338
to an isometric isomorphism of
onto
C(X2)
The content of
C(XI).
the Banach-Stone Theorem is that the converse assertion is valid.
In order to prove this result we need to know the extreme points of the closed unit ball it Lemma 11.6.1. and let
Bl- = (µ
I
Let
M(X).
be a compact Hausdorff topological space
X
ext(B*) _ (a6t where
6t E M(X)
Proof.
µo
B*
co(B).
IaI
= 1, t E X)
,
is defined by
1
for
t E E,
6t(E) = 0
for
t
E,
E C: X. B = (abt
I
a E U,
and the weak* closure
B c B*,
since
Let
a E Q:,
I
6t(E) =
for any Borel set
Then
µ E M(X), 11µA < 1).
IaI = 1, t E X}.
of
co(B)
is weak* closed and convex.
co(B)
Suppose
Clearly
is contained in µo E M(X)
Bi
and
By Corollary 5.4.1 there exists a closed real hyperplane
that strictly separates
µo
and
co(B),
and Proposition 5.1.1 there exists some
b-e=
s1E Re[ E co(B)
and so by Theorem 9.1.3 f E C(X)
such that
fX f(s) dµ(s)]
< Re( .rX f(s) dµo(s)I = b
for some suitable
e > 0.
In particular,
Re[ afX f(s) d6t(s)) = Re[af(t)]
e
I1fljm < b - e.
(a (aa: ; Hence
jai
= 1; t E X
339
21.6. Banach-Stone Theorem
b = Re[ fX f(s) don(s)] < IIfIImllµoIi
<(b-s)IIµ0II, and so
11µO11 > b/ (b - e) > I. Bi = co(B),
Consequently
ext(Rf) c B.
we conclude that
On the other hand, let E Bi
and so from Theorems 11.2.2 and 9.4.1
and suppose
t E X, a E C, Ial = 1,
aot = bµ2 + (1 - b)µ2, 0 < b < 1.
are such that
Obviously
1'l,112
HµkII ' 1, k = 1,2.
We wish to show that
plish this we shall show that, whenever
abt = µl = µ2 To accomis such that
f E C(X)
f(t) = fX f(s) dot(s) = 0, it happens that
,fX f(t) dl`k(t) = 0
(k = 1,2)
and then shall apply the liesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) and Corollary 3.3.1 to conclude that there exists some which
µk = ak6t, k = 1,2.
ak E C
for
The desired conclusion will then be an
easy consequence of this fact.
However, in order to prove the first
assertion we shall have to work a little. Suppose such that
U
is any open neighborhood of
(Ih0II < 1
and
ho (s) = 0,
s E U.
t,
and
Since
X
ho.E C(X) is a normal
topological space, being compact and Hausdorff, there exists, by Urysbhn's Lemma [W2, p. 551, some h(t) = 1,
and
h(s) = 0, s f U.
bfX h(s) AL (S) + (1
-
h E C(X)
such that
IIhilm < 1,
Then
b)fX h(s) dµ2(s) = of h(s) d6t(s)
ah(t) = a.
is
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
340
But
a E C, tat = 1,
a
implies that
closed unit ball about the origin in
is an extreme point of the and since
C,
IfX h(s) dok(s)I <JIhil-IIµkII < 1
(k = 1,2),
a = fX h(s) dµk(s)
(k = 1,2).
we deduce that
Similarly, since IIh + holly, < 1, we see that bfX [h(s) + ho(s)) dµ1(s) +
(1
- b)fX [h(s) + ho(s)) d1+2(s)
= a[h(t) + ho(t)] a, and so
(k - 1,2),
fX [h(s) + ho(s)) d1+k(s) = a from which it follows that
fX ho(s)
on an open neighborhood of
Now suppose
(k - 1,2).
is any function that vanishes
ho E C(X)
Thus we have shown that, if
.
0
then
t,
fX ho (s) dlAk(s) = 0 and
f E C(X)
f(t) = 0.
(k = 1,2).
We wish to show that
fX f(s) dpk(s) - 0
(k = 1,2).
Clearly we may assume without loss of generality that
< 1.
IIfII
00
For each positive integer such that of
t
normal.
n
let
If(s)I < 1/n, s E Un,
such that
cl(Wn) C Un.
Un
be an open neighborhood of
and let
Wn
be an open neighborhood
The latter is possible because
Appealing to Urysohn's Lemma, let
hn(s) = 1, s E cl(wn); hn(s) = 0, s f U
;
n
t
hn E C(X)
X
be such that
and 'IIhnII. < 1.
Set
is
341
11.6. Banach-Stone Theorem
{gn) C C(X); gn(s) = f(s), s E Wn
Then
gn = hnf, n gn(s) - 0, s
U
and
;
is evident that
fX[f(s) - gn(s)] Wn
(f - gn)(s) = 0
and
I(f - gn((m < 1
s E Wn,
for
whence by our previous observations we see that
n = 1,2,3,...,
as each
Moreover, it
llgnllm < 1/n, n
n
(k = 1,2; n = 1,2,3,...),
0
is an open neighborhood of
t.
But
limnl(f - gn - film = 0,
and so
fX f(s) dµk(s) = lim fX [f(s) - gn(s)] dµk(s) n
= 0
(k = 1,2),
which is what we set out to prove. Hence, considering see that
k - 1,2.
for which
as elements of
we
C(X)*,
and so by Corollary 3.3.1 there
N(6 t) C N(µk), k = 1,2,
ak E C
exist
µ2
and
6t,µ1,
µk = ak6t,
where obviously
(ak( = 1,
Consequently a&t = bµ1 + _ [ba
(1
+
- b)µ2
- b)a2)6t,
(1
1
and so
a - bal +
- b)a2.
(1
closed unit ball in whence
a6t
C,
Since
is an extreme point of the a
al - a2,
= µl = µ2'
Therefore each measure in so
a
we conclude at once that
B
is an extreme point of
B*,
and
B - ext(Bt).
A second lemma will also be useful. Lemma 11.6.2. and let by
p(t)
Bi = {µ
(
Let
X
be a compact Hausdorff topological space
µ E M(X), ((µ1l < 1).
6t, t E X,
then
cp
If p : X - ext(Bp)
is a homeomorphism from
X
is defined onto
when the latter set is taken wi $ the relative weak* topology.
cp(X)
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
342
Clearly
Proof.
by Lemma 11.6.,1.
is an injective mapping of
cp
into
X
ext(Bi)
Consider the weak* neighborhood U(6 t;c;fl,f2,...,fn)flq(X)
of
6t
cp(X).
in
k = 1,2,...,n,
Than for each Wk
Is
is an open neighborhood of
in
t
X,
But, if
also sucha neighborhood.
- fk(t)i < r
Ifk(s)
I
and hence
=
lWk
is
then
s E W,
IfX tk(u) dbs(u) - fX fk(u) dbt(u)J = Ifk(s)
-
fk(t)J
(k = 1,2,...,n),
< e
that is,
nn
W =
cp(W) C U(6t;c;fl,f2,...,fn)(lp(X).
Thus
cp
is continuous and hence a homeomorphism, as
X
is
compact.
0
Theorem 11.6.1 (Banach-Stone Theorem). compact Hausdorff topological spaces.
Let
XI
and
X2
be
Then the following are equi-
valent:
(i)
X1
and
X2
are homeomorphic.
(ii)
are isometrically and
and
linearly isomorphic. Proof.
The proof that part (i) implies part (ii) is contained
in the introductory remarks to this section. T
:
C(X2) ^ C(XI)
Conversely, suppose
is an isometric surjective linear isomorphism.
Then the adjoint mapping
T*
:
M(X1) -- M(X2),
defined by
T*(µ1)(f) = fX f(t2) dT*(1+1)(t2) 2
= fX T(f)(t1) dv1(t1) 1
= µ1[T(f))
(f E C(X2)),
11.6. Banach-Stone Theorem
343
is an isometric linear isomorphism from 4.4.1).
Moreover,
M(X2) (Theorem
to
µ2 E M(X2)
and
is defined by
E M(X1)
fxIf(t1) dµ1(t1) = fx2T T*(µ1) = µ2.
then evidently Theorem 9.10.1. T*
M(X1)
is surjective since if
T*
Let
.(f)(t2)
dµ2(t2)
(f E C(X1)),
Alternatively, one could just apply
Bik = {µ
I
µ E M(Xk), llµl( < 1), k- 1,2.
Since
is linear and isometric, a simple argument shows that T*[ext(Bil)] = ext(Bi2).
Moreover, it is apparent from the definition of the weak* topology that
T*
(M(XO),TW*) -- (M(X2),Tw
:
a homeomorphism from Now let
cpk
:
tk E Xk, k = 1,2.
onto
Bll
is continuous. since
Bit,
ext(Bik), k = 1,2,
Xk
By Lemma 11.6.2 each
Bll
for which ext(Bil)
Ia(tI)J = 1,
Indeed, if
Clearly
If
t1 E X1,
T(tl) E X2
T* c cpl
then
and some
:
X1
'(t1) E V T*
T* o p1(X1)
We claim, moreover, that the mapping
T* o yl(tl) = a(t1)bT(tl)' t1 E X1,
f0 E C(X2)
is
= btk is a homeomorphism onto
yk
by Lemma 11.6.1 and the fact that
ext(B12).
onto
a homeomorphism.
determined by
for some
T*
be defined by 9 (tk)
its range with the relative weak* topology. T* o cy1(t1) = a(tl)6T(tl),
Hence
is weak* compact.
maps is
a : X1
X2,
is continuous.
is such that f0(s2) = 1, s2 E X2,
then
a(t1) - a(ti) fx2f0(s2) doT(t1)(s2)
f
T(f0)(S1 ) d6t (s1)
X 1
1
(tI E XI),
= T(f0)(t1)
from which the continuity of a Furthermore, we claim that +(t 1) = 6T(tl), t1 E X1,
is evident. $
:
X1
- Y2(X2) ,
defined by
is a bijective continuous mapping.
The
bijectivity is easily established, and its proof is left to the
11. krcin-Mil'man Theorem
344
t,
To establish the continuity of
reader.
consider the open neighborhood
of
U
6t2 = t(t1)
let
and
in the relative weak*
6t 2
topology given by U = U(6t ;c;fl,f2,...,fn) nc92(X2) 2
= 16s
I
s2 E
X2,
Itk(52) - fk(t2)I < s, k = 1,2,...,n},
2
where, of course,
fl,f2'...,fn
belong to
C(X2).
Since a is of
W1 C X1
continuous, there exists some open neighborhood
t1
such that a
Ia(t1) - a(s1)I < [2
sup
k= 1,2,...,n
W2 C X1
existence of an open neighborhood
Ifk(t2) - fk[T(sl)]I = IfX2fk(u2
-
sl E W
then for each
W = WI n w2,
of
t1
such that
(s1 E W2; k = 1,2,...,n).
IT(fk)(tl) - T(fk)(sl)I <
Now, if
we deduce the
T(fk), k = 1,2,...,n,
.and from the continuity of
(sl E W1),
T(fk)(tl)
we have
d6t2(u2) - fX2fk(u2) d6T(s1)(u2)I
T(fk) (ul)a(t1 d6t (u1) - f X T(fk) (ul)a s1 US
I fX 1
1
1
(u1) I 1
= Io(tl T(fk)(tl) - a(sl)T(fk)(sl)I - a sl IIT(fk)(tl)I +
< Ia tl
IT(fk)(tl) - T(fk)(sl)I
I
<2+=e e
(k = 1,2,...,n).
!2.
The equality linearity of Ia(s1)I = I
$(W) C U,
T* for
T*[a(s'lbsl]
sl E X1.
and hence
$
is a homeomorphism.
and
The preceding estimates show that
is continuous.
Finally, it is apparent that
part (i).
follows at once from the
= 6T(sl) and the facts that T*(6sl) = 0!(sl)6T(sl)
T =
cp21
a t,
and so
T
:
x1 - X2
Therefore part (ii) of the theorem implies
G
345
11.7. Problems
An examination of the proof shows at once that, if T
:
C(X2)
is an isometric linear isomorphism between the
C(X1)
indicated spaces, then for
function on
such that
X1
is a homeomorphism of that if
T(f)(tl)
f,g E C(X2)], then
and
T
X1 -. X2
:
it is also immediate from this
X2.
is an algebraic isomorphism [that is,
T
o(tI)f[T(tl)]
is a continuous complex-valued
la(t1)1 = 1, tl E X1, onto
X1
a
where
f E C(X2),
and
tl E X
must have the form
T
T(fg) = T(f)T(g),
a(t1) = 1, t1 E X1.
The Krein-Mil'man Theorem has many other important applications? For some examples in harmonic analysis, representation theory, Choquet theory, probability, and ergodic theory we refer the reader to [E1, pp. 715-732; Ga, pp. 52-62; HR1, pp. 311-346; Ph].
Problems.
11.7.
1.
letting
Letting and
E
be a topological linear space over
(V,T) F
be subsets of
(a)
co(aE) = a co(E)
(b)
co(E + F) - co(E)'+ co(F).
(c)
co(aE) = aco(E)
(d)
If
2.
co(E)
3.
(a E #). co(E + F) = -CO(E) + co(F).
Give ask example of a topological linear space
(a)
E and
F
and
E
F
such that
(Proposition 11.1.2)
space over
and suppose
f
V
and
such that 'co(E U F) } co(E U F).
Give an example of a topological linear space
(b)
subsets
(a E @).
is compact, then
two closed convex subsets
and
f
V, prove each of the following:
V
and two
co(E + F) j co(E) + co(F). Let
K C V
(V,T)
be a topological linear
is a closed convex set.
Prove
each of the following: (a)
only if (b)
subset of
If
then
x E K,
(x)
is an extremal subset of
K
if and
x E ext(K). If E,
E
is an extremal subset of then
F
K
and
is an extremal subset of
F K.
is an extremal
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
346
over if
Let
(Lemma 11.2.1)
*4.
and let
f
(V,T)
E1,E2,...,En
be a topological linear space
be any subsets of
V.
Prove that,
If
E C V
is compact, k = 1,2,...,n, then
co(Ek)
n n co( U Ek) = co[ U co(Ek)].
k=1
k=1
be a Banach space over
Let
*5.
compact, prove that
is
is compact.
co(E)
Give an example of a locally convex topological linear
*6.
and a compact subset
V
space
f.
co(E)
such that
E C V
is not
compact. (a)
7.
space and
If
K C V
finite-dimensional topological linear
V
is compact, prove the
co(K)
is compact and
hence closed.
V
space
an example of a locally convex topological linear
Give
(b)
and a compact subset
such that
K c V
co(K)
is not
closed. Let
8.
CR([0,1])
continuous functions-on
denote the Banach space of real-valued [0,1]
with the usual supremum norm (see
Example 1.2.1).
Determine the extreme points of the closed unit ball
(a)
B1 = (f
I
f E CR(10,11), 110W < 1). Prove the
(b)
CR([0,1))
is not a dual space -- that is,
there exists no normed linear space isometrically isomorphic to
V
such that
CR([0,11)
is
V*.
Prove that the extreme points of the closed unit ball BI . (f f E LW([0,l]), 11fl+. < 1) in L'* ([0,1]). are precisely 9.
I
those
f E Lm([0,l])
(a)
10.
B1 = (x
I
such that
tf(t)J = 1
for almost all
t E [0,1].
Determine the extreme points of-the closed unit ball
x E Lp, jjx!;p < 1) for
1 < p < m.
347
11.7. Problems
In
(b)
prove that
L2,
is equal to the weak closure of
B1
ext (B 1). *11.
Consider the space
set of all sequences that
K
f =]R and let
with
£.2
such that
x = {xk)
is compact and convex, and that
denote the
K
Prove
E;= 1(2kxk)2 < 1.
is equal to the norm
K
closure of ext(K). 12. f
be an infinite-dimensional Banach space over
Let
B1 = {x
and let
x E V, IIxII < 1).
I
set of points, prove that
for any Banach space 13.
Let
is a finite
ext(BI)
W*
W.
and
(V1,T1)
linear spaces over
If
is not isometrically isomorphic to
V
and let
I
be locally convex topological
(V2,T2)
T E L(V1,V2).
nonempty compact convex subset of
is a
K C V1
If
prove that
V1,
ext[T(K)] - T[ext(K)],
that is, every extreme point of extreme point of 14.
over
f
set, and
Let
and
(Vl,TI)
and let E c V2
15.
each
Let
X
z1,z2,...,zn
over
!
subset of
be such that and
in C
(V,T)
and let K.
K C V1
then
is a convex T_1(t)
is
be a locally compact Hausdorff topological space
s > 0
such that
Prove that for
I1µI1 = 1I(X) < 1.
there exist Ek
tl,t2,...,tn
= II zkI
n
Let
of an
K.
IfX f(t) 16.
T
be topological linear spaces
Prove that, if
is an extremal subset of T(K),
µ E M(X)
f E C0(X)
(V2,T2)
T E L(V1,V2).
an extremal subset of
and let
is the image under
T(K)
K.
E zkf(tk k=I
in
X
and
and
< c.
be a locally convex topological linear space
K c V
be a compact convex set.
If
prove that the following are equivalent:
K
is any
11. Krein-Mil'man Theorem
348
(i) co(E) = K. (ii)
(iii)
ext(K) c cl(E). For. every real continuous linear functional supx
it is the case that
and let
over
X*(X) = supx
assumes its maximum at an
K
we saw that if
is a closed subset of
E
co(E)
a locally convex topological linear space and
co(E)
of compactness for
may not be dropped -- that is, give an
example of a locally convex topological linear space
in
such that some extreme point of
E c V
closed subset
is compact,
Give an example to show that the assumption
ext[co(E)] C E.
then
Prove that every
K.
In Theorem 11.2.2
*18.
Kx*(x).
be a compact convex set.
K C V
real continuous linear functional on extreme point of
E
V
be a locally convex topological linear space
(V,T)
Let
17.
EE
x* on
and a
V
is not
co(E)
E.
Give an example of a locally convex topological linear
19.
and a compact convex subset
V
space
(Hint: an example can be found in
not closed. 20.
If
(a)
space over
K CV such that
and
§
ext(K)
is
IR3.)
is a finite-dimensional topological linear
V
is a compact convex set, prove that
K C :V
K = co[ext(K)]. (b)
subset 21.
Give an example of a Banach space K C V Let
such that Bp = (f
I
V
and a compact convex
K t co[ext(K)]. t E L ORdt), 1Ifil < 11, 1 < p < m. P P
Using
the uniform convexity of the norm
I
f E Lp(1R,dt), IIfIIp = 1).
(This provides another proof of a portion of Proposition 11.1.1.)
CHAPTER 12
FIXED POINT THEOREMS
Introduction.
12.0.
Fixed point theorems come in various forms,
of which we shall discuss two. mappings
p
One form says that all continuous
from certain kinds of sets
K
fixed points -- that is, there exists some The point in
K
into themselves have to E K
such that
that is fixed will, in general, depend
cp(to)
to.
on
We shall discuss, without proofs, some theorems of this form
p.
in Section 12:1.
The second £orm of fixed point theorem we shall consider is one which says that certain kinds of continuous mappings from certain kinds of sets into themselves have fixed points.
We shall prove two
such theorems in Sections 12.2 and 12.3, one dealing with contraction
mappings on complete metric spaces, and one, the Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem, dealing with commuting families of continuous affine mappings on compact convex sets. In the final two sections of the chapter we shall give applications of these results to the proofs of the existence and .unique-
ness of solutions to certain ordinary differential. equations, and
to the existence of a Haar measure -- that is, a nonzero, positive, translation invariant, regular dorel measure -- on a compact Abelian topological group.
12.1.
The Fixed Point Property.
Before discussing contractions
and the Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem in the next two sections we wish to make some general remarks about fixed points and various fixed point theorems.
349
12. Fixed Point Theorems
350
Definition 12.1.1.
Let
The topological space
to.
If p
is said to be a fixed paint for
is continuous, then to E X cp(to)
be a topological space.
X
X
X
if
if said to have the fixed point
property if every continuous mapping y : X - X
has a fixed point.
with the usual topology, has
X = [-1,1],
.The topological space
:
p
the fixed point property, as we can see from the following argument: Suppose cp $(t) =
from
:
[yp(t)
[-1,1]
- t]/2
Then the mapping
is continuous.
[-1,1] - [-1,1]
t E [-1,1], is also a continuous mapping
where
to itself; moreover,
$(-1) > 0
and
$(1) < 0.
If
then clearly -1 or 1 is a fixed point for
t(-1) = 0 or $(1) = U,
If this is not the case, then
#(1) < 0 < $(-1),
p.
and so by the
intermediate value theorem of calculus we deduce the existence of some to,
such that
-1 < to < 1,
Thus, in any case,
y
9(t0) = 0,
that is,
has a fixed point, and thereby
the fixed point property.
p(to) = to. [-1,1]
has
The analogous result is valid in any space
Theorem 12.1,1 (Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem).
8i : {x I
x E 1, 11x1f
I
2
The sets (n - 1,2,3,...)
have the fixed point property.
We do not prove this result, since it would involve a rather lengthy digression from our main concerns.
A proof that involves
a minimum of topological machinery is available in [DS1, pp. 468-4701, and a more topological proof can be found in [Du, pp. 340 and 341].
The space I itself does not have the fixed point property.
For example, if x0 E J', xo # 0, then the mapping T defined by y (x) = x + x
0
for
x E UP,
IFf -- II ,
is clearly continuous, but
has no fixed point.
Furthermore, even though the sets
8i
in U'
are closed
bounded convex sets that have the fixed point property, it is not the
X
351
12.1. The Fixed Point Property
case that such sets in an arbitrary Banach space have the fixed point
)
R and let
over
K = if
I
f E CR(IZ),
It is easily seen that
but we claim that
K
11f 11.
K
< 1,
lim f(t) = 1, lim f(t) _ -1).
is a closed bounded convex subset of CR(R),
does not have the fixed point property.
To see this, consider the mapping by
(CR (R),,
For instance, consider the Banach space
property.
T(f)(t) = f(t - 1), t E R.
fEK,
T
:
CR(R)
--
CR(It),
defined
Clearly T is continuous, and if
then sup If(t - 1)1
UT(f)II. -
tEIR sup I f(t)
t E IR
and
lim T(f)(t) =
t-.+a, lim T(f)(t) =
t-_m Thus
T
restricted to
lim f(t - 1) a 1, t -++W
lim f(t - 1) = -1.
t -' -ao K
is'i continuous mapping from
K
to
K.
However, T has no fixed point, as can be seen from the following argument: Suppose
f0 E K
f0(t - 1) = f0(t), t E R. fo(0).
were such that
T(fo) = fo;
that is,
Then, in particular, we would have
f0(k), k - tl,t2,t3,.:., which contradicts the facts that
f0 E K. Consequently fo(k)k = -1, as $o(k) - 1 and link +. does not have the fixed point property. Note also that T is
limk K
even linear.
preceding example
K
fails to have the fixed point
property because it is not a compact set, as compact convex sets in
12. Fixed Point Theorems
352
Banach spaces all have the fixed point property..
This is an immedi-
ate consequence of the next theorem.
Theorem 12.1.2 (Schauder-Tikhonov Theorem). locally convex topological linear space over compact convex set, then
1.
Let If
be a
(V,T)
K c V
is a
has the fixed point property.
K
The proof of this result is also omitted, since it depends on Proofs are available in
the Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem.
[DS1, pp. 453-456; El, pp. 161-163].
Our approach to fixed points will be rather the reverse of that indicated in Theorems 12.1.1 and 12.1.2. for conditions on sets
K
Instead of looking
ensuring that every continuous mapping
into itself has a fixed point -- that is, ensuring that
p
of
K
has the fixed point property -- we shall seek conditions on the
K
y
mappings
12.2.
that will ensure their having fixed points.
Contraction Mappings.
The theorem to be proved in this
section is really a topological result and does not use any of the techniques of. functional analysis.
However, its applications
(e.g. to proofs of the existence and uniqueness of solutions to differential equations) are so typical of fixed point theorems that inclusion of the theorem seems desirable.
The Schauder-Tikhonov
Theorem also has ianportant applications in the theory of differential
equations, but, as indicated, its proof is not so accessible (see, for example, [E1, pp. 164-166]). Definition 12.2.1. T
:
some
V
V.
Then
T
b, 0 < b < 1,
For example, if x,y E f22'
then
Let
(V,p)
be a metric space and suppose
is said to be a contraction if there exists such that
p(T(x),T(y)) < bp(x,y)
(V,p) _ (e 2'1
12),
T(x) = T({ak)) _ (ak/2},
is clearly a contraction.
where
where
for x,y E V.
p(x,y) =
llx
- y112,
x = (ak),E Q2,
353
12.2. Contraction Mappings
Theorem 12.2.1. T
:
be a complete metric space.
(V,p)
Let
T
is a contraction, then
V -. V
Proof.
b, 0 <
Let
has a unique fixed point.
be such that
< 1,
p(T(x),T(y)) < bp(x,y),
If b = 0, then the theorem is trivial.
x,y E V.
If
So suppose
Then we see at once that for each positive integer
0 < b < 1.
P(Tk(x),Tk(Y)) < bp(Tk for x,y E V.
We claim that
1(x),Tk -
x E V, we define
If
{xk}
k
1(y)) < ... < bkP(x,Y)
xk = Tk(x), k = 1,2,3,...
is a Cauchy sequence in
.
Indeed, we
(V,p).
see that for any positive integers n and m
P(xn+m,xn) < P(xn+m,xn+m--l ) p(Tn+m(x),Tn+m
=
P(Tn+m -
=
< b
+
+ P(xn+ l,xn)
1(x)) + ... + P(Tn+1(x).,Tn(x)) 1[T(x)],Tn+m- 1(x))
n+ m- )P(T(x),x)
+
.
+ P(Tn[T(x)],Tn(x))
+ ... + bnp(T(x),x)
= bn[bm -1 + ... + b + 1]p(T(x),x)
n
(lb V P(T(x) ,x) It is then apparent that since
Let
o E V
limkp (T(xk),T(xo))
since
{xk}
is a Cauchy sequence, as
limnbn a 0
0 < b < 1.
be such that 0, as
limkp(xk,xo) = 0.
Clearly
p(T(xk),T(x0)) < bp(xk,x0).
T(xk) = xk
Moreover,
k = 1,2,3,... , we see that (T(xk)) +1' subsequence of the-convergent sequence tick}, and so
is a
lim p(T(xk),xo) = 0. k
These observations and the estimates p(T(xo),xo) < P(T(x0),T(xk)) + P(T(xk),xo)
(k = 1,2,3,...)
12. Fixed Point Theorems
354
T(x0) = x0, and so
reveal that
Furthermore, suppose
T
yo E V
has a fixed point. is such that
shows immediately that
p(T(x0),T(y0)) < bp(xo,yo)
Then
T(yo) = yo.
p(xo,yo) = 0,
as 0
x0
is unique, and the proof is
complete.
0
Note that the proof also indicates how one can actually compute the fixed point of a contraction mapping: one finds the limit of the {Tk(x)} for any
sequence of iterates
This can be quite
x E V.
useful in practice.
The Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem.
12.3.
One consequence
of the Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem is that every continuous linear transformation
on a topological linear space to itself
T
has a fixed point in any compact convex set
K
such that
T(K) c K.
The assumption of compactness cannot be removed, as is seen by the example discussed in Section 12.1.
The theorem, however, says more
than the previous assertion, as we shall see presently. First, we need a definition and a lemma. Definition 12.3.1. suppose
T
T[ax +
:
V
(1
V.
Let
Then
V
- a)y] = aT(x) +
Clearly any
T E L'(V)
be a linear space over
I
and
is said to be affine if
T
(1
- a)T(y)
(x,y E V;
0 < a < 1).
is an affine mapping.
Recalling the definition of a bounded set in a topological linear space (Definition 2.4.1), it is not difficult to establish the following lemma: Lemma 12.3.1. K C V
Let
is compact, then
(V,T) K
be a topological linear space.
is bounded.
If
3SS
12.3. Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem
Let
Proof.
U
be an open neighborhood of the origin in x V
Since scalar multiplication is a continuous mapping from
W
of the origin in
bW c U,
such that x/k E K,
k
Consequently
again by the continuity of scalar multiplication.
V c Uk
1kW.
Let
K C Uk
Then, in particular,
such that
m
some
c = 6/m.
K e LJ
_
as
1kW,
Moreover, for
(bf < 6.
there exists some positive integer
x E V
each
such that
V
to
and some open neighborhood
6 > 0
V, we see that there exist some
V.
=
and so there exists
lkW,
is compact.
K
1/n < e,
If n is any positive integer such that
k/n < ek = bk/m < 6, k = 1,2,3,...,m, and so
then
m
(n)K c U
n)W c U.
k=1 K c nU,
Thus
and
is bounded.
K
u
Theorem 12.3.1 (Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem). (V,T)
be a topological linear space over
affine mappings from (i)
(ii)
V
(T,S E G).
TS = ST
(T E G) .
T(K) C K
Then there exists some Proof.
For each positive integer
n
=
i k=0 n
n E
Tn(K) c K, n = 1,2,3,..., T E G. Tn(K)
and each
T E G we define
1
K and the assumption that
is continuous, it follows that
T(xo) = xO, T E G.
n
Tk
TO = I, the identity mapping from
vexity of that
for which
xo E K
T
where
such that
V
to
K c V be a
is a family of continuous
G
Suppose
nonempty compact convex set.
and let
§
Let
V
to
T(K) C K
V.
From the con-
it follows at once
Moreover, since each is a compact, and hence
T E G
12. Fixed Point Theorems
356
closed, subset of integers and
Furthermore, if
K.
T,S E G,
TS(x) = Tn[Sm(x)] E Tn(K), as
then
This last observation allows us to
TnSm(K) C Tn(K)(1Sm(K).
and so
TnSm(x) - ST(X) E Sm(K),
we also have
and since TS = ST,
Sm(x) E K,
are positive
m
and
n
E =`{Tn(K)
conclude that the family of sets
+
n = 1,2,3,..., T E G)
is a family of closed subsets of the compact set finite intersection property.
Suppose for each case.
x0 E (1!.
Hence
(K) E
'IT (K) E ETn(K)
We claim
ETn(K).
T E G by tRe following argument:
Then there exists some
the topology
T
of the origin in all the sets in
that has the
K
0 Suppose this is not the T(x0) # xo.
such that
T E G
is a fixed point
x
Since
is Hausdorff there exists an open neighborhood V E,
Now
T(xo) - xo f U.
such that
there exists some
n
belongs to
xo E Tn(K), n - 1,2,3,...
and so, in particular,
Thus for each positive integer
x0
U
yn E K such
that
n-1 xo = n E Tk(yn)
k=0 and hegce, T
being affine
nE T(xo) - xo = T(n nE 1Tk(yn),
k=0
a nl
n
n k E T (yn)
k=0
I n- 1 k n
k=1 T'(yn)
1Tk(yn)
-
E T (yn)
k0
- yn
n
Consequently
T(x0) - xo E (n)(K - K),
as
TT(yn) E K
and
yn E K,
n This, however, implies that
K - K 4 nU, n = 1,2,3,..., because
if there-were some positive integer
n
for which
K - K C nU, then
.
357
12.4. Picard Existence Theorem
(n)(K
K
But
contrary to the choice of
- xo E U,
U.
is compact, and so by the continuity of addition in
the set
(V,T)
T(xo)
K) C U, and so
-
K - K
must also be compact.
there exists some positive integer
n
Thus by Lemma 12.3.1 This
K - K C nU.
such that
contradiction of the previous conclusion allows us to conclude that is indeed a fixed point for each
x0
T F. G.
0
The result indicated at the beginning of the section is now an immediate corollary. Corollary 12.3.1. over T
:
and let
4
V - V
Equations.
(V,T)
be a topological linear space If
be a nonempty compact convex set.
is a continuous affine mapping such that
there exists some
12.4.
K C V
Let
xo E K
for which
T(K) C K,
then
T(xo) = xo.
The Picard Existence.Theorem for Ordinary Differential
We now wish to give a typical application of fixed point
theorems to the question of the existence and uniqueness of solutions to ordinary differential equations.
The fixed point theorem we use
is the one concerning contraction mappings on complete metric spaces.
Consider then the initial value problem Y'(t) = f[t,Y(t)] Y(to) - Yo, where
y'
denotes the derivative of
y
with respect to
t.
solution to the initial value problem we mean some function that is defined on some closed interval which
By a x - x(t)
[to - 6,to + 6], 6 > 0, for
x'(t) = f[t,x(t)], to - 6 < t < to + 6,
and
x(t0) = y4.
The idea behind the use of the fixed point theorem to prove the existence of a solution to the initial value problem is to convert the latter into an equivalent problem whose solution is a fixed point of some contraction mapping.
The means for doing this is provided
by the next lemma, whose elementary proof is left to the reader.
12. Fixed Point Theorems
358
Suppose
Lemma 12.4.1.
is a continuous real-valued function
f
defined on a suitable domain in
and
IR2
Then the following
6 > 0.
are equivalent:
is a differentiable function defined on
(i) y
[to - 6,t
+ 6]
such that (t0 - 6 < t < to 3 6)
y'(t) = f[t,y(t)) Y(t0) = Y0.
is a continuous function defined on
(ii) y
[t0 - 6,to +,63
such that
(t0 - 6 < t < t0 + 6
Y(t) = yo + ,rt f[s,Y(s)I ds 0
The precise domain of definition of vague.
f
has purposely been left
This defect will be remedied in the next theorem.
The lemma tells us that problem if and only if
x
is a solution to the initial value where
F(x) = x,
T(y)(t) = y0 + ft f[s,Y(s)) ds. 0
Thus to apply our theorem about contraction mappings we must be able, to introduce an appropriate complete metric space such that the indicated here is a contraction on that space.
T
This necessitates
some further restrictions on 'f.
Theorem 12.4.1 (Picard Existence Theorem).' Let and
(to,y0) E
and suppose (i)
(ii)
f
u 2. :
D = ((t,s)
Set
D - IR
I
is such that
f is continuous.
There exists some
M > 0
such that
If(t,sl) - f(t,s2)I < MIs1 - s2I
whenever
It - t0+ < a
and
a > O,b > 0,
It - toI < a, Is - y0I < bj
Isk - Yol < b,k = 1,2.
359
12.4. Picard Existence Theorem
If
M0
sup(t,s)
E
DJf(t,s)l
6 = min(a,b/M0,1/2M), then there
and
exists a unique differentiable function
defined on
x
[t0 - 6,to + 6]
such that x'(t) = f[t,x(t)]
(t0 - 6 < t < to + 6)
x(t0) = yo.
Consider the subset
Proof.
defined by:
(CR([t0 - 6,to + V = (y
yE
I
CR((t0-6,t0+6J), +Y(t)-y01<M06, to-6
It is easily seen that
space
(C
R
of the metrice space
V
V
is a closed subspace of the complete metric
([to .- b,to +
complete metric space.
is itself a
and so For each
y E V
we define
T(y)(t) = yo + ft f[s,y(s)J ds
(t0 - 6 < t < to + 6).
0
We claim that First, if as
is a contraction mapping from
T
y E V,
then
ly(s) - y01 < M06 < b.
y E V,
and so
to
V.
- y0J <_ b, s E [t0 - 6,to + 6],
ly(s)
Hence
V
(s,y(s)) E D, s E [t0 - 6,t0 + 6],
T(y) E CR([t0 - 6,to + 6]).
Moreover,
(T(y)(t) - y0I = Ift f[s,Y(s)] dsl 0
< M0 it - t01
< M06
and so
T
:
(t E [to - 6,to + 6]; Y E V),
V -- V.
To see that
T
is a contraction, suppose
y,z E V.
Then
p(T(y),T(z)) = JJT(y) - T(z)JJW sup
t0-6
Ift f[s,y(s)] ds
to
-
ft f[s,z(s)] dsl
o
12. Fixed Point Theorems
360
<
<
<
f[s,z(s)]l dsl
sup
1,1t to If[s,y(s)]
sup
1J't Mly(s) - Z(e)l dsl
t0-6
t 0-6
0
M[
sup
-
sup
to-6
ly(s)
-
z(s)llt - t01]
< Mbuy - zum
= M6p(Y,z) However, by the choice of
6
we have
M6 < 1,
and so
T
is a
contraction.
Therefore, appealing to Theorem 12.2.1, we deduce the existence of a unique
x E V
such that
T(x) = x;
that is, in view of
x E V
such that
x1(t) = f[t,x(t)],
Lemma 12.4.1, a unique t0 - 6 < t < t0 +
and
x(t0)
Condition (ii) imposed on
0
= yo'
f
is known as a Lipschitz condition.
in the hypotheses of the theorem It is necessary in order to ensure
that the solution to the initial value problem is unique.
It is,
however, not necessary for the existence of a solution, which can be established under the assumption that
f
is continuous.
This
result can also be obtained by means of a fixed point thecrem, this time the Schauder-Tikhonov Theorem (Theorem 12.1.2), as is done in [El, pp.164 and 165].
A proof with a more classical flavor can be
found, for example, in [Hu, pp.10-12]. As indicated after Theorem 12.2.1, the solution to the initial value problem, when
f
is a continuous function that satisfies a
Lipschitz condition, can be approximated by the sequence of iterates {Tk(x0)},
where
x0
is any element of
V.
It is an instructive
exercise to carry this out for some simple initial value problem.
The interested reader might do this, for example, with
361
12.5. Haar Measure on Compact Abelian Topological Groups
t + Y(t)
y'(t)
0,
Y(0) xo(t) - 0 for all t.
where
12.5.
To
Haar Measure on Compact Abelian Topological Groups.
begin this section we introduce the notion of a topological group. A topological
Definition U.S.I. group
rou
equipped with a Hausdorff topology
G
G
is an algebraic
T
such that the
following mappings are continuous:
The mapping from
(i)
defined by (ii)
G x G, with the product topology, to
G,
(s,t) - s + t, s,t E G.
The mapping from
A topological group
G
G
to
G,
defined by
-s, s E G.
s
is said to be Abelian if
is an Abelian
G
algebraic group; it is said to be (locally) compact if the topological space
(G,T)
is (locally) compact.
We have used additive notation for the group operation since we shall ultimately restrict our attention to Abelian groups.
It
should also be noted that not all authors require that the topology on a topological group be Hausdorff, and indeed much of the theory of topological groups remains valid without this assumption (see, for example, [HR1]).
Some examples of topological groups are, Euclidean topology; I' _ {z
1R1,
with the usual
1, with the discrete topology;
z E C, +zj * 1),
with the relative topology inherited
from the complex plane C and multiplication of complex numbers as the group operation; the collection
GL(n,C)
invertible complex matrices and the collection
of all n x n U(n,C)
of all
n x n unitary complex matrices, with matrix multiplication
as the
group operation and the relative topology on
U(n,C)
GL(n,C)
and
n2 All of these are locally compact considered as subsets of C.
12. ¶ixed Point Theorems
362
The groups
topological groups. GL(n,Q)
whereas
U(n,C)
and
F
and
T
IR1, 1L, and
are compact.
The existence of regular Borel measures G
that is, such that
are noncompact,
GL(n,C)
are not; IR1, 7L, and
U(n,C)
topological group
are Abelian, bu,.
on a locally compact
p
that are invariant under right translation -and each
s E G
for each
µ(E + s) = µ(E)
Abstract
E -- is a result of fundamental importance.
Borel set
harmonic analysis and the theory of representations for topological groups, for example, would be unthinkable without such measures. Although we are not in a position to establish the existence of such a measure on an arbitrary locally compact topological group, we can use the Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem to give a rather simple existence proof for the case of compact Abelian groups. Theorem 12.5.1.
Let
G
Then there exists a unique (i)
(ii)
(iii)
be a compact Abelian topological group.
p E M(G)
such that
is a positive measure.
p
µ(G) = 1. If
E C G
is a Borel set and
s E G,
Proof. Consider the Banach space denote the subset of
C(G)*
µ(E + s) = µ(E).
then
and let
consisting of all those
K
x* E C(G)*
such that (a)
x*(f) > 0
(b)
x*(fo) = 1,
(c)
Ilx*II = 1.
Evidently
K
f E C(G),
belong to
seen that
K
whenever where
f E C(G)
and
f(t) i 0, t E G.
fo(t) = 1, t E G.
as the continuous linear functionals K
for each
t E G.
Moreover, it is easily
is norm bounded, weak* closed, and convex.
by the Banach-Alaoglu Theorem (Theorem 9.4.1) compact convex subset of
w*
(C(G)*,T
).
xt(f) = f(t),
K
Consequently
is a nonempty
363
12.5. Haar Measure on Compact Abelian Topological Groups
For each
define
s E G
It is then evident that
Tsf(t) = f(t,- s), t E G and f E C(G).
TS E L(C(G)), s E G.
Ts
Let
denote the adjoint transformation of
(f E C(G)).
T*(x*)(f) = x*(TSf) Thus
T*
C(G)"
C(G)*
:
Ts:
is linear, and from the definition of the weak* topology,
s
f E C(G) that
and
t+ 5(f) = TtTS(f)
TSTt(f) = TS+ t(f) =
Moreover, since
the group
sot E C,
f(t) > 0, t E G,
and
x* E K
we have
s E G,
for
being Abelian, we conclude
G
TS(K) c K, s-E G.
Finally, we claim that
TST* = T*T*, sot E G. Indeed, if
is weak" continuous.
TS, s E G,
it is immediately apparent that each
then for
and
f E C(G)
Tsf(t) _
as
T*(x*)(f) = x*(TSf) > 0,
Furthermore,
f(t - s) > 0, t E G.
T*(x*)(fo) = x*(TSfo) = x*(fo)
1
and ITS(x*)(f)(
IX*(TSf){
< llx*IH sf1lg,
=114. which shows that Consequently
IIT*(x*)Il = 1.
= (TS
G
TS(x*) E K
Hence
s E G)
(f E C(G)), whenever
x* E K.
satisfies all the hypotheses of
the Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem (Theorem 12.3.1), and so there exists some
x* E K o
such that
T*(x*) = x*s E G. s
o
01
From the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) we then deduce the existence of a unique
M(G)
such that
xa(f) = fG f(t) dµ(t)
(f E C(G)).
12. Fixed Point Theorems
364
Combining this last observation with a standard approximation argument we obtain for each Borel set
E C G
and each
s E G
1+(E + s) = fG XE+ $(t) dlL(t)
= fG TsXE(t) dµ(t)
= fG XE(t) do(t) = P(E). Thus
µ E M(G)
satisfies properties (i) through (iii).
To see that
is unique, suppose that
µ
properties (i) through (iii). we find that'for each
fGSG f(s
a E M(G)
also satisfies
Then by Fubini's Theorem (Ry, p.269]
f E C(G),
t) do(s)de(t) = fG(fG T-tf(s) dµ(s)]da(t)
= fG(SG
f(s) dp(s))do(t)
= fG f(s) dµ(s) fC do(t)
= fG f(s) dµ(s) and similarly that
fGfG f(s + t) d4(s)do(t) = fGfG f(s + t) da(t)dµ(s)
= fG f(t) da(t). Hence
f,'; f(t) d(N - a)(t) = 0
(f E C(G)), ,
365
12.6. Problems
and so by the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 4.8.2) we conclude N = a.
that
is the unique measure that satisfies properties
µ
Therefore
(i) through (iii).
The measure
u whose existence is assured by Theorem 12.5.1,
µ,
is called the Haar measure on the compact Abelian group G.
The
uniqueness of the Haar measure, as defined here, is due to the requirement that
Without this restriction the measure
µ(G) = 1.
is only unique up to a nonnegative multiplicative constant.
µ
General
discussions of Haar measure on locally compact topological groups are available, for example, in [Ba, pp.125-187; El, pp.247-254; HR1, pp.184-230; Lo, pp.112-120; Nb, pp.49-119; We, pp.33-42].
The Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem can also be used to reprove some of our previous results (for example, Theorem 4.3.1 and the existence of Banach limits).
The details are left to the reader.
The latter application is also an example of the use of the MarkovKakutani Fixed Point Theorem in the study of so called invariant
means on topological groups, a subject that we do not pursue here: The interested reader is referred to [E1, pp.159-161; Gn, pp.230-261].
Problems.
12.6.
In
*1. for which
let
(f2,11-16)
H
be the set of all sequences
JXnj.<-I/n, n
H
(xn j
is called the Hilbert
cube.
(a)
Prove that
(b)
Use the Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem (Theorem 12.1.1) to
prove that 2.
mapping
Let
H
H
is compact and convex.
has the fixed point property. (V,p) =
T(x) = x. 2
and let Prove that
T
T
:
V - V
is a contraction on
be the V.
12. Fixed Point Theorems
366
Let
3.
of map
f
:
be a topological space and
(X,T)
is said to be a retract of
Y
X.
Y
X
X
f(y) = y, y E Y.
such that
the fixed point property and
a subspace
Prove that, if
is a retract of
Y
Y C X
if there exists a continuous
X,
then
in
e'
X
Y
has
has the
fixed point. property.
For fixed
4.
n,
define p(x,y) =
max- Ixk - YkI
1
for
T
:
Il2n
ff
and
y = (yl,y2,...,yn)
be the mapping defined by
T(x) = y
Let
.
where
r
akjxj + bk
yk
(1 < k < n).
j=1 Prove that
T
0,P)
is a contraction on n [ E
max
if and only if
lakJ l] < 1.
1
*5.
that
(akj), k,j = 1,2,3,..., be an infinite matrix such
supk[g,= IIakjj] < 1.
(bk) Elm,
If
prove that the system
of equations xk =
has a unique solution
(x k
Let
6.
TV,p)
T
T
+ bk
.
(k = 1,2,3,...)
be a complete metric space and let n > 1,
Tn
T
:
V
V.
is a contraction, prove
has a unique fixed point. Let
7.
let
akjxJ
E t..
If for some positive integer that
E
j=1
:
V - V
(V,p) _
where
0
and
be defined by
T(f)(t) = fg f(s) ds
(a < t < b).
367
12.6. Problems
b - a > 1.
is not a contraction if
T
(a)
Prove that
(b)
Use Problem 6 to prove that
T
has a unique fixed point.
What is the fixed point? 8.
$
K C V
and let
Prove that, if T
:
V
V
be a topological linear
(V,T)
be a nonempty compact convex set.
is a continuous affine mapping such that
then there exists some
T(K) c K, 9.
Let
(Corollary 12.3.1)
space over
x0 E K
such that
T(x0) = x0.
be the Banach space of bounded real sequences.
Let
Use the Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem to prove the existence of that is, prove the existence of a continuous
Banach limits for
tR;
linear functional
x* E (fR)*
such that
(i)
x*((an}) > 0
whenever
(ii)
x*((1)) = 1,
where
(iii) (iv)
10.
an > 0, n = 1,2,3,...
.
(1}
}Jx*14 < 1. x*([bn})
x*((an}),
(Lemma 12.4.1)
where
Suppose
f
bn = an + 1, n = 1,2,3,....
is a continuous real-valued
function defined on a suitable domain in
fl2
and
6 > 0.
Prove
that the following are equivalent: (i)
y
is a differentiable function defined on
[to - 6,t0 + 6]
such that
ye(t) = f[t,y(t)]
(ta - 6 < t < to + 6)
y(t0) = y0.
(ii) y is a continuous function defined on [t0 - 6,t0 + 6) such that
y(t) = Yo + ft f[s,Y(s)] ds
(to - 6 < t < to + 6).
0 11.
Prove that the Lipschitz condition on
f
in the hypotheses
of the Picard Existence Theorem (Theorem 12.4..1) is necessary to
ensure the uniqueness of the solution to the initial value problem. (Hint: Consider the initial value problem
12. Fixed Point Theorems
368
y'(t) = Y2/3 (t)
Y(O) = 0. f(x,y) = y
Exhibit two solutions and show that
2/3
a Lipschitz condition in any rectangle containing
does not satisfy (0,0).)
12.
Solve the following initial value problems:
(a)
y' (t) = t + y(t) y(0) = 0.
y' (t) = t - y(t)
(b)
Y(O) = 1. Let
13.
be a complete metric space.
(V,p)
p(T(x),T(y)) < p(x,y)
is called contractive if
A mapping T for
:
V -. V
x,y E V.
Clearly every contraction is contractive. Let
(a)
metric.
'T
Let T
V = (x
I
be defined by
V -+ V
:
is contractive, but (b)
Prove that
x E 1R, x > 1),
T T
with the usual Euclidean T(x) = x + 1/x.
Prove that
is not a contraction.
does not have a fixed point.
Since
V
is
a complete metric space, conclude that Theorem 12.2.1 does not generalize to contractive mappings. *14.
Let
(V,p)
be a complete metric space and let
T
be a contractive mapping, that is,
p(T(x),T(y)) < p(x,y)
x,y E V.
Suppose there is a point
xl E V
(Tn(xl})
contains a subsequence converging to a point
Prove that
x0
is the unique fixed point of
V - V
:
for
such that the sequence
T.
xo E V.
Thus we have an
analog to Theorem 12.2.1 that will guarantee a unique fixed point for a contractive mapping. 15.
Let
(V,p)
be a complete metric space and let
be a contractive mapping, that is, x,y E V.
Suppose
T(V)
p(T(x),T(y)) < p(x,y)
T : V - V
for
is contained in a compact subset of
V.
12.6 Problems T
Prove that for every *16.
T
:
369
has a unique fixed point
xo = limnTn(x)
and that
x E V. Let
(V,11-11)
be a reflexive Banach space over
V - V be a mapping.
I(x) - x, x E V
(a)
x0
If
T
Let
I
V
:
and let
t
denote the identity mapping
V
and prove the following:
is linear and
JjTjJ < 1,
then 'I + T maps
onto
V
itself. (b)
Suppose that
is not necessarily linear, but that
T
T
is weakly continuous and that
lim sup
Then prove that *17.
Let
fixed and let
I + T
(V,.j) T E L(V)
maps
V
T
< 1.
x
onto itself.
be a Banach space over be such that
I
+ e=
zo E V
Let
i. j(Tnjj
be
Let
< =.
S
be the transformation defined by S(x) = z0 + T(x) Prove that
S
has a unique fixed point
x0
(x E V).
which is given by
m xo = z0 +
Zr
Sn(zo).
n=1 (This is called the Volterra Fixed Point Theorem. the solution to the functional.equation x = [I - T]-1 (zo),
so that
I - T
Note that
x = z0 + T(x),
x
0
is
or formally
has an inverse when
satisfies
T
the conditions above.)
18.
Let
(V,1j.li) =
and let
T
:
V
V
be
defined by
T(f) (t) = ft f(s) ds
(a < t < b).
12. Fixed Point Theorems
370
Let
S
be the transformation
(a < t < b)
S(f) (t) = g(t) + T(f) (t) for a fixed fixed point
g E V.
Use Problem 17 to prove that
S
has a unique
where
fo
fo(t) = g(t) + ft et - sg(s) ds
19.
E M(G)
Let. G
E M(G)
(a) (b)
be a compact Abelian topological group and let
be the Haar measure on
G
Let
G
whose existence is proved in
Prove that for every Borel set
Theorem 12.5.1. 20.
(a < t < b).
f.c G, µ(-E) = µ(E).
be a compact Abelian topological group, let
be a Haar measure on G and prove the following: If
U C G
The group
is open, then G
µ(U) > 0.
cannot contain an uncountable number of
pairwise disjoint open subsets. (c)
If
U C G
tinct points in
G,
is open and
(tk]
is a countable set of dis-
then there exists some
that (t. + U) fl (tk + U) # 0.
j
and
k,
j # k,
such
CHAPTER 13
HILBERT SPACES
13.6.
Introduction.
Hilbert spaces.
Our concern in this last chapter is
The theory of Hilbert spaces is an extremely rich
and well-developed area of mathematics, and we shall only be able to give a very modest introduction to the subject, but nevertheless an introduction that we hope will provide the reader with a knowledge
of some of the fundamental results of the theory and convince him of the utility and attractiveness of further study. We shall begin with several sections devoted to some basic facts about Hilbert spaces, part of which can be deduced immediately from the development of the preceding chapters.
Included in these
sections are such results as the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality and the Parallelogram and Polarization Identities.
Next we shall turn
our attention to several of the theorems that make Hilbert spaces rather unique: the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem, which says that every closed linear subspace of a Hilbert space is an orthogonal direct summand; the Riesz Representation Theorem for the continuous linear functionals on a Hilbert space, which says that all such functionals are obtained from elements of the original space by means of the inner product; and the existence of orthonormal bases in a Hilbert space.
These results, together with some elementary facts about selfadjoint and unitary continuous linear transformations on Hilbert spaces, will then be used to study Fourier analysis in L2([-n,nj,dt/2n) to obtain some results from the theory of probability and random'
series, to prove some theorems in ergodic theory, and to generalize a classic theorem in the theory of analytic functions to a certain
371
372
13. Hilbert Spaces
L2([-n,nj,dt/2n).
subspace of
The final three sections of the chapter deal with the spectral theory of continuous linear transformations on Hilbert spaces, cul-
minating in a spectral decomposition theorem for compact self-adjoint transformations that generalizes a standard result of linear algebra concerning the diagonalization of matrices.
We shall develop only
enough general spectral theory to enable us to establish the spectral decomposition theorem.
Basic Definitions and Results.
13.1.
We begin with the defini-
tion of a bilinear form on a linear space. Definition 13.1.1.
mapping
(i)
t
:
V x V - §
Let
'
be a linear space over
A
t.
is said to be a bilinear form on
V
if
t(x,Y + z) = t(x,Y) + t(x,z),
(ii) $(x + Y,z) = *(x,z) + t(Y,z), (iii) (iv)
t(ax,y) = at(x,y), t(x,ay) = at(x,y)
A bilinear form x E V;
implies
t
V
on
(x,y,z E V; a E t).
is said to be nonnegative if
t(x,x) > 0,
to be positive definite if it is nonnegative and x = 0;
and to be symmetric if
A bilinear form
t
t(x,y) = t y-,x
is thus a mapping from
V x V
t(x,x) = 0 x,y E V.
,
to
that
*
is linear in its first argument, linear in its second argument if t = R,
and antilinear in its second argument if
note that for any bilinear form
t
we have
i = C.
t(x,x) = 0
Also we when
x = 0.
We can now give a definition of an inner product space that is shorter than that given in Example 1.2.10. Definition 13.1.2. is a
Let
V
be a linear space over
definite, bilinear form on
said to be an inner product on be an inner product space.
V,
and the pair
V,
(V,$)
f.
then
If
t
t
is
is saidlo
373
13.1. Basic Definitions and Results
In general, given an inner product space
(V,#),
we write
and denote the space itself by the pair
*(x,y) = (x,y), x,y E V,
Besides the examples of inner product spaces cited in Example V = £2
1.2,10, we mention here the spaces
E
([ak),(bk)) =
with the inner product
akbk
((ak),(bk) E t2)
k=1 and
V = L2(X,S,µ)
with the inner product (f,g E L2(X,S,µ)).
(f,g) = fX f(t)g(t) dµ(t)
The verifications are left to the reader. As indicated previously, an inner product space be made into a normed linear space on setting
can
114 = (x,x)112, x E V.
In order to prove this, however, we need a preliminary result of considerable usefulness.
Theorem 13.1.1 (Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality). an inner product space over
t.
Let
I(x,Y>l < (x,x)112(Y,Y>112
Moreover, given
be
Then
(x,y E V).
x,y E V,
I(x,Y)J = (x,x)112(Y,Y)112
if and only if Proof.
x
Given
and
y
are linearly dependent.
x,y E V,
we claim that there exists some
such that I(x,Y)1 2 = ;x,x>(Y,Y)
- (y - ax,y - ax)(x,x).
a E 4
13. Hilbert Spaces
374
Indeed, if
x = 0,
then the equation is easily seen to hold with
If
x } 0,
then
a = 0.
(x,x) # 0
and we set
a = (y,x)/(x,x).
Then (y - ax,y - ax) _ (y,y) - a(x,y) - a(Y,x) + aa(x,x) 2
2
x
_ (Y,Y) -
(x, ) x,x
)
(x,x)
2
+
x, ) x,x
2
(Y,Y) -
(X,X)
which is equivalent to the desired equation. The conclusions of the theorem follow immediately from the validity of the preceding equation.
a
It should be noted that the inequality portion of,the theorem remains valid, although with a different proof, if we assume only is a symmetric nonnegative bilinear form.
that
The positive
definiteness of the inner product is, however, necessary for the second assertion of the theorem.
We shall make use of this obser-
vation in Section 13.14.
As a corollary we obtain the fact that inner product spaces can be normed.
Corollary 13.1.1.
over
Let
be an inner product space
i and set 114 = (x, x) 1/2, x E V.
linear space over
Proof. lixIl - 0
(V,11.11)
is a normed
4.
It is evident that
implies
Then
x - 0.
I,axj( = jai jlxii
Moreover, if
,
x,y E V,
x E V, a E 4, and then, appealing to
the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality, we see that
IIx+Y1(2= (x+Y,x+Y) _ (x,x) + (Y,x) + (x,Y) + (Y,Y)
375
13.1. Basic Definitions and Results
llxll2 + 2Re(x,y) + IIYI12 < IIxII2 + 2I (x,Y) I IIxII2 + 21Ix11IIYII
IIYII2
+
+
IIYlI2
(114 + IIxII) 2 Thus
llx + Yll < IIxII + Ilyli, x,y E V, and so
11-11
is a norm.
0
We repeat the next definition from Section 1.2 for the sake of completeness.
Definition 13.1.3. over
0.
If
(V,II.Il)
Let
(V,(.,.))
be an inner product space
is a Banach space over
f,
then
V
is said
to be a Hilbert space.
Of course, the norm here, and in all analogous situations, is 114 = (x,x)1"2, x E V.
Among the examples of inner product spaces
we have mentioned previously,
ffn,Cn,f2,
and
L2(X,S,p)
are all
Hilbert spaces.
One further corollary of the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality will be useful.
Corollary 13.1.2. over on
f.
be an inner product space
Let
Then the inner product is a continuous f-valued function
V x V,
where
V
is taken with its norm topology determined by
the inner product. Proof.
If
xo,yo E V,
then
I(x,Y) - (xo,yo)I < [(x,Y) - (x.Y0)I + I(x,Y0) - (xo,Y0)I
I(x,y - yo)) + I(x - x0,0)1
IIxIIIIY - y011 + lix - xolll1Yoll
0
13. Hilbert Spaces
376
The Parallelogram and Polarization Identities.
13.2.
In this
section we examine two fundamental identities in inner product spaces: the Parallelogram and Polarization Identities.
We shall use the
former identity to give a characterization of those normed linear spaces that are inner product spaces.
Geometrically the Parallelogram Identity says that the sum of the squares of the lengths of a parallelogram's diagonals is equal to the sum
of the squares of the lengths of its sides.
Precisely,
we have the following theorem: Theorem 13.2.1 (Parallelogram Identity).
an inner product space over V
Let
be
Then
IIx+yk2+llx-YII2=2IIx112+211Y112 Proof.
For any
x,y E V
(x,y E V).
we have
Ilx+Yll2+llx-Y112=(x+Y,x+y)+(x-Y,x-Y) = (x,x) + (Y,x) + (x,Y) + (Y,Y) + (x,x) - (Y,x) - (x,Y) + (y,y) 211x12 + 211Y112.
A similar direct computation also establishes the Polarization Identity, which allows one to express the inner product in terms of the norm.
Theorem 13.2.2 (Polarization Identity). inner product space over
t.
If
4 = 1F2,
(x,Y) = li2 I2 whereas if
(x,Y) =
Let
be an
then
(x,y E V),
I2
li
0 = C, then IIx
2
11x--2--112 + illx
112'
-
.11x
2
(x,Y E V).
13.2. Parallelogram and Polarization Identities
377
The form of the Polarization Identity suggests a means of ir.'roducing an inner product into a normed linear space.
The next result
asserts that such an attempt will succeed provided the norm satisfies the Parallelogram Identity. Theorem 13.2.3.
be a normed linear space over
Let
If
Ilx+YII2+Ilx-Y112=211x11`'+21,yd2 then there exists an inner product
(x,y E V),
on
V
such, that
11x11 = (x,x>1/2, x E V. Proof.
ately.
We shall consider the cases
Suppose first that
= JR
t
(x,Y) = lix We claim that
2
t = JR
and
and define
is an inner product on
V
separ-
V x V
by
(x,YEV')-
11" X12
-
12
t _ 1 on
such that
Ilxll
=
(x,x)1/2
The latter assertion is evident, since x E V.
It thus follows that
and only if
x = 0.
more, given
x,y E V,
(x,x) > 0, x E V,
Hence
and
(x,x) = 0
is positive definite.
if
Further-
we see that
u'
(Y.x) =
llx-2 and so
(x,x) = lj(x + x)/2112,
is symmetric.
-
2 112
112112
The proof of the linearity of
requires somewhat more work.
Consider any gram Identity in
x,y,z E V. V
we have
Then by the validity of the Parallelo-
13. Hilbert Spaces
378
211x+YII2+211z+YII2=llx+z+2YII2+IIx-z112 211x-Y112+211z-YII2=IIx+z-2y112+IIx-2112, whence, on subtracting the lower expression from the upper, we obtain
2(11x+YII2-IIx-YII2)+2(IIz+Y112-iiz-YII2)
IIx+z+2YII2-IIx+z-2y(l2. Recalling the definition of
(
(x,Y) +
In particular, if
,
14
z = 0,
),
we deduce at once that
x + z,2y)
(x,y,z E V).
then
(x,Y)
(x,y E V).
4x,2Y)
Hence (u + v,y) = Z u + v,2y) _ (u,Y) + (v,Y) and so
is additive in its first argument.
(y,x), x,y E V,
it follows that
(u,v,y E V),
Since
(x,y) _
is additive in both argu-
ments.
Finally, we must show that a E R.
x,y E V,
Since
(ax,y) = a(x,y)
for
is additive, it is obvious that
for any integer
n,
and hence, if
n(n,y) = (nX,Y) = (x,y)
x,y,E V
and
(nx,y) = n(x,y),
n } 0,
(x,Y E V),
that is,
(n,Y) = n x,Y)
(x,y E V).
From these facts we deduce at once that for any rational number
r
379
13.2. Parallelogram and Polarization Identities
(x,y E V).
(rx,y) = r(x,y)
a EIR and let
Now suppose
be a sequence of rationals is continuous, being
Then, since
limkrk = a.
such that
(rk)
defined in terms of the norm on
we see that
V,
(ax,y) = lim(rkx,y) k
lim rk(x,y) k
(x,y E V)
= a(x,y)
because
again follows, as
a EIR,
and
The identity
limkllrkx - axll = 0.
bilinear form on
Thus
(x,y) = (y,x).
is a
V.
is a symmetric positive definite bilinear
Consequently
form, that is, an inner product, on
when
(x,ay) = a<x,y), x,y E V
V,
and the theorem is proved
I = R. Now suppose
I = C.
In this case we define
as
(x,Y) = (x,Y)R + i(x,iy)R
(x,y E V),
where 11x + y112
(x,Y)R =
Ilx
2
12
(x,y E V).
is so defined because
As is easily seen,
(x,Y) =
- ll-2-YII2
-
lJx Z2 + illx2 H 2
We must still, however, show that
- illx--
12
IR,
,
is an inner product.
In the following arguments it is well to keep in mind that is an inner product over
(x,y E V
(
)R
as established in the first part of the
13. Hilbert Spaces
380
proof.
Now some elementary computations reveal that (x,ix)R = 0
(x E V)
and (x,Y E V).
(ix,iy) R = (x,Y)R
The first of these two identities shows at once that (x,x) = (x,x)R + i(x,ix)R = (x,x)R
=
and-that
(x,x) = 0
(x E V)
11x112
if and only if
x = 0.
is positive
Thus
definite.
Next we claim that
is symmetric.
Indeed, utilizing the
second identity, we obtain (Y,x) = (Y,x)R + i(Y,ix)R = (Y,x)R + i(iy,-x)R = (x,Y)R - i(x,iy)R
xZ
The fact that
(x,y E V).
,y)
is additive in both its arguments follows at
once from the additivity of
Hence to show that
bilinear we need only prove, in view of the symmetry of (ax,y) = a(x,y), x,y E V
and
a E C.
First we note that
(ix,y) = (ix,y)R + i(ix,iy) R
= (ix,Y)R + i(x,Y)R = i((x,Y)R - i(ix,Y)R)
is (
that
381
13.2. Parallelogram and Polarization Identities
= i[(x.Y)R,- i(-x,iy) R)
i[(x,Y)R + i(x,iy)R) (x,y E V).
= i(x,y)
Consequently, if
a = c + id E C,
we have
(ax,y) = ((c + id)x,y) = (cx + idx,y)
_ (cx,y) + (idx,y) (cx,y) + i(dx,y)
= c(x,y) + id(x,y) (x,y E V),
= a(x,y)
is a real
where the penultimate equality is valid because bilinear form.
is an inner product on
Thus we have shown that which
(x,x) = 11x112, x E V,
V
for
thereby completing the proof of the
theorem.
Theorem 13.2.3 thus asserts that a normed linear space jis an
inner product space precisely when the Parallelogram Identity is valid for all elements of the space.
This fact also provides us at
once with the next corollary. Corollary 13.2.1. i.
Let
(V,11.11)
be a normed linear space over
If every two-dimensional linear subspace of
product space over Proof.
1,
then
V
V
is an inner
is.an inner product space over
f.
From the hypothesis of the corollary and Theorem 13.2.1
we see that for each
x,y E V
IIx + yll2 + Ilx - y112 = 2IIxiI2 : 2iIY112.
0
13. Hilbert Spaces
382
Some Other General Properties of Hilbert Spaces.
13.3.
In this
section we wish to note some properties of Hilbert spaces that follow immediately from the general theory we have developed in the preceding chapters.
A preliminary and necessary step, however, is to
prove that inner product spaces are uniformly convex (Definition 8.2.1). Theorem 13.3.1.
If
iJxj+
_
Let
be an inner product space over
(V,(.,.))
(x,x)1/2, x E V,
is a uniformly
then
convex normed linear space. Suppose
Proof. 1
6 =
(1
-
0 < e < 1
e2/4)l/2.
and let
.6 > 0
From the Parallelogram Identity (Theorem 13.2.1)
we see that, if x,y E V, (ixil < 1, uyjj < 1,
2 x
I2 =
211212
1
(1 (V, 1I
11)
and -
jIx
jIx
- yll > e, then
yi2
--2--11
s2
1
+ 2
Thus
be such that
4
2
is uniformly convex.
Mil'man's Theorem (Theorem 8.2.1) now provides us with the following corollary: Corollary 13.3.1. Then
(V,IHI)
Let
(V,(.,.))
be a Hilbert space over
is a reflexive Banach space where
§. (x,x)112,
[lxit =
x E V. We now can list a sampling of results about Hilbert spaces that are immediate consequences of the preceding theorem and corollary, as well as the material of the preceding chapters. Let
be a Hilbert space over
t.
Then the following
are valid: (1)
If
K E V
is a nonempty closed convex set, then there
.
383
13.3. Other General Properties of Hilbert Spaces
such that
x0 E K
exists a unique
inf iixli
iixoli =
xEK If
y
x0 E K
4 K, then there exists a unique
such that
0
liY 0
- x o it
=
inf ifY
xEK
- xii'. o
(Theorem 8.2.2 and Corollary 8.2.1).
If
(2)
x* E V*
(V.Tw)
(4)
E C V
closed set in BI = {x
i
x* j 0, then there exists a unique
such that x* (xo) = (ix*ii (Corollary 8.2.2) .
x0 E V, iixoii = 1, (3)
and
is sequentially complete (Theorem 9.3.1(iv)). is compact in
(V,Tw)
if and only if
(V,TW)
In-particular,
and a bounded set in
x E V, iixu < 1)
is a
F.
is weakly compact and weakly sequentially
compact (Corollary 9.4.2 and Theorem 10.3.1). (5)
is separable, then the weak topology
If
restricted to B1
is metrizable (Corollary 9.4.6).
is separ-
is separable if and only if
(6)
Tw
able (Theorem 4.5.1). (7)
If
and only if
K C V KClb61.
K
is closed in
(V,Tw)
for each
is convex, then is closed in
(V,Tw)
if
b > 0 (Corol-
lary 10.2.1). (8)
If
(V,TW)", then
K C V
is a nonempty convex set that is compact in
ext(K) T 4
and
K = co[ext(K)],
can be taken in either the weak topology logy.
In particular,
ext(B1)
and
Tw
where the closure or in the norm topo-
81 = co[ext(BI)) (Theorems
11.2.1 and 9.2.2).
In the next section we shall discuss some results that are more peculiar to Hilbert spaces.
13. Hilbert Spaces
384
The Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem and the Riesz
13.4.
Representation Theorem.
We have two aims in this section: to show
that every closed linear subspace of a Hilbert space
V
is an ortho-
gonal direct summand and to use this result to prove that be identified not only with its second dual space with
V**
can
V
but also
These results are generalizations to Hilbert spaces of
V*.
well-known theorems of linear algebra. We begin with some definitions. Definition 13.4.1. suppose
and
W1
W2
Let
that
For each
be a linear space over
are linear subspaces of
to be the direct sum of (i)
V
and
W1
x E V
W2
V.
Then
I
and
V
is said
if
y E W1
there exist
and
z E W2
such
x = y + z.
(ii)
W1 fl W2 - (03.
In this case we write
V = W1 cD W2.
It follows easily from the definition that, if then the decomposition
x = y + z
is unique.
V = W1 (D W2,
One could also use
this observation as the definition of the direct sum. Definition 13.4.2. over x 1 y,
I.
if
Then
x,y E V
(x,y) - 0.
orthogonal, denoted by and
be an inner product space
Let
are said to be orthogonal, denoted by
Two subsets Eli E2,
if
E1,E2 CV are said to be (x,y) = 0
whenever
x E E1
y E E2.
It is evident that, if
E1
and
E2
are orthogonal, then
E1llE2 c (0):
A criterion for orthogonality is given in the following proposition.
385
13.4. Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem
Proposition 13.4.1. over
I
and let
(i)
If
be an inner product space
4et
x,y E V.
§ = IR,
then
xiy
if and only if
llx+Yll2= 1142+Oil2.
(ii) If
6 = C;,
then x. y
if and only if
llx +.Yll2 = !!x112 + llyl12 and
lix + iyll2 : 1!x!12 + ljYll2. Proof.
The necessity portion of each of the two equivalences
is easily established and is left to the reader.
4 = IR and
Conversely, if
llx + yll2 = 1142 + llyll2, then routine computation shows
that
(y,x) + (x,Y) = 2(x,y) = 0,
lix
whereas if
= U.,
llxll2 + llyll2,
then similar calculations reveal that
llx + Y112 = 11x!12
llYll2,
+
(Y,x) + (x,y) =
and
+
Y112
x-,YT + (x,y)
= 2ae(x,Y) = 0
and
i(Y,x) - i(x,Y)
-i[(x,Y) -
x,Y
_ -i(2ilm(x,Y)] 2Im(x,Y)
= 0. Thus
Re(x,y) = Im(x,y) - 0,
and so in either case
x . y.
=
13. Hilbert Spaces
386
Definition 13.4.3.
over
If
0.
E C V,
be an inner product space
Let
then the orthogonal complement El
of
is
E
defined by
E1 = (x
I
x E V, x1 E).
The correspbndence of the notation for orthogonal complements and for annihilators of subsets of topological linear spaces (Definition 4.6.1) is not accidental.
Indeed, an immediate conse-
quence of the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 13.4.2) is that the two notions are identical in a Hilbert space.
In view of this
observation the next proposition should come as no surprise.
The
proof is left to the reader. Proposition 13.4.2. over 4 (i)
and let E1
E c V.
Let
be an inner product-space
Then
is a closed linear subspace of
V.
(E1)1
(ii)
E11
=
(iii)
If
E
-D E.
is a linear subspace, then
E n E1 = (0).
We turn next to the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem. Theorem 13.4.1 (Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem). be a Hilbert space over linear subspace, then Proof.
x0 E V z0 E W1.
If
w c v
is a closed
V = W cD W.L.
Since WfW1 = (o],
can be expressed as But, given
I.
Let
it suffices to show that each
xo = yo + z0,
x0 E V,
where
ya E W
and
it is evident that
x0 - W
is a
nonempty closed convex subset of
V,
and hence the results of the
preceding section (or Theorem 8.2.2) reveal the existence of unique
z0 E x0 - W
such that
IIz0II =
inf 11x1j. xEx0-W
a
387
13.4. Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem
yo = X0 - zo, we see at once that
Setting
yo E W
and
xo
.yo + zo'
z0 E W1.
It only remains to show that
However, recalling the proof of the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1), we know that for each
there exists some
x E W
such that
a E t
I (x,
zo)11
Ilxllzllzoll2 - ll zo - axll2lix{l2
=
zo - ax = x0 - yo - ax E xo - W
Moreover,
by-the choice of
and so
llzo
- axll > llzoll
Thus we deduce that
z0.
1 (x, zo) 12
<
11x11211zo112
- llzoll2114 2
= 0, (x,z0) = 0.
and hence
z0 E W1,
Consequently
V = W Eb W.
and
0
It should be observed that the hypotheses of the preceding theorem cannot be weakened; that is, the theorem may fail if either W
is not closed or
example, suppose
is not a complete normed linear space.
V
V =
For
with the usual inner product
2
E akbk
((ak),(bkJ) =
((ak),(bk) E £2).
k=1 Then
£2
is a Hilbert space.
Let
be the linear subspace of
W
consisting of such sequences of complex numbers for only finitely many
k.
Clearly
Furthermore, we claim that
and, given a positive integer k # n,
and
an = 1.
Then
W
let
(ak) E W,
(bk) = 0
and hence
Indeed, suppose be such that
(ak)
and
0 = ((akJ,(bkJ) =
Consequently
that
£2
ak # 0
is not closed.
W1 = (0). n,
(ak)
n
W cD W1 T £2.
(bk) E W1 ak . 0,
13. Hilbert Spaces
388
For an example demonstrating that
must be complete to
V
ensure the validity of the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem we take V
equal to
of the preceding example.
W
V
That is,
is the inner
product space consisting of all sequences with only a finite number of nonzero terms. For
As already mentioned,
we take the set of all
W
It is easily verified that W # (0)
and
following:
(ak) E V
W # V.
and let
co
E
K
M > K
Ek =
such that
is a linear subspace of
Moreover,
W
((akn))) c W
Suppose
Then for any
(ak) E V
W
is not a Hilbert space.
V
V
n
such that
is closed, as we see from the is a sequence that converges to
be a positive integer for which and any
Iak/k = 0.
ak = O,k > K.
we have
M
I E ak/kI
ak/ki
k-1
k=1 I E
k=1
a(n))/k1 + I E a(n)/kI
(a
k
k,
k=1
k
N rkE 11/k211/ZrkE flak 11
`
<
Thus, if for
c > 0
-
akn)IZ 11/2 M
1
IT )11211(ak)
- (akn)}112
is given, let
N1
+
+
J
I E a, (n)/kI
k=1
I E akn)/k k=1
be a positive integer such that,
n > Nil
WII(ak) - (akn))112 < z(62 and then choose such an
N2
that, if
M > N2, then
M I E a(N1)/kI <
k=1 k
The last estimate is possible because
)1/2
2
(akNl)) E W.
Combining these
three estimates, we conclude that for any M > max(N2;K) M I
E ak/kI = I E
k=1
k=1
ak/ki
389
13.4. Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem
g
i
2 + 2
= C. Since
is arbitrary, it follows that
c
We claim, however, that
Wl = (0).
then, given a positive integer ck = 0,k # n
defined by
Clearly
a,,
is a closed linear subspace of
W
Hence
[ak) E W.
J"k
and
let
n,
V.
Indeed, suppose [ck)
(bk) E W.
denote the sequence
k # n + l,cn = n,cn
-(n + 1). + 1
(ck) E W, and
E ckk
0 = ([ck),(bk)) =
k=1
= n E - (n + 1)bn + I . Thus we see that bI # 0,
t;ien
fact that
b
n+
1 0 [n/(n + 1)]bn,n = 1,2,3,,..,
bn 4 O,n = 1,2,3,...
and so, if
This, however, contradicts the
.
(bk) E W1 C V.
Consequently
Wj = (0),
and
W
W # V.
W1
It is readily apparent from the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem that, given a closed linear subspace
W
of a Hilbert space
there exists precisely one linear subspace V
W ® X
and W. X,
namely,
X = Wl,
is itself closed (Proposition 13.4.2).
X
of V
V,
such that
and that this subspace
X
If, however, we drop the
orthogonality requirement, then there may exist many linear subspaces
X
W = ((x,0)
for which ,
x E]R),
V ='W ® X.
For instance, if V = IR2
then any straight line
X
and
that passes through
the origin and is distinct from the real axis is a linear subspace
of
set
gig
such that I = W E) X.
( (0,y)
In this case
W1
is, of course, the
y E IR).
Let us now see how the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem provides
us with a description of the continuous linear functionals,on a
13. Hilbert Spaces
390
is an inner product
First, suppose that
Hilbert space.
x E V.
space and let
Then define
x*
by
V
on
(y E V).
x*(Y) = (Y,x)
Since the inner product is linear in its first argument, we see at once that
x* E V',
and the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1)
asserts that J x* (Y) J = I (y, x> I
x* E V*
Hence
and V
into
V*.
lix*ij
=
since
jixli
In this way we obtain an isometric
x*(x) = (x,x) = llxll2, x E V.
mapping from
Actually
(fix*jj < Ijxlj.
(y E V) .
< liyliiixh
The mapping, however, is not linear
since
ax*(Y) = a(y,x) = (v,ax)
(y E V; a E 0).
= (ax)*(y)
The mapping is easily seen to be antilinear.
The preceding development shows that the correspondence is an antilinear isometry from product space. V
if
V
V*
into
when
is a Hilbert space.
be a Hilbert space over (i)
(ii)
to
Then the following are equivalent:
t.
There exists a unique x
x*(y) = (y,x), y E V, V*.
Let
x* E V.
Moreover, the mapping tion
is an inner
The important point is that the mapping is surjective
Theorem 13.4.2 (Riesz Representation Theorem).
V
V
x - x*
x*
x E V from
such that
V to
V*,
x*(y) = (y,x), y E V.
defined by the equa-
is a surjective antilinear isometry from
13.4. Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem
Proof.
391
Evidently the theorem will be proved if we can show
that part(i) implies part(ii), as the remaining assertions are apparSo let
ent from the previous discussion. x* = 0
If
x*(y) _ (y,x), y E V.
then
x = 0,
is the only such element of
x = 0
more,
and
x* E V*.
V
Further-
0 = x*(x) _ (x,x)
since
llxl(2 Suppose then that x*.
subspace of
and let
V = W d) W.
xo # 0.
Clearly
y E V
W
Wl
Since
x*(xo) 4 0,
T
as
(0},
there exists some
x0 t N(x*) = W,
we can form the element
Evidently
the kernel of
W = N(x*),
is a proper closed linear
and so, by the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem,
V,
we have
each
x* T 0
From Theorem 3.3.2 we see that
x0 E W,
and thus for
[x*(y)/x*(x0)]x0 E V
y -
y - [x*(y)/x*(x0)Jx0 E W,
and hence
(Y - [X* x )]x0,xo) = 0, 0
that is,
(Y,x0) =
](xo,x0
Consequently we see that
x*(x x* ( Y) = (Y, I 111
and we set
) 11x Oil 2 0
(y E V) ,
IX0
x = [x* (x0 /IIx0II2Ix o .
The uniqueness of
x
follows at once from the isometric nature
of the mapping, and thus the first hypothesis of the theorem implies the second one.
0
Thus, for example, suppose lary 8.3.2 we know that for each corresponds a unique,
V = L2([-n,n],dt/2n).
From Corol-
x* E L2([-n,TT],dt/2n)*, there
g E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
such that
13. Hilbert Spaces
392
(f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)).
x*(f) = Zn fnnf(t)g(t) dt
is the one that appears in the Riesz Representa-
g - x*
The mapping tion Theorem.
Combining Theorems 13.4.2 and 4.6.1, we easily obtain the next The details are left to the reader.
result.
be a Hilbert space over W11 = W. is a closed linear subspace, then
Corollary 13.4.1. If
W
V
Let
f.
(V,(.,..))
This corollary can, of course, also be proved by direct arguments without using Theorems 13.4.2 and 4.6.1. Orthogonal Projections.
13.5.
In this section we wish to show
that there exists a one-to-one correspondence between the closed linear subspaces of a Hilbert space and certain continuous linear transformations on the Hilbert space called orthogonal projections. To begin we consider a Hilbert space linear subspace
W
of
From the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem
V.
(Theorem 13.4.1) we know that
there exist a unique
y E W
We define
by
P
:
V - V
Thus for each
V = W d3 WI.
and a unique
P(x) = y.
linear transformation from denoted as usual by
and a closed
V
z E W1
x E V
such that
It is evident that
P
x = y + z. is a
to itself and that the range of
R(P), is precisely
we see from Proposition 13.4.1 that
W.
11x112
Moreover, since
= Ily +
z112 = IIY112 +
P, y 1 z,
IIzII2,
and so
llp(x)112
whence
P E L(V)
and
1(P11 < 1. 11P11 >_
= IIY1I2
< I1XII2,
If W # (0), then sup Upwil
xEW IIXII=1
IIPII = 1
since
393
13.5. Orthogonal Projections
sup IIxII xEW IIxII =1 = 1.
The fact that
P(x) = x, x E W,
utilized in the preceding inequa2
lities, also shows at once that
P
P
= P; that is,
2
(x) = P(x),
x,y E V.
(P(x),y) = (x,P(y)), x,y E V, arguing
We claim furthermore that
y = z + w,
where
and
x
as follows: Suppose u,z E W
and
v,w E W1.
Then, since
u i w
and
we see that, on the one hand,
z. v,
(P(x),Y) _ (P(u + v),z + w) = (u,z) + (u,w) = (u,z),
and, on the other hand, (x,P(Y)) = (u + v,P(z + w)) = (u,z) + (v,z) = (u,z).
(P(x),y) = (x,P(y)), x,y E V.
Hence
Finally, we claim that the transformation the only element of
L(V)
such that
(P(x),y) _ (x,P(y)), x,y E V. these properties.
(x
I
P
defined here is
P2 = P, R(P) = W, and
Indeed, suppose
Q E L(V)
also has
Then we note first that
x E V, P(x) = x) = R(P) = W = R(Q) _ {x
I
x E V, Q(x) = x).
This follows easily on noting,'for example, that, if
x = P(y) E R(P),
13. Hilbert Spaces
394
(x
In a similar vein we claim that
P(x) = P2(y) = P(y) = x.
then
x E V, P(x) = 0) = R(P)1 = W1 = R(Q)1 = (x
I
The argument is as follows: If, for example, and hence
(P(y),x) = (y,P(x)) = 0, y E V, (x
I
x E V, P(x) = 0) C W1.
Conversely, if
W1 = (x
Thus
But then for any
P(x) = 0,
then
x 1 R(P); that is,
x E W1 = R(P)1,
then
(P(x),P(x))
x E V, P(x) = 0).
I
x E V,
x E V, Q(x) = 0).
and so, in particular
(y,P(x)) _ (P(y),x) = 0, y E V, IIP(x)II2 = 0.
I
if
x = y + z, y E W,
P(x) = P(y + z) = y = Q(y + z) = Q(x),
that is,
z E W1,
we have
P = Q.
We can summarize this discussion by saying that a closed linear subspace
W
of a Hilberrt space P2 = P, R(P) = W, and
such that.
determines a unique
V
P E L(V)
(P(x),y) = (x,P(y)), x,y E V.
The
converse of this observation is also valid, as will be demonstrated by Theorem 13.5.1.
First, however, we introduce a name for such
transformations. Definition 13.5.1. over
§.
(i)
(ii)
then
P
If
P E L(V)
Let
be an inner product space
is such that
PZ = P
(P(x),y) = (x,P(y))
(x,y E V),
is said to be an orthogonal projection.
The source of the name will become apparent from Proposition 13.5.1.
Theorem 13.5.1. and let (i)
(ii)
that
W C V. W
Let
be a Hilbert space over
is a closed linear subspace of
V.
There exists a unique orthogonal projection
R(P) = W.
f
Then the following are equivaleft:
P E L(V)
such
13.5. Orthogonal Projections
395
The implication from part (i) to part (ii) is contained
Proof.
in the foregoing discussion.
Suppose part (ii) holds.
We only need to show that
is then a linear subspace.
Clearly W
W
is closed,
and to this end, in view of Proposition 13.4.2(i), it suffices to prove that
W = X1
mapping on
V,
I
that is,
If
denotes the identity
I
then it is apparent that
I(x) = x, x E V,
We set. X = R(I - P).
- P E L(V). If
X CV.
for some set
x E W = R(P),
then there exists some
P(u) = x,
and if
for which
(I - P)(v) = y.
y E X = R(I - P),
u E V
such that
then there exists some
v E V
Hence
(x,Y) = (P(u),(I - P)(v)) = (u,P(I - P)(v)) _ (u,(P - P2)(v)) = 0,
as
P2 = P.
Thus
W C X1.
Convert ely, suppose
x E X.
Then for any
y E V
we have
(I - P) (y) iE X, and so.-
0 = (x, (I - P)(y))
= (x,Y - P(y)) (x,Y) - (x,P(Y)) (x,Y) - (P(x),Y)
=((I-P)(x),Y). In particular, if
y = (I - P)(x),
then
0 =
I1(I -
P)(x)112; that is,
x = P(x) E R(P) = W.
Therefore
W = X1,
and
W
is closed.
0
13. Hilbert Spaces
396
It is easily verified that, if P E L(V), I
- P
then
V
is a Hilbert space and
is an orthogonal projection if and only if
P
is an orthogonal projection, and that if
projection, then
R(P) = R(I - P)1
and
R(I
-
is an orthogonal
P P)
= R(P)
The
These observations, combined with
details are left to the reader.
the Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem (Theorem 13.4.1), immediately yield the next proposition. Proposition 13.5.1. If
and
be a Hilbert space over
Let
is an orthogonal projection, then
P E L(V)
R(P) i R(I
§.
V = R(P) d? R(I - P)
- P).
This proposition should shed some light on the reason for the name "orthogonal projection".
There are several equivalent formulations of the notion of orthogonal projection.
We collect some of these in the next pro-
position, whose proof is left to the reader. Proposition 13.5.2.
be a Hilbert space over .
Let
Then the following are equivalent: (i)
P E L(V)
is an orthogonal projection.
(ii)
P E L(V)
is such that
R(P)1 = {x (iii)
13.6.
P E L(V)
P2 = P
I
is such that
and
x E V, P(x) = 01. P2 = P
Complete Orthonormal Sets.
and
R(P).LR(I - P).
The Riesz Representation
Theorem proved in Section 13.4 is obviously a generalization to Hilbert spaces of a standard result of linear algebra.
In this
section we wish to develop another generalization to Hilbert spaces of a fundamental result for finite-dimensional linear spaces: the notion of an orthonormal basis. To be more concrete, suppose
V = M P.
Then it is well-known
397
13.6. Complete Orthonormal Sets
that there exists a basis for
consisting of vectors
V
e1,e2,...,en
such that
(ek,e.) = 1
fpr
k = j,
(ek,e.) = 0
for
k
j.
Our goal is to obtain a counterpart in an arbitrary Hilbert space
for such a basis inch.
The notion of basis that is most appropri-
ate for our concerns is not the usual algebraic ,ie, but rather a concept utilizing the fact that a Hilbert space comes equipped with a natural topology (the norm topology), which thus allows us to consider infinite linear combinations of elements of the space as well as finite linear combinations.
The precise definition of basis we
require will appear only after some preliminary development.
We
begin with a definition and a fundamental theorem. Definition 13.6.1. over
be an inner product space
Let
A set of nonzero vectors
t.
Ix
a E A) C V
I
is said to be
of
an orthogonal set. if -(xa,x0) = 0, a,S E A, a # P; it is said to be
an orthonormal set if it is an orthogonal set such that a E A.
An orthonormal set of vectors in
in no other orthonormal set in
V
V
(x
x o) = 1,
that is properly contained
is said to be a complete ortho-
normal set.
Theorem 13.6.1. and let Proof. in
V.
Let
Clearly
0
be an inner product space over
Let
V # (0).
Then
V
contains a complete orthonormal set.
denote the collection of all orthonormal sets
0 j 0
because, if
We define a partial ordering in EI,E2 E 0.
If
U = (E(Y
I
0
a E A)
then it is easily verified that Consequently we may apply
11xjj
by setting
= 1,
then
EI > E2
if
(x) E 0. E1 -D E2,
is a linearly ordered subset of
0,
is an upper bound for
U.
E0 = UCY E0
Zorn's Lemma [DS1, p.61 to deduce the
existence of a maximal element ordering.
x E V,
E
in
0
with respect to the partial
13. Hilbert Spaces
398
From the preceding definition we see at once that
is a
E
complete orthonormal set.
Thus every inner product space contains complete orthonormal Moreover, the proof of Theorem 13.6.1 can be modified in an
sets.
obvious way to obtain the following more general result.
The details
are left to the reader. .Corollary 13.6.1. over
is an orthonormal set, then there exists a
F C V
If
E.
be an inner product space
Let
complete orthonormal set
E C V
such that
E D F.
An alternative description of complete orthonormal sets is provided by the next theorem. Theorem 13.6.2. i
be an inner product space over
Let
E CV is an orthonormal set.
and suppose
Then the following are
equivalent: (i)
is a complete orthonormal set.
E
x E V
If
(ii)
is such that
Suppose
Proof.
is such that
xiE
x = 0.
is a complete orthonormal set.
E
x # 0,
and
then evidently
orthonormal set that properly contains the fact that
then
x t E,
E,
E U (x/IjxII)
x E V
-is an
thereby contradicting
is a complete orthonormal set.
E
If
Thus
x.LE
implies
x = 0. Conversely, suppose
x i E
implies
x = 0.
If
E
were not a
complete orthonormal set, then there would exist some orthonormal set
F C V
such that
then (lxii = 1 implies
and
F
x i E,
properly contained
E.
Hence, if
x E F - E,
contrary to the assumption that x i E
x = 0.
Therefore is finished.
E
is a complete orthonormal set, and the proof
0
399
13.6. Complete Orthonormal Sets
We shall ultimately see that a complete orthonormal set in a Before coming
Hilbext space is an orthonormal basis for the space.
to grips with this, though, we need to review some facts concerning the notion of noncountable sums in a normed linear space. is a normed linear space over
Suppose E A) c V.
[X
We denote by
and
I
the collection of all finite
R
of
subsets
n
nI > n2
if
R
in
of the index set
A,
nI D n2, ni,n2 E R.
is a directed system, and
and partially order
by setting
ti
Clearly, with this partial ordering
is a net of elerents
(E E nxa)n E R a
With these notational conventions agreed on, we make the
V.
following definition:
Definition 13.6.2. t
and suppose
to
(xa I a E A) e V.
if the net
x E V
[E of
given
then
e > 0,
be a normed linear space over
Let
E nxa)n E R
there exists some
EAxa
Then
is said to converge
converges to
x; that is,
such that, if
no E R
n > nO
l x- Ea E nx l< e. Standard arguiberts reveal that, if
EAxa = x
and
E
y
A a = y,
then (i)
(ii)
EA(xa + ya) = x + Y.
EA(axa) = ax
(a E I).
Although our main concern will be with sums, there is one general fact about nets in Banach spaces that we shall have need of: the sequential completeness of Banach spaces implies net completeness. More precisely, we have the following proposition: Proposition 13.6.1. If
that
(x(Y)a E A
lim x
as
Proof. if
a,0 > n,
Let
be a Banach space over
is a Cauchy net, then there exists some
x E V
4.
such
= x.
For each positive integer then
l'xa - x01 < 1/n.
n
let n E A
be such that,
This is possible because
13. Hilbert Spaces
400
Then set
is a Cauchy net.
(xa}a E A
n
n
1
a > a , a > a
such that
now show that
such that
x E V
n-1 , an > n, n = a
of
E A
2,3,4,... V,
.
and so
Routine arguments
limnxoP = x.
0
= x.
x
lira
and choose
al = al
is a Cauchy sequence in
(xOn }
It is then apparent that there exists some
n
2
of
An important fact about the sum
is the following pro-
EAxa
position:
Proposition 13.6.2. over
§
and suppose
such that of
Let
(x
I
xa = 0
then
EAxa = x,
(V,ll'II) a E A} C V.
be a normed linear space If there exists some
x E V
for all but a countable number
a.
Proof.
n
For each positive integer
'if n > nn, then
a countable subset of
6 E A
If
A.
and
whence we see that for each
n = 1,2,3,...,
11x
nn E U
Clearly
- EaEnxall < 1/2n.
IIx
let
S f n
nm
m
,
then
be such that,
Un
= Inn
is
6 $ nn'
n
11
11
II
a E nn U (O}xa
aE
E aEnUWxa n
x11
I
1
2n
2n
- IIx -
E x0jI
or Enn
n,
as
n U (o) > n Therefore
n
and
x0 = 0
n
n
> n
if
n
.
0 f n.-
0
If the normed linear space in question is just the scalar field t,
then we have the following corollary.
The first portion of the
result is proved by noting that a series of numbers converges absolutely if and only if every rearrangement of the series converges.
401
13.6. Complete Orthonormal Sets
Corollary 13.6.2.
Ej+ak
absolutely to a if and only if Q+ _ (1,2,3,...).
a E A,
(ak),
then
a E A) C §, a
17k
= laak
where
a E
and
> 0,
a -
converges absolutely to a.
we shall often write
V = §
In the case that
a
converges a,
and if this countable number of indices is enumerated as
the sequence
(a
ak
=
for all but a countable number
as = 0
Then
2
converges to
and suppose there exists some
I.& E A) C i
a
EAaa = a.
such that of
[a
Let
(ii)
Then
be a sequence.
(ak) C §
Let
(i)
E a
A a
EAaa < co
converges to some
when
a E C.
We can now make a meaningful definition of orthonormal basis. Definition 13.6.3. over
§.
(i)
,(ii)
that
(ea
A set of vectors
orthonormal basis for (e
a
I a E A)
V
f
or E A) C V
is said td be an
if
is an orthornormal set.
there exist some
x E V
For each
be an inner product space
Let
aa(x) E t, a E A, such
x = EAaa(x)ea.
We need make no explicit mention of the linear independence in the definition, since an orthornormal set of vectors is always linearIndeed, every orthogonal set of vectors is linearly
ly independent.
independent, as shown by the following:
Suppose
(x
an orthogonal set and, for example, that Ek= lakx
a
a E A)
= 0,
is
where
(Yk
ak E §.
Then we see that n
0 = (kZ lakxak,xaj) = aj(xaj,xaj) whence
a. = 0,
j
= 1,2,...,n.
Thus
(xa I
(j = 1,2,...,n),
a E A)
is linearly
independent.
Furthermore, if
a ( A) is an orthonormal basis for V, (ea then it is easy to compute the coefficients (aa(x)) for each x E V: if
x = EAaa(x)ea,
I
then it follows at once from the orthonormality
13. Hilbert Spaces
402
of
(e
and the continuity of the inner product that
a E A]
(E aa(x)ea,e A = E aa(x)(ea,ea) A
(0 E A) .
= 8A (x) Hence, if
(e
space
then
V,
is an orthonormal basis for an inner product
a E A)
(
x=E(x,e)e A a
(xEV).
Cr
The next three theorems are concerned with the fundamental properties of orthonormal sets, and the last of the three contains detailed descriptions of orthonormal bases for Hilbert spaces. Theorem 13.6.3. and let (i)
(e
be an inner product space over
Let
be an orthonormal set.
( a E A)
Given
x E V,
if
Then
n E II, then
inf 1kx -
aaEf
E asea+j
aEn
sEn occurs when
aa = (x E
E V,
then
(x,e a) f 0
for at most a coVntable
nwnber of a E A.
(iv)
E
Proof.
(x,y E V).
< jIx1j((y(j Let
Then for any
x E V.
E 4
a
we have
of
11x-
E aea12=(x- E ae,x - E ae)
aEn a
aEn a a
0 En
naa(eax) -
= (x,x) -
aE
E
9En
(x,ee) +
E aaa0(ea,e
a,OEn
403
13.6. Complete Orthonormal Sets
II42
'
-
IIxIl2 +
E a x,e a aEn
-
E a (x,e ) + E la
E Iaa - (x,ed,2 -
aEn
aEn a
a
aETi a
Of
F.
2 1
I(x,edl2.
aETT
It is now apparent that
Ea aEn a
inf llx -
aaEf
aEn occurs when
as = (x,ea),
thereby proving part (i),
E
I(x,ea)I2
< 11x112.
aEn
Since this last estimate remains valid for each EAI(x,ea)I2 < m
argument shows that
and that
n E R,
an easy
and
E I (x,ea) 12 < jjxjl2. Thus part (ii) holds, and part (iii) follows immediately from Proposition 13.6.2 or Corollary 13.6.2(ii). x,y E V,
Furthermore, if and
(y,e
)
a
the sequence
= 0
then, by part (iii),
(x,e ) = 0
for all but a countable number of a E A,
a
say for
Then from Corollary 13.6.2(ii), the Cauchy-
(ak).
Schwarz Inequality for series and the second part of the present theorem we see that
E I(x,e ) y,e a
I
=
E I(x,e
k=1
)
E I(x,e
k=1 _
yy,
I
cyk
°7c
)I21 /21
E I(y.e )121/2 °'k
k=1
)121/2 [E I(x e `121/2(E llA I(y,e a A J
13. Hilbert Spaces
404
<_ IWI llyil Therefore part (iv) holds, and the proof is complete.
The numbers
t(x,e
)
Lea I
a E A).
are often referred to as the
a E A)
'
a
Fourier coefficients of
0
with respect to the orthonormal set
x
The reason for this terminology will become apparent
when we discuss the Hilbert space tail in the next section.
in greater de-
L2([-n,nj,dt/2n)
Theorem 13.6.3(ii), generally called
Bessel's Inequality, implies that the Fourier coefficients of are the components of an element of counting measure on
L2(A),
x
the measure being
A.
The next theorem says that the components of every element of are the Fourier coefficients of some
L2(A)
x E V,
provided
V
is a Hilbert space.
Theorem 13.6.4 (Riesz-Fischer Theorem). Hilbert space over
and suppose
*
(e
Let
a E A)
1
be a
is an orthonormal
0!
set.
If
(i)
(ii)
(aa
EAIaal2
< m.
There exists some x = EAaaea,
Proof.
many of the
Suppose that
as
n > no
e > 0
n' > no,
and
x E V then
such that
as = (x,e(Y ), a E A.
EA`aaI2
< m. Then, since only countably ((Proposition
are onzero
verified that given if
then the following are equivalent:
or E A) C t,
n A n' = (n - n') U (n' - n)
13.6.2), it is easily there exists some
then E E
n A
n'Eaa1
Consequently, if
n0 E R 2
< c,
n > Ti
0
such that,
where and
we have
11
E a e -. E a a aEn'
aEn o' °
II
E a aEnAn' a
2
n' > n ,
0
405
13.6. Complete Orthonormal Sets'
2
E
aEnAT'Iaal < c, since
is an orthonormal set.
j a ( A)
(e of
is a Cauchy net in there exists some
Thus (a E
naaea)n E R
and so from Proposition 13.6.1 we see that
V,
x E V
such that
Hence part (i)
x = EAaaea.
implies part (ii).
Conversely, suppose
x = EAaaea.
Then the continuity of the
inner product (Corollary 13.1.2) and Bessel's Inequality (Theorem 13.6.3(ii)) combine to show that
XAIa01 I2
< w.
Therefore part (ii) implies part (i), and the proof is complete.
Note that Theorem 13.6.4 does not assert that every can be expressed as (ea `
x = EA(x,ea)ea
a E A); that is, it does not assert that
orthonormal basis for given
x E V,
V.
x E V
for a given orthonormal set [e
a
a E A)
I
is an
All we can deduce at this point is that,
there exists some
y E V
for which
y = EA(x,ea)ea
From the continuity of the inner product we know, however, that (x - y,ea) = 0, a E A,
and so
x = y
provided
(e
(
a E A)
is a
of
complete orthonormal set (Theorem 13.6.2).
This observation proves
the first implication of the next theoreih.
Theorem 13.6.5.
and suppose
(ea
I
be a Hilbert space over
Let
a E A)
is an orthonormal set.
§
Then the follow-
ing are equivalent: (i)
[e
a E A)
is a complete orthonormal set.
or E A)
is an orthonormal basis for
01
(ii)
(iii)
(ea
The linear subspace of
norm dense it
.V
spanned by
(e
V.
a
V.
(iv)
If
x E V,
(v)
If
x,y E V,
then then
EAl (x,ea)l2 = jIxl`2
EA(x,ea) yy,e ) = (x,y).
a E A)
is
13. Hilbert Spaces
406
Proof.
The implication from part (i) to part (ii) was estab-
lished in the paragraph preceding the theorem, and that f;.om part (ii) to part (iii) is obvious. (e
a k A)
j
Suppose that part (iii) holds and that
is not a complete orthonormal set.
a exist, by Theorem 13.6.2, some' x
E V,
lix
0
0
Ij
Ea
which j(xo -
IIX0
such that and
i ea,
x
0
it E 11
for
But Theorem 13.6.3(i) then shows that
1/2.
En
= 1,
as E §
However, by part (iii) there exist
E A.
Then there would
-
-
E aaea aEn E (x aEn
e )e all o
aa
= 1,
which is clearly absurd.
Hence part (iii) implies part (i), and
parts (i) through (iii) are equivalent. It is evident that the implication from part (iii) to part (i) can also be established by an appeal to the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 13.4.2) and Corollary 4.2.8 to the Hahn-Banach Theorem.
a E A) is an orthonormal basis for a Then we know from the comments following Definition 13.6.3 that
Now suppose that
x = EA(x,edea
[e
for each
I
x E V.
Appealing to the continuity of the
inner product (Corollary 13.1.2), we conclude that IIx1I2
= (x,x) _ (n (x,ea)ea,E (x,e0)e1)
= E (x,ea) x,e A = E I(x,ea)IA and
o part (ii) implies part (iv
V.
(ea,e
407
13.6. Complete Orthonormal Sets
A similar argument shows that part (ii) implies part (v), x = y
obviously part (v) implies part (iv) on setting
xo E V
Finally, suppose part (iv) holds and let
xo 1 ea, a E A.
x
0
be such that
Then llxoll2
and so
and
in (v).
= 0.
= 0,
= E I(xo,ea)1 A
Thus part (iv) implies part (i).
Therefore all five parts of the theorem are equivalent.
In particular, we see from the preceding theorem that every
Hilbert space has an orthonormal basis and that any complete orthonormal set can serve as such a basis. Parts (iv) and (v) of the theorem are generally referred to as Parseval's Identity.
Let us now look more closely at the remark preceding the Suppose that
kiesz-Fischer Theorem (Theorem 13.6.4). is a Hilbert space over
§
complete orthonormal set. over
where
t,
sure on
E
E E S, E
then
A
a E A) C V
µ(E)
a E A
that is, is
is plus infinity cp
:
y (x)
(x,ea).
V
L2(A,S,p)
is that element That
y (x) E L2(A,S,µ),
is an immediate consequence of Bessel's Inequality.
Clearly p
is a linear mapping, and the two forms of Parseval's
Identity show that
p
products; that is,
(x,y) = (p(x),cp(y)), x,y E V.
Theorem shows that theorem:
L2(A,S,µ)
is equal to the number
Then define the mapping
whose value at
is a
is counting mea-
y
and
µ(E)
is finite, and
y (x) = ((x,ea)), x E V,
L2(A,S,p)
x E V,
when
is infinite.
by setting of
E
tea I
Consider the Hilbert space
is all subsets of
A; that is, if
of points in when
S
and that
cp
is an isometry and that
is surjective.
cp
preserves inner The Riesz-Fischer
Hence we have the following
408
13. Hilbert Spaces
Theorem 13.6.6.
be a Hilbert space over
Let
(e a I a E A) e V
and suppose
A
and
p
Then
is a complete orthonormal set.
is isometrically isomorphic to all subsets of
$
L2(A,S,p),
is counting measure on
where
S
is
A.
Thus we see that Hilbert spaces are essentially just
L2-spaces.
A number of other rather easily derived results about Hilbert spaces are obtainable from the foregoing development. however, merely to mention one of these.
We wish,
The details are left to
the reader.
First, in analogy with the case of finite-dimensional spaces, we make the following definition: Definition 13.6.4. If
(e.g r
sion of of
a E A) c :V V,
Let
(V,(.,.))
be a Hilbert space over
t.
is a complete orthonormal set, then the dimen-
denoted by
dim(V),
is defined to be the cardinality
A.
On the surface this definition would seem to depend on the choice of the complete orthonormal set.
because we can show that, if
However, this is not the case,
(e
I
a E A)
and
(f,
0 E A')
are
of
complete orthonormal sets in A'
are equal.
V,
then the cardinalities of
A
and
Thus the notion of dimension in a Hilbert space is
well-defined.
One useful result involving this concept is the following theorem; Theorem 13.6.7.
Let
be a Hilbert space over
'.
Then the following are equivalent: (i)
(ii)
dim(V) = o. (V,1I.11)
is separable.
Consequently a Hilbert space is. separable if and only if it has
a countable orthonormal basis.
Fourier Analysis in
13.7.
409
L2([-n;n],dt/2n)
13.7. Fourier Analysis in
We now wish to see
L2([-n,n],dt/2n).
what the development of the preceding section can tell us about the Hilbert space
Recall that the inner product in
L2([-n,rr],dt/2n).
this space is defined by (f,g) = Tn fn_, f(t)g(t) dt
(f,g E L2([-TT,n],dt/2n)
The first thing we do is to examine a particular orthonormal basis
for L2 ([-n,rr],dt/2n) . Theorem 13.7.1.
contained in Proof.
The family of functions
(elk,
I
k E Z]
is a complete orthonormal set.
L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
The fact that the complex exponentials form an ortho-
normal set in
L2([-n,nj,dt/2n)
is a routine exercise in calculus.
To prove the completeness of this orthonormal set is, however, less trivial.
Recalling Theorem 13.6.2, we see that it suffices to show
that, if
f E L2((-n,n],dt/2n)
f(t) = 0
almost everywhere.
Suppose
(f,elk.) = 0, k E Z,
ftn f(s) ds
2n
L2([-n,n],dt/2n) c L1([-n,n],dt/2n),
(t E
F E L2([-rr,n],dt/2n).
Define
G
of
G E L2([-n,n],dt/2n), G. exists and equals
indefinite integral of
f
f
G
by
(G',etk )
(t E [-n,n]).
is continuous, and the derivative
almost everywhere, because [Ry, pp. 10,5-107].
integration by parts, we see that 0 - (f,eik.)
F
[-n,n](Ry, p. 106]
G(t) = F(t) - ?n Inn F(s) ds Then
-n,n]).
it is evident that,
is a well-defined absolutely continuous function on In particular,
then
is such a function and define
f
F(t) =
Since
and
F
is the
Consequently, utilizing
13. Hilbert Spaces
410
1
=
2n
fnn G(t)e -ikt
ik G(t)e -ikt nn + Zn
dt
cos(kn) [G(n) - G(-n)] + ik(G,elk.)
=
(k E Z).
whence we con-
G(n) - G(-n) = 0,
On setting
k = 0, .we see that
clude that
(G,elk.) = 0, k E Z, k # 0.
k = 0, we
However, when
have (G,1) = ?n f'-;n G(t) dt
= 2n fnn F(t) dt - 2n fnn F(t) dt
= 0.
(G,elk.> = 0, k E Z.
Thus
{eik,
Now, considering functions defined on
I
F = (z
the linear subspace of routinely verified that
C(F)
I
as a family of continuous
k E Zj
we denote by
z E (, IzI - 1), (elk*
spanned by
I
W, is a subalgebra of
C(1)
W
It can be
k E Z).
that s%parates
points, is closed under complex conjugation, and is such that Z(W) = (z
I
Hence by the Stone-Weierstrass
z E T, h(z) = 0, h E W) = Q.
W
Theorem (Theorem 11.4.1) we ccnclude that
is dense in
It is apparent that this is equivalent to asserting that the linear subspace of
C([-n,n])
(elk,
spanned by
the space of continuous functions
I
h
on
is norm dense in
k E Z)
[-n,n]
such that
h(n) _
h(-n).
Suppose that and
G(n) = G(-n),
and let
IIGII2 f 0
c > 0.
Since
the preceding paragraph shows that there exists
some finite linear combination of the elements of tall it
h,
G E C([-n,n])
such that
JIG
-
hII m
< c.
2n jr n G(t h(t) dt =
Evidently
G,h
= 0.
(elk. I
k E Z),
(G,elk.) = 0, k E 71,
as
elk
the
411
L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
13.7. Fourier Analysis in
and
is a finite linear combination of
h
Hence
.
(IIGII2
=
Zn fnn G(t)G(t) dt
2n f'nn G(t)[G(t) - h(t)] dt 2n fnn IG(t IIG(t) - h(t)I dt
dt
< 2n fTn IG(t)I < C, JIG 112'
the last step being valid because of the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1).
Consequently
trary, we must conclude that
Thus
IIGII2 < c,
IICj2 = 0,
and since
is arbi-
a
contrary to assumption.
and so
IIGII2 = 0,
0(t) = F(t) - 2n fnn F(s) ds
(t E [-n,n]),
= 0 G
as
have
is continuous.
But, since
F'(t) - f(t) - 0
is an indefinite integral, we
for almost all t.
(elk*
Therefore
F
I
k E zi)
is a complete orthonormal set.
Theorem 13.7.1 has as a corollary the fact that the Fourier transform on
L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
is injective, a result remarked on
in Section 7.8. w
Corollary 13.7.1.
Let
f
f = 0.
E
Proof.
It is evident from the proof of Theorem 13.7.1 that
G
13. Hilbert Spaces
412
G(t) = F(t) - 2n fnn F(s) ds
defines an element
(t E [-n,n])
G E C([-n,n]) C L2([-n,n],dt/2n),
where, as
before, (t E [-n,n]).
F(t) = ftn f(s) ds G' = F' = f
Since
deduce once again that 13.7.1,
(G,eik-) = 0, k E Z,
is identically zero.
G
f(k) = 0, k E Z,
almost everywhere and
Hence
we
and so, by Theorem
f = 0.
0
The proof of the next theorem is obtained by quoting the approWe establish the notational
priate result of the preceding section. convention that f(k) = (f,eik.)
(k E Z; f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n))
This is consistent with previous uses of Sections 3.1, 6.6, 7.8, and 9.7.
f
in, for instance,
It also provides a rationale for
the Fourier coefficient terminology mentioned in the preceding section.
Theorem 13.7.2. over
Consider the Hilbert space
L2([-n,u],dt/2n)
E.
(i)
If
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n),
If
f,g E L2([-n,n],dt/2n),
IIf!I2 = [ (ii)
then
f = E$f(k)elk-
f (k) 12J1/2
1
Zn
n
f-n
f(t)g(t) dt =
then
E f(k)g(k) k = -cc
and 1
2n
n
f -n
OD
f(t)g(t) dt =
E
k = -w
A
f(k)g(-k).
and
(ak
If
(iii)
k E F) C C
I
then there exists a unique
f = E akeik
and
is such that
Fmk= -.Jak12 < CO,
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
such that
ak = f(k), k E Z.
The mapping p
(iv)
413
L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
13.7. Fourier Analysis in
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
:
defined for each
L2([-n,n],dt/2n) -. L2(Z)
by p(f)(k) = f(k), k E Z,
is a surjective
isometric isomorphism.
The results of this theorem have valid analogs in the more general situation in which
space
where p
L2(G,µ),
G,
G,
and one considers the Hilbert
is Haar measure on
complete orthonormal set in characters of
is replaced by an arbitrary
[-n,n]
compact Abelian topological group
L2(G,p)
G.
In this. case a
is provided by the continuous
that is, by all continuous homomorphisms of
into the circle group
F = (z
the continuous characters on
(
G
z E C, JzJ = 1].
G
The proof that
form a complete orthonormal set
hinges on the fact that these functions separate the points of
G.
This is a highly nontrivial fact (see, for instance, [HR1, pp. 335-355; R, pp. 23-26]).
Furthermore, the second portion of implication (i),
as well as implications (ii) and (iv) of Theorem 13.7.2 can be generalized to the context of locally compact Abelian topological groups.
Part (iv) of Theorem 13.7.2 is generally referred to as
Plancherel's Theorem.
The interested reader may consult, for instance,
[HR2' pp. 225 and 226; HSt, pp. 411-413; Ka, pp. 139-142; Lo, pp. 141-146; R, pp. 128-130; Rul, pp. 26 and 271. In particular, Theorem 13.7.2(i) says that the Fourier series FZf(k)elk. of
of
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
L2([-n,n],dt/2n).
converges to
f
in the norm
It was conjectured by Lusin [Lu] in 1915 that
the Fourier series of such a function actually converges almost everywhere.
This conjecture was given an affirmative answer by
Carleson'[Ca] in 1966.
Subsequently the result was extended to
Lp([-n,n],dt/2n), 1 < p < w,
by Hunt [Ht].
A discussion of these
results is considerably beyond the scope of this book, and the reader is referred either to the original papers or to (M] for an exposition.
However, we would like to prove a result of Kolmogorov
13. Hilbert Spaces
414
[Ko], which asserts that certain subsequences of the symmetric partial sums of the Fourier series of an L2-function converge almost everywhere.
We need one
act that we do not prove: if
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n),
then, as indicated in Section 9.1, the nth Cesaro mean of the Fourier series of
f
can be written as n
E
an(f)(t) =
(I
-
n +yI)f(k)eikt
(t E [-n,nl)
k = -n It is the case that the sequence where to
f.
(an(f))
converges almost every-
This follows at once from Carleson's result, as con-
vergence almost everywhere implies convergence of the Cesaro means. However, a simpler and more direct proof is also available [El, p. 96). One definition is necessary before we can state Kolmogorov's theorem.
Definition 13.7.1.
(nk)
A sequence
to be a Hadamard sequence if
infk[nk
+
l/nk] > 1.
Theorem 13.7.3 (Kolmogorov's Theorem). space
L.,([-n,n],dt/2n)
then for each
over
E.
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
verges almost everywhere to
f
(nk)
If
of positive integers is said
Consider the Hilbert is a Hadamard sequence,
the sequence
(snk (f))
con-
where nk
sn (f)(t) = E f()eimt k m = -nk Proof.
(t E [-n,n]).
We first observe the following immediate consequence
of the Monotone Convergence Theorem [Ry, pp. 84 and 227]: Suppose (gk)
is a sequence of nonnegative integrable functions on
such that co
pn
k= 1J -n
gk(t)
dt <
[-n,n]
L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
13.7. Fourier Analysis in
Then, since
[
'k
Ek
converges to
is an increasing sequence of functions that
_ lgk}
we conclude via the Monotone Convergence
Igk,
=
415
Theorem that
n
Ek
and hence
I
E g(t) dt = k=1
E
k
is integrable.
= 1 k
dt,
gk
k-1'
must Ek = A for almost all
In particular,
converge almost everywhere, and so
limkgk(t) = 0
t E [-n,n]. (lank(f)
Clearly
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n).
Now suppose
is a sequence of nonnegative integrable functions on
-
snk(f)I2)
[-n,n].
Suppose for the moment that
k
E = 1
(IIa n
(f)
-
s
k
nk
(f)II 2)2 =
E k =
fn n Ian k (f)(t)
1
12n
- s
nk (f)(t)I2
dt <m
From our previous observations we know that lim (a
for almost all where to
f,
everywhere to
(f)(t)
(f)(t)I = 0
s
-
nk
k
nk
t E [-n,n].
(on (f))
Since
it follows at once that f,
converges almost every-
tsnk(f))
converges almost
which is what we wish to prove.
Thus it suffices
to show that
E
k=I
(Ilan (f) - sn (f)[I2)2 < k
k
Now we see that
nk
(flan (f) - sn (f)l12)2 = 2n fnn k k
I
E
I,I
[(1 - n
m = -nk
k
nk =(n 1+
2
E
m= -nk
m21 f(m)I2,
1]f{m)eimtj 2 dt
13. Hilbert Spaces
416
since
(elm.
I
Hence, setting
forms an orthonormal set in
m E z)
no = 0
L2([-n,n],dt/2n).
and interchanging the order of summation, we
obtain N
N
E (II°n (f) - sn (f)I12)2 = E [(n 1+ 1)2
k=1
k=1
k
k
k
Ek
m21f(m)I2
m= -nk
N
<
=
E
j=1 However,
(nk)
E[2 E ( k=1 nk j=1 [(
w
E
n. J - 1
E
n.3-1 < Imk
m2 t f (m) 12) ( E 2 )] k=j
is a Hadamard sequence, and so
It is easily seen that
1
=
nk
infk(nk + 1/nk) - c> 1.
nj 4 r > crnj, j,r = 1,2,3,... N
m2if(m)I2)]
.
Consequently
NEJ
r
k = j n2
k
N-J <
1
E
r=0 c 2rn.2J
n
2 .
J
N-j E
r=0 c2r m
1
n
E
1
r 0 c2r (N = 1,2,3,...),
where
C = ET = 0(1/c2)r
converges because
1/c2 < 1.
417
13.8. Rademacher Functions
Hence we have N
E
k=1
(Ilan
(f) k
s sn
Jf(m)I2)( 2 E L(nj _j1 nj nj
(f)II2)2 < k
nN = Cl
E
in ° -nN
If(m)f21J
E If{m)I21 1 lm = -m
Cr
=
C(IIfII2)2
(N = 1,2,3,...).
The penultimate step is valid by Theorem 13.7.2(1) or Parseval's Identity (Theorem 13.6.5(iv)). It is then apparent that
E
k=1
(Ila nk
(f)
- s
)2 nk (f)1122
<
which completes the proof.
G
Rademacher Functions.
13.8.
As should be evident from the
preceding development, a Hi,lbert space contains many different orthonormal sets.
The choice of a particular orthonormal set in a given
Hilbert space is often extremely helpful in investigating certain problems. {elk*
I
In Section 13.7 we saw how the complete orthonormal set
k E E}
can be used to study Fourier analysis in the space
L2([-ir,n],dt/2n).
In this secti.,n we examine an orthonormal set that
plays an important role in probability theory, namely, the Rademacher functions.
Definition 13.8.1.
Rademacher function
rn
For each on
n = 1,2,3,...
[0,11 by
we define the nth
13. Hilbert Spaces
418
nI
for
rn(t)
< t < n, k odd, 1 < k < 2n
k
2
2
for
rn(t) _ -1
n1
k
< t < n, k even, 1 < k < 2n;
2
r(t) = -1 r
Thus
n
for
2
t = 1.
2n subintervals of
[0,1), 2n
and
+1
assumes the values [0,1): 2
[1 2n
n
-
) , . . . , [2
2n
n
2n
2n
digit of the binary expansion of any =
0 < t < 1,
lbn(t)/2n
n
- I ) , [2
2
2,
One can also describe the values of
t = En
alternately on the
-1
where
r
n
- 1 1). 2n
in terms of the nth
t, 0 < t < 1.
Namely, if
bn(t) = 0
1, n
or
then it is easily seen that
r(t) =
1
- 2b (t)
(n = 1,2,3,...; t E [0,11),
provided that in the case of two valid binary expansions for
t
we
agree always to choose the one for which all but a finite number of the
where and
bn(t)
are zero.
bl(t) =
1
and
Thus, for example, we write
b(t) = 0, n > 1,
1/2 = En = Ibn(t)/2n
b1(t) = 0
instead of where
We shall return shortly to this connection
bn(t) = 1, n > 1.
between Rademacher functions and binary digits. First, however, we have the following fundamental proposition, whose proof is left to the reader: Proposition 13.8.1.
orthonormal set in measure on
The Rademacher functions
L,,([0,1],dt),
where
dt
(r
]
n
form an
denotes Lebesgue
[0,1).
The Rademacher functions do not form a complete orthonormal set because; as is easily verified, the function is orthogonal to each
rn, n = 1,2,3,...
.
r0(t) = 1, t E [0,I),
However, one can use the
Rademacher functions to construct a complete orthonormal set in L2([0,1],dt).
Indeed, let
w0(t) =
1,
t E [0,1).
If
n > 1
and
419
13.8. Rademacher Functions
n = 2k1 + 2k2 + ... + 2km(n),
where
ki > k2 > ... > km(n) > 0,
wn = r k + lrk2 + 1..,.rkm(n) + 1. I
(wn
It can then be shown that the set of functions is a complete orthonormal set in is called the Walsh functions.
as a subset since
w2n = r
n+ 1,
L2([0,1],dt).
n = 0,1,2,...)
This set of functions
It contains the Rademacher functions n = 0,1,2,...
.
We do not prove
thele assertions, as we shall make no use of them, but instead refer the interested reader to [Al, pp. 59-62]. Our first use of the orthonormality of the Rademacher functions is to prove a special instance of the strong law of large numbers. Such laws assert that the arithmetic averages of certain functions converge almost everywhere.
They play a central role in probability
theory and ergodic theory (see, for example [Ei, pp. 439-443; F, pp. 1-29; Hal, pp. 13-24; Hs, pp. 221-242; HSt, pp. 447-449; Pa, pp. 417-422]). Theorem 13.8.1.
(r)
Let
be the Rademacher functions.
the sequence of arithmetice averages
( t:E
=
Irk)/n)
zero almost everywhere with respect to Lebesgue measure on Proof.
For each
which belongs to
n = 1,2,3,...
L1([0,1],dt).
consider
n =
[( E rk)22
k=1 n (
2 E r+ 2
k=1k
fn = [(
-
[0,1].
Irk)/n]4,
Some elementary, but tedious, com-
putation reveals that
n4fn
Then
converges to
n
E
rr )2
k,m=1km k<m
13. Hilbert Spaces
420
n (n + 2
2
E rkrm) k,m = 1
k<m
rkrm )( E E r k r m + 4( E k,m = 1 i, j = k,m = 1
E
+ 4n
r r
n =
n2 + 4n
E
+ 4
r2r2 + 4[ E 2r.(
k<m
r r )] E k,m=1 km k<m k,m# j
+ 2 + 1]
1) + (n - 2) +
rkrm + 4[(n
E
j=1
k,m=1 km
k,m=1 km k<m
rir.)
1
i<j
k<m
k<m
= n2
n
n
n n2 + 4n
k,m= 1
k<m n
n
+ 8 E( E rk r
)
j = 1 k,m=1 k<m k,m# j
n 2 + 2n(n -
1) + 4n
rr + E k,m=1 k m k<m
8E
(
E
j=1 k,m=1
rr), km
k<m
k,m # j where we have used several times that
rk = 1, k = 1,2,3,...
Dividing both sides of the preceding equation by over
[0,1],
n4,
.
integrating
and using the orthogonality of the Rademacher functions,
we deduce that
rofn(t) dt d
=
12
n
+
2n(n4- 1) n (n = 1,2,3,...).
n
2
421
13.8. Rademacher Functions
Consequently we see that
E f0fn(t) dt <
n=1 Thus, by the same argument, mutatis mutandis, involving the Monotone Convergence Theorem as used in the proof of Kolmogorov's (fn)
Theorem (Theorem 13.7.3), we conclude that the sequence
con-
verges to zero almost everywhere with respect to ebesgve measure on
It follows immediately that
[0,1].
((Ek- Irk)/n)
also con-
verges almost everywhere to zero, and the theorem is proved. El
As an immediate corollary we,have the next result. Corollary 13.8.1.
For each
t E [0,1]
nth digit in the binary expansion of sequence
((Fnk- 1bk(t))/n}
converges to
with respect to Lebesgue measure on Proof,.
let
1/2
denote the
bn(t)
t, n = 1,2,3,...
Then the
.
almost everywhere
[0,1]..
rk = 1 - 2bk, k = 1,2,3,...,
and Theorem 13.8.1.
G
In particular, the corollary asserts that the binary expansion of almost every ones, as
t E [0,1]
lbk(t)
is Clearly equal to the number of ones that
E'
appear in the first
contains the same number of zeros and
n
places of the binary expansion of
t.
Next we wish to employ the orthonormality of the Rademacher
functions to obtaina result about the convergence of random series. To be precise, suppose
(ak)
is a sequence of complex numbers and
consider the formal infinite series minus signs are chosen at random; probabilities that 1/2.
+ak
or
-ak
Ek = ltak,
where the plus and
that is, for a given
k
the
will appear in the series are each
Under what conditions on the sequence
choices of the plus and minus signs will
(ak)
Ek= 1tak
and for which converge?
We
shall see that convergence will result for almost all choices of the signs provided that
Ek
=
llak12 < m.
It is'evident for each
13. Hilbert Spaces
422
n = 1,2,3,... that the Lebesgue measure of both the set (t1rn(t) = i ) and the set
(t
(
rn(t) = -1)
is equal to
1/2.
Thus we see that
our question is equivalent to examining the convergence of the series (ak} c C.
for a given sequence
a r 1
k k
We then have the following
theorem due to Rademacher: Theorem 13.8.2.
If
Ek
=
liak12 <
then
,
converges almost everywhere with respect to Lebesgue
EZ= lakrk measure on
[0,1].
Since the Rademacher functions form an orthonormal set
Proof. in
(ak) c E.
Let
L2([0,1],dt)
we see from the Riesz-Fischer Theorem (Theorem
13.6.4) that there exists some function
f E L2([0,1J,dt) C L1([0,1],dt)
such that
If lim
n
-
n Moreover, for any
E akrk112 = 0.
k=1
we have from the Cauchy-Schwarz
0 < s < t < 1
Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1)
1ft[f(u)
E akrk(u)I du1 < fslf(u) -
-
k=1
E akrk(u)1 du
k=1
< (t
-
s)1/211f
n
-
k Elakrk112
(n
= 1,2,3,...),
from which it follows at once that
ftf(u) du
=
E akftrk(u) du.
k=1 Now let to
to E [0,11
be any point such that
is not a dyadic rational ( that is,
for any nonnegative integers and such that
to
j
and
r
is a Lebesgue point of
says, by definition, that
f(to)
is defined,
is not of the form
to
for which f.
j/2r
0 < j < 2r, r > 0),
The last assumption
423
13.8. Rademacher Functions
Iim
1
(t-s)-0
s fst
if(u) - f(to)1 du = 0.
s
These assumptions on
are compatible because the set of dyadic
t.
rationals and the complement of the set of Lebesgue points for are both sets of Lebesgue measure zero.
f
A proof of the latter asser
tion can be found, for instance, in jHSt, pp. 476 and 477]. that we are dealing here with a function in
L2([0,1],dt),
Note and
not an equivalence class. Since points
to
is not a dyadic rational, we see that there exist
sm = jm/2m
and
tm = (jm + 1)/2m
such that
0<sm
- f sm rk (u) du = 0
(k > m),
m
and t
m rk(u) du = (tm - sm)rk(to) f sm
(k. < m)
Consequently
ftm f(u) du
=
E akftm rk(u) du
k=1
k= lak(tm -
sm)rk(t0),
from which it follows that
1
T-- s m m
ft sm f(u) du =
m
m
E akrk(to).
k=1
But then, if we similarly choose sequences such that
[s in]
limmsm = limmtm = to, we see at once that
and
it M)
13. Hilbert Spaces
424
f(to) = lim t
1
m
in
fst m
s
m
f(u) du
m
m
lim k Eakrk(to) l
0 akrk(to). k'
1
t E [0,1]
Thus for each point
that is a Lebesgue point for
Ek
and is not a dyadic rational the series In particular,
E k-= lakrk
Hence we see that
= 1akrk(t)
converges for almost all
Ek = ltak
f
converges. t E [0,1].
D
converges for almost all choices
of the plus and minus signs provided that
Ek
=
llakl2 <
The
converse of this result is also valid: if
1;
=
l1ak12 =
then
We do not give the proof of diverges almost everywhere. a r k k For this and other results about random series the this result. = 1
reader is referred to [Al, pp. 51-62; Dn, pp. 221-229; E2, pp. 195-210; Ei, pp. 403 and 404; Kh; Z, pp. 212-222]. We hope that the discussion in this and the preceding section has convinced the reader that an appropriate choice of an orthonormal set can be extremely helpful in studying certain problems.
There
are many other more or less standard orthonormal sets that appear in various areas of mathematical investigation, such as the Laguerre, Legendre, and Jacobi polynomials and the Hermite functions, to mention a few.
We do not pursue the subject further; but instead refer
the reader to [Al, C, Sa, 6n, Sz] for additional material and applications.
13.9.
The Hilbert Space Ad joint.
In this section we wish to
introduce the notion of the Hilbert space adjoint of a continuous linear transformation on a Hilbert space.
This could be accomplished
by combining the discussion of adjoints in Section 4.4 with the
425
13.9. Hilbert Space Adjoint
Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 13.4.2), but instead we shall give an independent development. is a Hilbert space over
Suppose
x E V
For a given fixed Clearly
we define
x*
by
I
T E L(V).
and let
x*(y) _ (T(y),x), y E V.
x* E V', and Ix*(Y)I = I(T(Y),x)I
<_ IIT(y)IIIIxit
(y E V)
<_ IITIIIIXIIIIYII
Thus by the Riesz Representation Theorem ( Theorem 13.4.2), there exists a unique zX E V shows that x* E V* and
IIx*II < IITIIIIXII.
that
such
(y E V).
X*(Y) = (T(Y),x) _ (Y,zX) This leads to the following definition: Definition 13.9.1.
and let
Then the Hilbert space adjoint
T E L(V).
the mapping
T*
V
:
be a Hilbert space over
Let
defined bX
V,
is the unique vector in
V
T*
T*(x) = zX, x E V,
of
T
0
is
where
zx
such that (y E V).
(T(Y),x) - (Y,zX)
It is easily seen that this definition of adjoint transforma-
tion is equivalent to that given in Section 4.4 in the context of Hilbert spaces. of
We shall generally speak of
T*
as the ad joint
T.
Proposition 13.9.1.
and let T E 1(V).
Let
(V,(.,.))
be a Hilbert space over, i
Then T* E L(V), IIT*II < IITII, (T*(x),y) = (x,T(y))
and (x,y E V).
13. Hilbert Spaces
426
For any
Proof.
x,y,z E V
(y,T*(ax + bz))
and
we have
a,b E i
(T(y),ax + bz)
= a(T(y),x) + b(T(y),z) = i(y,T*(x)) + b(y,T*(z)) _ (y,aT*(x) + bT*(z)). Hence
is linear.
T*
Second, recalling the definition of
T*
and the Riesz Repre-
sentation Theorem (Theorem 13.4.2), we see, that
IIT*(x)II =
II=xll
= lix*il
(x E V) ,
<_ IlTllllxll
whence
T* E L(V)
and
IIT*ll < IITII.
The proof of the last assertion is left to the reader. El
Actually
1lT*li = IITII,
as is seen in the next result.
Proposition 13.9.2.
Let
T,S E L(V)
and
(i)
If
(aT)* = aT*,
(ii) If Proof.
and
be a Hilbert space over a E t,
then
t.
(T + S)* = T* + S*,
T*+1= (T*)* = T.
T E L(V;,
then
IITII
= llT*ll.
The first two parts of part (i) are routine, and are
left to the reader, while by Proposition 13.3.1 (y,T**(x)) = (T*(y),x) = (y,T(x)) whence
IIT**(x)
- T(x)I; = 0, x E V.
Thus
T = T**.
(x,y E V),
427
13.9. Hilbert Space Adjoint
The proof of implication (ii) is contained in the following inequalities:
IIT*II <_ IITII = IIT**II < IIT*II.
O
Evidently the preceding two propositions can be summarized in the following theorem: Theorem 13.9.1.
Then the mapping
*
be a Hilbert space over .
Let :
L(V) - L(V), defined by
*
:
is a bijective antilinear isometric mapping from
T - T*, T E L(V), L(V)
to itself.
Let us look at a concrete example of a transformation its adjoint
Suppose
T*.
V = L2((0,1],dt)
T
and
with the usual inner
product (f,g E L2([0,1],dt)
(f,g) = fl f(t)g(t) dt and let
K E L2([O,l] x (0,1], dsdt), where
measure
on
[0,1] x [0,1].
Then we define
ds dt denotes Lebesgue T
T(f) (s) = f 1 K(s,t)f(t) dt
by (f E L2([0,l],dt).
The formula, of course, is required to hold only almost everywhere. Clearly
T
is linear, and the estimates
IIT(f)112 =
[fOlI fo' K(s,t)f(t) dt12 ds]1/2 [fl(fp IK(s,t)12 dt)(fl If(t)I2 dt) ds]1/2
[fl(fl IK(s,t)I2 dt) ds]1/2[ 1 If(t)I2 dt] 1/2 0 0 f0
= IIKI1211fII2 show that Now
(f E L2([0,l],dt)
T E L(L2([0,1],dt)). T*
is defined by the relation
f,g E L2([0,1],dt),
and so we have
(T(f),g) _ (f,T*(g)),
13. Hilbert Spaces
428
(£,g E L2([O,l],dt).
J'I[fl K(s,t)f(t) dt]g(s) ds = f1 f(s)T*(g)'(s) ds
Applying Fubini's Theorem [Ry, p. 269] to the first integral, we deduce that
f(s)T*(g)(s) ds = fa f(s)[f1 K(t,s)g(t)
=
dt] ds
J'1 f(s)[f1 K(t,s)g(i) dt] ds (f,g E L2([0,1],dt),
from which we conclude that (g E L2([O,1],dt).
T*(g)(s) = fp K(t,s)g(t) dt As another example consider
V = 12
with the usual inner product
W ((ak),(bk)) =
E akbk
((ak),(bk) E Q2)
k=1 and define bok
by
T E L(1.2)
- ak- l' k =
2,3,...
.
where
T((ak3) = [bk),
Then to describe
T*
and
bl = 0
we observe that
([ak),T*((bk))) = (T((ak),(bk))
k = 2ak - 1 b k
k
Consequently we see that k = 1,2,3,...
T*((bk)) = (ck),
l ak6k+ 1 where
((ak),(bk) E t 2)' ck = b
k+ 1'
.
As is well known from linear algebra, linear transformations between finite-dimensional linear spaces can be described in terms of matrices.
mations T*.
T
An analog of this fact for continuous linear transforon a Hilbert space is often useful in studying
T
and
429
13.10. Self-adjoint and Unitary Transformations
-is a Hilbert space over
For example, suppose and
(e
I
a k A}
is a complete orthonormal set in
§
Then we see
Y.
(Y
T E L(V)
from the comments following Definition 13.6.3 that for any
(aEA).
T(ea) = E(T(ea),e)e A
It is easily seen that the matrix
(co9)a,a EA = completely determines
T.
EA
However, the matrix
depends on the choice of the orthonormal basis
Moreover, if (do0a,6 E A
(cd)a'(,E A
(c013 )a,a
E A
clearly
(ea I a E A).
is a matrix corresponding to
is the matrix corresponding to
T*,
T
and
then
d013 = (T*(e(Y ),e0) = (ea,T(ea))
(a,9 E A).
= C
Hence the matrix corresponding to the matrix corresponding to
T,
T*
is Lhe conjugate transpose of
just as in the finite-dimensional
case.
13.10.
Self-adjoint and Unitary Transformations.
Subsequently
we shall restrict our attention, for the most part, to two special clusses of Hilbert space transformations: the self-adjoint and unitary transformations.
In this section we define these types of
transformations and examine some of their fundamental properties. Definition 13.10.1. and let if
T E L(V).
T = T*,
that is,
be a Hilbert space over
Let
The transformation
T
$
is said to be self-adjoint
(T(x),y) = (x,T(y)), x,y E V;
and
13. Hilbert Spaces
430
T
where
TT* = T*T = I,
is said to be unitary if
identity mapping
denotes the
I
I(x) = xl, x E V.
In the case that
unitary transformations are often
f = IR
Let us first look at some examples and properties
called orthogonal.
of self-adjoint transformations. From Definition 13.5.1 we see that every orthogonal projection is a self-adjoint transformation.
the matrix corresponding to
basis of to
T*
V is
is
(c0)cv,B E
(c0a)
if and only if
In general, if
and
then, since the matrix corresponding
A,
we see at once that
a,6 E A,
T E L(V)
with respect'to some orthonormal
T
cao = cBa, Of,O E A.
T
is self-adjoint
This again generalizes a well
known fact from linear algebra. Finally, if we consider again the transformation L2([0,1],dt),
on
defined by T(f)(s) = fl K(s,t)f(t) dt
where
T
K E L2([0,1] x (0,1],dsdt),
(f E L2([0,1],dt),
then we see that
T
is self-
adjoint if and only if f' K(s,t)f(t) dt that is, if and only if
=
f K(t,s f(t) dt
K(s,t) = K(t,s)
(f E LZ([0,l],dt),
almost everywhere with
respect to Lebesgue measure on the square
[0,1] x [0,1].
Our first general result about self-adjoint transformations is the following proposition: Proposition 13.10.1. If
T E'L(V) Proof.
be a Hilbert space over
Let
is self-adjoint, then (T(x),x) = (x,T(x)) =
Evidently, if is real for each
V
x E V
(T(x),x) E IR, x E V.
0
T(x),x , x E V.
is a Hilbert space over and any
4.
T E L(V).
IR,
then
(T(x),x)
But since not all real
13.10. Self-adjaint and Unitary Transformations
431
matrices are symmetric about the diagonal, it is appar-nt that there exist
T E L(V)
that are not self-adjoint.
Hilbert space over
'C,
then the reality of
imply the self-adjointness of
However, if
is a
V
(T(x),x), x E V,
does
as shown in the next theorem.
T,
This difference between Hilbert spaces over
IR
and over C
will
recur at several points in the next sections. Theorem 13.10.1. and let
T E 1(V).
(i)
T
be a Hilbert space over
Let
'C
Then the following are equivalent:
is self-adjoint.
(ii) (T(x),x) E Wt, x E Proof.
The implication from part (i) to part (ii) is contained
in Propos-'ion 13.10.1. (T*(x),x) EIR, x E V,
Suppose that since
(T(x),x) E IR, x E V.
(T*(x),x) = (x,T(x)) =
Then
x ,x
Consequently
((T - T*) (x),x) = (x, (T* - T) (x))
=((*-T(x,x =
T*(x),x -
KT(-X-)-,-XT
(T*(x),x) - (T(x),x) -((T - T*)(x),x) Hence
(x E V)
((T - T*)(x),x) = 0, x E V.
However, a straightforward computation reveals that
4((T - T*)(x),y) _ ((T - T*)(x + y),x + y) -((T - T*)(x - y),x - y) +i((T - T*)(x + iy),x + iy) -i((T - T*)(x - iy),x - iy)
(x,y E V),
13. Hilbert Spaces
432
((T ' T*)(x),y) = 0, x,y E V.
whence we conclude that In particular,
II(T - T*)(x)II = u, x E V,
and so
T = T*.
The computation utilized at the end of the proof of the theorem is a special case of a useful general result that we isolate in the The proof is left to the reader.
next proposition.
Proposition 13.10.2. over
C.
If
be an inner product space
Let
is such that
T E L(V)
(T(x),x) = 0, x E V,
then
.T = 0. The proposition fails if the scalar field is
IR.
A final simple, but useful, proposition about self-adjoint transformations is the next result. -Proposition 13.10.3. If
T E L(V),
Tl,T2 E L(V) Proof.
be a Hilbert space over
Let
C.
then there exist unique self-adjoint transformations T = T1 + iT2.
such that
T1 = (T + T*)/2
Set
and
T2 - (T - T*)/2i.
Now let us turn our attention to unitary transformations.
. The
next proposition provides some equivalent descriptions of such transformations.
Proposition 13.10.4. and let
(i)
T E L(V).
T
Then the following are equivalent:
is unitary.
(ii) T- is surjective and (iii) T is bijective and Proof.
be a Hilbert space over C
Let
If
T
IIT(x)II = IIxJI, x E V. T-1 = T*.
is unitary, then
IIT(x)112
= (T(x),T(x)) = (x,T*T(x))
433
13.10. Self-adjoint and Unitary Transformations
(x E V) ,
_ 114 2 then
x E V,
and if
Hence part (i) implies
x = I(x) = TT*(x).
part (ii).
Moreover, if part (ii) holds, then from the Polarization Identity (Theorem 13.2.2) and the fact that at once that
IJT(x)II = jjxjj, x E V,
we deduce
Thus
(T(x),T(y)) = (x,y), x,y E V.
(T*T(x),y) = (T(x),T(y)) (x,y E V),
= (x,Y) T*T = I.
whence x E V,
then
However,
is bijective, because
T
JJT(x)jI = Ilxl!,
T-I
exists. Clearly implies that T is injective, and so T-1 and part (ii) of the proposition implies part (iii). = T*,
is bijective and
T
Finally, suppose TT-1 = I = T-1T - T*T,
and so
T_1
= T*.
Then
TT* _
is unitary.
T
Therefore part (iii) implies part (i), and all three parts- of the proposition are equivalent.
It is perhaps worth noting explicitly that a unitary transformation preserves inner products; that is, x,y E V.
(T(x),T(y)) = (x,y),
In particular, every unitary transformation is an isometry.
Note also that in defining a unitary transformation it is not sufficient to require only that either instance, the shift transformation on 13.9.1 is a transformation
T E L(12)
TT* = I L2
enough to imply that sional spaces
T
T E L(V)
TT* =
I
or
T*T = I.
For
discussed after Theorem T*T =
such that
TT* =
I
However,
alone not being
is unitary is as follows:
must be bijective for
1.
The general reason
it is not unitary since it is not surjective..
for each of the equations
or
T-1
for infinite-dimento exist and
13. Hilbert Spaces
434
belong to
L(V).
This is in contrast to the situation when
V
is
a finite-dimensional space, as then injectivity and surjectivity of linear transformations are equivalent.
Proposition 13.10.4 allows us immediately to characterize unitary T E L(V)
We leave it to
in terms of their matrix representations. T E L(V)
the reader to show that, if matrix corresponding to
T
then
T,
where
(dao)a,0 E A = (c0a)a, E A'
is the A is unitary if and only if and
(c00)a,9
corresponds to
(doI)a.s E A
T -l.
Once more this generalizes a standard result from linear algebra.
The Mean Ergodic Theorem.
13.11.
As mentioned in Section 13.8
one aspect of ergodic theory is the study of the convergence of We now wish to examine such questions
certain arithmetic averages.
in somewhat greater detail and se how unitary transformations entei into the subject in a natural manner. Definition 13.11.1.
A mapping (i)
(ii)
(iii)
cp
:
X -- X
Let
(X,S,p.)
Some preliminaries are in order. be a positive measure space.
is said to be measure preserving if
p is bijective. E E S
if and only if
p(E) E S.
.[p(E)] = µ(E), E E S.
It is not difficult to verify that, if p
ving mapping on
X,
is a measure preser-
then µ [cp-1(E) ] - µ [cp (E) ] = µ (E) , E E S.
One of the simplest examples of a measure preserving mapping is to take
X = Il2, µ
cp(t) = t + s, t E IR,
equal to Lebesgue measure on where
s E IR
is fixed.
IR
and
There are, of course,
other considerably more complicated measure preserving mappings (see, for example,
[F, pp. 3 and 4, 75-99; Hal, pp. 5-9]).
Suppose now that
(X,S,µ)
is a positive measure space and
is a measure preserving mapping on function on
X,
we define
T(f)
X.
If
f
cp
is any p-measurable
by the formula
T(f)(t) = f[cp(t)],
13.11. Mean Ergodic Theorem
435
which is to be valid for p-almost all Clearly
T(f) - f o cp.
and
is again a µ-measurable function on
T(f)
X,
is a linear transformation on the linear space of µ-measurable
T
functions on T(g)
In other words,
t E X.
X
to itself.
are p-measurable and
f and g
If
almost everywhere with respect to
everywhere.
Indeed,
- g(s) # 0
f(s)
then
µ,
f = g
if and only if
s
T(f) _
almost
belongs
to the set
p(E) _ rf (tt But since
µ(E) = 0. and Thus
µ[cp(E)) - 0.
injective.
is measure preserving, we see that
cp
f = g
T(f) (t) - T(g) (t) T 0)).
I
almost everywhere.
A similar argument shows that
Given a positive measure space ving mapping
q
on
X,
T
(X,S,µ)
Consequently
T
is
is surjective.
and a measure preser-
one of the fundamental concerns of ergodic
theory is to investigate the convergence of the arithmetic averages n 1 E Tk (f) n+1 k=0
for various classes of p-measurable functions of course, the identity transformation If we restrict our attention to then the transformation properties.
and
p
is,
I.
f E L(X,S,µ), 1 < p < -,
possesses some additional pleasant
(X,S,µ)
Let
be a positive measure space
be a measure preserving mapping on
T(f) = f o p, f E Lp(X,S,µ),
isometry from
Lp(X,S,µ)
to
T
then
T
X.
If
1 < p <
is a bijective linear
Lp(X,S,µ).
In the particular case that 13.10.4 that
TO
The proof of the next proposition is left to the reader.
Pro osition 13.11.1. and let
T
The term
f.
p = 2,
we see from Proposition
is a unitary transformation on
L2(X,S,p).
This
observation leads us to consider the convergence behavior of the arithmetic averages of certain unitary transformations on Hilbert space -- that is, the Mean Ergodic Theorem.
13. Hilbert Spaces
436
At this point the reader should, perhaps, recall the definition so(T)
and basic properties of the strong operator topology
on
L(V),
as discussed in Section 6.3.
Theorem 13.11.1 (Mean Ergodic Theorem). Hilbert space over ((Ek
=
Converges in
OTk)/n + 1)
projection of
(L(V),so(T))
to
the orthogonal
P;
onto the closed linear subspace
V
W = {x Since
Proof.
be a
Let
is unitary, then the sequence
T E L(V)
If
t.
I
T E L(V),
closed linear subspace of
V.
x E V, T(x) = x). is indeed a
it is evident that
W
Moreover, since
is unitary and
hence an isometry, we see that
JTk(x)11 =
T
x E V, k = 0,1,2,...,
Ilxll,
and so
II
n
+
I
n E
(X),
k=0
n
< n+ 1 E IITk (x) II k=0
.(x E V).
= IIXII
W1 = (T(x) - x
Now set
subspace of claim that y E W,
V,
I
x E V).
Clearly
Wi
but it is not necessarily closed.
W = Wi,
then, since
is a linear
However, we
the argument being as follows: If T
x E V
and
is unitary, we have
(T(x) - x,Y) _ (T(x),y) - (x,y) = (x,T*(y)) - (x,y) (x,T-I(Y)
=
- Y) (x,T-I[T(Y)]
=
- y)
(x,Y - Y) a 0.
Thus
W C Wi.
Conversely, if
y E Wi,
then, since
T
is unitary,
437
13.11. Mean Ergodic Theorem
x E V
we have for each
0 = (T(x) - x,y) = (x,T*(Y)) - (x,Y) (x,T-1
=
whence y E WI,
(Y)
W = W.
Hence
WI c W.
T(y) = T[T-l(y)] = y,
Consequently,
T-1(y) = y, y E W". and
- Y),
Furthermore, from the continuity of the inner product (Corollary 13.1.2) it is readily deduced that
hr' = [cl(W1)J1,
W
as usual, denotes the closure of
in
closed linear subspace of
cl(W1),
From Corollary 13.4.1
V.
cl(W1) _ [cl(W1)jL = Wl,
we then see that
where
since
cl(W1)
is a
Thus from the Orthogonal Decomposition
V.
Theorem (Theorem 13.4.1) we conclude that
V = W ib Wl = W iti cl(W1). Recalling the definitions of the strong operator topology and
of the orthogonal projection of
V
onto
we see that the proof
W,
will be complete if we can show that for each where
x1 E W
and
x ; x1 + x2 E V,
x2 E cl(W1),
n
1nmIIn+1kE0Tk(xl) -x1II=0 and
n
lim IIn+ n
1
E Tk(x2)II = 0. k=0
The first assertion is evident, because if k = 0,1,2,...,
and so
(E
x2 E W1,
say
Tk(x1) = xl,
x2 = T(y) - y.
E Tk(x2)II = llnal[ E Tk+1(Y) -
k=0
then
1 = x1, n =0 T (x 1 )I/n +
On the other hand, suppose
IIn+1
x1 E W,
k=0
E Tk(Y))II
k=0
Then
13. Hilbert Spaces
438
n+1 IITi+1(Y) -
YI1
92& n+
T
It follows at once that
being unitary and hence an isometry.
n
lim n ; However, if
x2 E cl(W1)
y2 E W1
some
1In+
1
such that
E Tk(x2)11 <_ IIn+
k=0
E Tk(x2)lI = 0
1
n
is given, then there exists
c > 0
and
(x2 E W1) .
k=0
Hence
11x2 - y211 < c.
E
Y2)1I + IIn+
k=0
E Tk(Y2).II
1
k=0 n
n +
E IITk(x2 - Y2)1I + IIn;
k=0
. E Tk(Y2)II k=0
1
n 11n
< c + n+ 1
+
E Tk(Y2)11
(n
k=0
0,1,2,...),
An immediate consequence of these estimates is
T being an isometry. that
1
lim sup IIn+ 1 n
which implies,
e > 0
(x2 E cl(W1)),
E Tk(x2)11 < e k=0
being arbitrary, that
lnm IIn; 1 Therefore
n
n k EOTk(x2)I1 =
([Ek _ 0Tk(x)]/n + 1)
(x E cl(W1))
converges to
P(x), x E V,
and the proof is complete.
It should be noted that the sequence
[(E
.
0Tk)/n + 1)
not, in general, converge in the norm topology to
P.
does
439
13.11. Mean Ergodic Theorem
If we combine the Mean Ergodic Theorem with our discussion of the unitary transformation p
preserving mapping
on
induced by a measure
L2(X,S,µ)
on
T
we easily deduce the validity of the
X,
next theorem. Let
Theorem 13.11.2. let
be a measure preserving mapping on
cp
f E L2(X,S,µ),
then for each
fo E L2(X,S,µ)
such that
(i)
1 lim 11n. I
n
(ii)
If
X.
there exists some
f E L2(X,S,µ)
n
E. Tk(f) - f0II2 = 0. k=0
f0
is the image of
under the orthogonal projection
f
onto W= [g] g E L2(X,S,N), T(g) = g o 9 = g).
L2(X,S,µ)
It is not difficult to extend this result to vided we assume that
If
Let
and let
µ(X) = 1
cp
f0 E L1(X,S,µ)
Jim
(i) (ii)
Let
f E L1(X,S,p)
we see that
is norm dense in
exists some
we have
f E LI(X,S,µ)
there
such that
T(f0) = f0.
L2(X,S,µ)
1Jh11l
then for each
X.
k (f )- f o l 1 l= 0.
µ(X) = 1,
that
be a measure preserving mapping on
n `l n+ 1 k= O T
Proof.
p(X) - 1,
pro-
be a positive measure space such
(X,S,p)
T(f) = f a cp, f e L1(X,S,p),
exists some
LI(X,S,µ)
has finite total mass.
p
Theorem 13.11.3. that
T(f) = f o cp,
T(fo) = fo.
Clearly of
be a positive measure space and
(X,S,p)
and
e > 0
be given.
L2(X,S,µ) C LI(X,S,µ),
g E L2(X,S,N)
and moreover
LI(X,S,µ) [Ry, P.244]. such that
Now, since
Thus there
hf - gill < e/3.
Since
we see from the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1) 11h112, h E L2(X,S,o),
and hence for each
n,m = 0,1,2,...
13. Hilbert Spaces
440
m
1 E Tk(f) - m+1
+
II
T (f)II1
k=0
n
k=0
n
n
E Tk(f) -
< IIn + 1 i
E Tk (g) ] II 1
k=0
k=0
n
m
E Tk (g) -
+ IIn + 1
k=0
E Tk(g)
-
k=0 1
n+
1
M+1
E Tk (g) I(1 k=0
E Tk(f)]II1
k=0
E IITk(f - g) II1
k=0
n +
II
+
m+1
n
+
1
m
E Tk(g) - m+ 1 E Tk(g)II2 k=0 k=0 E IITk (g -
k=0
f) II 1
i Tk(g) 3 +IIn+ 1 k=0 T
since
is an isometry on
- m+ 1
by Proposition 13.11.1.
L1(X,S,µ)
From the Mean Ergodic Theorem we see that a Cauchy sequence in ([
=
OTk(f)]/n + 1)
LZ(X,S,µ),
some
f E L1(X,S,µ) 0
([q =
0Tk(g)]/n + 1)
L1(X,S,µ)
L1(X,S,µ)
is a Banach space, there exists
such that
n
1nm IIn +
1 k E 0Tk (f)
foli l
= 0.
Moreover,
IIT(fo)
- folll = limn n 4
k0
IIT[ E Tk(f)] -
= lira n+ 1 IITn+ 1(f) n = 0,
is
from which it follows at once that
is a Cauchy sequence in
Consequently, since
E Tk(g)IIZ, k=0
fill
=
k=0
Tk(f)Q1
13.12. A Theorem About
as
T
441
lit
is an isometry.
Therefore
T(fo) = fo,
Obviously, if
and the proof is complete.
then from Theorem 13.11.3 we can
f E LI(X,S,µ),
deduce the existence of a subsequence of converges almost everywhere to
G
fo.
{[`k= 0Tk(f)]/n + 1}
that
Actually it can be shown that
the sequence itself converges almost everywhere to
f0.
This is
an immediate consequence of the following general theorem due to C. D.Birkhoff:
Theorem 13.11.4 (Individual Ergodic Theorem). a a-finite positive measure space and let mapping on
(ii)
lim n n
I
fo E L1(X,S,µ)
Tk(f)(t) = fo(t) 1
be
(X,S,µ)
be a measure preserving
T(f) = f o p, f E LI(X,S,µ),
there exists some
f E LI(X,S,p) (i)
If
X.
y
Let
theh for each such that
for µ-almost all
t E X.
k=0
T(fo) = f0.
We do not give the proof of this theorem, as it would involve too long a digression from our main interests.
For proofs of the
theorem and other material on ergodic theory we refer the reader to [F, Gr, Hal].
It is also of interest to compare the development of
this section with the.discussion of fixed point theorems in Chapter 12.
13.12.
A Theorem About H2.
In this section we wish to estab-
lish an analog of a classical theorem about analytic functions for the elements of a certain subspace of the Hilbert space
L2([-n,n],dt/2n).
The main Hilbert space tool we shall employ will be the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 13.4.2).
Before stating the theorem we
discuss some preliminary material that we hope will illustrate the connection between a certain subspace `the theory of analytic functions. mentioned in this discussion.
H2
of
L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
and
We do not prove any of the results
13. Hilbert Spaces
442
The Hardy space
Definition 13.12.1.
H2 = (f
I
f E L2([-n,nJ,dt/2n), f(k) _ (f,eik.) = 0, k E Z, k < 0).
It is easily verified that the Hilbert space space.
is defined by
H2
is a closed linear subspace of
H2
and so is itself a Hilbert
L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
There are other descriptions of
tionship between
that exhibit the rela-
H2
on the open
and certain analytic functions
H2
unit disk in the complex plane.
We outline these here in order to
further motivate the theorem to be established later in the section. No proofs are given.
The interested reader is referred instead to
[Dn, pp. 1-38; Ho, pp. 27-39; R, pp. 84-89; Z, pp. 271-285].
Consider the linear space in
H2
of functions
g
that are analytic
(rest It E [-n,n], 0 < r < 1)
the open unit disk
there exists a constant
depending on
Mg,
g(relt)12
Y J_n
I
and such that
for which
g,
dt < Mg
(0
It can be shown that Timl
2
2n f"n Ig(Teit)j
dt
r<1 exists for each
g E H2
and that
H2
is a Banach space with the
norm
11911
=
1iml[1
1
I g(Teit)I2 dt]1/2
(g E H2).
r < I
Furthermore, if
g E H2,
then one can also prove that lim g(reit) _
g(eit)
r-+1 r<1 exists for almost all
eit
with respect to Lebesgue measure on the
unit circle (equivalently, for almost all
t E [-n,n]
with respect
13.12. A Theorem About
H2
to Lebesgue measure on
[-n,n]) and that the formula
defines an element to
H2
443
f(t) = g(eit)
The correspondence so defined from
f E H2.
H2
can be shown to be a surjective isometric isomorphism of the to the Banach space
H2
Banach space
H2.
Thus the elements of
H2
can be thought of as the boundary values of certain analytic functions defined on the open unit disk. It can also be shown that, if
is analytic on the open unit
g
disk and has the power series expansion (t E [-n,n]; 0 < r < 1),
E akrkeikt
g(Seit) =
k=0 g E H2
then
if and only if g E H2
corresponds to
1
a
01ak12 < m.
Moreover, if
f E H2
under the isomorphism described in the pre-
ceding paragraph, then
and
f(k) = ak, k E Z, k > 0,
11f112 =
[
E jak12)l2
k=0
These observations should convince the reader that there is an intimate connection between the space tions on the open unit disk.
H2
and certain analytic func-
Now it is a standard result of analytic
function theory that, if g is an analytic function defined on some
n
connected open set
and
g(z) = 0
for all
in some infinite
z
subset
E C 0
z E 0.
We wish to prove an analog of this result in
that has a cluster point in
f E H2
that, if E c [-n,n]
everywhere.
and
f
Q,
then
g(z) = 0, H2
by showing
vanishes almost everywhere on some subset
of positive Lebesgue measure, then
f
vanishes almost
Before we can state the theorem we need two lemmas
that will be used in the proof.
The proof of the first lemma is left
to the reader. Lemma 13.12.1.
If
f E.L1([-n,n],dt/2n),
then for each
(k E Z).
(k) = f(k - n)
Lemma 13.12.2. k # 0,
then
£
If
f E L1((-n,n],dt/2n)
is a constant.'
n E Z
and
f(k) = 0, k E Z,
13. Hilbert Spaces
444
the fact that
{el
I
measure.
be a set of positive Lebesgue
E C [-n,n]
is such that
f E H2
If
f
vanishes almost everywhere
vanishes almost everywhere on
f
Let
PVbof.
W
W = (g
[-n,n].
be the linear subspace of
H2
defined as
vanishes almost everywhere on
g E H2, g
E)
g E H2, mg vanishes almost everywhere),
_ (g
where
Let
X5.12.1.
then
E,
is a complete orthonormal set in
But we shall have need of the more general result.
L2([-n,TT],dt/2n).
Theorem
k E Z)
0
the last lemma follows at once from
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
For
(k) = 0,
f = f(0).
whence by Corollary 13.7.1 we.conclude that
k E Z,
on
[f - f(0)]
Elementary computations show that
Proof.
is, as usual,'the characteristec function of the set
XE
is a closed linear subspace of
H2
E.
It is easily seen that
W
hence a Hilbert space.
The theorem will be established if we can
and
show that W = (0). To prove this it clearly suffices, either by Corollary 13.7.1 (eik*
or the complete orthonormality of ;(k) -'0, k E Z,
for each
I
we have if
g(0) = 0, g E W.
g(0) = 0, g E W.
g(k) - 0, k E Z, k < 0,
g E W,
as
Then for each
g E H2.
since
g E W
On the other hand,
then from Lemma 13.12.1 we see that
(e-t'g) (k) = g(k + 1) = 0 -since
to show that
However, to establish this we
g. E W.
claim it is sufficient to show that Indeed, suppose that
k E Z),
g E H2
and
g(0) = 0.
Thus
a-"g E H2.
(k E Z, k <0 Moreover, since
vanishes almost everywhere, it follows at once that
a- I'g!E W.
But then (e-i2-g)w(k)
_
(e-i.g)w (k + 1) . 0
(k E Z, k < 0),
13.12. A Theorem About
as
g E H2
a
that
and
g)
(e
Hence, as before, we conclude
(0) = 0.
Continuing in this fashion, we deduce that
a-i2-g E W.
e-ik.g E W
445
H2
and for each
k E Z, k > 0,
for each
However,
g E W.
we then have 0 = (e-ik'g)w(0)
"(k E Z, k > 0),
= g(k)
which, coupled with our previous observation, shows that, if g t W, then
g(0) = 0,
g(k) = 0, k E Z, g E W.
Consequently, we need only show that
g(0) = 0, g E W,
in order
to prove the theorem.
Define the linear functional
on
x*
W
by (g E W).
x*(g) = g(0) = Zn r"n g(t) dt
It follows at-once from the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1) that
x* E.W*.
Thus, since
W
is a Hilbert space, from the Riesz
Representation Theorem (Theorem 13.4.2) we see that there exists some
h E W
that is,
h
Since
such that
x*(g) = (g,h), g E W.
We claim that
h = 0,
vanishes almost everywhere. h E W,
that is,
follows at once that
XEh
eik-h E W
vanishes almost everywhere, it for each
k E
0,
and so,
by Lemma 13.12.1,
{eik'h)w(0)
= h (-k)
=0 as
h E H2.
(k E Z, k > 0) ,
Consequently (Ih12)'(-k) - fi .inn
Ih(t)I2eikt
dt
13. Hilbert Spaces
446
?n
atn eikth(t)h(t) dt
(k E Z., k > 0) .
0
But we also know that {h(t)+2e-ikt
(1h12)^(k) = 2n fn,
tt 1
n
f-n
dt
ekth(t)h(t)
dt
=
h(-k)
(kEZ,k>0)'.
=0 Thus
(1h+
)
13.12.2 that
(k) = 0, k E IL, k # 0,
is a constant.
Ih12
Ihj E L2([-n,nl,dt/2n)
implies
whence we conclude from Lemma The lemma is applicable because
IhJ2 E L1([-n,n],dt/2n)
by the
Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1). However,
h E W
implies that
ishes almost everywhere on h
E,
h,
and hence also
Ih12,
a set of positive measure.
must vanish almost everywhere, and so therefore
van-
Hence
g(0) = (g,h) = 0,
g E W. Consequently
13.13.
W = (0),
and the proof is complete.
Some Basic Results in Spectral Theory.
As already indi-
cated (for example, in Section 3.1), the action of a linear transformation
T
from a finite-dimensional linear space V
to itself can
always be realized as matrix multiplication of some matrix and the coefficient vectors of the elements of of course, depends on the choice of a basis for
V. V.
A = (a .k)
The matrix For certain
A,
447
13.13. Some Basic Results in Spectral Theory
types of such transformations one can choose the basis of
V
T(x) =
is either
1FP
A
This means that, for exam-
only has nonzero entries on the diagonal. ple, in the case where
in
is a diagonal matrix -- that is,
A
such a way that the matrix
V
or e,, 'one can write
m E (x,ek)akek'
(x E V),
k=1 are certain linearly independent orthonormal
el,e2,...,em
where
vectors in
A1,A2,...,Am
V;
are the not necessarily distinct-nonzero
diagonal entries of the matrix product;
and
m < n.
denotes the usual inner
A;
This is the case, for instance, whenever
T
is self-adjoint -- that is, whenever the matrix corresponding to
T
is equal to its conjugate transpose.
Our ultimate goal in the remaining sections is to establish a counterpart of this result for certain self-adjoint linear transformations on an arbitrary Hilbert space over
C.
This'result will
Section 13:15 when we prove a spectral decomposition
appear in
theorem for compact self-adjoint linear transformations.
The result
for finite-dimensional linear spaces discussed at the beginning of this section will be a special case of this theorem.
However, before
we can establish the indicated result, we must develop some aspects of the general spectral theory of linear transformations on Hilbert spaces.
For reasons that will subsequently become apparent we re-
strict our attention to Hilbert spaces over Definition 13.13.1. and let
Then
E L(V).
if there exists some (AI
for
- T)(x) = 0; T
and
Thus we see that
be a Hilbert space over C
Let
A E C
x E V, x
is said to be an elgenvalue for 0,
x E V, x
if there exists some A E s
0,
A E C
such that
such that
T(x)
is an eigenvalue for
AI - T
for
then one can always find a vector
T(x) = Ax.
T(x)
is not injective.
Ax,
T
that is,
is said to be an eigenvectoT
only if T,
C.
Evidently, if
Ax.
T E L(V) A
if and
is an eigeivaiu,
x f V, tixI} a I. such that
13. Hilbert Spaces
'448
o(T), the spectrum of
(i)
such.that
A E C
is the set of
T,
is either not injective or not surjective.
Al - T
the point spectrum of
PC(T),
(ii)
the continuous spectrum of
Ca(T),
(iii)
A E C
is the set of
T,
is not injective.
Xi - T
such that
is the set of
T,
is injective, but not surjective, and such
XI - T
such that
A E C
c
Then
T E L(V).
and let
be a Hilbert space over
Let
Definition 13.13.2.
that R(AI - 1)- is dense in. V. the residual spectrum of
RC(T),
(iv)
is injective, but not surjective, and such that
such that
XI - T
R(AI - T)
is not dense in
Jt is evident that
C = o(T) U p(T)
o (T)
L
A E p(T),
If
T.
=
Clearly
pairwi'se disjoint.
values of
V
liflear mapping from
1'
Thus
XI - T
and that
(T) U Ca (T) U RC (T)
PC(T)
then
consists precisely of the eigenAl - T
is a bijective continuous
to itself, and so by Corollary 7.2.2 to the
Open Mapping Theorem we see that L(V).`
(Al - j-1
exists and belongs to
has a bounded inverse defined-on all of
we shall often write
used only when
T.
(Al - T)-I = R(A,T)
Note that thenotation (Al
-
V.
not generally. hold.
T((ak))
such that
When
A E p(T),
and call .R(A,T) for
R(A,T)
the T)-1
(XI -
is
T)-I E L(V). PC(T) = a(T)
It should be pointed out that the equality
defined by
A E C
is precisely the set of points
p(T)
resolvent of
A E C
Moreover, the various sets defined here are
T E L(V).
for-each
is the set of
T,
is bijective.
Al - T
such that
V.
the resolvent set of
p(T),
(v)
A E C
is the set of
T,
For example, the shift transformation (bk)
where
bl = 0
is clearly injective, but not surjective.
and
bk =. ak - 1,
Hence
does
T E Lfe2), k = 2,3,...,
0 E a(T) - PC(T).
Actually it is possible to construct examples of continuous linear
449
13.13. Some Basic Results in Spectral Theory
transformations Ra(T), and
such that each or any pair o` the sets
T
CC(T)
Pa(T),
is empty, with the one exception that not all can
he simultaneously empty -- that is, it cannot be the case that a(T) =
We shall prove this last assertion shortly.
P._
Since ulti-
mately we shall be mainly concerned with compact self-adjoint linear a(T) -
transformations, where
Pa(T)
is either
V
not pursue further an investigation of the sets Our first concern is to examine
p(T)
or
Ca(T)
and
R(X,T)
we do
(0),
and
Ra(T).
a bit more
thoroughly.
Lemma 13.13.1. let
Let
ix - kal < l/!IR(ko,T)ii, (1)
I
-
(V,(.,.))
and suppose
T E L(V),
()L
be a Hilbert space over
ko E p(T).
If
is bijective.
(ii)
[I
-
(ko - )L)R(ko,T)]-1 E L(V).
(iii)
[I
-
()L o
Proof.
is such that
then
o - k)R(ko,T)
-
X E C
t,
k)R(ka,T)]-1
=_ 0[(ko -
k)R(Xo,T)]k.
The proof is a straightforward application of the remarks
following Theorem 6.3.3, combined with the observation that the series
Z;= 0[(ko - k)R(ko,T)jk
converges in
L(V)
since
Iko - kl < 1/IIR(k0 ,T)il.
The details are left to the reader.
O
This lemma allows us to establish the following important result concerning the existence of Theorem 13.13.1. let 1),
Let
T E L(V), and suppose
- X01 < 1/l!R(X0,T)II,
(i) (ii)
R(k,T): (V,(.,.))
X0 E p(T).
be a Hilbert space over If
A E C
is such that
then
k E p (T) R(k,T z R(ko,T)Fk = 0[(ko - A)R(Xo,T)]k.
Proof.
By Lemma 13.13.1 we see that
R(kaT) E [(ko - k)R(ko,T)]k = R(ko,T)(I
k=0
-
(ko - X)R(ko,T)
C,
13. Hilbert Spaces
450
Moreover, T)J-
(Al
- T)R(Ao)T)[I -
(ko - k)R()L
0
= [(A - Xo)I + Xol - TJR(X0,T)(I - (A0 _
[(A - ao)R(AO,T) + I][I -
(Ao
a)R(XOPT)]-I
X)R()L
OPT)]-I
= I.
Similarly, since
R(A0,T)[I - (ko -
X)R(A0,T)J-1
=
_
E ()o -
X)k[R(Ao,T)]k* 1
k=0 [I
(Ao - A)R(XOPT)]-IR(L0T),
-
wt see that
R(ao,T)[I - (ao - A)R(A. ,T)]-1(XI - T) = I. It then follows immediately that 00 1
R(.,T) = (XI - T) and
k=0
[(A0
0
T E L(V),
then
closed subset of
p(T)
ba a Hilbert space over
(V,(.,.))
Let
is an open subset of
Theorem 13.13.2. T E L(V), Proof.
Q:,
and
a(T)
C.
is a
C.
We are now in a position to prove that
If
X)R(X0IT)]I k
A E p(T).
Corollary 13:13.1. If
= R(A0,T) E
then
a(T)
is always nonempty.
be a Hilbert space over
Let
C.
o(T) j o.
We first make some preliminary observations based on
Theorem 13.13.1.
For each
x E V
complex-valued function fx,x*
on
and p(T)
x* E V* by
we define the
451
13.13. Some Basic Results in Spectral. Theory
fx,x(k) = x*(R(k,T)(x)) is analytic on
fx,xk
We claim that each such function
(k E P(T)).
Since
p(T).
is open, to prove this assertion it suffices to show that
p(T)
has a power series expansion about each point in X0 E.p(T),
p(T).
fx,x*
But, if
then,from Theorem 13.13.1 we see that
k) k fx,x*(k) = E x*((R(ko,T)) k+I (x))(ko -
k=0
for all
k E C
such that
is analytic on
IX -
0
k E C
Furthermore, we note that, if
fx,x*
is such that.
Ikl > IITII,
k E p(T), as, in this case, we see at once that the series
then
Ek
Thus each
1 < 1/IIR(ko,T)II.
p(T).
0T k/kk + l
converges in L(V),
=
(Al
- T) E
as
IITII/.I kI < 1.
lim()L I
- T) E k=0 k
n
k
k=0 k
n
k
n
1 im [ E- E k=0k
Inrrt rrI
k
-Tc3
n
n
Hence 1
kI
k=0 A
Tn + 11 - kn + 1
= I,
since
limn(IITII/IxI)n+ 1 = 0.
Similarly Tk
k=0 kk+1 and so
R(k,T) - z;= 0 Tk/kk + l . IIR(k,T)I1
from which it follows easily that x E V
and each
x* E V*.
Consequently IITII IxIk+1
k-0 =
T) = I,
(Al
k (1
-I IT[IT"
limk
mlfx,x*(k)I = 0
for each
13. Hilber Spaces
452
the function
x" E V*,
f
is analytic on
x,x*
ceding paragraph shows that each
fx
is bounded.
x*
Hence by
R(A,T) = 0, A E C,
Therefore
fx'x*
is
Thus by a consequence.of the Hahn-Banach
C.
Theorem (Corollary 4.2.6) we have and hence
that is,
p(T) = C,
Liouville's Theorem [Ru2, p. 213] we conclude that each identically zero on
and
Moreover, the conclusion of the pre-
is an entire function.
fx,x*
x E V
We see that for each
o(T) = 0.
Now suppose that
R(A,T)(x) = 0, A E C
x E V,
and
which is clearly absurd.
a(T) j t. Cl
We have restricted our attention in the present discussion to in order to ensure the
Hilbert spaces over the complex numbers C
If one considers Hilbert spaces
validity of the preceding result. over
then the theorem may very well be false -= provided, of
IR,
course, one recognizes that in any case a(T)
must be, a subset of
the scalar field of the Hilbert space in question. could not meaningfully discuss the transformation
Otherwise, one XI - T.
for instance, if one considers the linear transformation
Thus, on
T
IR2
determined by the matrix A
((0 -1 -l1
then it is readily verified that
0
Al - T
only if the determinant of the matrix is,
A
is a root of
Hilbert space over
13.14.
mations.
JR.
A2 + 1 = 0).
is not injective if and
Al - A
Since
IR2
it is apparent that
vanishes at
k
(thaw
is a finite-dimensional a(T)
Some Spectral Theory Results for Self-adjoint Transfor-
In this section we wish to discuss some special results in
the spectral theory of self-adjoint continuous linear transformations. The utility of these results will become apparent in the next section. We begin by defining the notion of the numerical range of an element of
1(V).
453
13.14. Spectral Theory of Self-adjoint Transformations
Definition 13.14.1. T E L(V).
and let
be a Hilbert space over
Let
w(T)
Then the numerical range
of
T
1
is defined
by
w(T) = ((T(x),x)
I
x E V, llxil = 1).
From Proposition 13.10.1 we see that, if 'T E L(V) since
w(T) C IR,
adjoint, then
is self-
An immediate
(T(x),x) E II;, x E V.
consequence of this observation and the next theorem is that whenever
T
is self-adjoint.
is self-adjoint, then
T E L(V) Proof.
Clearly
be a Hilbert space over
Let
13.14.1.
Theorem If
o(T) C IR
Suppose
d > 0.
cl[w(T)]
A
Moreover, if
x E V
o(T)
C.
cl[w(T)].
and let
d = info
and
= 1,
IIxii
E
cl[w(T)]IA - I
then by the
Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality (Theorem 13.1.1) and the definition of
w(T)
we see that d < IA - (T(x),x)I I(()LI - T)(x),x)I
= II (AI - T) (x) II IIxII
II(AI - T)(x)ll. Thus it follows easily that for any
x E V
dllxll < II (AI - T) (x)I! . Consequently by Proposition 3.2.3 we have
(Al - T)-I E L(R(AI - T),V).
An elementary argument, whose details we leave to the reader, shows that
R(AI - T)
R(AI - T) = V
is a closed linear subspace of by the following argument: If
V.
We claim that
(XI - T) # V,
then
by a consequence of the Hahn-Banach Theorem (Theorem 4.2.3) and the Riesz Representation Theorem (Theorem 13.4.2) there exists some y E V,
Ilyll = 1,
such that
((AI - T)(x),y) = 0, x E V.
Then, in
13. Hilbert Spaces
454
((XI - T)(y),y) = 0,
particular, we would have
k = (T(y),y) E w(T),
at once that k $ cl[w(T)].
Hence
(XI
X E p(T),
Therefore
Corollary 13.14.1. If
T E L(V)
from which we deduce
contrary to the assumption that
- T) = V,
whence
(XI - T)-1 = R(X,T) E L(V).
and
o(T) C cl[w(T)].
0
be a Hilbert space over
Let
is.self -adjoint, then
C.
c(T) C III.
An easy consequence of Corollary 13.14.1 is that the eigenvectors corresponding to distinct eigenvalues of a self-adjoint continuous linear transformation are orthogonal. Corollary 13.14.2. and let that
T E L(V)
k1 # k2
(V,(.,.))
be self-adjoint.
and if
T(xk) = kkxk, k = 1,2, Proof.
Let
x1,x2 E V then
If
be a Hilbert space over C k,1,k2 E Pa(T)
are such
are nonzero vectors such that
xl1 x2.
Clearly we have k1(xl,x2) _ (k1xl,x2) (T(xI),x2) (x1,T(x2)) (xl,k2x2)
= k2(xl,x2), o(T) c IR
since
by Corollary 13.14.1.
Thus
(k1 - 42)(xl,x2) = 0,
and so x1 1x2. If
T E L(V),
then it is apparent that for each
x E V, ixII
we have (T(x),x)l
('k+ < l1TjJ
Thus
455
13.14. Spectral Theory of Self-adjoint Transformations
Ultimately we shall prove in this case that
sup X E o (T)
IAI
°IITII
As a first step in this direction we prove the.following theorem: Theorem 13.14.2. If
be a Hilber% space over
Let
C.
is self-adjoint, then'
T E L(V)
IITII = supL l (T (x) ,x)I
sup R I
=
I
x E V, 1Ixit - 11
.
E w(T) Proof.
E w(T).
By the foregoing remarks we know that
ICI < IITII.
Let
a =
I§I = sup(I(T(x),x)I
sup
I
E w(T) Clearly
'a < IITII.
ness of
T
x E9, IIxit
Some elementary computations and the self-adjoint-
reveal that
(T(x + y),x + y) - (T(x - y),x - y) = 4Re(T(y),x)
whence, if
= iJ.
x # y
and
x # -y,
(x,y E V),
we have
4Re(T(y),x) < I(T(x + y),x + y)I + I(T(x - y),x - y)I
=
I (Tx++y
x
I(T(x-y), +
+
y)I 11x + YI12
Tx-y)IIIx-YII x
< a(IIx + y1l2 + llx - yll2) =
2a(IIxi12 + IIYI12)
(x,y E V).
The last step is, of course, just the Parallelogram Identity (Theorem 13.2.1).
A similar argument reveals that the estimate is also valid
13. Hilbert Spaces
4S6
x = y
in the case that If
setting
y E V
x = -y.
or
is such that
x = T(y)/IIT(y)II
IIYIl
=
I and
IIT(Y)ll # 0,
then, on
in the preceding estimate, we obtain
IIT(Y)Ij = (T(Y),
T(Y)
11
)
= Re(T (y) , T (Y) T (Y) ) < a(IIYII2 *
JIyJ1 T() 2
)
IIT(y)II2
2
= a.
Since this inequality obviously remains valid when IIyII
= 1,
IIT(y)Il = 0,
we conclude that IITII
sup IIT(y)II < a,
=
IIYII = 1
which completes the proof.
To show that
IuTII
= supA
E a(T)I)I
it clearly suffices, in view
of the preceding result, to prove that the supremum and infimum of w(T)
both lie in
a(T).
With this in mind we make the. following
definition:
Definition 13.14.2. If
be a Hilbert space over
Let
is self-adjoint, then we set
T E L(V)
M.I. = sup w(T)
C.
and
mT = inf w(T).
Theorem If
13.14.3.. Let
(V,(.,.))
T*E L(V)
is self-adjoint, then
Proof.
We shall show only that
gous proof that
M.1. E a(T)
be a Hilbert space over
MT E a(T)
mT E c(T),
to the reader.
follows immediately from the definition of
Let
mT
and
C.
m,. E a(T).
leaving the analoS = T - mTI.
It
and the equation
13.14. Spectral Theory of Self-adjoint Transformations
(S(x).,x) = (T(x),x) - mT(x,x), x E V, and that
infllxjl° 1(S(x),x) = 0.
that
457
(S(x),x) > 9, x E 1',
A routine argument then shows that
the formula (x,y E V)
i(x,Y) = (S(x),Y)
defines a nonnegative symmetric bilinear form
on
*
V.
From the
comment following Theorem 13.1.1 we see that the Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality is valid for
and so, in particular, we have
#,
it[S(x),x]12 < t[S(x),S(x))$(x,x) _ (S 2(x),S(x))(S(x),x)
However, since S
T
is self-adjoint and
m.l, E IR,
(x E V).
we see at once that
is self-adjoint, and so $[S(x),x) = (S2(x),x) _ (S(x),S(x))
(x E V) .
> 0 Hence
i,S(x)112 < (S2(x),S(x))(S(x),x) =
(S3(x),x)(S(x),x)
<_ jj53j+jrxjj2(S(x),x) Now, if
S
So suppose that
is not injective, then obviously S
is injective.
If
S
mT E Pa(T) c a(T).
were also surjective, then
by Corollary 7.2.2 to the Open Mapping Theorem we should have S-I E L(V).
Consequently by Proposition 3.2.3 there exists some
m > 0 such that because
S
m < jlS(x)ll, x E V, Ijxu = 1. However,
11S"
' 0
is injective, and so from the previously established
inequality and the fact that
inf1111
I(S(x),x) = 0,
we deduce
that infllxli = Ids(x)f = 0, which contradicts the fact that m > 0.
13. Hilbert Spaces
458
Thus, if
is injective, it cannot be surjective, and so
S
(V,(.,.))
Let
Corollary 13.14.3.
If T E L(V) is self-adjoint, then
mT E o(T).C
be a Hilbert space over
JIT11 = supA
E o(T) IXI
C.
.
13.15. 'A Spectral Decomposition Theorem for Compact Self-adjoint We are flow almost ready to. extend the regult of
Transformations.
linear algebra indicated in the introductory remarks to Section 13.13
to a certain class of linear transformations on Hilbert spaces: the compact self-adjoint continuous linear transformations. Definition 13.15.1.
T E L(V)
The transformation
on
is compact in the norm topology
V.
Thus
is compact if and only if the image of a norm
T E L(V).
bounded set under that
C.
is said to be compact if, whenever
cl[T(E)]
is norm bounded,
E C V
be a Hilbert space over
Let
T E L(V)
T
It is easily verified
has compact closure.
is compact if and only if
where, as usual, B1, = (x
cl[T(B1)]
is compact,
x E V, 11xII < 11.
I
Some examples of compact transformations are obviously desirable.
T E L(V)
be such that the range of
linear subspace of
V.
set in the range of compact.
and let
is any Hilbert space over C
First, suppose
T
T
is a finite-dimensional
Since by Theorem 1.3:3 every closed-bounded
In particular, every linear transformation from
itself is compact.
T
is compact, it follows at once that Cn
is
to
Thus the familiar linear transformations of
linear algebra are all compact continuous linear transformations. Not all compact transformations, however, have a finite-dimensional range.
Another important class of compact transformations
forms a subset of the so-called integral transformations or integral operators.
For example, let
K E C([C,.1] x [0,11).
V - L2([O,1],dt)
We define
and suppose
T E L(L2([0,1],dt))
by
.
459
13.15. A Spectral Decomposition Theorem
T(f)(s) = fo K(s,t)f(t) dt That
T
indeed belongs to
We claim, however, that
To this end it suffices to show that
also compact.
and
was indicated in the
L(L2([0,lJ,dt))
remarks following Theorem 13.9.1.
compact in
(f E L2([0,1],dt)).
L2([O,1],dt).
"fjj2 < 1.
T(f) E C([0,1))
With this in mind, suppose
It is apparent,
T
cl[T(B1)]
is is
f E L2([0,1],dt)
being continuous, that
K
and that
IIT(f)IIm < IIKII f0 If(t)I dt < IIKIIJfil2 < jjKljm. Thus we see that
T(B1)
,is a bounded subset of
Furthermore, we claim that c > 0
suppose and
is an equicontinuous set.
T(BI)
is given and let
Is, - s2I < 6,
then
6 > 0
be such that, if
Indeed,
sl,s2 E [0,1]
IK(sl,t) - K(s2,t)I < e, t E [0,1].
is possible, of course, because continuous, on
[0,1) x [0,1].
Isl - s21 < 6,
then
K
is continuous, and hence uniformly
Therefore, if
IT(f)(sl) - T(f)('s2)I < f0 IK(sl,t)
<
This
-
sl,s2 E [0,1]
and
K(s2,t)IIf(t)I dt
cfl If(t)I dt ell f112
(f E BI) ,
T(B1)
is equicontinuous.
Consequently from the Ascoli-
Arzela Theorem [Y, pp. 85 and 861 it follows that
T(B1)
has compact
closure in Hence, if of
(T(fn))
(fnI a Bl,
and some
then there exist a subsequence
f E C([0,1])
such that
(T(fn )}
li%IIT(fnk) - fljm = 0,
13. Hilbert Spaces
460
which leads at once to compact closure in
limklpl(fnk)
L,([0,1],dt),
linear transformation on
flj2 = 0.
-
and
Therefore
T(B1)
has
is a compact continuous
T
L2([0,1],dt).
Actually one can even show that the formula T(f)(s) = f0 K(s,t)f(t) dt defines a compact L,([0,l] x
T E L(L2([0,1],dt))
(f E L2([0,1J,dt))
whenever
K
belongs to
[0,1], dsdt) (see, for instance [Y, pp. 277 and 278]).
Such transformations are often called Hilbert-Schmidt transformations, and they play an important role in the study of differential and integral equations.
The interested reader might consult, for instance,
[CoHi, pp. 112-162; RzNg, pp. 143-194; Tr].
Next let us establish some preliminary results about the spectral theory of compact transformations. Proposition 13.15.1. and let then
T E L(V)
he compact.
(V,(.,.)) If
V
be a Hilbert space over C
is not finite-dimensional,
0 E a(T). Proof.
T-I(B1)
V
0 E p(T),
If
T-I
then
is a norm bounded subset of
is compact. that
Let
= R(0,T) E L(V). V,
and hence
Consequently
T[T-1(B1)] = B1
Thus by the comments following Theorem 1.3.3 we conclude
is finite-dimensional, contrary to the hypothesis of the
proposition.
Therefore
0 E a(T). U
Of course, if
V
is finite `dimensional, then zero certainly
may belong to the resolvent set.
This will be the case if and only.
if the transformation is injective. Proposition 13.15.2. and let
belong to
T E L(V) Pa(T)
Let
(V,(-,-))
be a Hilbert space over C
be compact and self-adjoint. whenever they are not zero.
Then
MT
and
M7.
461
13.15. A Spectral Decomposition Theorem
Suppose, for instance, that
Proof.
definition of
mT
as
mT. = in£ (T(x),x)
I
x E V,
IIxII
= 1)
where we saw that
and the proof of Theorem 13.14.3
IIT(x) - mTxll2 < II (T -
m1l)31Illxl12(T(.x)
- rTx,x)
we deduce at once the existence of some sequence IIxn1I = 1, n = 1,2,3,...,
However, since
T
(xn)
yo E V
and some
Recalling the
mT. J 0.
and for which
(x E V),
(xn) C V
limnllT(xn)
- mTxnhI = 0.
is. compact, there exists a subsequence such that
such that
limkllT(xnk) - yoll = 0.
(xnk)
of
Thus from
the estimates
T(x IIMT
T(x
)
- xnkll
k-II+11 -
1-Y° - T(x )II nk
mT
we deduce that
limkllxnk - YO/mTll = 0.
and using the continuity of
T,
T(xo)
)
Mk -xnkll + 1.-.IIT(x nk ) mT
Hence, on setting
x nk II
xo = yo/mT
we conclude that =
lin T(x nk ) k lkm mT,xnk
mT,xo.
Therefore m.1. E P0(T), argument shows that
as
MT. E Po(T)
Ilxoll = 11mkllxnkll = 1. whenever
A similar
MT. # 0.
0
Finally we can give the spectral decomposition theorem promised in Section 13.13. rather long.
The statement and proof of the theorem are both
13. Hilbert Spaces
462
Theorem 13.15.1.
(V,(
Let
,
be a Hilbert space ove# C
))
be compact and self-adjoint.
T E L(V)
and let
There exists a finite or infinite sequence
(i)
a corresponding finite or infinite sequence
(a)
Iak + ll < lxkl, k = 1,2,3....
(b)
The sequence
(c)
T(ek) _ kkek, k = 1,2,3,...
(ii)
T(x) .= If
(iii)
V
(ek) C V
If
()L k)
(v)
If
n
then
V.
.
(x E V). o(T) = (K k1;
V
if
o(T) = (Xkl u (0).
is infinite, then Po;T),
such that
.
k = I(x,ek)akek is finite-dimensional, then
(i'.)
[Xk) e R and
is an orthonormal set in
(ek)
is not finite-dimensional, then
in
Then
limkkk _ 0.
is a complete orthonormal set
(ek)
1'.
Without loss of generality we may assume that
Proof.
as otherwise the theorem is trivial.
T # 0,
From Corollaries 13.13.1,
13.14.1, and 13.14.3, as well as Theorems 13.13.2 and 13.14.2, we know that
c(T)
is a nonempty closed bounded subset of
sup 1 E a(T) Let I be that one of
1)'1
MT
and i"T
value.
If
ImTI
it follows that that
kI
XI E PC(T).
T(el) = X1el.
then
Iltll,
=
sup R I
.
E w(T) which has the greatest absolute
can be either one.
XI
such that
Since
T T 0,
and so by Proposition 13.15.2 we deduce
t 0,
eI E V
let
=
IFY
be so chosen that
Clearly the choice of
XI
jjelll
-
I
also entails that
and 1xil
jtTj: Next let
subspace of
1'1
V.
=
( x
I
x E V, x i ei).
Moreover,
Then
VI
is a closed linear
T(V1) c VI because, if. x E VI,
(T(x),e1)
(x,T(e1))
= )L I(x,e1) = 0,
then
463
13.15. A Spectral Decomposition Theorem
as
is self-adjoint and
T
the restriction of
T
to
kl ER Consequently it is evident that call it
VI,
is a compact self-
TI,
V1.
adjoint continuous linear transformation on the Hilbert space
specifically, let
A2
greatest absolute value. if
A2
# 0,
e1 . e2,
If
MT
and
then
A2 = 0,
k2 E Pa(TI),
then, I s before,
e2 E V1, IIe211 = 1,
mT
be that one of
and
T1
Thus we may repeat the foregoing argument,with
IITlli
More
which has the
=1IA2I
= 0,
and
and there exists some
T(e2) = TI(e2) = A2e2.
such that
V1.
Clearly
and
Ix21 = IIT111 =
sup
xE J1
IIT(x)II
Ilxli
sup IIT(x)II xEV IIxII = 1 =
IITI
= Ik1L For the next step, in the case
A2
we set
0,
V2 = {x
I
x E V1, x a e.,)
and repeat the preceding arguments. In this way we obtain a finite or infinite sequence C IR
and corresponding vectors
'(a)
(ek) C V
Ikk + II < Ikk1, k = 1,2,3,...
(Xk) C P0(T)
such that
.
is an orthonormal set.
(b)
(ek)
(c)
T(ek) = kkek, k = 1,2,3,...,
and thereby have proved part (i) of the theorem.
preceding cgnstruction shows that for each
V=
n
Furthermore, the
we have
[e1) i [e2) m ... c'S [en) c9 Vn,
19. Hilbert Spaces
464
where V
denotes the closed one-dimensional linear subspace of
[ek]
ek, k = 1,2,3,...,
spanned by
where
n = 1,2,3,...,
Vn = (x
and
Of course, if
VO = V.
x E Vn -1. x i en),
I
is only a
()L k)
finite sequence, then there is only a finite number of such orthogonal decompositions of
V.
Let us look first at the case where The sequence
(Ak)
being clearly finite, a little reflection shows
that there are two possibilities. that
Vn T (0),
that
0 E P0(T),
is finite-dimensional.
V
kn
T
+1
and
= 0,
First, there exists some kn t 0.
restricted to
Vn
n
such
In this case it is evident
is the zero transformation,
and
V = [e I] cd [e2'1 E, ... Thus if, we set
[en]
Vn.
xm = x - zk = 1(x,ek)ek, x E V,
x. .L ek, k = 1,2,...,n,
and so
xm E Vn.
we see at once that
Consequently
n
T(x) =
E (x,ek)T(ek)
k=1 n
E (x,ek)kkek
(x E V).
k=1 In the second case there exists some and
an # 0.
As a result we have
0
V = [el ] ® [e2] from which it follows at once that orthonormal set in space
V,
V,
n
P(T)
such that
Vn = (0)
and
... d; [en ] . e1,e2, ... ,en
form a complete,
that is, a basis for the finite-dimensional
and n
T(x) =
E (x,ek)Akek
(x E V).
k=1 Moreover, since for finite-dimensional spaces we have a(T),
it follows easily that in the first case,
whereas in the second case
a(T) = (A1,A2,...,xn).
Pa(T)
a(T) _ (11,1 2,...21n,0
13.15. A Spectral Decomposition Theorem
46S
Thus the theorem is completely proved for finite-dimensional V
Consequently for the remainder of the proof we assume that not finite-dimensional.
We have again two cases to consider.
(kk)
V.
is
First,
Since
V
is not finite-dimen-
sional, this entails that there exists some
n
such that
let us assume that
X
and n+ 1 = 0,
kn # 0.
is finite.
Vn # (R},
By essentially the same argument_.as in the
finite-dimensional case we see that
0 E P(T),
V = [e11 ED [e2] ED ... E$ [en] ED Vn, and
n
(x,ekA
T(x)
k=1
(x E V).
e k k
The theorem is thus proved for the first case, although we have not yet shown that
We shall return to this
v(T) = {A1.X2,...,kn,oJ.
point in a moment.
Now let us examine the case where case we claim that
would exist some for all
limkkk = 0.
s > 0
is infinite.
In this
If this were not true, then there
such that
n,m = 1,2,3,..., n f m,
[k ) k
Jkkl > s, k = 1,2,3,...,
and
we would have
IIT(en) - T(em)112 = Ilanen - amemll2
> 0, as
(ek)
is an orthonormal set.
the compactness of
T,
convergent subsequence.
This, however, clearly contradicts
since the sequence Hence
limkXik = 0,
(T(ek))
could have no
which proves part (iv)
of the theorem. If
x E V,
then by Bessel's.Inequality (Theorem 13.6.3(ii).) and
the Riesz-Fischer Theorem (Theorem 13.6.4) it is apparent that the
466
13. Hilbert Spaces
infinite sum
l
=1("'k
converges to some element of
)ek
we can define
xm = x - E;. (,,,e
sequently for each
x E V
It is obvious that
x..i ek, k = 1,2,3,...,
k = 1,2,3,... to
Vk
T(x.) = Tk(xm),
Thus
.
of T.. But then, since
where
IITkil = IAk +
(Ak),
the construction of the sequence
IIT (xm) II
and so
Con-
V.
k )e k'
x00 E Vk,
is the restriction
Tk
by
11, k - 1,2,3,...,
we see that
= IITk (x.) II IITkIiIIxJI
(k = 1,2,3,...).
_ .IAk+IIIIxjI Hence
as
T(x ) = 0,
Thus we conclude that
link-"k = 0.
(x E V) ,
E (x,ek)Akek
T(x) =
k=1 as
T E L(V).
is not finite-dimensional, we know from
V
Moreover, since
Proposition 13.15.1 that
injective, whence we deduce from
then
T(x,,) = 0, x E V,
that
is a complete orthonormal set in It remains only to show that, if
then
o(T) _ (AkIU(0).
it is apparent that We claim that
X0
V V
when
PC(T).
Ak' k - 1 , 2 , 3 , .
.
. ,
is
Were
0 f PC(T).
(ak)U (0) c a(T).
limkXk = 0
such that
0,
T
is not finite dimensional,
when
d = inf(IA0 - AkI, IAol
X0
x0 E V, xo
Clearly Since
X0 E C - ((Ak).U(0)).
some
If
Hence it follows from Theorem 13.6.5 that
x = 1 = 1(x,ek)ek, x E V. (ek)
0 t PC(T),
0 E e(T).
I
X0 E PC(T), T(xo) = Aoxo.
we know from
(A k)
So suppose is infinite,
k = 1,2,3,...] > 0.
then there would exist However, since
Corollary 13.14.2 that
x0 1 ek,
Consequently
k =
Aoxo = T(xo) =
E (x0 ek)kkek - 0,
k=1 which is a contradiction because is,
A0I - T
is injective.
Ao # 0.
Thus
).o
PC(T),
that
467
13.15. A Spectral Decomposition Theorem
some
y E V,
this we shall construct, given (k0 I
is even surje-tive.
X0I - T
We claim, moreover, that
To see
such that
x EiV
We note that, if such an equation were valid,
- T)(x) = y.
then we would have (y,ek) _ ((MOI - T)(x),ek) X0(x,ek) - (T(x).ek) = ao(x,ek) - (x,T(ek)) (k = 1,2,3,...),
= (AO - kk)(x,ek) and so
because
(x,ek) T
k = 1,2,3,...,
Xk),
(y,ek)/()Lo -
X0 # kk, k = 1,2,3,...
is self-adjoint and
m
.
With this
and consider the sum
y E V
observation in mind, Jet
which is valid
(y,ek)
E
2
k=1 ko - kk Since
it follows at once from the estimate
(x0 - kkI > d > 0,
(Y)2
I(Y,ej),2
<
xoo
k= 1
k= 1
k
Bessel's Inequality (Theorem 13.6.3(ii)),
and the Riesz-Fischer
Theorem (Theorem 13.6.4) that E;, I[(y,ek)/(ko to some element in
Consequently, since
V.
x=
a
is a well-defined element of vious notation Since
ym = y -
T(y..) = 0,
(aI0 - T) (x)
m
Y.
+
1r
0,
ek
where in accordance with our pre-
k= 1(y,ek)ek. we see that
y+ E OD
k=1
converges
(Y,ek)
k=1 V,
)
- )Lk))ek
(Y,ek) ()10I
o
k
- T) (ek)
468
13. Hilbert Spaces
m E (Y,ek)ek
= ym +
k=1 = Y,
whence we conclude that
A0I - T
is surjective.
Of course,.if
(Ak)
is finite, then the infinite sums in the preceding argument are really only finite sums, and the discussion is even simpler. Hence, if
)L
0 T Ak, k = 1,2,3,...,
ao E p(T).
bijective -- that is,
X0 t 0,
Therefore
then Al 0- T
is
a(T) _ (Ak)U(0).
This now completes the proof of the theorem.
O
The theorem clearly contains as a special case the result on the diagonalization of self-adjoint linear transformations on finite-dimensional linear spaces mentioned at the beginning of Section 13.13.
The representation of
T
described in part (ii) of the theorem
can also be strengthened.
To see this, suppose
and self-adjoint, and let
()L k) C IR
of Theorem 13.15.1. onto
k = 1,2,3,... x E"V.
Let
Pk
.
Now, if
It is evident that (Ak) _
is compact
be as in part (i)
denote the orthogonal projection of
the closed linear subspace of
(ek],
T E L(V)
{ek) c V
and
{Al'X2,
"
V
spanned by
ek,
Pk(x) = (x,ek)ek, k = 1,2,3,...
'''fin)'
then it is apparent from
Theorem 13.15.1(ii) that n
T =
E kkPk,
k=1 whereas if
(Xk)
is infinite, then for each
x E V,
IIxHI = 1,
have
n
II(T -
n
E AkPk)(x)II2 = IIT(x) - E ak(x,ek)ekll2 k=1 k=1 = II
V
E
k=n+1
k(X,ek)ek1I2
we
469
13.15. A Spectral Decomposition Theorem
E
k=n+1
IakI2(x,ek)I2 CO
kn + I I`
E
k=n+1
I (x,ek)
I2
< Ikn+ 1l IIkii2 = Ia (ek)
because the vectors
12
(n = 1,2,3,...)
n+1
form an orthonormal set..
Bessel's
Inequality (Theorem 13.6.3(ii)) ensures the validity of the penultiConsequently we see that
mate estimate.
n
IIT -
n
-
E AkPkll =
k=1
sup
11 (T
E 4kPk) (x)I k=1
-
IIxI1 =1
(n = 1,2,3,...),
< I kn + 11 whence it follows at once that T =
E kkPk, k = I
as
limnikn
+1
= 0
1
by Theorem 13.15.1(iv).
We summarize these observations in the following corollary: Corollary 13.15.1. and let (i)
T E L(V)
Let
(V,(.,.)) be a Hilbert space over C
be compact and self-adjoint.
There exists a finite or infinite: sequence
a corresponding finite or infinite sequence
(ii)
(a)
T(ek) = Xkek, k = 1,2,3,...
(b)
The sequence
If
Pk
(ek) C V
[Xk) C IR
.
denotes the orthogonal projection of V
and
such that
is an orthonormal set in
(ek)
the closed linear subspace of T = E Z=
Then
sppened by
V
V.
onto fek),
ek, k = 1,2,3,...,
where convergence is in the norm topology on
L(V).
then
13. Hilbert Spaces
470
The material of the last three sections is only a very small portion of the general study-of spectral theory and spectral decom-
position theorems for linear transformations on Hilbert and Banach spaces.
The subject is vast, and for a further sampling of results
the reader-is referred to [AkG; BaNr; DS1, pp. 555-730; DS2; E1, pp. 676-706; Ha2; He; Lo; N. pp. 84-114, 441-511; RzNg, pp. 195-445; So; T. pp. 253-364; V; Y, pp. 193-362].
Problems.
13.16.
1.
over
(Theorem 13.2.2)
be an inner product space
Let
Prove each of the following:
f.
If
(a)
then
4 = nt,
(x,y)_I _+__112-II---
I2
(x,y E V)
If I = C, then
(b)
(x,y) _ Ix 2 IIx 2-1Y'll (x,y .9 V). 2.
Let
where
(L 1([0,1],dt),11.111)
,f0 If(t)l dt. Prove that
3.
(b) (c)
4.
(L1([0,1],dt),I1.111)
(Proposition 13.4.2)
space over (a)
does not satisfy the Parallelogram Identity and
11.111
conclude that
and let
0
E
(f E Ll([0,1],dt)).
is not a Hilbert space.
Let
E CV.
be an inner product
Prove each-of the following:
J.
is a closed linear subspace of
E c Ell. If
E
is a linear subspace, then
(Corollary 13.4.1)
Prove that, if
W c V
Let
V.
Ef1El = (0j.
be a Hilbert space over
is a closed-Itinvar subspace, then
W = W11.
I.
471.
13.16. Problems
5.
be a Hilbert space over
Let If
be a linear subspace.
and only if 6.
y .. cl(W).
implies that
y i W
be a closed linear subspace.
min[IIx - xoi( 7.
over
I
Prove that,.if
over
Let
be a Hilbert space
(V,(.,.))
Prove that the following are equivalent:
(i)
P.E L(V)
is an orthogonal projection.
(ii)
P E L(V)
is such that
V = 12
Let
P2 = P
R(P)1 R(I - P).
and for
en E l2
n = 1,2,3,...
Let
M = (e2n
(b)
..et
that
P
and
R(P) a M1
Q and
that P(a) - (bk), where k - 1,2,3,...;
and that
in
L(12)
+ a2k)/2, k = 1,2,3,... Let
10.
in
(V,(..,.))
L(V)
If
1
and all
n - 1,2,3,....). I
and
M1
M11
(ak) E 12,
a
-b2k a (a2k (ck),
Q(a)
is
by
in
be the orthogonal projections
R(Q) a M11.
b2k - 1
en
+ e2n
- I
Identify the closed linear subspaces
(a)
Q
x E V, P(x) = 0).
I
and define
other coordinates are zero.
- 1
and
that is, the nth coordiante of
en = (6nk)k = 1;
such
P2 = P
is such that
P E L(V)
(iii)
and
be a Hilbert space is an orthogonal projection,
R(P) 1 R(I - P) .
and
R(P)l = (x
(a2k
y E W. lly+t = 1).
I
Let
P E L(V)
(Proposition 13.5.2)
I.
9.
W C V
and let
#
prove that
x0 E V,
X E W) = max(I(xo,y)l
then V a R(P) E) R(I - P) 8.
y = 0.
If
(Proposition 13.5.1)
#.
is dense if
W
Conclude that
be a Hilbert space over
Let
W c V
prove that there exists some
cl(W) T V,
such that
y E V, y # 0,
and let
#
where
prove
- I - a2k)/2, c2k
-1
a c2k a
.
be a Hilbert space over
be orthogonal projections.
#
and let
P
13. Hilbert Spaces
472
Prove that the following are equivalent:
(a)
(i)
PQ
(iiJ
PQ
is an orthogonal projection.
(iii)
QP
is an orthogonal projection.
is an orthogonal projection, prove that
PQ
If
(b)
QP.
R(PQ) = R(P) (1 R(Q).
and
in
Q
be a Hilbert space over
Let
14.
L(V)
and let
I
P
be orthogonal projections.
Prove that the following are equivalent:
(a)
(i)
R(P) i R(Q).
(ii)
P[R(Q)] - 0.
(iii)
Q[R(P)] = 0.
(iv)
PQ = 0.
(v)
QP = 0.
is an orthogonal projection, prove that
P + Q
If
(b)
is an orthogonal projection.
P + Q
(vi)
R(P + Q) = R(P) + R(Q).
and
Q
be a Hilbert space over
Let
12.
in
prove that
L(V)
be orthogonal projections.
dim[R(P)] = dim[R(Q)],
linearly isomorphic to 13.
Let
that is,
said to be invariant under
Let
P E L(V)
- Q11 < 1,
lip
R(P)
be a Hilbert space over
be a closed linear subspace, and let
T
If
P
is isometrically
R(Q).
(V,(.,.))
is said to reduce
and let
4
T
if both
if
W
T E L(V).
T(x) E W and
W1
0,
W C V
The subspace
for all x E W.
W
R(P)
is
W
and
are invariant under
be the orthogonal projection such that
Prove that the following are equivalent:
let
W.
T.
473
13.16. Problems
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
14.
W
reduces
T.
PT - TP.
W
(Corollary 13.6.1)
space over
T
is invariant udder both
be an inner product
F C V
there exists a complete orthonorma'1 set
ly-to
15.
(Corollary 13.6.2)
(a)
Let
a
if and only if
is an orthonormal set, then such that
E C V
E D F.
Prove each of the following:
be a sequence.
(ak) C i
T*.
Let
Prove that, if
I.
and
F
- 1
converges to
+ ak
a
k a
converges absolute-
Z+ denotes
where
the set of positive integers. (b)
Let
such that
(ak),
then
l
Let
(ea ( a E A)
= 1actk
converges absolutely to
be a Hilbert space over and
(f,
I
a E A')
(Theorem 13.6.7)
Let
a.
and let
i
be complete orthonormal sets in
Prove that the cardinalities of A
i.
for all but a countable number
and if this countable number of indices is enumerated as
the sequence
17.
a E i
and suppose there exists some
as = 0
Then
EAaa = a.
of a E A,
16.
a E A) C i
(aa
and
A'
(V,(.,-))
V.
are equal.
be a Hilbert space over
Prove that the following are equivalent:
(i) dim (V) = o. (ii) (V,11.II) is separable. 18.
Let
and
YI
be two Hilbert spaces over
V2
I.
Prove
that one of them is isometrically linearly isomorphic to a closed linear subspace of the other. 19.
(e
Let
a E A)
be a Hilbert space over be a complete orthonormal set in
sequence in
'V,
apd only if
(1jxnJ)
for each a E A.
prove that
(xn)
V.
and let
i
If
converges weakly to
is a bounded sequence and
(xn)
x E V
is a if
limn(xned _ (x,ea)
13. Hilbert Spaces
474
*20.
be a Hilbert space over
Let
E
(xl,x2,x3,.,.)
in
V.
and let
E
be a countable set of linearly independent vectors
Prove that there exists a countable orthonormal set
such that the smallest linear subspace containF = (yl,y2,y3,...) ing E is the same as the smallest linear subspace containing F. The process of constructing
from
F
is called Gram-Schmidt
E
orthonormalization. 21.
(a)
E = (tn
Prove that
and
a
_
Pn
to
E
is a linearly are finite
b
Apply the Gram-Schmidt
is Lebesgue measure.
dt
orthonormalization (Problem 20)
where
n = 0,1,2,...)
where
L2([a,b],dt),
independent set in real numbers and
I
and obtain the polynomials
dn([(t - a)(t - b)]n
1
(n - 1,2,3,...),
dtn
cn
cn E gt is so chosen that
11pn""2 = 1.
When
a - .1 and
1,
b
these are called the Legendre polynomials. (b)
Prove the the Legendre polynomials in
L2([-I,l],dt)
are
a complete orthonormal set. *22.
Let
W
as a subspace of
M
such that
that
L2([0,1],dt)
If(t)I < M(1f112
C([0,1])
that is closed
and suppose there exists a constant Prove
t E [0,1], f E W.
for all
dim(W) < M2 23.
(e
be a linear subspace of
Let
e2,...)
IITII < 1,
be a separable Hilbert space over be an orthonormal basis for
then certainly
(IIT(en)11)
V,
and let
E,
T E L(V).
let If
Prove that
is bounded by ond.
the converse of this is false by constructing linear transformations of arbitrarily large norms that are bounded by one on a basis. 24.
over
C.
(a)
(Theorem 13.7.2)
Consider the Hilbert space
L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
Prove each of the following: If
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n),
then
f = E(k)e' -
and
13.16. Problems
475
'r[
11f112
j f(k)121112
E
k=-w
If f,g E L2([-TT,TT],dt/2n), then
(b)
n
1
f(t)g(t) dt -
-n
2n
E f(k)g(k) k=
and
n
rr
(ak
If
(c)
CO
f -n
1
I
f(t)g(t) dt =
k E Z) c C
then there exists a unique and
f = EZakeik.
for each
is such that
,ak12 < such that
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
ak = f(k), k E Z.
If the mapping
(d)
E f(k)g(-k). k = -co
cp
:
L2([-n,rr],dt/2n)
by
f E L2([-n,n],dt/2n)
is defined
L2(Z)
cQ(f)(k) = f(k), k E Z,
then
p ,is a surjective isometric isomorphism.
form an orthonormal set in
Lebesgue measure on
then q- lakrk(t)
jaV12
[0,1],
where
(wn)
form a complete
where dt denotes Lebesgue measure
[0,1].
(Proposition 13.9.2)
28.
over
denotes
dt
L2([0,1),dt).
Prove that the Walsh functions L2([0,1],dt),
.1
is such that 2
diverges almost everywhere on
orthonormal set in on
(ak) c C
are the Rademacher functions in 27.
where
L2([0,1],dt),
[0,1).
Prove that, if
*26.
(rk)
Prove that the Rademacher functions
(Proposition 13.8.1)
25.
(r
#
T* + S*
and let
29.
than so is
and
a f I.
Prove that
(T + S)*
(aT)* - aT*.
and
T E L(V).
T,S E L(V)
be a Hilbert space
Let
Let
(V,(.,.))- be a Hilbert space over
Prove that, if T*
and
T
#
is invertible, that is,
(T*)-1 = (T-1)*.
and let
T-I E L(V),
Space
13. Hilbert
476
be a Hilbert space over
Let
30.
Prove that
T E L(V) .
Prove that
T E L(V).
Prove that
T E L(V).
E L(V).
be a Hilbert space over
Then
§
and let
jIT(x) II
be a Hilbert space over
Prove that
T E L(V).
and let
= jjxII
T*T = 1,
is the identity mapping.
Let
34.
§
is an isometry if and only if
T
I(x) = x, x E V,
where
x E V, T(x) = 0),
I
[R(T)I' = N(T*).
is said to be an isometry if
T
Prove that
x E V.
N(T) _ (x
be a Hilbert space over
Let
33.
where
N(T*T) = N(T),
(V,(.,.))
Let
32.
and let
be a Hilbert space over
(V,(.,.))
Let
31.
IjT*TIj = IITIV
and let
§
V
+ T*T
I
and let
t
has an inverse in
and that
t(V)
II(I'+ T*T)-h11 < 1.
be a Hilbert space over
Let
*35.
two different topologies that can be put on
norm topology
lininjITn - TII a 0;
(Tn)
which
in which
un(T),
converges to
(Tn)
and the strong operator topology
con,-verges to
if
T
limnlITn(x)
We have seen
§.
L(V): the uniform, or T
if
so(T),
in
- T(x)II = 0, x E V.
A
third topology that is sometimes useful is the weak operator topology wo(T),
in which
converges to
[T n)
T
if
limn(Tn(x),y) = (T(x),y),
x,y E V.
Consider the mapping
(a)
y(T) =
IITjj.
T = so(T)
tinuous if
or
Prove that
but discontinuous if
$
space over then
C.
:
(L(V),T) - 1R,
0
:
(L(V),T)
is continuous if
but discon-
defied by
(L(V),T),
T = un(T)
or
T = wo(T),
T = so(T). Let
Prove that, if T E L(V) T = 0.
defined by
T = un(T),
T = wo(T).
(Proposition 13,.10.2)
36.
p
is continuous if
Consider the mapping
(b)
$(T) = T*.
x E V,
p
Prove that
be an inner product is such that
(T(x),x) = 0,
477
13.16. Problems
Prove that
is normal if and only if JjT(x)jj = jLT*(x)j(, x E v. be a Hilbert space over
Let
38.
is self-adjoint, prove that
T
that
be defined on all of
39.
Let
(a)
If
T E L'(V)
Let
in
inverse
U = (T - iI)(T +
is self-adjoint, define U
iI)-
is called the
is unitary (U
has an
I
T = i(I + U)(I - U)- l,
is defined by
T
If
U -
be unitary and suppose
is self-adjoint and that
T
prove that
It is necessary
V.)
and that
U _E L(V)
L(V).
Self-adjointness for
T).
Cayley transform of (b)
(Note:
T E L'(V)
be a Hilbert space over V
(V,(.,.))
U E L(V)
Prove that
of
T E L(V).
If
1.
(T(x),y) = (x,T(y)), x,y E V.
T E L'(V) is defined by
U
is the Cayley transform
T.
Let
40. D = (f.(t)
T
The transfor-
t.
TT* = T*T.
is said to be normal if
T E L(V)
mation T
be a Hilbert space over
Let
37.
:
D - V (a)
I
V = L2([a,b],dt),
f(t) E L2([a,b],dt)
Prove that
D
T E L'(D,V)
(c)
Prove that
T
tf(t) E L2([a,b],dt)).
Let
T(f)(t) = tf(t)., t E [a,b].
L2([a,b],dt)
that
is self-adjoint.
is bounded
and
if and only if the
D = V
is finite.
The definition of the adjoint transformation and self-adjoint
transformations are formally the same as when 41.
and define
L2([a,b],dt).
Prove that
[a,b]
< a < b < cD,
is a linear subspace of
(b)
(Note:
and
be the multiplication operator
is norm dense in
interval
where
Let
D
be a Hilbert space over
is a Hilbert space.) t.
If
T E L(V)
is self-adjoint, then we know from Proposition 13.10.1 that (T(x),x) E IR, x E V.
So we may define an order relation for self-
adjoint
by setting
S,T E L(V)
S < T
if and only if
(S(x),x) < (T(x),x)
{x E V).
.
13. Hilbert Spaces
478
T
the transformations
T E L(V)
Prove that for any
(T(x),x) > 0, x E V.
that is,
T > 0,
is said to be positive if
are
TT*
and
T*T
always positive.
and
be a Hilbert space over
Let
42.
Q
L(V)
in
and let
f
P
be orthogonal projections.
Prove that the following are equivalent:
(a)
Q - P > 0
(i)
as defined in 'Problem 41).
!IP(x)II < IIQ(x)II, x E V.
(ii)
(iii)
R(P) C R,(Q)
(iv)
QP = P.
(v)
PQ = P.
is an orthogonal projection.
Q - P
(vi)
is an orthogonal projection, prove that
Q - P
If
(b)
(>
R(Q - P) = R(Q) n [R(P) ll.
(Tn) C L(V)
satisfy
be a Hilbert'space over
Let
*43.
and
S E L(V)
are self-adjoint transformations that
T1 < T2 < ... < Tn <
such that
(Tn)
converges to
cular case where the prove that
T
Prove that there exists a
< S.
such that 'Tn < T < S, n =.1,2,3,...,
T E L(V)
self-adjoint
Tn
T
in
T E L(V)
(see Problem 41 for a definition of
(Proposition 13.11.1)
space and let if
R(T)
is the .
and let
4
be a self-adjoint transformation such that 0 < T < I
a unique positive self-adjoint 45.
S = I,
R(Tn), n = 1,2,3,...
be a Hilbert space over
Let
and
are orthogonal projections
is an orthogonal projection and that
and
In the parti-
(L(V},so(T)).
smallest closed linear subspace containing *44.
and suppose
I
ip
1 < p < W and
<).
S E L(V) Let
Prove that there exists such that
(X,S,µ)
S2 = T.
be a positive measure
be a measure preserving mapping on T(f) = f o qp, f f L (X,S,µ),
bijective linear isometry from
Lp(X,S,Y)
to
Prove that,
X.
then
Lp(X,S,N).
T
is a
479
13.16. Problems
46.
(Theorem 13.11.2)
space and let if
be a measure preserving mapping on
cp
T(f) = f o cp, f E L2(X,S,µ),
f0 E L2(X,S,µ)
exists some
(i)
Jim iIn+
T(f0) = f0.
*47,
(Theorem 13.11,4)
measure space and let
(ii)
48.
for each
cP
E oTk(f)(t) = f0(t)
1
for p-almost all
t E X.
T(fo) = f0. (Lemma 13.12.1)
If
prove that
f E L1([-n,rrJ,dt/2n),
n E Z
49.
If
50.
(Lemma 13.13.1)
f E H2
T E L(V),
and suppose
(b)
[I -
(c)
[I
51.
(Corollary 13.13.1)
f
is a constant.
be a Hilbert space over
X0 E p(T).
X E C
Let
be such that
is bijective.
o - X)R()Lo,T)]-1 E L(V).
(Xo - )L)R(Xo,T)]-1
and let and that
(k E Z).
n)
Prove each of the following:
I.- (Xo - X)R(Xa,T)
-
;(k
(V,(.,.))
Let
(a)
(),
f)^(k)
is real-valued, prove that t
IX - Xa1 < 1/1jR(X0,T)II.
of C
such that
k
in-
over C
f0 E L1(X,S,p)
n
1
n
X.
then for each
T(f) = f o q, f E L1(X,S,p),
(e
C, let
be a a-finite positive
(X,S,p)
Let
be a measure preserving mapping on
there exists some
(i)
there
0.
k=0
(ii)
Jim
f E L2(X,S,p)
such that
E Tk(f) -
1
f E L1(X,S,µ)
then for each
Prove that,
X.
n
n
Prove that, if
be a positive measure
(X,S,µ)
Let
T E L(V). a(T)
Let
== 0[(Xo (V,(.,.))
Prove that
p(T)
is a closed subset of
X)R(Xo,T)]k.
be a Hilbert space is an open subset C.
13. Hilbert Spaces
480
be a Hilbert space over
Let
52.
and let
C,
T E L(V),
let
Prove each of the following:
X,µ E p(T).
(a)
R(k,T) - R(o,T) = (k -
(b)
R(k,T)R(µ,T) =
(The first equation is sometimes called the Hilbert relation.) be a Hilbert space over
Let
S3.
be an isometry, that is,
T E L(V)
prove that
PLI
Let
54.
T E L(V)
Let
T E.L(V).
X E o(T),
If
If
prove that
is on the boundary of
k
Prove that
0anzn
=
and let
o(T),
and let that is,
k E Pa(T) U Co(T).
be a Hilbert space over C p(z) = En
ficients, define
and let
is a polynomial with complex coef-
p(T) _ VD a 0anTn.
Clearly
p(T) E L(V).
Prove
o[p(T)] = p[o(T)}; that is, prove that the spectrum of
consists precisely cf all values that of
a E Po(T),
If
lai = 1.
be a Hilbert space over C
(V,(.,.))
Suppose
Let
T E L(V).
that
be a Hilbert space over C
(V,(.,.))
k E a(T) - int[o(T)]. *56.
and let
- I.
be unitary.
*55.
C
JIT(x)ll = 11x1j, x E V.
p(z)
p(T)
assumes on the spectrum
This result is called the Polynomial Spectral Mapping
T.
Theorem. 57.
where
Let
b1 = 0
V = t2 and
and define
bk
a
to conclude that 58.
T E L(V) that
by
C.
I
and that
by
T([ak)) - [bk), Prove that
.
Pa(T) _ . Use Problem S5
z E C, IzI = 1) C Ca(T).
V = L2([a,b],dt),
where
T(f)(t) - tf(t), t E [a,b]
a(T) _ [a,bJ 59.
over
Let
(z
k = 2,3,4,...
k- 1'
a(T) = [z J_z E C, Izi < 1)
T E L(t 2)
and that
(Corollary 13.14.1)
Prove that, if
-cc < a < b < w,
and define
(see Problem 40).
Prove
Pa(T) = Ra(T) _ . Let
T E L(V)
be a Hilbert space is self-adjoint, then
o(T) C IR.
481
13.16. Problems
60.
C
T E L(V)
and let
over
C.
(V,(.,.))
T E L(V) 63.
T E L(V)
Prove that
be self-adjoint.
(Corollary 13.14.3)
M.I. E o(T),
where
is self-adjoint, prove that
T E L(V)
If
be a Hilbert space
Let
I
62.
be a Hilbert space over
E w(T)).
M.I. = sup(t 61.
Let
(Theorem 13.14.3)
be a Hilbert space over C
(V,(.,.))
Let
Recall from Problem 41 that
be self-adjoint.
tive; that is,
T > 0
and let
be a Hilbert space over "C
(V,(.,.)
and let
Ra(T) _ 0.
Prove that
be self-adjoint. Let
A E c(T)).
(T(x),x) > 0, x E V.
if
is posi-
T
Prove each of the
following: (a)
is positive and invertible, that is,
T
if and only if
T-1 E L(V), (c)
If
formation and *64.
T E L(V).
Let
mT > 0,
mT_ 1 =
then (MLI.)
(V,(.,.))
Prove that
-1
where
E w(T)).
mT = inf(§ (b)
mT > 0,
is positive if and only if
T
T
exists and
mT > 0. T-1
and
is a posi`Cive self-adjoint trans-
MIT 1 = (ml)'.
be a'Hilbert space over C -and let
w(T),
the numerical range of
T,
is convex.
This result is called the Toeplitz-Hausdorff Theorem. *65.
T E L(V). 66.
T E L(V)
be a Hilbert space over C
Let
Prove that Let
a(T)
(V,(.,.))
be self-adjoint.
and let
cl(w(T)].
be a Hilbert space over C Prove that
and let
cljw(T)) = co[o(T));
that
is, the closure of the numerical range is the smallest closed convex set that contains the spectrum of.
T.
This result is also true for
normal transformations (see Problem 37).
13. Hilbert Spaces
482
If
is compact and self-adjoint, prove that
T E L(V)
be a Hilbert space over
Let
*68.
T E L(V).
Prove that
verges in
(V,I1.tI)
(Tn) C L(V)
Prove that
there exists some
if
such that
that is, prove that
is the limit in
T
where
T = A + iB,
Corollary 13.15.1 71.
T E L(V).
If
Let
72.
and let that
T
is also compact.
T
and let
s > 0
is finite dimensional
R(Te)
is compact if and only
T
and
T
(Hint: Recall that B
can be applied to
A
and
B.)
be a Hilbert space over C
is compact, prove that
(V,(.,.))
can be written
are compact and self-adjoint.
T*
V.
and let
is also compact.
be a Hilbert space over
be an orthonormal set in
(en)
If
C,
T
let
T E L(V),
is compact, prove
limn(T(en),en) = 0. 73.
T E L(V)
Let
(V,(.,.))
may write
T
T =
as T,
T E L(V)
Let
TS = ST,
By Corollary 13.15.1 we S E L(V),
If
and let
prove that
if and only if
S
S
com-
commutes with
.
(V,(.,.))
be compact.
and only if
- IXkPk.
that is,
Pk, k = 1,2,3.... 74.
be a Hilbert space over C
be compact and self-adjoint.
mutes with
A } 0
A
(V,(.,.))
Let
Tn
If
of a sequence of transformations
with finite-dimensional ranges. as
and suppose
is compact if and only if for every
T
Te E L(V)
- TeII < e;
JIT
C
be a Hilbert space over C
(V,(.,.))
con-
ha IT - Tn11 = 0.
prove that
n = 1,2,3,...,
Let
T E L(V).
[x n)
are such that
T E L(V)
and
and let (T(xn))
(V,TW).
be a Hilbert space over
is compact for 70.
converges in
C.
0 E P0(T).
C
is compact if and only if
T
whenever
Let
69.
and
be a nonseparable Hilbert space over
(V,(.,.))
Let
67.
be a Hilbert space over C
Prove that, if
X E Po(T*).
cannot be dropped.
A # 0,
then
and let A E P0(T)
if
Give an example to show that the assumption
483
13.16. Problems
75.
T E L(V) (x
J
be compact.
If
x E V, T(x) = Xx) 76.
be a Hilbert space over
(V,(.,.))
Let
X E Pa(T), X # 0,
be a Hilbert space over V - V
If
T E L(V)
and
T
77.
Let
V = L2
T
:
and let
is a finite-dimensional linear subspace of
Let
xo E V*.
C
prove that
is defined by
C
and let
T(x) = xo(x)xo,
x0 E V,
prove that
is compact.
and define
T E L(t2)
by
T((ak)) = (ak/k).
Prove each of the following: (a)
T is compact and self-adjoint.
(b)
Pa(T) _ (1/n
I
n = 1,2,3,...)
(Hint: Problem 12.6.1 is useful.)
and
CG(T) _ (0).
V.
REFERENCES
I: Akhiezer and I. M. Glazman, Theory of Linear Operators in Hilbert Space, Vols. I and II, Ungar, New - Y- o k, 1963-1965.
[AkG]
N.
[A1J
G. Alexits, Convergence Problems of Orthogonal Series,7Pergamon Press, New York, 1961.
[Ba]
G. Bachman, Elements of Abstract Harmonic Analysis, Academic Press, New York, 1964.
(BaNr]
G. Bachman and L. Narici, Functional Analysis, Academic Press, New York, 1966.
[Bb]
N. Bourbaki, Elements de nathemati ue. Espaces vectoriels ques et Industr el3les 1189 Actualites cent and 1229, Hermann, Paris, 1953-1955.
(Ca]
L. Carleson, "On the convergence and growth of partial sums of Fourier series", Acta Mathematica; 116, 135-157 (1966.).
(C]
R. V. Churchill, Fourier Series and Boundary Value Problems, 2nd ed., McGr;w-Hill, New York, 1 669.
[CoHi]
R. Courant and D. Hilbert, Methods of Mathematical Physics, Vol. 1, Interscience, New York, 1953.
(Dal
M. M. Day, Normed Linear Spaces,
[del
L. de Branges, "The Stone Weierstrass Theorem", Proceedings of the American Mathematical Societ 10, 822-824 (1959).
[Du]
J. Dugundji, Topology, Allyn and Bacon,-Boston, 1966.
(DS1]
N. Dunford and J. T. Schwartz, Linear Operators. Part 1: General Theory, Interscience, New York, 1958.
[DS2]
N. Dur_ford and J. T. Schwartz, Linear Operators. Part II: Spectral Theory, Interscience, New York, 1963.
[Dn]
P.
L.. Duren, Theory of Hp Spaces,
1970.
484
Springer, Berlin, 1958.
Academic Press, New York,
485
References
[El]
Theory and Applications, -R. E. Edwards, Functional Analysis: Holt, Rinehart and lei nston, New York, 1965.
[E2]
R. E. Edwards, Fourier Series:
A Modern Introduction, Vol. I,
Holt, Rinehart and Wiinnston, New York , 1967.
[E3]
R. E. Edwards, Fourier Series: A Modern Introduction, Vol. II, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, l67.
[Ei]
M. Eisen, Introduction to Mathematical Probability Theory, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1969.
[F]
N. A. Friedman, Introduction to Ergodic Theory, Van NostrandReinhold, New York, 1970.
[Ga)
T. Gamelin, Uniform Algebras, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1969.
[Gr]
A. Garsia, Topics in AlMost Everywhere Convergence, Markham, Chicago, 1970.
[Gn]
F. P. Greenleaf, Invariant Means on Topological Groups, Van Nostrand-Reinhold, New York, 1969.
[Ha1]
P. R. Halmos, Lectures on Ergodic Theory,
Chelsea, New York,
1956. [Ha2)
P. R. Halmos, Introduction to Hilbert Space and the Theory of Spectral Multiplicity, Chelsea, ,New York, 1957.
[Hs]
B. Harris, Theory of Probability, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass., 1966.
[Hy]
E. Helly, "fiber Systemelinearer Gleichungen sit unendlich vielen Unbekanten", Monatshefte.fUr Mathematik and Physik, 31, 60-91 (1921).
[He]
G. Helmberg, An Introduction to Spectral Theory in Hilbert Space, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1969.
[HRI)
E. Hewitt and K. A. Ross, Abstract Harmonic Analysis, Vol. I, Springer, Berlin-Gtlttingen-He el erg, 1963.
[HR2]
E. Hewitt and K. A. Ross, Abstract Harmonic Analysis , Vol. II, New York-Heidelberg-Berlin, 19970.
[Hst)
E. Hewitt and K. Stromberg, Real and Abstract Analysis, Springer, New York-Heidelberg-Berlin,-l9699Y
Functional Analysis
486
[HiP]
E. Hille and R. S. Phillips, Functional Analysis and SemiColloquium Publication XXXI, American Mathematical groups, Society, Providence,R.I., 1957.
[Ho]
K. Hoffman, Banach Spaces of Analytic Functions, PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1962.
[Ht]
R. A. Hunt, "On the convergence of Fourier Series", Orthogonal Expansions and Their Continuous Analogs, pp. 235-255, Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale, Ill., 1968
[Hu]
W. Hurewicz, Lectures on Ordinary Differential Equations, M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Mass., 1958.
[J]
R. C. James, "Characterizations of reflexivity", Studia Mathematica, 23, 205-216 (1964).
[Kh]
J. P. Kahane, Some Random Series of Functions, Heath, Lexington, Mass., 1968.
[Kt]
S: Kakutani, "Weak topology, and regularity of Banach spaces", Proceedings of the Imperial Academy of Tokyo; 15, 169-173 (1939).
[Ka]
Y. Katznelson, An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis, Wiley, New York, 1968.
[KeNa)
J.
[K]
G. Kbthe, Topological Vector Spaces, Vol. 1, Springer,
L. Kelley, I. Namioka, et al., Linear Topological Spaces, Van Nostrand, Princeton, N.J., 1963.'
New York,
__
961
9.
[Ko]
A. N. Kolmogorov, "Une contribution a 1'etude de la convergence des series de Fourier," Fundamenta Mathematica, 5, 96-97 (1924).
[L]
R. Larsen, An Introduction to the Theory of Multipliers, Springer, Berlin-Heidelberg--NewwYYork, 1971.
[LiSb]
L. A. Liusternik and W. 1. Sobolev, Elements of Functional Analysis, Ungar, New York, 1961.
[Lo]
L. Loomis, An Introduction to Abstract Harmonic Analysis, Van Nostrand, Princeton, N.J., 1953.
[Lu]
N. N. Lusin, The Integral and Trigonometric Series (Integral i trigonometricheskii ryad), 21d ed., Gostekhizdat, Moscow, 1951 [Russian].
487
References
[M]
C. J. Mozzochi, On the Pointwise Convergence of Fourier Series, Springer, New York-Heidelberg-Berlin, 1971.
[Nb]
L. Nachbin, The Haar Integral, Van Nostrand, Princeton, N.J., 1965.
[N]
M. A. Naimark, Normed Rings, Noordhoff, Groningen, The Netherlands, 1964.
[Pa]
E. 'arzen, Modern .Probability Theory and Its Applications, Wiley, New York, 1960.
[Ph]
R. R. Phelps, Lectures on Choguet's Theorem, Van Nostrand, Princeton, 1966.
[RzNg]
F. Riesz and B.Sz.Nagy, Functional Analysis, Ungar, New York, 1955.
[R]
K. A. Ross, Fourier Series and Integrals, Yale University Department of Mathematics, New Haven, Conn., 1965.
[Ry]
H. Royden, Real Analysis, 2nd ed., Macmillan, New York, 1968.
[Ru1J
W. Rudin, Fourier Analysis on Groups, Interscience, New York, 1962.
[Ru2]
W. Rudin, Real and Complex Analysis, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1966.
[Sal
H. Sagan, Boundary and Eigenvalue Problems in Mathematical Physics, Wiley, New York, 1961.
[SnJ
G. Sansone, Orthogonal Functions, Interscience, New York, 1959.
[Sh]
L. Schwartz, Theorie des distributions, Actualites Scientifiques et Industrielles 1245, Hermann, Paris, 1959.
[So]
M. H. Stone, Linear Transformations in Hilbert Space and Their Applications Lo Analysis, Colloquium Publication XV, American Mathematical Society, New York, 1932.
[Si]
G. Szeg3, Orthogonal Polynomials, Colloquium Publication XXIII, American Mathematical Society, New York, 1939.
[T]
A. E. Taylor, Introduction to Functional Analysis, Wiley, New York, 1958.
Functional Analysis
488
[Tr]
F. G. Tricomi, Integral Equations,
Interscience, New York,
1957.
Z. Vulikh, Introduction to Functional Analysis, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1963.
[V]
B.
[We]
A. Weil, L'integration dans les topologigues et ses applications, Actualites sc entiTiques et Industrielles 8690-1145, Hermann, Paris, 1951.
[W1]
A. Wilansky, Functional Analysis, Blaisdell, New York;, 1964.
[W2]
A. Wilansky, Topology for Analysis, Ginn, Waltham, Mass., 1970.
(Y]
K. Yosida, Functional Analysis, 2nd ed., Springer, Berlin-
Hei-delberF-''°w York, 1968. [Z]
A. Zygmund, Trigonometric Series, Vol. I, 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1968.
INDEX
A
A(D), 10
approximate identity, 272
arithmetic mean, 175
Abelian semigroup of linear transformations, 90
B
absolutely sumeable series, 30
Bn, 171
absorbing set, 19 closed in rhys, 29 open in rays, 29
BW, 171
adjoint, 96,425
80
8k' 19 19
)L
affine mapping, 354
B(X), 7
annihilator, 99
BV([0,1)), 170
applications of Banach-Alaoglu Theorem, 263-282,303-309,362-365 Banach-Steinhaus Theorem, 154-169 Closed Graph Theorem, 191-196, 241-242 fixed point theorems, 357-365 Hahn-Banach Theorem, 90-116, 209-211,243,277-282,303-309, 322-324,450-452 Krein-Mil'man Theorem, 326-333, 337-345 Krein-$mulian Theorem, 303-309 Open Mapping Theorem, 196-199, 277-282,303-309,362-365 Stone-We}erstrass Theorem 333-337,409-411 Uniform Boundedness Theorem, 154-169,24*047,254-257, 303-309
B(IR), 121
Baire Category Theorem, 147 Baire function, 171
balanced set, 2 Banach-Alaoglu Theorem, 254 applications of, 263-282, 303-309,362-365 Banach ririt, 96,264 Banach space, 4
Banach-Steinhaus Theorem, 150,154 applications of, 154-169 Banach-Stone Theorem, 342 Bessel's Inequality, 404
489
Index
490
bidual, 208 bilinear form, 372 nonnegative, 372 positive definite, 372 symmetric, 372 bornological, 54
co (E) , 301 bounded linear transformation, 61 canonical embedding, 208 bounded set in a seminormed linear space,
category 1, 146
15
in a topological linear space,
category II, 146
41
Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality, 373 bounded variation, 105 Cesaro mean, 175,269 bounded weak* topology, 291 circled set, 2 Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem, 350 closed convex hull, 301 C
Closed Graph Theorem, 188, 189 applications of, 191-196, 241-242 closed mapping, 178,200-201 closed under complex conjugation, 330 closure of a set, 41
codimension one, 68 C'(X), 6
compact linear transformation, 458 CR(X), 7 CR(X), 7 CR (X) , 7
C(X)*, 109 Cn([a,b)), 7
C ([a,b]), 7
complete, 46
completion of a nosed linear space, S
complete orthonormal set, 397 characterization of, 40S conjugate space, 56 continuous linear functional, 56
Ca(T), 448
continuous linear transformation, SS
491
Index
continuous spectrum, 448 contraction mapping, 3S2 contractive mapping, 368 convergence
in F-topology, 236
E EA.
E
,
99,386
(E*), 99
E(C), 10
in a seminormed linear space, Eberlein-mulian Theorem, 303 25 in the strong operator topology, eigenvalue, 447 155
in the weak operator topology, 476 in the weak topology, 239 in the topology, 241 weak*
convex cone, 118 convex hull, 301 closed. 301 convex get, 2
convolution, 102,269,274 counting measure, 9
eigenvector, 447 equicontinuous family in -equivalent norms, 12
Euler-Knopp matrix, 176 extension of a positive linear functional, 118-119 extreme point, 317
in Lp(IR,dt), 317 in
M(X), 338
extremal subset, 320
F
Dn, 165
dimension of a Hilbert space, 408
f, 59
f * h, 102, 269
direct sum, 205,384 f * µ, 274
direct summand, 205
IIfIIn .
7
Dirichlet kernel, 166
Ilfli. p 8 discontinuous linear functional,
250-251 dual space, 56
V*, 314
IIfIIW, 6,8 F-topology, 236
Fejer kernel, 269 fixed point, 350
Index
492
fixed point property, 350
Helly's Theorem, 112
Fourier analysis, 198-199,202,267-274,333-337, 409-417,441-446
Hilbert relation, 480
Fourier coefficients, 404
Hilbert-Schmidt transformation, 460
Frechet space, 46
Hilbert space, 11,375 adjoint, 475
function lower semicontinuous, 147 Rademacher, 417-418 Walsh, 419
set, 334
hyperplane, 127 real, 127
I
G
int(E), 41
G(f), 177 Individual Ergodic Theorem, 441 gauge, 20
graph of a mapping, 177
inner product, 11,372 space, 11,372 interior of a set, 41
H
invariant under H2, 442 H2, 442
T, 472
isometric mapping, 101 isometry, 101
Flaar measure, 365 K
Hadamard sequence, 414 Hahn-Banach Theorem analytic form, 84 applications of, 90-116, 209-211,243,277-282,303-309, 322-324',450-452
kernel Dirichlet, 166 Fejer, 269
of a linear functional, 68 of a linear transformation, 123 Poisson, 1f9-121
equivalence of analytic and geometric forms, 136 geometric form, 134 Kolmogorov's Theorem, 414 half-space, 130
Krein-Mil'man Theorem, 322 applications of, 326-333,337-345
Hardy space, 442 Helly's Selection Theorem, 261
Krtein-gmulian Theorem, 299 applications of, 303-309
493
Index
Hilbert-Schmidt, 460 normal, 477 orthogonal, 430 positive, 478 self-adjoint, 429 unitary, 430
L
p, 9
1,
9
Lp(X,S,µ) - Lp(X,p) = Lp(1,), 8 L.(X, S,1+) a Lm(X,1+) - Lm(1i) ,
linear variety, 127 real, 127
8
Lipschitz condition, 360
.L(V1,V2), 55 locally bounded, 54
1 (Vl,V2) ,
55
locally convex topological linear space, 38 bornological, 54
L1(X,S,µ)*, 228 Lp(X,S,1+)', 1 < p < m, 227
local membership in is weakly sequentialL (X,S,N) lly complete, 247 L (X,S,µ), 1 <.p < -,
Lq(IRdt), 158
lower semicontinuous function, 147
is reflex- Lusin's conjecture, 413
give, 2-23-227 M
lie'on one side, 130
lie strictly on one.side, 130 linear functional, S6 continuous., 56
discontinuous, 250-251 real, 66 linear operator, 56 linear space, 1
local convex topological, 38 normed, 4 seminormec, 4 topological, 32 linear subspace, 2 maximal, 68 linear transformation, 55 Abelian semigroup of, 90 adjoint of, 96,425 bounded, 61 compact, 458 continuous, 55
MT, 456
MT
M(X), 9 mapping affine, 354 closed, 178,200-201 contraction, 354 contractive, 368 isometric, 101 measure preserving, 434 Markov-Kakutani Fixed Point Theorem, 355 applications of, 361-365 maximal linear subspace, 68 mean
arithmetic, 176 Cesafb, 176,269 Nbrlund, 176 Mean Ergodic Theorem, 436
Index
494
measure preserving mapping, 434
Orthogonal Decomposition Theorem, 386
Mil'man's Theorem, 217 orthonormal basis, 401 Minkowski functional, 20 orthonormal set, 397 complete, 397
multiplier, 272
characterization of, 405
to L (IR,dt), L (IR,dt) 1 < p l< m, 272,274,p288 from L00Zki,dt) to L (IR,dt), from
.
288
Osgood's Theorem, 148 P
N
, 1 N(x'), 68
P(T), 448 N(T), 123
Parallelogram Identity, 376 Neumann series, 1S8 Parseval's Identity, 407 Nbrlund mean, 176 Picard Existence Theorem, 358 normal linear transformation, 477 Plancherel's Theorem, 413 normed linear space, 4 point spectrum, 448 norm topology, 4 Poisson kernel, 119-121
nowhere dense set, 146 polar, 313 null space of a linear functional, 68 Polarization Identity, 376 of a linear transformation, 123 Polynomial Spectral Mapping numerical range, 453 Theorem, 480
positive linear transformation, 478 0
principle of condensation of singularities, 174 w(T), 453
Open Mapping Theorem, 186 applications of, 196-199,277-282
projection, 205 ortho g onal 394 ,
orthogonal, 384 ,
complement, 386 linear transformation, 430 projection, 394 set, 397
IR,
1
495
Index
e, 10
so(), 155
R(T), 448
saturated linear subspace, 287
R(X,T), 448
scalar product, 11
R(T), 60
Schauder basis, 205
p(T), 448
Schauder-Tikhonov Theorem, 3S2
Rademacher functions, 417-418
second conjugate space, 208
Radon-Riesz Theorem, 230-231
self-adjoint linear transformation, 429
range of
T, 60
Real Hahn-Banach Theorem, 83
seminorm, 2 topology, 24
real
seminormed linear space, 4
hyperplane, 127 linear functional, 66 linear variety, 127
separable, 98 separate, 141 'points, 71,330 strictly, 141
reduce, T, 472 reflexive, 208 residual spectrum, 448
sequentially compact, 259 complete, 46
resolvent, 448 set, 448
Sidon set, 202
retract, 366
Silverman-Toeplitz Theorem, 162
Riesz Theorem, 16
spectrum, 448 continuous, 448 point, 448 residual, 448
Riesz-Fischer Theorem, 404 Riess Representation Theorem for 109 for
Hilbert space, 390
Stone-Weierstrass Theorem, 332 applications of, 333-337,409-411 strict convexity, 216
rotundity, 216
strictly separate, 141 S
E;& ,
399
a(T), 448
strong lax of large numbers, 419 strong operator topology, 1S5 summable series, 30
496
Index ,
support of
p
M(X), 330
in
symmetric set, 2
T 11T11. 61-62
uniform operator, 476 weak, 239 weak*, 240 weak operator, 476 total variation of
inj M(X), 9
Two Norm Theorem, 190
T*, 96,425 T'P ,
p
U
24
un(T), 476
TF, 236 UP, 24 Tbw * , 291
UP(x), 24
T', 239 Uso, 155 T 'v* ,
240
T, T(X), 207
so
(T),. 24
Ts, 103
U(x;c;x*,x2,...,x*), 239
Toeplitz-Hausdorff Theorem 481 U(x*;s;xl,x2,...,xn), 240 Toeplitz matrix, 161 U(T;s;xl,x2.... ,xn), 155
topological group, 361 Abelian, 361 locally compact, 361 topologically isomorphic, 12,35
Uniform Boundedness Theorem, 149,154 applications of, 154-169, 246-247, 254-257 for continuous linear functionals, 191
topological linear space, 32 complete, 46 locally bounded, 54 locally convex, 38 bornological, 54 nonlocally convex, 87 separable, 98 sequentially complete, 46 topology bounded weak*, 291 F-, 236 norm, 4 seminorm, 24 strong operator, 155
uniform convexity, 21S
unitary linear transformation, 430
V
497
Index
(V,P), 4
weak sequential completeness of LI(X,S,µ), 247 weak topology, 239 weak* topology, 240
(V, TF) , 236 X
Volterra Fixed Point Theorem, 369 x', 56 w
wo(T), 476 Walsh functions, 419
weak convergence, 239 characterization of, 252 in
C(X), 253
in
L1(X,S,µ), 253
weak* convergence, 241 characterization of, 252
Z,
1
weak operator topology, 476 Z(E), 332